Aluminum Standard and Data 2009 Metric Si

Aluminum
standards and data

2009 Metric SI
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
© Copyright 2009, The Aluminum Association, Inc.

Unauthorized reproduction by photocopy or any other method is illegal.
Copyright The Aluminum Association Inc.

Provided by IHS under license with AA Sold to:CVG ALUCASA, 01761165
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale,2009/7/8 22:53:12 GMT
CONTENTS
Page Page
1. GENERAL INFORMATION 8. FIN STOCK
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Alloy and temper designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Metallurgical aspects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Nominal chemical compositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
AA wrought alloys and similar foreign alloys. . . . . 1-14 9. FOIL
Specif cation cross reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Mill product specif cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Unmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Laminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
2. TYPICAL PROPERTIES Printed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Typical mechanical properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Typical tensile properties at various temperatures. . . 2-5 10. WIRE, ROD AND BAR—ROLLED OR COLD
Typical physical properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 FINISHED
Density calculation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Nominal specif c gravities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Mechanical property limits
Non-heat-treatable alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
3. APPLICATION AND FABRICATION Heat-treatable alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Wrought alloy products and tempers. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Rivet and cold heading wire and rod . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Specialty mill products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Computation of weight per foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Comparative characteristics and applications . . . . . . 3-8 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Typical heat treatments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Typical annealing treatments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 11. WIRE, ROD, BAR AND PROFILES —
EXTRUDED
4. Q UALITY CONTROL Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Sampling and testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Tension testing of foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Ultrasonic inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 12. TUBE AND PIPE
Identif cation marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Rivet identif cation markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Extruded tube
Color code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Handling and storing aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Protective oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Extruded coiled tube
Certif cation documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
Appendix 1–Test specimen location . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11
Appendix 2–Tolerances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Drawn tube
Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12
5. TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Heat-exchanger tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18
6. ST ANDARDS SECTION Welded tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20
Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Pipe
Components of clad products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-21
Chemical composition limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22
Ultrasonic discontinuity limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Diameters, wall thicknesses, weights . . . . . . . . 12-23
Acceptance criteria for corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Rigid electrical conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-25
Location for Electrical Conductivity Measurements. 6-9
Fracture toughness limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 13. STR UCTURAL PROFILES
Corrosion test criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
7. SHEET AND PLATE Aluminum Association channels and I-beams . . . . 13-4
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 American standard shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Mechanical property limits
Non-heat-treatable alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 14. FORGING STOCK
Heat-treatable alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Brazing sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Weights per square foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Weight conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Recommended bend radii for 90-degree cold bend. 7-24
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Painted sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Commercial roof ng and siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Duct sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Tread plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
15. FORGINGS 16. ELECTRIC CONDUCTORS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Die forgings Mechanical and physical property limits. . . . . . . . . 16-3
Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Equivalent resistivity values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Hand forgings Bend properties of bus bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5
Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-6
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
Rolled rings
Mechanical property limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1
Abbreviations Used in This Manual

A Cross-section area MHZ me gahertz
BHN Brinell hardness number MS/m megasiemen per metre
cm centimetre min minimum
°C degree Celsius mm millimetre
D diameter MPa me gapascal
h hour O.D. outside diameter
IACS International Annealed Copper Standard s second
I.D. inside diameter S Siemens
Kk elvin Ww att
kg kilogram ° de gree (plane angle)
kPa kilopascal Other uses of single and combined letters (A, B, D, Y, AA, etc.) can be found
m metre in this publication. They represent linear measurements, radii, angles, and
max maximum so forth, as shown on diagrams, formulas, and so on, contained in tables and
shown as specific to that table.
ii --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
Introduction
This manual contains useful information and data pertain- ures list in The Aluminum Association publication “Tem-
ing to chemical composition limits, mechanical and physi- pers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products Metric
cal properties, tolerances and other characteristics of vari- Edition” (Tan Sheets), APPENDIX A, titled “Guidelines
ous aluminum and aluminum alloy wrought products. The for Metric Conversion of Yellow Sheets”.
content of the manual is subject to periodic re
vision to keep
Cautionary note: Multiple conversions between U.S. cus-
abreast of advances in production methods, to add data on
tomary units and metric S.I. units (and visa v ersa) should
new alloys and products, and to delete those that become
be avoided because signif cant errors may result.
inactive or whose usage becomes limited.
To minimize confusion it is suggested that purchasers enter
The criteria for adding or deleting alloy-tempers:
orders either in the metric system or in the inch-pound sys-
1. The alloy shall have been registered in accordance with tem and to avoid entering orders containing items in both
the rules sho wn in the fore word to the “Re gistration systems.
Record of Aluminum Association Designations and
The f rst three sections of the manual (blue pages) contain
Chemical Composition Limits for Wrought Aluminum
information of a general nature that may be useful in com-
and Wrought Aluminum Alloys.”
paring materials. The typical properties and characteristics
2. The temper shall ha ve been re gistered as an AA TD listed are not guaranteed and should not be used for design
registration in accordance with the rules sho wn in purposes. The fourth section (blue pages) contains infor -
the re gistration listing, “T empers for Aluminum and mation relating to testing, inspection and identifcation and
Aluminum Alloy Products.” the f fth section (yellow pages) lists the defnitions of many
3. Entries shall be a vailable for inclusion in all tables in terms used in the wrought aluminum industry. The remain-
Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and the applicable tolerance tables, ing twelve sections (white pages) comprise chemical com-
unless the Technical Committee on Product Standards position limits, mechanical prop erty limits, dimensional
of The Aluminum Association considers some of the tolerances and other data classif ed by product form.
entries unnecessary or inappropriate. The SI system of units is a rationalized coherent system of
4. Alloy-tempers shall be deleted when the y become units in which the seven basic units are:
inactive or when their usage becomes limited. Quantity Unit Symbol
5. All inclusions in or removals from ASD shall have been Length metre m
approved by formal ballot of the Technical Committee Mass kilogram kg
on Product Standards of The Aluminum Association. Time second s
Electric Current ampere A
Complete revision of the manual is customarily accom-
Thermodynamic
plished on a triennial basis. Important changes, additions
T emperature kelvin K
or deletions which occur between issues are recorded in
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Luminous Intensity candella cd

Addenda that may be published at appropriate interv als.
Amount of Substance mole mol
Individual suppliers should be contacted for information
concerning ef fectivity of changes included in the Ad-
Strength properties are sho wn in me gapascals, for which
denda. This edition supersedes all pre vious editions and
the symbol is MPa. The derived SI unit for force is the new-
addenda.
ton (N), which is def ned as that force which when applied
This is the f fth publication of Aluminum Standards and to a body having a mass of one kilogram gives it an accel-
Data—Metric Edition. F or the most part, the method of eration of one metre per second per second (N = kgm/s2).
preparation has been to arri ve at logical metric v alues for The derived SI unit for pressure or stress is the newton per
long-term metric use rather than to restate current inch- square metre (N/m2), which has been named the pascal (Pa)
pound system values in metric terms by use of conversion by the General Conference on Weights and Measures. Since
factors. The metric units in this publication are with fe w 1 ksi = 6 894 757 Pa the metric equivalents are expressed as
exceptions based on The International System of Units megapascal (MPa), which is the same as N/mm2.
(SI). The v alues are recommended by The Aluminum
Several typographical errors have been corrected from the
Association Technical Committee on Product Standards
previous edition. Vertical bars ha ve been inserted in the
for use in writing metric v ersions of current specif cation
margins to help the reader identify technical re visions.
documents.
These revisions are summarized chronologically below:
Conversion from customary units in Aluminum Standards
and Data to metric units, in this document, follow proced-
May, 2009 iii

Chronological Summary of Changes to the
2009 Edition of Aluminum Standards and Data (Metric)
DATE PAGE (TABLE/PARAGRAPH) DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE
09-04-15 Cover Page Changed date to 2009
09-04-15 1-3 Changed ANSI Date to 2009
09-04-15 1-4 Changed Definition for National Variations
09-04-15 1-4 Changed “Plus” to “Together With”
09-04-15 1-6 Changed Section Title
09-04-15 1-6 Changed to “Applicable” section
09-04-15 1-8 Correction to Footnote 9
09-04-15 1-9 Added Footnote 12
09-04-15 1-9 Corrected “Capability”
09-04-15 1-22 Correction to “AMS” Section
09-03-20 2-13 (Table II) Added Density Factors for Scandium and Sodium
09-03-16 5-8 Modified Definition for Foil
09-03-16 5-17 Modified Definition for Sheet
09-03-16 9-2 (9.2) Addition of New Gage Ranges
09-02-13 7-10 (7.1) Deleted Yield Strength Max for 5083-H32
09-02-13 7-10 (7.1) Deleted Yield Strength Max for 5456-H32 and 5456-H321
09-02-03 7-19 (7.2) Correction to Minimum Tensile Yield Strength
08-12-22 6-1 Changes to Mechanical Properties Definition
08-10-08 6-7 (6.4) Replaced Footnotes 6 an 7 with Footnotes 4 and 9 to 7050-T74
08-10-08 6-8 (6.4) Replaced Footnote 7 with Footnote 9 to 7175-T74
08-10-08 6-8 (6.4) Added Definition for Footnote 9
08-10-08 6-8 (6.4) Added “Suspect” to Lot Acceptance Status Column for 7075 and 7178
08-10-08 6-8 (6.4) Corrected SCF for 7050-T76510/T76511
08-10-08 6-8 (6.4) EC Condition for Unacceptable Status of 7075
08-10-08 6-8 (6.4) EC Condition for Unacceptable Status of 7178
08-05-30 3-17 (3.5) Corrected Anneal Temperature for Alloy 6082
08-05-30 3-17 (3.5) Added Foornote 4 to Alloy 7175
08-05-30 3-17 (3.5) Added Footnote 4 to Alloy 6005
08-05-30 15-3 (15.2) Corrections to Elongations of 2014-T6 & 2014-T652
08-03-29 11-7 Correction to Format
08-03-06 6-1 Changes to Mechanical Properties Definition
08-03-06 6-5 (6.2) Correction to Footnote 4 Location
08-03-06 6-6 (6.2) Correction to Footnote 4 Location
08-03-06 6-8 (6.4) Added 7475-T7651 Criteria
08-03-06 11-3 (11.1) Added T6 Temper for 6082
08-03-20 15-2 (15.1) Reformatted Elongation Columns
08-03-20 15-2 (15.1) Correction to Yield Strength of 7175-T7452
08-03-20 15-3 (15.2) Correction to Alloy-Temper 5083
08-03-20 15-3 (15.2) Inserted Short Transverse data for 2618-T61
08-03-20 15-3 (15.2) Corrected Yield Strength to 2618-T61
08-03-20 15-4 (15.2) Corrected Elongation of 7050-T7452
08-03-20 15-5 (15.2) Corrections to Elongation of 7075 -T652 & 7175-T74
07-10-31 2-2 (2.1) Added Footnote 11 to 5083-H321
07-10-25 2-9 (2.2) Added 7475-T651 Plate
07-10-31 6-8 (6.4) Added Alclad 7475-T761 Criteria
07-10-31 6-9 (6.6) Added Alclad 7475-T61 and Alclad 7475-T761
07-10-31 6-9 (6.6) Corrected Thickness
07-10-25 6-9 (6.6) Expanded Thickness Range for 7475-T651
07-10-25 7-20 (7.2) Added 7475-T651
iv --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

Chronological Summary of Changes to the
2009 Edition of Aluminum Standards and Data (Metric)
DATE PAGE (TABLE/PARAGRAPH) DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE
07-10-31 7-21 (7.2) Added Longitudinal Properties for Alclad 7475-T61 Sheet and Alclad 7475-
T761 Sheet
07-10-31 7-25 (7.6) Added 5083-H32
07-10-31 7-25 (7.6) Added 5456-H32
07-10-31 7-37 (7.35) Correction to Ultimate Tensile Strength and Yield Strength for 6061 -T6 and
T62
07-09-19 6-8 (6.4) Added 7475-T761 Criteria
07-09-19 7-20 (7.2) Added 7475-T61 Longitudinal Properties
07-09-19 7-21 (7.2) Added 7475-T761 Longitudinal Properties
07-09-19 5-8 Added Definition for ‘Lot, Cast’
07-09-19 5-8 Added Definition for ‘Lot, Continuous Casting’
07-07-25 5-13 Modified the Definition for ‘Sheet’ in the Terminology Section
07-06-05 5-6 Modified the Definition for ‘Foil’ in the Terminology Section
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
07-06-01 3-10 (3.3) Added B and A Corrosion Resistance Ratings for 6005
07-06-01 3-10 (3.3) Correction to T52 Temper for 6063
07-04-24 11-3 (11.1) Added Footnote 14 to 6063 -T52
07-04-24 11-5 (11.1) Added Footnote 14
07-04-24 12-4 (12.1) Added Footnote 7 to 6063 -T52
07-04-24 12-5 (12.1) Added Footnote 7
07-02-16 5-3 Added Definitions for Hard and Soft Conversion
07-02-16 5-7 Added Hard Conversion
07-02-16 5-13 Added Soft Conversion
07-01-25 2-2 (2.1) Added 5083-H32
07-01-25 2-3 (2.1) Added 5456-H32
07-01-25 2-7 (2.2) Added 5083-H32
07-01-25 2-8 (2.2) Added 5456-H32
07-01-25 3-3 (3.1) Added Sheet H32 & Plate H32 for 5083
07-01-25 3-4 (3.1) Added Sheet H32 & Plate H32 for 5456
07-01-25 3-9 (3.3) Added H32 to 5083
07-01-25 3-9 (3.3) Added H32 to 5456
07-01-25 7-8 (7.1) Added H32 to 5083
07-01-25 7-10 (7.1) Added H32 to 5456
06-11-29 5-7 Added Definition for Furnace Solution Heat Treatment
The data contained in this manual ref ect a consensus of those warrant, either expressly or impliedly, the accuracy or completeness
substantially concerned with its de velopment. The data are in- of this information. The Aluminum Association assumes no respon-
tended as a guide to aid the manufacturer, the consumer, and the sibility or liability for the use of the information herein.
general public. The existence of the data does not in an y respect Some of the re gistered allo ys or tempers may be the subject of a
preclude anyone, whether he has appro ved the data or not, from U.S. patent or patent application, and their listing herein is not to be
manufacturing, marketing, purchasing, or using products, pro- construed in any way as the granting of a license under such patent
cesses, or proce dures not conforming to the data. Producers of rights.
goods made in conformity with the data contained herein are en-
couraged on their own responsibility to state in advertising, pro- All Aluminum Association published standards, data, specif cations
motion material, or on tags or labels, that the goods are produced and other material are reviewed at least every f ve years and revised,
in conformity with the data contained herein, including an y ANSI reaff rmed or withdrawn.
standards incorporated in the manual. Users are advised to contact The Aluminum Association to ascertain
The Aluminum Association has used its best efforts in compiling whether the information in this publication has been superseded in
the information contained in this book. Although the Association the interim between publication and proposed use.
believes that its compilation procedures are reliable, it does not
May, 2009 v
general information/characteristics
1. General Information
A unique combination of properties makes aluminum one num. Although the metal can safely be used in the presence
of our most versatile engineering and construction materi- of certain mild alkalis with the aid of inhibitors, in general,
als. A mere recital of its characteristics is impressive. It is direct contact with alkaline substances should be avoided.
light in mass, yet some of its alloys have strengths greater
Some alloys are less resistant to corrosion than others,
than that of structural steel. It has high resistance to corro-
particularly certain high-strength alloys. Such alloys in
sion under the majority of service conditions, and no col-
some forms can be effectively protected from the majority
ored salts are formed to stain adjacent surfaces or discolor
of corrosive influences, however, by cladding the exposed
products with which it comes into contact, such as fabrics
surface or surfaces with a thin layer of either pure alumi-
in the textile industry and solutions in chemical equipment.
num or one of the more highly corrosion-resistant alloys.
It has no toxic reaction. It has good electrical and thermal
conductivities and high reflectivity to both heat and light. A word of caution should be mentioned in connection with
The metal can easily be worked into any form and readily the corrosion-resistant characteristics of aluminum. Direct
accepts a wide variety of surface finishes. contacts with certain other metals should be avoided in the
presence of an electrolyte; otherwise galvanic corrosion of
Lightness is one of aluminum’s most useful characteristics.
the aluminum may take place in the vicinity of the contact
The specific gravity is about 2.7. The mass (“weight”) of
area. Where other metals must be fastened to aluminum,
aluminum is roughly 35 percent that of iron and 30 percent
the use of a bituminous paint coating or insulating tape is
that of copper.
recommended.
Commercially pure aluminum has a tensile strength of
The fact that aluminum is nontoxic was discovered in
about 90 megapascals. Thus its usefulness as a structural
the early days of the industry. It is this characteristic that
material in this form is somewhat limited. By working
permits the metal to be used in cooking utensils without
the metal, as by cold rolling, its strength can be approxi-
any harmful effect on the body, and today we find also a
mately doubled. Much larger increases in strength can be
great deal of aluminum equipment in use by food process-
obtained by alloying aluminum with small percentages of
ing industries. The same characteristic permits aluminum
one or more other elements such as manganese, silicon,
foil wrapping to be used safely in direct contact with food
copper, magnesium or zinc. Like pure aluminum, the al-
products.
loys are also made stronger by cold working. Some of
the alloys are further strengthened and hardened by heat Aluminum is one of the two common metals having an
treatments so that today aluminum alloys having tensile electrical conductivity high enough for use as an electric
strengths approaching 700 megapascals are available. conductor. The conductivity of electric conductor grade
(1350) is about 62 percent that of the International An-
A wide variety of mechanical characteristics, or tempers,
nealed Copper Standard. Because aluminum has less than
is available in aluminum alloys through various combina-
one-third the specific gravity of copper, however, a kilo-
tions of cold work and heat treatment. In specifying the
gram of aluminum will go about twice as far as a kilogram
temper for any given product, the fabricating process and
of copper when used for this purpose. Alloying lowers the
the amount of cold work to which it will subject the metal
conductivity somewhat, so that wherever possible alloy
should be kept in mind. In other words, the temper speci-
1350 is used in electric conductor applications.
fied should be such that the amount of cold work the metal
will receive during fabrication will develop the desired The high thermal conductivity of aluminum came promi-
characteristics in the finished products. nently into play in the very first large-scale commercial
application of the metal in cooking utensils. This char-
Aluminum and its alloys lose part of their strength at
acteristic is important wherever the transfer of thermal
elevated temperatures, although some alloys retain good
energy from one medium to another is involved, either
strength at temperatures from 200 C to 260 C. At subzero
heating or cooling. Thus aluminum heat exchangers are
temperatures, however, their strength increases without
commonly used in the food, chemical, petroleum, aircraft
loss of ductility, so that aluminum is a particularly useful
and other industries. Aluminum is also an excellent re-
metal for low-temperature applications.
flector of radiant energy through the entire range of wave-
When aluminum surfaces are exposed to the atmosphere, lengths, from ultraviolet, through the visible spectrum
a thin invisible oxide skin forms immediately, which pro- to infrared and heat waves, as well as electromagnetic
tects the metal from further oxidation. This self-protecting waves of radio and radar.
characteristic gives aluminum its high resistance to corro-
Aluminum has a light reflectivity of over 80 percent,
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
sion. Unless exposed to some substance or condition that

which has led to its wide use in lighting fixtures. Alumi-
destroys this protective oxide coating, the metal remains
num roofing reflects a high percentage of the sun’s heat,
fully protected against corrosion. Aluminum is highly re-
so that buildings roofed with this material are cooler in
sistant to weathering, even in industrial atmospheres that
summer.
often corrode other metals. It is also corrosion resistant
to many acids. Alkalis are among the few substances that
attack the oxide skin and therefore are corrosive to alumi-
May, 2009 1-1

characteristics/general information
The ease with which aluminum may be fabricated into Highly industrialized areas may cause some color change
any form is one of its most important assets. Often it can due to atmospheric contaminants.
compete successfully with cheaper materials having a
Proper maintenance can extend the service life consid-
lower degree of workability. The metal can be cast by any
erably—even the finest automobiles require occasional
method known to foundrymen; it can be rolled to any de-
washing and polishing if they are to retain their original
sired thickness down to foil thinner than paper; aluminum
appearance.
sheet can be stamped, drawn, spun or roll-formed. The
metal also may be hammered or forged. Aluminum wire, Even after many years of service most advantages of the
drawn from rolled rod, may be stranded into cable of any painted sheet remain. It can be repainted with any good
desired size and type. There is almost no limit to the differ- grade of house paint with no danger of cracking or peeling,
ent profiles in which the metal may be extruded. such as is often experienced when paint is applied to other
types of base materials.
The ease and speed with which aluminum may be ma-
chined is one of the important factors contributing to the Painted sheet and the products made from it should be
low cost of finished aluminum parts. The metal may be handled with care to avoid damage to the paint film. Repair
turned, milled, bored, or machined in other manners at of large damaged areas is not recommended, but for repair
the maximum speeds of which the majority of machines of small areas air drying touch-up paint intended for brush
are capable. Another advantage of its flexible machining application is available from paint suppliers. Your painted
characteristics is that aluminum rod and bar may readily sheet supplier should be contacted for precise information.
be employed in the highspeed manufacture of parts by This touch-up paint cannot be expected to exhibit the same
automatic screw machines. weathering and other characteristics as the original painted
sheet, and touched-up areas will present appearance dif-
Almost any method of joining is applicable to aluminum:
ferences after weather exposure. For this reason, use of
riveting, welding, brazing or soldering. A wide variety of
touch-up paint should be held to a minimum.
mechanical aluminum fasteners simplifies the assembly of
many products. Adhesive bonding of aluminum parts is widely Many types of paint systems are used, and it is difficult to es-
employed, particularly in joining aircraft components. tablish reasonable and meaningful standards for all of them.
Specific applications require consideration of life expectancy,
For the majority of applications, aluminum needs no pro-
forming requirements and methods, economics, and so forth.
tective coating. Mechanical finishes such as polishing, sand
Paint systems generally in use exhibit general characteristics
blasting or wire brushing meet the majority of needs. In
as shown on pages 7-31 to 7-33, but for specific applications
many instances, the surface finish supplied is entirely ad-
consult the painted sheet supplier.
equate without further finishing. Where the plain aluminum
surface does not suffice, or where additional protection is These are the characteristics that give aluminum its
required, any of a wide variety of surface finishes may be extreme versatility. In the majority of applications, two
applied. Chemical, electrochemical and paint finishes are or more of these characteristics come prominently into
all used. Many colors are available in both chemical and play— for example, light weight combined with strength
electrochemical finishes. If paint, lacquer or enamel is in airplanes, railroad cars, trucks and other transportation
used, any color possible with these finishes may be applied. equipment. High resistance to corrosion and high thermal
Vitreous enamels have been developed for aluminum, and conductivity are important in equipment for the chemical
the metal may also be electroplated. and petroleum industries; these properties combine with
nontoxicity for food processing equipment.
Aluminum sheet, because of its superior corrosion resis-
tance and smooth continuous surface, is an excellent base Attractive appearance together with high resistance to
for the high quality paints used in producing painted sheet. weathering and low maintenance requirements have led to
The chemical pretreatment plus the application of high qual- extensive use in buildings of all types. High reflectivity, ex-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ity thermally cured paint assures a finish that will exhibit cellent weathering characteristics, and light weight are all
no cracking, blistering, or peeling. Accidental damage to important in roofing materials. Light weight contributes to
products made of painted aluminum sheet will not result in low handling and shipping costs, whatever the application.
unsightly rust areas or streaks. Experience has shown that
Many applications require the extreme versatility that
paint in the quality used for this product, properly formu-
only aluminum has. Almost daily its unique combination
lated, applied and cured, will show little change in color or
of properties is being put to work in new ways. The metal
loss of gloss after one year’s service in the adverse climatic
now serves as a basic raw material for more than 20,000
conditions of south-central Florida.
businesses scattered throughout the country.
1-2 May, 2009

general information/alloy designation
Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for Aluminum (ANSI H35.1 / H35.1(M)-2009)
Information Note: The Aluminum Association is the registrar under ANSI H35.1 / H35.1(M) with respect to the designation
and composition of aluminum alloys and tempers registered in the United States, and is also the registrar under an international
accord on the composition and designation of registered wrought aluminum alloys. Since there is no international accord on
designation and registration of tempers for wrought aluminum alloys and wrought aluminum alloy products, reference to
ANSI H35.1 / H35.1(M) properties and characteristics of wrought aluminum alloy tempers registered with the Aluminum
Association under ANSI H35.1 / H35.1(M) may not always reflect actual properties and characteristics associated with
the particular aluminum alloy temper. The user may wish to confirm that expected properties denoted by specific temper
designation(s) are furnished.
NOTE: The user of this Aluminum Standards and Data manual should be aware that the alloy and temper designation sys-
tems, as reprinted from ANSI H35.1 / H35.1(M), are those in effect at the time of this manual’s publication but are subject
to supersession by subsequent revisions of this ANSI standard as it is updated.
1. Scope Aluminum, 99.00 percent and greater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1xxx

Aluminum alloys grouped by major alloying elements WER
This standard provides systems for designating wrought Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2xxx
aluminum and wrought aluminum alloys, aluminum and Manganese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3xxx
aluminum alloys in the form of castings and foundry ingot, Silicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4xxx
Magnesium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5xxx
and the tempers in which aluminum and aluminum alloy Magnesium and silicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6xxx
wrought products and aluminum alloy castings are pro- Zinc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7xxx
duced. Specific limits for chemical compositions and for Other element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8xxx
mechanical and physical properties to which conformance Unused series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9xxx
is required are provided by applicable product standards.
NOTE: A numerical designation assigned in conformance The designation assigned shall be in the 1xxx group
with this standard should only be used to indicate an alumi- whenever the minimum aluminum content is specified as
num or an aluminum alloy having chemical composition 99.00 percent or higher. The alloy designation in the 2xxx
limits identical to those registered with The Aluminum through 8xxx groups is determined by the alloying ele-
Association and, for wrought aluminum and wrought alu- ment (Mg2Si for 6xxx alloys) present in the greatest mean
minum alloys, with the signatories of the Declaration of percentage, except in cases in which the alloy being regis-
Accord on an International Alloy Designation System for tered qualifies as a modification or national variation of a
Wrought Aluminum and Wrought Aluminum Alloys. previously registered alloy. If the greatest mean percentage
is common to more than one alloying element, choice of
2. Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy group will be in order of group sequence Cu, Mn, Si, Mg,
Mg2Si, Zn or others.
Designation System Q
The last two digits identify the aluminum alloy or indicate
A system of four-digit numerical designations is used to
the aluminum purity. The second digit indicates modifica-
identify wrought aluminum and wrought aluminum alloys.
tions of the original alloy or impurity limits.
The first digit indicates the alloy group as follows:
Q Chemical composition limits and designations conforming to this stan-

dard for wrought aluminum and wrought aluminum alloys, and aluminum
and aluminum alloy castings and foundry ingot may be registered with
The Aluminum Association provided: (1) the aluminum or aluminum alloy
is offered for sale, (2) the complete chemical composition limits are reg-
istered, and (3) the composition is significantly different from that of any
aluminum or aluminum alloy for which a numerical designation already
has been assigned.
R Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities are expressed in
W For codification purposes an alloying element is any element that is
the following sequence: Silicon; Iron; Copper; Manganese; Magnesium;
intentionally added for any purpose other than grain refinement and for Chromium; Nickel; Zinc; Titanium (see Note 1); Other (see Note 2) Ele-
which minimum and maximum limits are specified. ments, Each; Other (see Note 2) Elements, Total; Aluminum (see Note 3).
E Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities are expressed to
Note 1—Additional specified elements having limits are inserted in alpha-
the following places: betical order according to their chemical symbols between Titanium and
Less than .001 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.000X Other Elements, Each, or are listed in footnotes.
.001 but less than .01 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00X Note 2—“Other” includes listed elements for which no specific limit is shown
.01 but less than .10 percent as well as unlisted metallic elements. The producer may analyze samples
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process . . . 0.0XX for trace elements not specified in the registration or specification. How-
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a ever, such analysis is not required and may not cover all metallic “other”
refining process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0X elements. Should any analysis by the producer or the purchaser establish
.10 through .55 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.XX that an “other” element exceeds the limit of “Each” or that the aggregate of
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 percent through several “other” elements exceeds the limit of “Total”, the material shall be
0.55 percent as 0.X0 or 0.X5) considered non-conforming.
Over .55 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.X, X.X, etc.
(except that combined Si + Fe limits for 1xxx designations must be Note 3—Aluminum is specified as minimum for unalloyed aluminum, and as
expressed as 0.XX or 1.XX) a remainder for aluminum alloys.
May, 2009 1-3

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,

alloy designation/general information
2.1 Aluminum (b) Addition or deletion of not more than one alloying
In the 1xxx group for minimum aluminum purities of element with limits having an arithmetic mean of not more
99.00 percent and greater, the last two of the four dig- than 0.30 percent or addition or deletion of not more than
its in the designation indicate the minimum aluminum one combination of elements expressed as an alloying ele-
percentage.T These digits are the same as the two digits to ment with limits having a combined arithmetic mean of not
the right of the decimal point in the minimum aluminum more than 0.40 percent.
percentage when it is expressed to the nearest 0.01 percent. (c) Substitution of one alloying element for another element
The second digit in the designation indicates modifications serving the same purpose.
in impurity limits or alloying elements. If the second digit in
the designation is zero, it indicates unalloyed aluminum hav- (d) Change in limits for impurities expressed singly or as
ing natural impurity limits; integers 1 through 9, which are a combination.
assigned consecutively as needed, indicate special control of (e) Change in limits for grain refining elements.
one or more individual impurities or alloying elements.
(f) Maximum iron or silicon limits of 0.12 percent and
0.10 percent, or less, respectively, reflecting use of high
2.2 Aluminum Alloys purity base metal.
In the 2xxx through 8xxx alloy groups the last two of the
four digits in the designation have no special significance An alloy shall not be registered as a modification if it meets
but serve only to identify the different aluminum alloys in the requirements for a national variation.
the group. The second digit in the alloy designation indicates
alloy modifications. If the second digit in the designation 2.3 Experimental Alloys
is zero, it indicates the original alloy; integers 1 through 9, Experimental alloys are also designated in accordance with
which are assigned consecutively, indicate alloy modifica- this system, but they are indicated by the prefix X. The pre-
tions. A modification of the original alloy is limited to any fix is dropped when the alloy is no longer experimental.
one or a combination of the following: During development and before they are designated as
(a) Change of not more than the following amounts in experimental, new alloys are identified by serial numbers
arithmetic mean of the limits for an individual alloying ele- assigned by their originators. Use of the serial number is
ment or combination of elements expressed as an alloying discontinued when the X number is assigned.
element or both.
2.4 National Variations
Arithmetic Mean of National variations of wrought aluminum and wrought alu-
Limits for Alloying Maximum minum alloys registered by another country in accordance
Elements in Original Alloy Change with this system are identified by a serial letter following
Up thru 1.0 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.15 the numerical designation. The serial letters are assigned
Over 1.0 thru 2.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.20 internationally in alphabetical sequence starting with A but
Over 2.0 thru 3.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.25 omitting I, O and Q.
Over 3.0 thru 4.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.30
Over 4.0 thru 5.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.35 A national variation has composition limits that are similar
Over 5.0 thru 6.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.40 but not identical to a modification or an original alloy reg-
Over 6.0 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.50 istered by another country, with differences such as:
(a) Change of not more than the following amounts in
To determine compliance when maximum and minimum arithmetic mean of the limits for an individual alloying ele-
limits are specified for a combination of two or more element or combination of elements expressed as an alloying
ments in one alloy composition, the arithmetic mean of such element, or both:
a combination is compared to the sum of the mean values of
the same individual elements, or any combination thereof, Arithmetic Mean of
in another alloy composition. Limits for Alloying
Elements in Original Maximum
T The aluminum content for unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process Alloy or Modification Change
is the difference between 100.00 percent and the sum of all other metallic Up thru 1.0 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.15
elements together with silicon present in amounts of 0.0010 percent or more, Over 1.0 thru 2.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.20
each expressed to the third decimal before determining the sum, which is
rounded to the second decimal before subtracting; for unalloyed aluminum Over 2.0 thru 3.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.25
not made by a refining process it is the difference between 100.00 percent Over 3.0 thru 4.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.30
and the sum of all other metallic elements together with silicon present in
Over 4.0 thru 5.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.35
amounts of 0.010 percent or more, each expressed to the second decimal
before determining the sum. For unalloyed aluminum made by a refining Over 5.0 thru 6.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.40
process, when the specified maximum limit is 0.0XX, an observed value or Over 6.0 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.50
a calculated value greater than 0.0005 but less than 0.0010% is rounded
off and shown as “less than 0.001”; for alloys and unalloyed aluminum not
made by a refining process, when the specified maximum limit is 0.XX, an
To determine compliance when maximum and minimum
observed value or a calculated value greater than 0.005 but less than 0.010% limits are specified for a combination of two or more ele-
is rounded off and shown as “less than 0.01”. ments in one alloy composition, the arithmetic mean of
1-4 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
general information/alloy designation
such a combination is compared to the sum of the mean Arithmetic Mean of
values of the same individual elements, or any combination Limits for Alloying Maximum
thereof, in another alloy composition. Elements in Original Alloy Change
Up thru 1.0 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15
(b) Substitution of one alloying element for another ele-
Over 1.0 thru 2.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20
ment serving the same purpose.
Over 2.0 thru 3.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25
(c) Different limits on impurities except for low iron. Iron Over 3.0 thru 4.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.30
maximum of 0.12 percent, or less, reflecting high purity Over 4.0 thru 5.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35
base metal, should be considered as an alloy modification. Over 5.0 thru 6.0 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.40
Over 6.0 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50
(d) Different limits on grain refining elements.
(e) Inclusion of a minimum limit for iron or silicon, or To determine compliance when maximum and minimum
both. limits are specified for a combination of two or more ele-
ments in one alloy composition, the arithmetic mean of
Wrought aluminum and wrought aluminum alloys meeting
such a combination is compared to the sum of the mean
these requirements shall not be registered as a new alloy or
values of the same individual elements, or any combination
alloy modification.
thereof, in another alloy composition.
(b) Addition or deletion of not more than one alloying
3. Cast Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Designation element with limits having an arithmetic mean of not more
System Q than 0.30 percent or addition or deletion of not more than
A system of four digit numerical designations is used to one combination of elements expressed as an alloying ele-
identify aluminum and aluminum alloys in the form of ment with limits having a combined arithmetic mean of not
castings and foundry ingot. The first digit indicates the more than 0.40 percent.
alloy group as follows: (c) Substitution of one alloying element for another element
Aluminum, 99.00 percent minimum and greater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1xx.x
serving the same purpose.
Aluminum alloys grouped by major alloying elements W E R (d) Change in limits for impurities expressed singly or as
Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2xx.x
Silicon, with added copper and/or magnesium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3xx.x
a combination.
Silicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4xx.x
(e) Change in limits for grain refining elements.
Magnesium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5xx.x
Zinc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7xx.x (f) Iron or silicon maximum limits of 0.12 percent and
Tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8xx.x
Other element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9xx.x
0.10 percent, or less, respectively, reflecting use of high
Unused series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6xx.x purity base metal.
The alloy group in the 2xx.x through 9xx.x excluding 3.1 Aluminum Castings and Ingot
6xx.x alloys is determined by the alloying element present In the 1xx.x group for minimum aluminum purities of
in the greatest mean percentage, except in cases in which 99.00 percent and greater, the second two of the four
the alloy being registered qualified as a modification of a digits in the designation indicate the minimum aluminum
previously registered alloy. If the greatest mean percentage percentage.T These digits are the same as the two digits to
is common to more than one alloying element, the alloy the right of the decimal point in the minimum aluminum
group will be determined by the sequence shown above. percentage when it is expressed to the nearest 0.01 percent.
The second two digits identify the aluminum alloy or indi- The last digit, which is to the right of the decimal point,
cate the aluminum purity. The last digit, which is separated indicates the product form: 1xx.0 indicates castings, and
from the others by a decimal point, indicates the product 1xx.1 indicates ingot.
form: that is, castings or ingot. A modification of the original
alloy or impurity limits is indicated by a serial letter before 3.2 Aluminum Alloy Castings and Ingot
the numerical designation. The serial letters are assigned in In the 2xx.x through 9xx.x alloy groups the second two of
alphabetical sequence starting with A but omitting I, O, Q the four digits in the designation have no special signifi-
and X, the X being reserved for experimental alloys. cance but serve only to identify the different aluminum al-
A modification of the original alloy is limited to any one or loys in the group. The last digit, which is to the right of the
a combination of the following: decimal point, indicates the product form: xxx.0 indicates
castings, xxx.1 indicates ingot that has chemical composi-
(a) Change of not more than the following amounts in the tion limits conforming to 3.2.1, and xxx.2 indicates ingot
arithmetic mean of the limits for an individual alloying ele- that has chemical composition limits that differ but fall
ment or combination of elements expressed as an alloying within the limits of xxx.1 ingot.
element or both:
For all number footnotes, see page 1-3 and 1-4.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1-5
temper designation/general information
4. Temper Designation System Y
The temper designation system is used for all forms of
3.2.1 Limits for Alloying Elements and Impurities wrought and cast aluminum and aluminum alloys except
Limits for alloying elements and impurities for xxx.1 ingot ingot. It is based on the sequences of basic treatments used
are the same as for the alloy in the form of castings, except to produce the various tempers. The temper designation
for the following: follows the alloy designation, the two being separated by
a hyphen. Basic temper designations consist of letters. Sub-
Maximum Iron Percentage: divisions of the basic tempers, where required, are indicated
For All Forms of Castings For Ingot, Fe Shall be at Least by one or more digits following the letter. These designate
Up thru 0.15 . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 less than castings specific sequences of basic treatments, but only operations
Over 0.15 thru 0.25 . . . . . 0.05 less than castings recognized as significantly influencing the characteristics of
Over 0.25 thru 0.6 . . . . . . 0.10 less than castings the product are indicated. Should some other variation of the
Over 0.6 thru 1.0 . . . . . . . 0.2 less than castings same sequence of basic operations be applied to the same
Over 1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.3 less than castings alloy, resulting in different characteristics, then additional
digits are added to the designation.
Minimum Magnesium Percentage*:
For All Forms of Castings For Ingot 4.1 Basic Temper Designations
Less than 0.50 . . . . . . . 0.05 more than castings* F as fabricated. Applies to the products of shaping processes in
0.50 and greater . . . . . . 0.1 more than castings* which no special control over thermal conditions or strain harden-
ing is employed. For wrought products, there are no mechanical
property limits.
Maximum Zinc Percentage:
For Die Castings For Ingot O annealed. Applies to wrought products that are annealed to obtain
the lowest strength temper, and to cast products that are annealed to
Over 0.25 thru 0.6 . . . . . . 0.10 less than castings improve ductility and dimensional stability. The O may be followed
Over 0.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.1 less than castings by a digit other than zero.
H strain-hardened (wrought products only). Applies to prod-
3.2.2 Identifiers for 3xx.x and 4xx.x Foundry Ingot ucts that have their strength increased by strain-hardening, with or
without supplementary thermal treatments to produce some reduc-
containing Structure Modifiers tion in strength. The H is always followed by two or more digits.
One of the applicable suffixes in the table below should W solution heat-treated. An unstable temper applicable only to
be added to the registered alloy designation whenever a alloys that spontaneously age at room temperature after solution
structure modifier is intentionally added to that alloy. heat-treatment. This designation is specific only when the period of
natural aging is indicated; for example: W ½ hr.
Alloy Structure Chemical Composition Limits T thermally treated to produce stable tempers other than
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Designation Modifying F, O, or H. Applies to products that are thermally treated, with or

without supplementary strain-hardening, to produce stable tempers.
Suffix Element Minimum (%) Maximum (%)
The T is always followed by one or more digits.
N Na 0.003 0.08
S Sr 0.005 0.08 4.2 Subdivisions of Basic Tempers
C Ca 0.005 0.15
P P -- 0.060
4.2.1 Subdivision of H Temper: Strain-hardened
(a) The letter suffix follows and is separated from the registered foundry (a) The first digit following the H indicates the specific com-
ingot designation by a hyphen (e.g., “A356.1-S”)
bination of basic operations, as follows:
(b) In cases where more than one modifier is intentionally added, only H1 strain-hardened only. Applies to products that are strain-
the modifier of greater concentration shall be identified by suffix letter
hardened to obtain the desired strength without supplementary ther-
affixed to the registered alloy designation.
mal treatment. The number following this designation indicates the
(c) Where a foundry alloy is sold with a suffix added to its alloy degree of strain-hardening.
designation, the modifying element’s concentration is not to be H2 strain-hardened and partially annealed. Applies to products
included in “Others, Each” or “Others, Total”. that are strain-hardened more than the desired final amount and
(d) It is not intended that these structure modifier identifiers be treated as then reduced in strength to the desired level by partial annealing.
new alloy registration, not should these designations be listed in the For alloys that age-soften at room temperature, the H2 tempers have
Registration Record. the same minimum ultimate tensile strength as the corresponding H3
tempers. For other alloys, the H2 tempers have the same minimum
ultimate tensile strength as the corresponding H1 tempers and
3.3 Experimental Alloys slightly higher elongation. The number following this designation
Experimental alloys are also designated in accordance with indicates the degree of strain-hardening remaining after the product
has been partially annealed.
this system, but they are indicated by the prefix X. The pre-
fix is dropped when the alloy is no longer experimental. Y Temper designations conforming to this standard for wrought aluminum
During development and before they are designated as and wrought aluminum alloys, and aluminum alloy castings may be regis-
experimental, new alloys are identified by serial numbers tered with the Aluminum Association provided: (1) the temper is used or
assigned by their originators. Use of the serial number is is available for use by more than one user, (2) mechanical property limits
are registered, (3) the characteristics of the temper are significantly differ-
discontinued when the X number is assigned. ent from those of all other tempers that have the same sequence of basic
treatments and for which designations already have been assigned for the
same alloy and product, and (4) the following are also registered if char-
*Applicable only if Magnesium is an alloying element (i.e. has a regis- acteristics other than mechanical properties are considered significant:
tered minimum and maximum percentage). (a) test methods and limits for the characteristics or (b) the specific prac-
tices used to produce the temper.
1-6 May, 2009

general information/temper designation
H3 strain-hardened and stabilized. Applies to products that are Tempers between O (annealed) and HX8 are designated by
strain-hardened and whose mechanical properties are stabilized numerals 1 through 7.
either by a low temperature thermal treatment or as a result of heat
introduced during fabrication. Stabilization usually improves duc- (a) Numeral 4 designates tempers whose ultimate tensile
tility. This designation is applicable only to those alloys that, unless strength is approximately midway between that of the
stabilized, gradually age-soften at room temperature. The number
following this designation indicates the degree of strain-hardening O temper and that of the HX8 tempers;
remaining after the stabilization treatment.
(b) Numeral 2 designates tempers whose ultimate tensile
H4 strain-hardened and lacquered or painted. Applies to prod- strength is approximately midway between that of the
ucts which are strain-hardened and which are subjected to some
thermal operation during the subsequent painting or lacquering O temper and that of the HX4 tempers;
operation. The number following this designation indicates the (c) Numeral 6 designates tempers whose ultimate ten-
degree of strain-hardening remaining after the product has been
thermally treated, as part of painting/lacquering cure operation. sile strength is approximately midway between that of
The corresponding H2X or H3X mechanical property limits apply. the HX4 tempers and that of the HX8 tempers;
(b) The digit following the designation H1, H2, H3, and (d) Numerals 1, 3, 5 and 7 designate, similarly, tempers
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
H4 indicates the degree of strain-hardening as identified intermediate between those defined above.
by the minimum value of the ultimate tensile strength. Nu- (e)Numeral 9 designates tempers whose minimum ulti-
meral 8 has been assigned to the hardest tempers normally mate tensile strength exceeds that of the HX8 tempers
produced. The minimum tensile strength of tempers HX8 by 14 MPa or more. (For Metric Units by 10 MPa or
may be determined from Table 1 and is based on the mini- more).
mum tensile strength of the alloy in the annealed temper.
However, temper registrations prior to 1992 that do not The ultimate tensile strength of the odd numbered interme-
conform to the requirements of Table 1 shall not be revised diate (-HX1, -HX3, -HX5, and -HX7) tempers, determined
and registrations of intermediate or modified tempers for as described above, shall be rounded to the nearest multiple
such alloy/temper systems shall conform to the registration of 0.5 ksi. (For Metric Units when not ending in 0 or 5,
requirements that existed prior to 1992. shall be rounded to the next higher 0 or 5 MPa).
(c) The third digit,U when used, indicates a variation of a
Table 1 two-digit temper. It is used when the degree of control of
US Customary Units temper or the mechanical properties or both differ from,
Minimum tensile strength Increase in tensile strength but are close to, that (or those) for the two-digit H tem-
in annealed temper to HX8 temper per designation to which it is added, or when some other
ksi ksi characteristic is significantly affected. (See Appendix for
up to 6 8 assigned three-digit H tempers.) NOTE: The minimum
7 to 9 9 ultimate tensile strength of a three-digit H temper must
10 to 12 10 be at least as close to that of the corresponding two-digit
13 to 15 11 H temper as it is to the adjacent two-digit H tempers.
16 to 18 12 Products in the H temper whose mechanical properties are
19 to 24 13 below H__1 shall be variations of H__1.
25 to 30 14
31 to 36 15 4.2.2 Subdivision of T Temper: Thermally Treated
37 to 42 16 (a) Numerals 1 through 10 following the T indicate spe-
43 and over 17 cific sequences of basic treatments, as follows: I
Metric Units
T1 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process
Minimum tensile strength Increase in tensile strength
and naturally aged to a substantially stable condition.
in annealed temper to HX8 temper Applies to products that are not cold worked after cooling from
MPa MPa an elevated temperature shaping process, or in which the effect of
up to 40 55 cold work in flattening or straightening may not be recognized in
45 to 60 65 mechanical property limits.
65 to 80 75 T2 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process,
cold worked, and naturally aged to a substantially stable
85 to 100 85 condition. Applies to products that are cold worked to improve
105 to 120 90 strength after cooling from an elevated temperature shaping pro-
125 to 160 95 cess, or in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straighten-
165 to 200 100 ing is recognized in mechanical property limits.
205 to 240 105
245 to 280 110 U Numerals 1 through 9 may be arbitrarily assigned as the third digit
285 to 320 115 and registered with the Aluminum Association for an alloy and product to
325 and over 120 indicate a variation of a two-digit H temper (see note Y).
I A period of natural aging at room temperature may occur between or
after the operations listed for the T tempers. Control of this period is exer-
cised when it is metallurgically important.
May, 2009 1-7

temper designation/general information
APPENDIX
T3 solution heat-treated,O cold worked, and naturally aged
to a substantially stable condition. Applies to products that 4.3 Variations of O Temper: Annealed
are cold worked to improve strength after solution heat-treatment,
or in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straightening is A digit following the O, when used, indicates a product
recognized in mechanical property limits. in the annealed condition having special characteristics.
T4 solution heat-treatedO and naturally aged to a substan- NOTE: As the O temper is not part of the strain-hardened
tially stable condition. Applies to products that are not cold (H) series, variations of O temper shall not apply to prod-
worked after solution heat-treatment, or in which the effect of
cold work in flattening or straightening may not be recognized in
ucts that are strain-hardened after annealing and in which
mechanical property limits. the effect of strain-hardening is recognized in the mechani-
T5 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process cal properties or other characteristics.
and then artificially aged. Applies to products that are not cold
worked after cooling from an elevated temperature shaping process, A1 Three-Digit H Tempers
or in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straightening may
not be recognized in mechanical property limits. (a) The following three-digit H temper designations have
T6 solution heat-treatedO and then artificially aged. Applies been assigned for wrought products in all alloys:
to products that are not cold worked after solution heat-treatment, or
in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straightening may H_11 Applies to products that incur sufficient strain hardening after the
not be recognized in mechanical property limits. final anneal that they fail to qualify as annealed but not so much
T7 solution heat-treatedO and overaged/stabilized. Applies or so consistent an amount of strain hardening that they qualify as
to wrought products that are artificially aged after solution heat- H_1.
treatment to carry them beyond a point of maximum strength to H112 Applies to products that may acquire some temper from working
provide control of some significant characteristicP. Applies to cast at an elevated temperature and for which there are mechanical
products that are artificially aged after solution heat-treatment to property limits.
provide dimensional and strength stability.
T8 solution heat-treated,O cold worked, and then artificially
(b) The following three-digit H temper designations have
aged. Applies to products that are cold worked to improve strength, been assigned for
or in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straightening is
recognized in mechanical property limits. pattern or
embossed fabricated from
T9 solution heat-treated,O artificially aged, and then cold sheet
worked. Applies to products that are cold worked to improve
strength. H114 0 temper
H124, H224, H324 H11, H21, H31 temper, respectively
T10 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process, H134, H234, H334 H12, H22, H32 temper, respectively
cold worked, and then artificially aged. Applies to products H144, H244, H344 H13, H23, H33 temper, respectively
that are cold worked to improve strength, or in which the effect of H154, H254, H354 H14, H24, H34 temper, respectively
cold work in flattening or straightening is recognized in mechanical H164, H264, H364 H15, H25, H35 temper, respectively
property limits. H174, H274, H374 H16, H26, H36 temper, respectively
H184, H284, H384 H17, H27, H37 temper, respectively
(b) Additional digits,{ the first of which shall not be zero, H194, H294, H394 H18, H28, H38 temper, respectively
may be added to designations T1 through T10 to indicate H195, H295, H395 H19, H29, H39 temper, respectively
a variation in treatment that significantly alters the prod- (c) The following three-digit H temper designations have
uct characteristics that are or would be obtained using the been assigned only for wrought products in the 5xxx series,
basic treatment. (See Appendix for specific additional dig- or which the magnesium content is 3% nominal or more:
its for T tempers.)
H116 Applies to products manufactured from alloys in the 5xxx series,
O Solution heat treatment is achieved by heating cast or wrought prod- for which the magnesium content is 3% nominal or more. Prod-
ucts to a suitable temperature, holding at that temperature long enough to ucts are normally strain hardened at the last operation to specified
allow constituents to enter into solid solution and cooling rapidly enough to stable tensile property limits and meet specified levels of corro-
hold the constituents in solution. Some 6xxx and some 7xxx series alloys sion resistance in accelerated type corrosion tests. They are suit-
attain the same specified mechanical properties whether furnace solution able for continuous service at temperature no greater than 660 C
heat treated or cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process at a (1500C). Corrosion tests include inter-granular and exfoliation.
rate rapid enough to hold constituents in solution. In such cases the temper H321 Applies to products from alloys in the 5xxx series, for which the
designations T3, T4, T6, T7, T8, and T9 are used to apply to either process magnesium content is 3% nominal or more. Products are nor-
and are appropriate designations. mally thermally stabilized at the last operation to specified stable
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
P For this purpose, characteristic is something other than mechanical tensile property limits and meet specified levels of corrosion resis-
properties. The test method and limit used to evaluate material for this tance in accelerated type corrosion tests. They are suitable for
characteristic are specified at the time of the temper registration. continuous service at temperatures no greater than 660 C (1500C).
{ Additional digits may be arbitrarily assigned and registered with The Corrosion tests include inter-granular and exfoliation.
Aluminum Association for an alloy and product to indicate a variation of
tempers T1 through T10 even though the temper representing the basic A2 Additional Digits for T Tempers
treatment has not been registered (see note Y). Variations in treatment
that do not alter the characteristics of the product are considered alternate
A2.1 Assigned Additional Digits for Stress-Relieved
treatments for which additional digits are not assigned. Tempers
The following specific additional digits have been assigned
for stress-relieved tempers of wrought products:
1-8 May, 2009

general information/metallurgical aspects
A2.1.1 Stress relieved by stretching 2
T_51 Applies to plate and rolled or cold-finished rod or bar, die or ring T74 Overaged condition to achieve good corrosion resistance with a
forgings and rolled rings when stretched the indicated amounts greater reduction in strength than the T76 temper. The T74
after solution heat treatment or after cooling from an elevated tem- temper strength and corrosion resistance properties are between
perature shaping process. The products receive no further straight- those of the T73 and T76 tempers.
ening after stretching.
T73 Fully overaged condition to achieve the best corrosion resistance
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1½% to 3% permanent set. of the T7X tempers with a greater reduction in strength than the
T74 temper.
Rolled or
Cold-Finished T77 Aged condition which provides strength at or near T6 temper
Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% to 3% permanent set. and corrosion resistance similar to T76 temper corrosion resis
Die or Ring tance similar to T76 temper.
Forgings and
Rolled Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% to 5% permanent set.
The evolution of material properties from temper T79 to T73 is illustrated in
Figure 1.*
T_510 Applies to extruded rod, bar, profiles and tube and to drawn tube
when stretched the indicated amounts after solution heat treatment
or after cooling from an elevated temperature shaping process. Property Temper T6 T79 T76 T74 T73
These products receive no further straightening after stretching.
+
Extruded Rod
Bar, Profiles Strength
and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% to 3% permanent set.
Drawn Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .½% to 3% permanent set. -
+
T_511 Applies to extruded rod, bar, profiles and tube and to drawn tube Corrosion Resistance
when stretched the indicated amounts after solution heat treatment
or after cooling from an elevated temperature shaping process. -
These products may receive minor straightening after stretching Figure 1
to comply with standard tolerances.
Extruded Rod, * The T77 temper does not fall within the continuous progression of the
Bar, Profiles T7X tempers depicted in Figure 1.
and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% to 3% permanent set.
Drawn Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .½% to 3% permanent set. A2.3 Assigned Temper Designations for Producer/
Supplier and Purchaser/User Heat Treatment
A2.1.2 Stress relieved by compressing 2
A2.3.1 Temper Designations for Producer/Supplier
T_52 Applies to products that are stress-relieved by compressing after
solution heat treatment or cooling from an elevated temperature
Laboratory Demonstration of Response to
shaping process to produce a permanent set of 1 percent to 5 per- Heat Treatment
cent.
The following temper designations have been assigned for
A2.1.3 Stress relieved by combined stretching and wrought products test material, furnace heat-treated from an-
compressing 2 nealed (O, O1, etc.) or F temper, to demonstrate response to
heat-treatment.
T_54 Applies to die forgings that are stress relieved by restriking cold in
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the finish die. T42 Solution heat-treated from annealed or F temper and naturally aged to
a substantially stable condition.
T62 Solution heat-treated from annealed or F temper and artificially aged.
A2.2 Assigned Additional Digits for T7 Temper
T7_2 Solution heat-treated from annealed or F temper and artificially over-
Variations aged to meet the mechanical properties and corrosion resistance limits
of the T7_ temper.
The following temper designations have been assigned to
wrought products which are artificially overaged to obtain
A2.3.2 Temper Designations for Producer/Supplier
a good compromise among exfoliation corrosion resistance, Demonstration of Response to Temper
stress corrosion resistance, fracture toughness, and tensile Conversion
strength.
Temper designation T_2 shall be used to indicate
These designations shall be applied when standardizing new wrought product test material, which has undergone
alloy-temper-product combinations. furnace heat-treatment for capability demonstration of
temper conversion. When the purchaser requires
T79 Very limited overaging to achieve some improved corrosion capability demonstrations from T-temper, the seller shall
resistance with limited reduction in strength as compared to the note “Capability Demonstration” adjacent to the
T6 temper. specified and ending tempers. Some examples are:
T76 Limited overaged condition to achieve moderate corrosion resis- (a) “T3 to T82 Capability Demonstration for response to
tance with some reduction in strength. The T76 temper has lower
strength and better corrosion resistance than the T79 temper. aging”;
2 The same digits (51, 510, 511, 52, 54) may be added to the designation W
to indicate unstable solution heat-treated and stress-relieved tempers.
May, 2009 1-9

metallurgical aspects/general information
(b) “T4 to T62 Capability Demonstration for response to

aging”;
(c) “T4 to T762 Capability Demonstration for response
to overaging”;
(d) “T6 to T732 Capability Demonstration for response
to overaging”;
(e) “T351 to T42 Capability Demonstration for response
to re-solution heat-treatment”.
A2.3.3 Temper Designation for Purchaser/User

Heat-treatment:
Temper designation T_2 should also be applied to wrought
products heat-treated by the purchaser/user, in accordance
with the applicable heat treatment specification, to achieve
the properties applicable to the final temper.
A3 Assigned O Temper Variations
The following temper designation has been assigned for
wrought products high temperature annealed to accentuate
ultrasonic response and provide dimensional stability.
O1 Thermally treated at approximately same time and temperature
required for solution heat treatment and slow cooled to room tem-
perature. Applicable to products that are to be machined prior to
solution heat treatment by the user. Mechanical property limits are
not applicable.
A4 Designation of Unregistered Tempers

The letter P has been assigned to denote H, T and O temper
variations that are negotiated between manufacturer and
purchaser. The letter P immediately follows the temper
designation that most nearly pertains. Specific examples
where such designation may be applied include the fol-
lowing:
(a) The use of the temper is sufficiently limited so as to
preclude its registration. (Negotiated H temper variations
were formerly indicated by the third digit zero.)
(b) The test conditions (sampling location, number of
samples, test specimen configuration, etc.) are different
from those required for registration with The Aluminum
Association.
(c) The mechanical property limits are not established on
the same basis as required for registration with The Alu-
minum Association.
(d) For products such as Aluminum Metal Matrix Com-
posites which are not included in any registration records.
1-10 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

general information/metallurgical aspects
Metallurgical Aspects alloy containing 1 percent zinc. The cladding, usually from
In high-purity form aluminum is soft and ductile. Most 2½ percent to 5 percent of the total thickness on each side,
commercial uses, however, require greater strength than not only protects the composite due to its own inherently
pure aluminum affords. This is achieved in aluminum excellent corrosion resistance but also exerts a galvanic
first by the addition of other elements to produce various effect, which further protects the core material.
alloys, which singly or in combination impart strength to Special composites may be obtained such as clad non-heat-
the metal. Further strengthening is possible by means that treatable alloys for extra corrosion protection, for brazing
classify the alloys roughly into two categories, non-heat- purposes, or for special surface finishes. Some alloys in
treatable and heat-treatable. wire and tubular form are clad for similar reasons, and on
non-heat-treatable alloys—The initial strength of an experimental basis extrusions also have been clad.
alloys in this group depends upon the hardening effect annealing characteristics—All wrought aluminum al-
of elements such as manganese, silicon, iron and mag- loys are available in annealed form. In addition, it may be
nesium, singly or in various combinations. The non-heat- desirable to anneal an alloy from any other initial temper,
treatable alloys are usually designated, therefore, in the after working, or between successive stages of working
1xxx, 3xxx, 4xxx, or 5xxx series. Since these alloys are such as in deep drawing.
work-hardenable, further strengthening is made possible
by various degrees of cold working, denoted by the “H” Effect of Alloying Elements
series of tempers. Alloys containing appreciable amounts
of magnesium when supplied in strain-hardened tempers 1xxx series—Aluminum of 99 percent or higher purity
are usually given a final elevated-temperature treatment has many applications, especially in the electrical and
called stabilizing to ensure stability of properties. chemical fields. These compositions are characterized by
excellent corrosion resistance, high thermal and electri-
heat-treatable alloys—The initial strength of alloys in cal conductivity, low mechanical properties and excellent
this group is enhanced by the addition of alloying elements workability. Moderate increases in strength may be ob-
such as copper, magnesium, zinc, and silicon. Since these tained by strain-hardening. Iron and silicon are the major
elements singly or in various combinations show increas- impurities.
ing solid solubility in aluminum with increasing tempera-
ture, it is possible to subject them to thermal treatments 2xxx series—Copper is the principal alloying element
that will impart pronounced strengthening. in this group. These alloys require solution heat-treatment
to obtain optimum properties; in the heat treated condition
The first step, called heat treatment or solution heat treat- mechanical properties are similar to, and sometimes ex-
ment, is an elevated-temperature process designed to put ceed, those of mild steel. In some instances artificial aging
the soluble element or elements in solid solution. This is employed to further increase the mechanical properties.
is followed by rapid quenching, usually in water, which This treatment materially increases yield strength, with at-
momentarily “freezes” the structure and for a short time tendant loss in elongation; its effect on tensile (ultimate)
renders the alloy very workable. It is at this stage that some strength is not so great. The alloys in the 2xxx series do not
fabricators retain this more workable structure by storing have as good corrosion resistance as most other aluminum
the alloys at below freezing temperatures until they are alloys, and under certain conditions they may be subject
ready to form them. At room or elevated temperatures the to intergranular corrosion. Therefore, these alloys in the
alloys are not stable after quenching, however, and precipi- form of sheet are usually clad with a high-purity alloy or a
tation of the constituents from the super-saturated solution magnesium-silicon alloy of the 6xxx series, which provides
begins. After a period of several days at room temperature, galvanic protection to the core material and thus greatly in-
termed aging or room-temperature precipitation, the alloy creases resistance to corrosion. Alloy 2024 is perhaps the
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
is considerably stronger. Many alloys approach a stable best known and most widely used aircraft alloy.
condition at room temperature, but some alloys, particu-
larly those containing magnesium and silicon or magne- 3xxx series—Manganese is the major alloying element of
sium and zinc, continue to age-harden for long periods of alloys in this group, which are generally non-heat-treatable.
time at room temperature. Because only a limited percentage of manganese, up to about
1.5 percent, can be effectively added to aluminum, it is used
By heating for a controlled time at slightly elevated tem- as a major element in only a few instances. One of these, how-
peratures, even further strengthening is possible and prop- ever, is the popular 3003, which is widely used as a general
erties are stabilized. This process is called artificial aging purpose alloy for moderate-strength applications requiring
or precipitation hardening. By the proper combination of good workability.
solution heat treatment, quenching, cold working and arti-
ficial aging, the highest strengths are obtained. 4xxx series—The major alloying element of this group
is silicon, which can be added in sufficient quantities to
clad alloys—The heat-treatable alloys in which copper cause substantial lowering of the melting point without
or zinc are major alloying constituents are less resistant producing brittleness in the resulting alloys. For these
to corrosive attack than the majority of non-heat-treatable reasons aluminum-silicon alloys are used in welding wire
alloys. To increase the corrosion resistance of these alloys and as brazing alloys where a lower melting point than
in sheet and plate form, they are often clad with high- that of the parent metal is required. Most alloys in this
purity aluminum, a low magnesium-silicon alloy, or an series are non-heat-treatable, but when used in welding
May, 2009 1-11

heat-treatable alloys they will pick up some of the alloying

constituents of the latter and so respond to heat treatment
to a limited extent. The alloys containing appreciable
amounts of silicon become dark grey when anodic oxide
finishes are applied, and hence are in demand for architec-
tural applications.
5xxx series—Magnesium is one of the most effective
and widely used alloying elements for aluminum. When it
is used as the major alloying element or with manganese,
the result is a moderate to high strength non-heat-treat-
able alloy. Magnesium is considerably more effective than
manganese as a hardener, about 0.8 percent magnesium
being equal to 1.25 percent manganese, and it can be added
in considerably higher quantities. Alloys in this series pos-
sess good welding characteristics and good resistance to
corrosion in marine atmosphere. However, certain limita-
tions should be placed on the amount of cold work and on
the safe operating temperatures permissible for the higher
magnesium content alloys (over about 3½ percent for oper-
ating temperatures above about 650 C) to avoid susceptibil-
ity to stress corrosion.
6xxx series—Alloys in this group contain silicon and
magnesium in approximate proportions to form mag-
nesium silicide, thus making them heat-treatable. The
major alloy in this series is 6061, one of the most versa-
tile of the heat-treatable alloys. Though less strong than
most of the 2xxx or 7xxx alloys, the magnesium-silicon
(or magnesium-silicide) alloys possess good formability
and corrosion resistance, with medium strength. Alloys
in this heat-treatable group may be formed in the T4 tem-
per (solution heat-treated but not artificially aged) and
then reach full T6 properties by artificial aging.
7xxx series—Zinc is the major alloying element in this
group, and when coupled with a smaller percentage of
magnesium results in heat-treatable alloys of very high
strength. Usually other elements such as copper and chro-
mium are also added in small quantities. The outstanding
member of this group is 7075, which is among the highest
strength alloys available and is used in air-frame structures
and for highly stressed parts.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-12 May, 2009

nominal chemical composition/general information general information/characteristics
TABLE 1.1 Nominal Chemical Composition—Wrought Alloys
The following values are shown as a basis for general Standards Section, Table 6.2, for composition limits.
comparison of alloys and are not guaranteed. Refer to
PERCENT OF ALLOYING ELEMENTS—Aluminum and Normal Impurities Constitute Remainder

Alloy Silicon Copper Manganese Magnesium Chromium Nickel Zinc Titanium
1050 .. .. 99.50 percent minimum aluminum .. .. ..
1100 .. 0.12 99.00 percent minimum aluminum .. .. ..
1350 Y .. .. 99.50 percent minimum aluminum .. .. ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2011 Q .. 5.5 .. .. .. .. .. ..
2014 0.8 4.4 0.8 0.50 .. .. .. ..
2017 0.50 4.0 0.7 0.6 .. .. .. ..
2018 .. 4.0 .. 0.7 .. 2.0 .. ..
2024 .. 4.4 0.6 1.5 .. .. .. ..
2025 0.8 4.4 0.8 .. .. .. .. ..
2036 .. 2.6 0.25 0.45 .. .. .. ..
2117 .. 2.6 .. 0.35 .. .. .. ..

2124 .. 4.4 0.6 1.5 .. .. .. ..
2218 .. 4.0 .. 1.5 .. 2.0 .. ..
2219 W .. 6.3 0.30 .. .. .. .. 0.06
2319 W .. 6.3 0.30 .. .. .. .. 0.15
2618 E 0.18 2.3 .. 1.6 .. 1.0 .. 0.07
3003 .. 0.12 1.2 .. .. .. .. ..
3004 .. .. 1.2 1.0 .. .. .. ..
3005 .. .. 1.2 0.40 .. .. .. ..
3105 .. .. 0.6 0.50 .. .. .. ..
4032 12.2 0.9 .. 1.0 .. 0.9 .. ..
4043 5.2 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
4045 10.0 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
4047 12.0 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
4145 10.0 4.0 .. .. .. .. .. ..
4343 7.5 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
4643 4.1 .. .. 0.20 .. .. .. ..
5005 .. .. .. 0.8 .. .. .. ..
5050 .. .. .. 1.4 .. .. .. ..
5052 .. .. .. 2.5 0.25 .. .. ..
5056 .. .. 0.12 5.0 0.12 .. .. ..
5083 .. .. 0.7 4.4 0.15 .. .. ..
5086 .. .. 0.45 4.0 0.15 .. .. ..
5154 .. .. .. 3.5 0.25 .. .. ..

5183 .. .. 0.8 4.8 0.15 .. .. ..
5252 .. .. .. 2.5 .. .. .. ..
5254 .. .. .. 3.5 0.25 .. .. ..
5356 .. .. 0.12 5.0 0.12 .. .. 0.13
5454 .. .. 0.8 2.7 0.12 .. .. ..
5456 .. .. 0.8 5.1 0.12 .. .. ..

5457 .. .. 0.30 1.0 .. .. .. ..
5554 .. .. 0.8 2.7 0.12 .. .. 0.12
5556 .. .. 0.8 5.1 0.12 .. .. 0.12
5652 .. .. .. 2.5 0.25 .. .. ..
5654 .. .. .. 3.5 0.25 .. .. 0.10
5657 .. .. .. 0.8 .. .. .. ..
For all numbered footnotes, see page 1-13.
May, 2009 1-13

characteristics/general information general information/nominal chemical composition
TABLE 1.1 Nominal Chemical Composition—Wrought Alloys (concluded)
The following values are shown as a basis for general Standards Section, Table 6.2, for composition limits.
comparison of alloys and are not guaranteed. Refer to
PERCENT OF ALLOYING ELEMENTS—Aluminum and Normal Impurities Constitute Remainder

Alloy Silicon Copper Manganese Magnesium Chromium Nickel Zinc Titanium
6003 0.7 .. .. 1.2 .. .. .. ..
6005 0.8 .. .. 0.50 .. .. .. ..
6005A { 0.7 .. .. 0.55 .. .. .. ..
6053 0.7 .. .. 1.2 0.25 .. .. ..
6061 0.6 0.28 .. 1.0 0.20 .. .. ..
6063 0.40 .. .. 0.7 .. .. .. ..
6066 1.4 1.0 0.8 1.1 .. .. .. ..

6070 1.4 0.28 0.7 0.8 .. .. .. ..
6082 1.0 .. 0.7 0.9 .. .. .. ..
6101 0.50 .. .. 0.6 .. .. .. ..
6105 0.8 .. .. 0.6 .. .. .. ..
6151 0.9 .. .. 0.6 0.25 .. .. ..
6162 0.6 .. .. 0.9 .. .. .. ..
6201 0.7 .. .. 0.8 .. .. .. ..

6262 T 0.6 0.28 .. 1.0 0.09 .. .. ..
6351 1.0 .. 0.6 0.6 .. .. .. ..
6463 0.40 .. .. 0.7 .. .. .. ..
6951 0.35 0.28 .. 0.6 .. .. .. ..
7005 R .. .. 0.45 1.4 0.13 .. 4.5 0.04
7008 .. .. .. 1.0 0.18 .. 5.0 ..
7049 .. 1.6 .. 2.4 0.16 .. 7.7 ..
7050 U .. 2.3 .. 2.2 .. .. 6.2 ..
7072 .. .. .. .. .. .. 1.0 ..
7075 .. 1.6 .. 2.5 0.23 .. 5.6 ..

7108 I .. .. .. 1.0 .. .. 5.0 ..
7175 .. 1.6 .. 2.5 0.23 .. 5.6 ..
7178 .. 2.0 .. 2.8 0.23 .. 6.8 ..
7475 .. 1.6 .. 2.2 0.22 .. 5.7 ..
8017 O .. 0.15 .. 0.03 .. .. .. ..
8030 P .. 0.22 .. .. .. .. .. ..
8176 O 0.09 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Note: Listed herein are designations and chemical composition limits for some wrought unalloyed aluminum and for wrought aluminum alloys registered with
The Aluminum Association. This does not include all alloys registered with The Aluminum Association. A complete list of registered designations is contained
in the “Registration Record of International Alloy Designations and Chemical Composition Limits for Wrought Aluminum and Wrought Aluminum Alloys.” These
lists are maintained by the Technical Committee on Product Standards of The Aluminum Association.
Q Lead and Bismuth, 0.40 percent each. U Zirconium 0.12.
W Vanadium 0.10, Zirconium 0.18. I Zirconium 0.18.
E Iron 1.1. O Iron 0.7.
R Zirconium 0.14. P Iron 0.55, Boron 0.02.
T Lead and Bismuth, 0.55 percent each. { Manganese and Chromium 0.12-0.50
Y Formerly designated EC.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`
1-14 May, 2009

nominal chemical composition/general information general information/characteristics
AA Wrought Alloys and Similar Foreign Alloys
The following Table 1.2 lists the AA wrought alloys and The table includes only those foreign alloys that are essen-
the corresponding foreign alloys that are covered by tially equivalent in composition to the corresponding AA
standards as used in Austria, Canada, France, Germany, alloys, but whose composition limits are not necessarily
Great Britain, Italy, Spain and Switzerland and in the exactly the same as their AA counterparts. Standards are
Recommendations of the International Organization for subject to change, and the actual issue of the specification
Standardization (ISO). or standard currently in effect should be consulted for full
information.
TABLE 1.2 Foreign Alloy Designations and Similar AA Alloys

Foreign Alloy Designating Equivalent or Foreign Alloy Designating Equivalent or
Designation Country Similar AA Alloy Designation Country Similar AA Alloy
Al99 1200 E-A1995 R
Al99,5 1050 3.0257 T } 1350
E-Al 1350 AlCuBiPb R
AlCuMg1 2017 3.1655 T } 2011
AlCuMg2 Austria 2024 AlCuMg0.5 R
AlCuMg0,5 (Önorm) Q 2117 3.1305 T } 2117
AlMg5 5056 AlCuMg1 R
AlMgSi0,5 6063 3.1325 T } 2017
E-AlMgSi 6101 AlCuMg2 R
AlZnMgCu1,5 7075 3.1355 T } 2024
AlCuSiMn R
990C
CB60
1100
2011 3.1255 T } Germany 2014
AlMg4.5Mn R
CG30
CG42
2117
2024 3.3547 T } 5083
AlMgSi0.5 R
CG42 Alclad
CM41
Alclad 2024
2017 3.3206 T } 6063
AlSi5 R
CN42 2018
3.2245 T } 4043
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CS41N 2014
E-AlMgSi0.5 R
CS41N Alclad
CS41P
Alclad 2014
2025 3.3207 T } 6101
AlZnMgCu1.5 R
GM31N
GM41 Canada
5454
5083 3.4365 T } 7075
GM50P (CSA) W 5356 1E 1350

GM50R 5056 91E 6101
GR20 5052 H14 2017
GS10 6063 H19 6063
GS11N 6061 H20 6061
GS11P 6053 L.80, L.81 5052
MC10 3003 L.86 2117
S5 4043 L.87 2017
SG11P 6151 L.93, L.94 Great Britain 2014A
SG121 4032 L.95, L.96 (BS) Y 7075
ZG62 7075 L.97, L.98 2024
ZG62 Alclad Alclad 7075 2L.55, 2L.56 5052
2L.58 5056
A5/L 1350
3L.44 5050
A45 1100
5L.37 2017
A-G1 5050
6L.25 2218
A-G0.6 5005
N8 5083
A-G4MC 5086
N21 4043
A-GS 6063
A-GS/L 6101 150A 2017
A-M1 3003 324A 4032
France 372B 6063
A-M1G 3004
(NF) E 717, 724, 731A Great Britain
A-U4G
A-U2G
2017
2117 745, 5014, 5084 } (DTD) U } 2618
A-U2GN 2618 5090 2024
A-U4G1 2024 5100 Alclad 2024
A-U4N 2218
A-U4SG 2014
A-S12UN 4032
A-Z5GU 7075
May, 2009 1-15

characteristics/general information general information/foreign alloy designation
TABLE 1.2 Foreign Alloy Designations and Similar AA Alloys (concluded)
Foreign Alloy Designating Equivalent or Foreign Alloy Designating Equivalent or
Designation Country Similar AA Alloy Designation Country Similar AA Alloy
P-AlCu4MgMn 2017 Al-Mg-Si 6101
P-AlCu4.5MgMn 2024 Al1.5Mg 5050
P-AlCu4.5MgMnplacc. Alclad 2024 Al-Cu-Ni 2218
Switzerland
P-AlCu2.5MgSi 2117 Al3.5Cu0.5Mg 2017
(VSM) P
P-AlCu4.4SiMnMg 2014 Al4Cu1.2Mg 2027
Italy
P-AlCu4.4SiMnMgplacc. Alclad 2014 Al-Zn-Mg-Cu 7075
(UNI) I
P-AlMg0.9 5657 Al-Zn-Mg-Cu-pl Alclad 7075
P-AlMg1.5 5050 Al99.0Cu 1100
P-AlMg2.5 5052 AlCu2Mg 2117
P-AlSi0.4Mg 6063 AlCu4Mg1 2024
P-AlSi0.5Mg 6101 AlCu4SiMg 2014
Al99.5E 1350 AlCu4MgSi 2017
L-313 2014 AlMg1 5005
L-314 Spain 2024 AlMg1.5 5050
L-315 (UNE) O 2218 AlMg2.5 5052
L-371 7075 AlMg3.5 ISO { 5154
AlMg4 5086
AlMg5 5056
AlMn1Cu 3003
AlMg3Mn 5454
AlMg4.5Mn 5083
AlMgSi 6063
AlMg1SiCu 6061
AlZn6MgCu 7075
Q Austrian Standard M3430. U Directorate of Technical Development.
W Canadian Standards Association. I Unificazione Nazionale Italiana.
E Normes Françaises. O Una Norma Espanol.
R Deutsche Industrie-Norm. P Verein Schweizerischer Maschinenindustrieller.
T Werkstoff-Nr. { International Organization for Standardization.
Y British Standard.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-16 May, 2009

specification cross reference/general information general information/characteristics
TABLE 1.3 Aluminum Mill Product Specifications QWER
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOY PRODUCT
ASTM Military Federal AMS ASME AWS
1060 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4000 T SB-209 ..
Wire, rod, bar, rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. .. .. ..
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. SB-221 ..
Tube; extruded, seamless B241/B241M .. .. .. SB-241/SB-241M
B345/B345M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn B483/B483M
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. .. .. SB-210 ..
Tube; condenser B234 .. .. .. SB-234 ..
Pipe; gas and oil transmission B345/B345M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; condenser with integral fins B404/B404M .. .. .. .. ..
1100 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4001, 4003 SB-209 ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/1
Wire, rod, bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-225/1 ..
Wire, rod, bar; profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. SB-221 ..
Tube; extruded, seamless B241/B241M .. .. .. SB-241/SB-241M ..
Tube; extruded, coiled B491/B491M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/1 4062 .. ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
Rivet wire and rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 AS7220 .. ..
Spray gun wire .. .. .. 4180 .. C2.25/C2.25M
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. .. .. ..
Welding rod and electrodes; bare .. .. .. .. .. A5.10/A5.10M
Impacts B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Foil B479 .. QQ-A-1876 .. .. ..
1145 Foil B373, B479 .. QQ-A-1876 4011 .. ..
1235 Foil B373, B479 .. QQ-A-1876 .. .. ..
1350 ACSR B232/B232M, B401 .. .. .. .. ..
Bus conductors B236 .. .. .. .. ..
Rolled redraw rod B233 .. .. .. .. ..
Stranded conductors B231/B231M, B400 .. .. .. .. ..
Wire; H19 temper B230/B230M .. .. .. .. ..
Wire; H14 temper B609/B609M .. .. .. .. ..
Wire; rectangular and square B324 .. .. .. .. ..
Round solid conductor B609/B609M .. .. .. .. ..
2011 Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. .. .. .. ..
Wire, rod, bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-225/3 .. ..
2014 Sheet and Plate B209 .. .. 4028, 4029 .. ..
Wire, rod, bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. 4121 SB-211 ..
AMS-QQ-A-225/4
Wire, rod, bar; profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. 4153 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-200/2
Tube; extruded, seamless B241/B241M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. .. .. .. ..
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4133, 4134 .. ..
AMS-A-22771
Rings; forged and rolled .. .. .. 4314 ..
Impacts B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Alclad 2014 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-250/3 .. ..
2017 Wire, rod, bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. 4118 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-225/5
Rivet wire and rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 .. .. ..
2018 Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4140 ..
2024 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4035, 4037 .. ..
4193, 4297
AMS-QQ-A-250/4
Wire, rod, bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. 4120, 4339 SB-211 ..
AMS-QQ-A-225/6
Wire, rod, bar; profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. 4152, 4164, 4165 SB-221 ..
AMS-QQ-A-200/3
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/3 4087, 4088 .. ..
Tube; hydraulic .. .. .. 4086 .. ..
Foil .. .. .. AMS-A-81596 .. ..
For all numbered footnotes, see page 1-21

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 1-17

characteristics/general information general information/specification cross reference
TABLE 1.3 Aluminum Mill Product Specifications Q W E R (continued)
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOY PRODUCT
Alclad 2024 Plate and Sheet B209 .. .. 4040, 4041 .. ..
4194, 4195, 4279
AMS-QQ-A-250/5
Alclad One
Side 2024 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4036, 4077 .. ..
2025 Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4130 .. ..
2117 Rivet Wire and Rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 AS 7222 .. ..
2124 Plate B209 .. .. 4101, 4221 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/29
2218 Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4142 .. ..
2219 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4031, 4295 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/30
Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. .. ..
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tubes; extruded B221 .. .. 4162 .. ..
Tube; extruded, seamless B241/B241M .. .. 4068 .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. .. 4066 .. ..
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4143, 4144, AMS-A-22771 .. ..
Armor, Extruded .. MIL-DTL-46083 .. .. .. ..
Armor, Forgings .. MIL-DTL-46118 .. .. .. ..
Armor plate .. MIL-DTL-46118 .. .. .. ..
Rings, rolled or forged .. .. .. 4313 .. ..
Alclad 2219 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4094, 4095, 4096 .. ..
2319 Welding rod and electrodes; bare .. .. .. 4191 .. A5.10/A5.10M
2519 Armor plate .. MIL-DTL-46192 .. .. .. ..
2618 Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4132, AMS-A-22771 .. ..
3003 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4006, 4008 SB-209 ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/2
Tread Plate B632/B632M .. .. .. .. ..
Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-225/2 .. ..
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-200/1 SB-221 ..
Tube; drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube, drawn seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/2 4065, 4067 SB-210 ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
Pipe B241/B241M MIL-DTL-25995 .. .. SB-241/SB-241M ..
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. .. SB-247 ..
Foil .. .. .. 4010 .. ..
AMS-A-81596
Alclad 3003 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. .. SB-209 ..
Brazing Sheet .. .. .. 4063, 4064 .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. .. .. SB-210
Tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; condenser with integral fin B404/B404M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; welded B547/B547M .. .. .. .. ..
3004 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. .. SB-209 ..
Tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
Alclad 3004 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. .. SB-209 ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
3005 Sheet B209 .. .. .. .. ..
3102 Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. SB-221 ..
3105 Sheet B209 .. .. .. .. ..
4032 Rods and Bars; Rolled or Cold Finished .. .. .. 4318, 4319 .. ..
1-18 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

TABLE 1.3 Aluminum Mill Product Specifications QWER (continued)
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOY PRODUCT
4043 Welding rod and electrodes; bare 4190 A5.10/A5.10M
Spray gun wire C2.25/C2.25M
4045 Brazing filler metal .. .. .. AMS-B-20148 .. ..
4047 Brazing filler metal .. .. .. 4185
AMS-B-20148
4145 Brazing filler metal .. .. .. 4184, AMS-B-20148
4343 Brazing filler metal .. .. .. AMS-B-20148 .. ..
4643 Welding electrode .. .. .. 4189 .. A5.10/A5.10M
5005 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. .. .. ..
Wire; H19 temper .. .. .. .. .. ..
Stranded conductor .. .. .. .. .. ..
Rod; rolled .. .. .. .. .. ..
Tube, drawn, seamless B210 .. .. .. .. ..
Tube, drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube, drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
5052 Sheet and plate B209 .. 4015, 4016, 4017 SB-209 ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/8
Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. 4114 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-225/7
Tube; drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/4 4069, 4070 SB-210 ..
Tube; hydraulic .. .. .. 4071 .. ..
Tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; condenser with integral fins B404/B404M .. .. .. SB-234 ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
Foil .. .. .. 4004 .. ..
AMS-A-81596
5056 Rivet Wire and Rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 .. ..
Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. 4182 .. ..
Foil .. .. .. 4005 T .. ..
AMS-A-81596
5083 Sheet and plate B209 .. 4056 SB-209 ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/6
Marine Sheet and Plate B928/B928M .. .. .. .. ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Tube; welded B547/B547M .. .. .. .. ..

Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. .. SB-247 ..
Extruded armor .. MIL-DTL-46083 .. .. .. ..
Forged armor .. MIL-DTL-45225 .. .. .. ..
5086 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-250/7 SB-209 ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/19
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/5 .. .. ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
May, 2009 1-19

TABLE 1.3 Aluminum Mill Product Specifications QWER (continued)
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOY PRODUCT

Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. .. .. ..
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. SB-221 ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. .. .. SB-210 ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
5183 Welding rod and electrodes; bare .. .. .. .. .. A5.10/A5.10M
5252 Sheet B209 .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; welded B547/B547M .. .. .. .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/20
Extruded armor .. MIL-DTL-46083 .. .. .. ..
Forged armor .. MIL-DTL-45225 .. .. .. ..
5457 Sheet B209 .. .. .. .. ..
5657 Sheet B209 .. .. .. ..
6005 Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
6005A Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. SB-221 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6053 Rivet wire and rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 .. .. ..
6061 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4025, 4026, 4027 SB-209 ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/11
Tread Plate B632/B632M .. .. .. .. ..
Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. 4115, 4116, SB-211 ..
4117, 4128
AMS-QQ-A-225/8
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. 4150, 4160, 4161, SB-221 ..
AMS-QQ-A-200/8
4172, 4173
Structural profiles B308/B308M .. .. 4113 SB-308/SB-308M ..
AMS-QQ-A-200/16
Tube, drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/6 4079, 4080, 4082 SB-210 ..
Tube; hydraulic .. .. .. 4081, 4083 .. ..
Tube; welded B313/B313M .. .. .. .. ..
B547/B547M
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4127, 4146T, 4248 SB-247 ..
AMS-A-22771
Rings; forged or rolled .. .. .. 4312 .. ..
Rivet Wire and Rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 .. .. ..
Impacts B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Structural pipe and tube; extruded B429 .. .. .. .. ..
Foil .. .. .. 4009T .. ..
1-20 May, 2009

TABLE 1.3 Aluminum Mill Product Specifications Q W E R (continued)
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOY PRODUCT
Alclad 6061 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4021T SB-209 ..

6063 Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. 4156 SB-221 ..
AMS-QQ-A-200/9
Tube; drawn B483/B483M .. .. .. .. ..
Pipe; gas and oil transmission, seamless B345/B345M .. .. .. .. ..
Structural pipe and tube; extruded B429 .. .. .. .. ..
6066 Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-200/10 .. ..
6070 Rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Impacts B221 .. .. .. .. ..
6082 Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube, extruded B221 .. .. .. SB-221 ..
6101 Bus conductor B317/B317M .. .. .. .. ..
6151 Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4125, AMS-A-22771 .. ..
6201 Wire ; T81 temper B398/B398M .. .. .. .. ..
Standard conductor; T81 temper B399/B399M .. .. .. .. ..
6262 Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-225/10 .. ..
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Tube, drawn seamless B210 .. .. .. .. ..
B483/B483M
6351 Pipe; gas and oil transmission B345/B345M .. .. .. .. ..
Seamless pipe and tube, extruded, B241/B241M .. .. .. ..
B345/B345M
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. .. .. ..
7039 Armor plate .. MIL-DTL-46063 .. .. .. ..
Armor, Extruded .. MIL-DTL-46083 .. .. .. ..
Armor, Forgings .. MIL-DTL-45225 .. .. .. ..
7049 Forgings B247 .. .. 4111, AMS-A-22771 .. ..
Extrusions .. .. .. 4157, 4159 .. ..
Hand forgings .. .. .. 4247 .. ..
Forging .. .. .. 4321 .. ..
Plate .. .. .. 4200 .. ..
7050 Plate .. .. .. 4050, 4201 .. ..
Wire, rod, bar; extruded .. .. .. 4340, 4341, 4342 .. ..
Forgings B247 .. .. 4107, 4108, AMS-A-22771 .. ..
Die forgings B247 .. .. 4333 .. ..
Rivet Wire and Rod B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 .. .. ..
Alclad 7050 Sheet .. .. .. 4243 .. ..
7075 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4044, 4045, 4078 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/12
AMS-QQ-A-250/24
Sheet; fine grained 4277
Wire, rod and bar; rolled or cold finished B211 .. .. 4122, 4123, .. ..
4124, 4186,
4187 T
AMS-QQ-A-225/9
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. 4154, 4166, 4167, .. ..
4168, 4169
AMS-QQ-A-200/11
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded .. .. .. AMS-QQ-A-200/15 .. ..
(Exfoliation Resistant)
Tube; extruded B241/B241M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; drawn, seamless B210 .. WW-T-700/7 .. .. ..
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4126, 4131, .. ..
4141, 4147, AMS-A-22771
Hand forging B247 4323
Rings, forged or rolled B247 .. .. 4310, 4311 .. ..
Impacts B221 .. .. .. .. ..
Rivet Wire B316/B316M .. QQ-A-430 .. ..
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 1-21

TABLE 1.3 Aluminum Mill Product Specifications Q W E R (concluded)
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOY PRODUCT
Alclad 7075 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4048, 4049 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/13
AMS-QQ-A-250/25
AMS-QQ-A-250/26
Sheet; fine grained 4278
Alclad One Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4046 .. ..
Side 7075 AMS-QQ-A-250/18
7175 Extruded .. .. .. 4344 .. ..
Forgings and forging stock B247 .. .. 4148, 4149, 4179, .. ..
AMS-A-22771
7178 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-250/14 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/21
Wire, rod, bar, profiles and tube; extruded B221 .. .. AMS-QQ-A-200/13 .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-200/14
Rivet Wire B316/B316M .. .. .. .. ..
Tube; extruded, seamless B241/B241M .. .. .. ..
Alclad 7178 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. .. .. ..
AMS-QQ-A-250/15
AMS-QQ-A-250/22
AMS-QQ-A-250/28
7475 Sheet and plate .. .. .. 4084, 4085, 4089, .. ..
4090, 4202
Alclad 7475 Sheet .. .. .. 4100, 4207 .. ..
Q The Aluminum Association and its members assume no responsibility for R Copies of specifications can be obtained from:
use of this index, for errors, for omissions, or for failure to advise of subsequent (Aerospace Material Specifications) (AMS) ASTM
revisions or amendments. SAE, Inc. 100 Barr Harbor Drive
W This cross-reference index lists the basic specification or standard num- 400 Commonwealth Drive West Conshohocken, PA
ber and no attempt is made to reflect the latest revision or amendment to any Warrendale, PA 15096-0001 19428-2959
particular document. The appropriate specification index published by the (Military and Federal) (AWS)
specification issuing body should be consulted to determine the latest issue Standardization Documents Order Desk American Welding Society
of any particular specification or standard. The aluminum industry generally Building 4D, 700 Robins Avenue 550 N.W. LeJeune Road
prefers to use the latest issue of any given specification or standard. Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094 Miami, FL 33126
E Different organizations’ specifications for the same alloy and product may
contain different requirements. (ASME)
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
T Noncurrent
1-22 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
mill product specifications/general information general information/characteristics
TABLE 1.4 Specifications Covering Aluminum Mill Products QW
SPECIFICATION ALLOYS AND PRODUCT SPECIFICATION ALLOYS AND PRODUCT

NUMBER OR PROCESS COVERED NUMBER OR PROCESS COVERED
FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

FED-STD-123 Marking for domestic shipment (civilian agencies) B209 1060, 1100, 2014, Alclad 2014, 2024, Alclad
FED-STD-184 Item identification marking for aluminum products 2024, Alclad one side 2024, 2124, 2219, Alclad
FED-STD-245 Tolerances for aluminum wrought products 2219, 3003, Alclad 3003, 3004, Alclad 3004,
finished wire, rod, bar and special shapes 3005, 3105, 5005, 5050, 5052, 5083, 5086,
QQ-A-430 1100, 2017, 2024, 2117, 2219, 3003, 5005, 5052, 5154, 5252, 5254, 5454, 5456, 5457, 5652,
5056, 6053, 6061, 7050, and 7075 wire and rod for 5657, 6061, Alclad 6061, 7075, Alclad 7075,
rivets and cold heading Alclad one side 7075, 7178, and Alclad 7178
QQ-A-1876 Aluminum Foil; 1100, 1145, 1235 sheet and plate
WW-T-700 General specification for drawn tube, seamless B210 1060, 1100, 2011, 2014, 2024, 3003, Alclad
WW-T-700/1 1100 drawn tube, seamless 3003, 5005, 5050, 5052,5083, 5086, 5154,
WW-T-700/2 3003 drawn tube, seamless 5456, 6061, 6063, 6262 and 7075 drawn
WW-T-700/3 2024 drawn tube, seamless seamless tube
WW-T-700/4 5052 drawn tube, seamless B211 1060, 1100, 2011, 2014, 2017, 2024, 2219, 3003,
WW-T-700/5 5086 drawn tube, seamless 5052,5056, 5154, 6061, 6063, 6262 and 7075
WW-T-700/6 6061 drawn tube, seamless rolled, drawn or cold finished wire, rod and bar
WW-T-700/7 7075 drawn tube, seamless B221 1060, 1100, 2014, 2024, 2219, 3003, Alclad
3003, 3004, 3102, 5052,5083, 5086, 5154,
MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS 5454, 5456, 6005, 6005A, 6060, 6061, 6063,
6066, 6070, 6105, 6162, 6262, 6351, 6463,
MIL-STD-129 Marking for shipment and storage
7005, 7072, 7075, 7116, 7129 and 7178
MIL-C-5541 Chemical films for aluminum and aluminum alloys
extruded wire, rod, bar, shapes and tube
MIL-A-8625 Anodic coatings for aluminum alloys
B230/B230M 1350-H19 wire
MIL-DTL-25995 3003, 6061 and 6063 pipe
B231/B231M Aluminum conductors, concentric-lay-stranded
MIL-DTL-45225 5083, 5456 and 7039 forged armor
B232/B232M 1350 Aluminum conductors, steel reinforced,
MIL-DTL-46027 5083 and 5456 armor plate
concentric-lay-stranded (ACSR)
MIL-DTL-46063 7039 armor plate
B233 1350 drawing stock for electrical purposes
MIL-DTL-46083 5083, 5456, 2219 and 7039 extruded armor
B234 1060, 3003, Alclad 3003, 5052, 5454, and 6061
MIL-DTL-46118 2219 armor plate and forgings
drawn, seamless tube for condensers and heat
MIL-DTL-46192 2519 armor plate
exchangers
B236 1350 bus conductor
B241/B241M 3003, 6061, 6063, and 6351 seamless pipe;
THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
1060, 1100, 2014, 2024, 2219, 3003, Alclad
A5.3/A5.3M Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy 3003, 5052, 5083, 5086, 5254, 5454, 5456,
Electrodes for Shielded Gas Metal Arc Welding 5652, 6061, 6063, 6351, 7075, and 7178
A5.10/A5.10M Specification for Bare Aluminum and Aluminum seamless extruded tube
Welding Electrodes and Rods, 1100, 2319, 4043, B247 2014, 2219, 2618, 5083, 6061, 7049, 7050, 7075,
4047, 4145, 4643, 5183, 5356, 5554, 5556, 5654 and 7175 hand forgings; 1100, 2014, 2018,
C2.25/C2.25M Thermal Spray - Solid and Composite Wire and 2025, 2218, 2219, 2618, 3003, 4032, 5083,
Ceramic Rods 6061, 6066, 6151, 7049, 7050, 7075, 7076 and
7175 die forgings; 2014, 2219, 2618, 6061,
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) 6151, and 7075 rolled ring forgings
B308/B308M 6061 rolled or extruded standard structural
B36.10M Standard dimensions for welded and seamless
shapes
(steel) pipe
B313/B313M 1100, 3003, 3004, Alclad 3004, 5050, 5052,
B36.19M Standard dimensions for (stainless steel) pipe
5086, 5154, and 6061 round welded tube
SB-209 1060, 1100, 3003, Alclad 3003, 3004, Alclad
B316/B316M 1100, 2017, 2024, 2117, 2219, 3003, 5005, 5052,
3004, 5052, 5083, 5086, 5154, 5254, 5454,
5056, 6053, 6061, 7050, 7075 and 7178 rivet
5456, 5652, 6061, and Alclad 6061 sheet and
and cold heading wire and rod
plate
B317/B317M 6101 extruded rod, bar, structural shapes and
SB-210 1060, 3003, Alclad 3003, 5052, 5154, 6061, and
pipe for electrical purposes
6063 drawn seamless tube
B324 1350 rectangular and square wire
SB-211 2014, 2024, and 6061 rolled, drawn, or cold
B345/B345M 3003, 6061, 6063, and 6351 seamless pipe;
finished wire, rod and bar
1060, 3003, Alclad 3003, 5083, 5086, 6061,
SB-221 1060, 1100, 2024, 3003, 5083, 5086, 5154, 5454,
6063, 6070, and 6351 seamless extruded tube
5456, 6005A, 6061 and 6063 extruded rod, bar
B373 1145 and 1235 foil for capacitors
and shapes
B398/B398M 6201-T81 wire for electrical purposes
SB-234 1060, 3003, Alclad 3003, 5052, 5454, and 6061
B399/B399M Concentric-lay-stranded, 6201-T81 conductors
drawn, seamless tube for condensers and heat
B400 Compact round concentric-lay-stranded, 1350
exchangers
conductors, hard-drawn
SB-241/SB-241M 3003, 6061 and 6063 seamless pipe; 1060, 1100,
B401 1350 Compact round concentric-lay-stranded
3003, Alclad 3003, 5052, 5083, 5086, 5454,
aluminum conductors, steel reinforced (ACSR)
5456, 6061 and 6063 seamless extruded tube
B404/B404M 1060, 3003, Alclad 3003, 5052, 5454, and 6061
SB-247 5083 and 6061 hand forgings; 2014, 3003, 5083
seamless condenser and heat exchanger tube
and 6061 die forgings
with integral fins
SB-308/SB-308M 6061 rolled or extruded standard structural
B429 6061 and 6063 extruded structural pipe and tube
shapes
B479 1100, 1145, and 1235 foil for flexible barrier
B483/B483M 1060, 1100, 1435, 3003, 5005, 5050, 5052, 6061,
6063 and 6262 drawn tube
B491/B491M 1050, 1100, 1200, 1235, 3003 and 6063 extruded
round coiled tube
B547/B547M 1100, 3003, Alclad 3003, 3004 Alclad 3004,
5050, 5052, 5083, 5086, 5154, 5454 and 6061
formed and arc welded round tube
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 1-23

characteristics/general information general information/mill product specifications
TABLE 1.4 Specifications Covering Aluminum Mill Products Q W
4085 7475-T761 Sheet
B609/B609M Aluminum 1350 round wire, annealed and
4086 2024-T3 Drawn, Seamless Hydraulic Tube
intermediate tempers, for electrical purposes
4087 2024-O Drawn Seamless Tube
B632/B632M Aluminum-alloy 6061 rolled tread plate
4088 2024-T3 Drawn Seamless Tube
B660 Packaging/Packing of Aluminum and Magnesium
4089 7475-T7651 Plate
Products
4090 7475-T651 Plate
B666/B666M Practice for Identification Marking of Aluminum
4094 Alclad 2219-T81 Sheet and T851 Plate
Products
4095 Alclad 2219-T31 Sheet and T351 Plate
B928/B928M High Magnesium Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate for
Marine Service 4096 Alclad 2219-O Sheet and Plate
4100 Alclad 7475-T761 Sheet
SAE — AEROSPACE MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (AMS) 4101 2124-T851 Plate
4107 7050-T74 (formerly T736) Die Forgings
2469 Process and Performance Requirement for Hard-
4108 7050-T7452 (formerly T73652) Hand Forgings
Anodic Coating Treatment of Aluminum Alloys
4111 7049-T73 Forgings and Forging Stock
2470 Chromic-Acid Anodizing of Aluminum Alloys
4113 6061-T6 Extruded Profiles
2471 Undyed Coating Sulfuric-Acid Process, Anodizing
4114 5052-F Rolled or Cold Finished, Rods and Bars
of Aluminum Alloys
4115 6061-O Rolled, Drawn or Cold Finished Wire, Rod,
2472 Dyed Coating Sulfuric-Acid Anodizing of Aluminum
Bar and Flash Welded Rings
Alloys
4116 6061-T4 Cold Finished Wire, Rod and Bar
2473 Chemical Film Treatment for Aluminum Alloys,
4117 6061-T6 and T651 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, Rod,
General Purpose Coating
Bar and Flash Welded Rings
2474 Low Electrical Resistant Coating, Chemical
4118 2017-T4 and T451 Rolled Cold Finished Wire, Rod
Treatments for Aluminum Alloys
and Bar
2808 Identification Markings for Forgings
4120 2024-T4 and T351 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, Rod
2816 Color Code identification Marking of Welding Wire
and Bar
4000 E 1060-O Sheet and Plate
4121 2014-T6 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, Rod and Bar
4001 1100-O Sheet and Plate
4122 7075-T6 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, Rod, Bar
4003 1100-H14 Sheet and Plate
and Rings
4004 5052-H191 Foil
4123 7075-T651 Rolled or Cold Finished Rod and Bar
4005 E 5056-H191 Foil
4124 7075-T7351 Rolled or Cold Finished Bars, Rods
and Wire
4125 6151-T6 Die Forgings and Rolled or Forged Rings
4009 E 6061-O Foil
4126 7075-T6 Die and Hand Forgings and Rolled Rings
4010 3003-H18 Foil
4127 6061-T6 Forgings and Rolled or Forged Rings
4011 1145-O Foil
4128 6061-T451 Bars, Rolled or Cold Finished
4013 Laminated Shim Stock, Surface Bonded
4130 2025-T6 Die Forgings
4131 7075-T74 Die and Hand Forgings
4132 2618-T61 Die and Hand Forgings, Rolled Rings and
Forging Stock
4021 E Alclad 6061-O Sheet and Plate
4133 2014-T6 Forgings and Rolled Rings
4026 6061-T4 and T451 Sheet and Plate
4027 6061-T6 and T651 Sheet and Plate
4143 2219-T6 Forgings and Rolled or Forged Rings
4029 2014-T6 Sheet and 2014-T651 Plate
4144 2219-T852 and -T851 Hand Forgings and Rings
4146 E 6061-T4 Forgings and Rolled or Forged Rings
4147 7075-T7352 Forgings
4036 Alclad one side 2024-T3 Sheet and T351 Plate
4037 2024-T3 Sheet and T351 Plate
4149 7175-T74 Die and Hand Forgings
4040 Alclad 2024-O and 11⁄2% Alclad 2024-O Sheet
4150 6061-T6 Extrusions and Rings
and Plate
4152 2024-T3 Extrusions
4041 Alclad 2024 and 11⁄2% Alclad 2024-T3 Flat Sheet;
Alclad 2024-T351 Plate
4045 7075-T6 Sheet and T651 Plate
4046 Alclad One Side 7075-T6 Sheet and Alclad One Side,
7075-T651 Plate
4160 6061-O Extrusions
4048 Alclad 7075-O Sheet and Plate
4049 Alclad 7075-T6 Sheet and Alclad 7075-T651 Plate
4050 7050-T7451 (formerly T73651) Plate
4062 1100-H14 Drawn Seamless Tube
4063 Clad One Side 3003 Sheet (Brazing Sheet No. 11-O)
4064 Clad Two Sides 3003 Sheet (Brazing Sheet No. 12-O)
4065 3003-O Drawn Tube, Seamless
4066 2219-T851 Drawn Tube, Seamless
4067 3003-H14 Drawn Tube, Seamless
4068 2219-T351 Drawn Tube, Seamless
4069 5052-O Drawn Tube, Special Tolerances, Seamless
4179 7175-T7452 Forgings
4070 5052-O Drawn Tube, Seamless
4180 1100-H18 Wire for Metal Spraying
4071 5052-O Drawn, Hydraulic Tube, Seamless
4184 4145 Brazing Filler Metal
4077 Alclad one side 2024-O Sheet and Plate
4185 4047 Brazing Filler Metal
4078 7075-T7351 Plate
4186 7075-F Wire, Rod and Bar ; Rolled or Cold Finished
4079 6061-O Drawn Seamless Tube, Special Tolerances
4187 E 7075-O Wire, Rod and Bar ; Rolled, Drawn or Cold
4080 6061-O Drawn Seamless Tube
Finished
4189 4643 Welding Wire
4082 6061-T6 Seamless Drawn Tube
4084 7475-T61 Sheet
1-24 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

mill product specifications/general information general information/characteristics
TABLE 1.4 Specifications Covering Aluminum Mill Products Q W
4190 4043 Welding Wire AMS-QQ-A-200/14 7178-T76, Bar, Rod, Shapes and Wire, Extruded
4191 2319 Welding Wire (Exfoliation Resistant)
4193 2024-T861 Sheet and Plate AMS-QQ-A-200/15 7075-T76, Bar, Rod and Shapes, Extruded
4194 E Alclad 2024-T361 Sheet and Plate (Exfoliation Resistant)
4195 Alclad 2024-T861 Sheet and Plate AMS-QQ-A-200/16 6061, Structural Shapes, Extruded
4200 7049-T7351 Plate AMS-QQ-A-200/17 6162, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded
4201 7050-T7651 Plate AMS-QQ-A-225 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire, or
4202 7475-T7351 Plate Special Shapes; Rolled, Drawn or Cold Finished;
4203 7010-T7351 Plate General Specification for
4204 7010-T7651 Plate AMS-QQ-A-225/1 1100 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire; Rolled,
4205 7010-T7451 (formerly T73651) Plate Drawn or Cold Finished
4207 Alclad 7475-T61 Sheet Drawn or Cold Finished
4208 2004-F Sheet AMS-QQ-A-225/3 2011 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire; Rolled,
4209 Alclad 2004-F Sheet Drawn or Cold Finished
4221 2124-T8151 Plate AMS-QQ-A-225/4 2014 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire, and Special
4232 2090-T86 Extrusions Shapes; Rolled, Drawn or Cold Finished
4243 Alclad 7050-T76 Sheet AMS-QQ-A-225/5 2017 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire; Rolled,
4247 7049-T7352 Hand Forgings Drawn or Cold Finished
4248 6061-T652 Hand Forgings and Rolled Rings AMS-QQ-A-225/6 2024 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire; Rolled,
4251 2090-T83 Sheet Drawn or Cold Finished
4255 Clad One Side 6951 Sheet (No. 21 Brazing Sheet) Drawn or Cold Finished
As Fabricated AMS-QQ-A-225/8 6061 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire, and Special
4256 Clad Two Sides 6951 Sheet (No. 22 Brazing Sheet) Shapes; Rolled, Drawn or Cold Finished
As Fabricated AMS-QQ-A-225/9 7075 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire, and Special
4259 E 8090-T6 Sheet (Unrecrystallized) Shapes; Rolled, Drawn or Cold Finished
4270 Alclad 2424-T3 Sheet AMS-QQ-A-225/10 6262 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Wire; Rolled,
4273 2424-T3 Sheet and Plate Drawn or Cold Finished
4274 Alclad 2424-O Sheet, Fine Grained AMS-QQ-A-250 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy, Plate and Sheet,
4276 2424-O Sheet, Fine Grained General Specification for
4277 7075-O Sheet, Fine Grained AMS-QQ-A-250/1 1100 Aluminum Sheet and Plate
4278 Alclad 7075-O Sheet, Fine Grained AMS-QQ-A-250/2 3003 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4279 Alclad 2024-T4 Sheet AMS-QQ-A-250/3 Alclad 2014 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4295 2219 Sheet and Plate AMS-QQ-A-250/4 2024 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4296 Alclad 2524-T3 Sheet and Plate AMS-QQ-A-250/5 Alclad 2024 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4297 2024-T4 Sheet AMS-QQ-A-250/6 5083 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4303 2090-T81 Plate AMS-QQ-A-250/7 5086 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4306 7150-T6151 Plate AMS-QQ-A-250/8 5052 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4307 E 7150-T61511 Extrusions AMS-QQ-A-250/9 5456 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4308 E 8009-H112 Sheet AMS-QQ-A-250/10 5454 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4309 E 8009-H112 Extrusions AMS-QQ-A-250/11 6061 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4310 7075-T651 and T652 Rings, Forged or Rolled AMS-QQ-A-250/12 7075 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4311 7075-T7351 and T7352 Rings, Forged or Rolled AMS-QQ-A-250/13 Alclad 7075 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4312 6061-T651 and T652 Rings, Rolled or Forged AMS-QQ-A-250/14 7178 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4313 2219-T351 and T352 Rings, Forged or Rolled AMS-QQ-A-250/15 Alclad 7178 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4314 2014-T651 and T652 Rings, Forged or Rolled AMS-QQ-A-250/18 Alclad One Side 7075 Aluminum Alloy Plate
4319 4032-T651 Rolled or Cold Finished Bars and Rods and Sheet
4320 7149-T73 Forgings AMS-QQ-A-250/19 5086 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet for
4321 7049-O1 Forgings Seawater Applications
4323 7075-T7452 Hand Forgings AMS-QQ-A-250/20 5456 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet for
4333 7050-T7452 Die Forgings Seawater Applications
4334 E 7249-T74 and T7452 Forgings AMS-QQ-A-250/21 7178-T76 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4337 7055-T77511 Extruded Profiles (Exfoliation Resistant)
4339 2024-T851 Rolled or Cold Finished Bars and Rods AMS-QQ-A-250/22 Alclad 7178-T76 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4340 7050-T76511 Extrusions (Exfoliation Resistant)
4341 7050-T73511 Extrusions AMS-QQ-A-250/24 7075 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4342 7050-T74511 (formerly T736511) Extrusions (Exfoliation Resistant)
4343 7149-T73511 Extrusions AMS-QQ-A-250/25 Alclad 7075 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4344 7175-T73511 Extrusions (Exfoliation Resistant)
4345 7150-T77511 Extrusions AMS-QQ-A-250/26 7075, Alclad 7011 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
4347 6013-T4 Sheet AMS-QQ-A-250/28 7178, Alclad 7011 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
AMS-QQ-A-200 Aluminum Alloy, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Structural Shapes, AMS-QQ-A-250/29 2124 Aluminum Alloy Plate
Tube and Wire, Extruded, General Specification for AMS-QQ-A-250/30 2219 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet
AMS-QQ-A-200/1 3003, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded AMS-H-6088 Heat Treatment of Wrought Aluminum Alloys
AMS-QQ-A-200/2 2014, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded AMS-B-20148 4045 and 4343 Brazing Sheet
AMS-QQ-A-200/3 2024, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded AMS-A-22771 Aluminum Alloy Forgings, Heat Treated
AMS-QQ-A-200/4 5083, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded AMS-A-81596 2024, 3003, 5052 and 5056 Foil
AMS-QQ-A-200/5 5086, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded
AMS-QQ-A-200/6 5454, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded SAE — AEROSPACE STANDARDS (AS)
7220 1100-H14 Rivets
7222 2117-T4 Rivets
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
AMS-QQ-A-200/13 7178, Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded C80.5 Aluminum Alloy Rigid Conduit
H35.1 Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for
Wrought Aluminum
H35.2 Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Mill Products
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`
May, 2009 1-25

Q The Aluminum Association and its members assume no responsibility
for use of this index, for errors, for omissions, or for failure to advise of
subsequent revisions or amendments.
W This cross-reference index lists the basic specification or standard num-
ber, and no attempt is made to reflect the latest revision or amendment to
any particular document. The appropriate specification index published by
the specification issuing body should be consulted to determine the latest
issue of any particular specification or standard. The aluminum industry gen-
erally prefers to use the latest issue of any given specification or standard.
E Noncurrent specification
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-26 May, 2009

typical properties/mechanical
2. Typical Properties
The following typical properties are not guaranteed, since are intended only as a basis for comparing alloys and tempers
in most cases they are averages for various sizes, product and should not be specified as engineering requirements or
forms and methods of manufacture and may not be exactly used for design purposes.
representative of any particular product or size. These data
TABLE 2.1 Typical Mechanical Properties Q W

TENSION HARDNESS SHEAR FATIGUE MODULUS
STRENGTH ELONGATION
ALLOY MPa percent BRINNELL ULTIMATE ENDURANCE E
MODULUS R
AND NUMBER SHEARING LIMIT
in 50 mm in 5D OF
TEMPER STRENGTH
1.60 mm 12.5 mm ELASTICITY
ULTIMATE YIELD 500 kgf load
Thick Diameter MPa ⴛ 103
10 mm ball MPa MPa
Specimen Specimen
1060-O 70 30 43 .. 19 50 20 69
1060-H12 85 75 16 .. 23 55 30 69
1060-H14 100 90 12 .. 26 60 35 69
1060-H16 115 105 8 .. 30 70 45 69
1060-H18 130 125 6 .. 35 75 45 69
N
1100-O 90 35 35 42 23 60 35 69
1100-H12 110 105 12 22 28 70 40 69
1100-H14 125 115 9 18 32 75 50 69
1100-H16 145 140 6 15 38 85 60 69
IG
1100-H18 165 150 5 13 44 90 60 69
1350-O 85 30 .. . .T .. 55 .. 69
1350-H12 95 85 .. .. .. 60 .. 69
1350-H14 110 95 .. .. .. 70 .. 69
1350-H16 125 110 .. .. .. 75 .. 69
. .Y
1350-H19
2011-T3
2011-T8
2014-O
2014-T4, T451
185
380
405
185
425
165
295
310
95
290
..
..
..
..
..
13
10
16
18
ES ..
95
100
45
105
105
220
240
125
260
50
125
125
90
140
69
70
70
73
73
2014-T6, T651 485 415 .. 11 135 290 125 73
Alclad 2014-O 170 70 21 .. .. 125 .. 73
D
Alclad 2014-T3 435 275 20 .. .. 255 .. 73
Alclad 2014-T4, T451 421 255 22 .. .. 255 .. 73
Alclad 2014-T6, T651 470 415 10 .. .. 285 .. 73
2017-O 180 70 .. 20 45 125 90 73
2017-T4, T451 425 275 .. 20 105 260 125 73
R
2018-T61 420 315 .. 10 120 270 115 74

2024-O 185 75 20 20 47 125 90 73
2024-T3 485 345 18 .. 120 285 140 73
FO
2024-T4, T351 472 325 20 17 120 285 140 73

2024-T361 U 495 395 13 .. 130 290 125 73
Alclad 2024-O 180 75 20 .. .. 125 .. 73
Alclad 2024-T3 450 310 18 .. .. 275 .. 73
Alclad 2024-T4, T351 440 290 19 .. .. 275 .. 73
Alclad 2024-T361 U 460 365 11 .. .. 285 .. 73
Alclad 2024-T81, T851 450 415 6 .. .. 275 .. 73
Alclad 2024-T861 U 485 455 6 .. .. 290 .. 73
T
2025-T6 400 255 .. 17 110 240 125 72

2036-T4 340 195 24 .. .. 205 125 O 71
O
2117-T4 295 165 .. 24 70 195 95 71

2124-T851 485 440 .. 8 .. .. .. 73
2218-T72 330 255 .. 9 95 205 .. 74
2219-O 170 75 18 .. .. .. .. 73
N
2219-T42 360 185 20 .. .. .. .. 73

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2219-T31, T351 360 250 17 .. .. .. .. 73

2219-T37 395 315 11 .. .. .. .. 73
2219-T62 415 290 10 .. .. .. 105 73
2219-T81, T851 455 350 10 .. .. .. 105 73
2219-T87 475 395 10 .. .. .. 105 73
2618-T61 440 370 .. 10 115 260 90 73
3003-O 110 40 30 37 28 75 50 69
3003-H12 130 125 10 18 35 85 55 69
3003-H14 150 145 8 14 40 95 60 69
3003-H16 175 170 5 12 47 105 70 69
3003-H18 200 185 4 9 55 110 70 69
May, 2009 2-1

mechanical/typical properties
TABLE 2.1 Typical Mechanical Properties Q W (continued)

STRENGTH ELONGATION
ALLOY MPa percent BRINNELL ULTIMATE ENDURANCE E
MODULUS R
AND NUMBER SHEARING LIMIT
in 50 mm in 5D OF
TEMPER STRENGTH
1.60 mm 12.5 mm ELASTICITY
Thick Diameter MPa ⴛ 103
10 mm ball MPa MPa
Specimen Specimen
Alclad 3003-O 110 40 30 37 .. 75 .. 69
Alclad 3003-H12 130 125 10 18 .. 85 .. 69
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Alclad 3003-H14 150 145 8 14 .. 95 .. 69
Alclad 3003-H16 175 170 5 12 .. 105 .. 69
Alclad 3003-H18 200 185 4 9 .. 110 .. 69
3004-O 180 70 20 22 45 110 95 69
3004-H32 215 170 10 15 52 115 105 69
3004-H34 240 200 9 10 63 125 105 69
N
3004-H36 260 230 5 8 70 140 110 69
3004-H38 285 250 5 5 77 145 110 69
Alclad 3004-O 180 70 20 22 .. 110 .. 69
IG
Alclad 3004-H32 215 170 10 15 .. 115 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H34 240 200 9 10 .. 125 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H36 260 230 5 8 .. 140 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H38 285 250 5 5 .. 145 .. 69
3105-O 115 55 24 .. .. 85 .. 69
3105-H12
3105-H14
3105-H16
3105-H18
3105-H22
150
170
195
215
165
130
150
170
195
140
7
5
4
3
11
..
..
..
..
..
ES ..
..
..
..
..
95
105
110
115
95
..
..
..
..
..
69
69
69
69
69
3105-H24 180 150 10 .. .. 105 .. 69
3105-H25 185 160 9 .. .. 105 .. 69
D
3105-H26 195 165 9 .. .. 110 .. 69
3105-H28 205 180 8 .. .. 115 .. 69
4032-T6 380 315 .. 9 120 260 110 79
5005-O 125 40 25 .. 28 75 .. 69
5005-H12 140 130 10 .. .. 95 .. 69
R
5005-H14 160 150 6 .. .. 95 .. 69

5005-H16 180 170 5 .. .. 105 .. 69
5005-H18 200 195 4 .. .. 110 .. 69
FO
5005-H32 140 115 11 .. 36 95 .. 69

5005-H34 160 140 8 .. 41 95 .. 69
5005-H36 180 165 6 .. 46 105 .. 69
5005-H38 200 185 5 .. 51 110 .. 69
5050-O 145 55 24 .. 36 105 85 69
5050-H32 170 145 9 .. 46 115 90 69
5050-H34 190 165 8 .. 53 125 90 69
5050-H36 205 180 7 .. 58 130 95 69
5050-H38 220 200 6 .. 63 140 95 69
T
5052-O 195 90 25 27 47 125 110 70

5052-H32 230 195 12 16 60 140 115 70
O
5052-H34 260 215 10 12 68 145 125 70

5052-H36 275 240 8 9 73 160 130 70
5052-H38 290 255 7 7 77 165 140 70
5056-O 290 150 .. 32 65 180 140 71
N
5056-H18 435 405 .. 9 105 235 150 71

5056-H38 415 345 .. 13 100 220 150 71
5083-O
290 145 .. 20 .. 170 .. 71
5083-H32 {
315 230 .. 14 .. .. 160 71
5083-H116 {
315 230 .. 14 .. .. 160 71
5083-H321 {
315 230 .. 14 .. .. 160 71
5086-O 260 115 22 .. .. 165 .. 71

5086-H32 290 205 12 .. .. .. .. 71
5086-H116 { 290 205 12 .. .. .. .. 71
5086-H34 325 255 10 .. .. 185 .. 71
5086-H112 270 130 14 .. .. .. .. 71
2-2 May, 2009

typical properties/mechanical
TABLE 2.1 Typical Mechanical Properties Q W (continued)
STRENGTH ELONGATION
ALLOY MPa percent in 2 in. BRINNELL ULTIMATE ENDURANCE E
NUMBER SHEARING LIMIT MODULUS R
AND in 50 mm in 5D OF
TEMPER STRENGTH
1.60 mm 12.5 mm 500 kgf load ELASTICITY
ULTIMATE YIELD MPa ⴛ 103
Thick Diameter 10 mm ball MPa MPa
Specimen Specimen
5154-O 240 115 27 .. 58 150 115 70
5154-H32 270 205 15 .. 67 150 125 70
5154-H34 290 230 13 .. 73 165 130 70
5154-H36 310 250 12 .. 78 180 140 70
5154-H38 330 270 10 .. 80 195 145 70
5154-H112 240 115 25 .. 63 .. 115 70
5252-H25 235 170 11 .. 68 145 .. 69
5252-H38, H28 285 240 5 .. 75 160 .. 69
5254-O 240 115 27 .. 58 150 115 70
N
5254-H32 270 205 15 .. 67 150 125 70
5254-H34 290 230 13 .. 73 165 130 70
5254-H36 310 250 12 .. 78 180 140 70
IG
5254-H38 330 270 10 .. 80 195 145 70
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5254-H112 240 115 25 .. 63 .. 115 70

5454-O 250 115 22 .. 62 160 .. 70
5454-H32 275 205 10 .. 73 165 .. 70
5454-H34 305 240 10 .. 81 180 .. 70
5454-H111 260 180 14 .. 70 160 .. 70
5454-H112
5456-O
5456-H32 {
5456-H25
250
310
350
310
125
160
255
165
18
..
..
..
..
22
14
20
ES 62
..
90
..
160
..
205
..
..
..
..
..
70
71
71
71
5456-H116 { 350 255 .. 14 90 205 .. 71
5456-H321 { 350 255 .. 14 90 205 .. 71
D
5457-O 130 50 22 .. 32 85 .. 69
5457-H25 180 160 12 .. 48 110 .. 69
5457-H38, H28 205 185 6 .. 55 125 .. 69
5652-O 195 90 25 27 47 125 110 70
5652-H32 230 195 12 16 60 140 115 70
R
5652-H34 260 215 10 12 68 145 125 70

5652-H36 275 240 8 9 73 160 130 70
5652-H38 290 255 7 7 77 165 140 70
5657-H25 160 140 12 .. 40 95 .. 69
FO
5657-H38, H28 195 165 7 .. 50 105 .. 69

6005A-T1 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
6005A-T5 290 260 10 .. 90 .. 95 69
6005-T61 310 275 12 .. 95 205 95 69
6061-O 125 55 25 27 30 85 60 69
6061-T4, T451 240 145 22 22 65 165 95 69
6061-T6, T651 310 275 12 15 95 205 95 69
Alclad 6061-O 115 50 25 .. .. 75 .. 69
T
Alclad 6061-T4, T451 230 130 22 .. .. 150 .. 69

Alclad 6061-T6, T651 290 255 12 .. .. 185 .. 69
O
6063-O 90 50 .. .. 25 70 55 69
6063-T1 150 90 20 .. 42 95 60 69
6063-T4 170 90 22 .. .. .. .. 69
6063-T5 185 145 12 .. 60 115 70 69
6063-T6 240 215 12 .. 73 150 70 69
N
6063-T83 255 240 9 .. 82 150 .. 69

6063-T831 205 185 10 .. 70 125 .. 69
6063-T832 290 270 12 .. 95 185 .. 69
6066-O 150 85 .. 16 43 95 .. 69
6066-T4, T451 360 205 .. 16 90 200 .. 69
6066-T6. T651 395 360 .. 10 120 235 110 69
6070-T6 380 350 10 .. .. 235 95 69
6082-T6, T6511 340 315 12 14 95 215 95 69
6101-H111 95 75 .. .. .. .. .. 69
6101-T6 220 195 15 I .. 71 140 .. 69
6262-T9 400 380 .. 9 120 240 90 69
6351-T4 250 150 20 .. .. .. .. 69
6351-T6 310 285 14 .. 95 200 90 69
May, 2009 2-3

mechanical/typical properties
TABLE 2.1 Typical Mechanical Properties Q W (concluded)
ALLOY STRENGTH ELONGATION BRINNELL ULTIMATE ENDURANCE E

MPa percent NUMBER SHEARING MODULUS R
AND LIMIT
STRENGTH OF
TEMPER in 50 mm in 5D ELASTICITY
1.60 mm 12.5 mm 10 mm ball MPa MPa ⋅ 103
MPa
6463-T1 150 90 20 .. 42 95 70 69
6463-T5 185 145 12 .. 60 115 70 69
6463-T6 240 215 12 .. 74 150 70 69
7049-T73 515 450 .. 10 135 305 .. 72
7049-T7352 515 435 .. 9 135 295 .. 72
7050-T73510,
495 435 .. 11 .. .. .. 72
T73511
525 470 .. 10 .. 305 .. 72
7050-T7451 P
550 490 .. 10 .. 325 .. 72
N
7050-T7651
7075-O 230 105 17 14 60 150 .. 72
7075-T6, T651 570 505 11 9 150 330 160 72
IG
Alclad 7075-O 220 95 17 .. .. 150 .. 72
Alclad 7075-T6, T651 525 460 11 .. .. 315 .. 72
7175-T74 525 455 .. 10 135 290 160 72
7178-O 230 105 15 14 .. .. .. 72
7178-T6, T651 605 540 10 9 .. .. .. 72
7178-T76, T7651
Alclad 7178-O
Alclad 7178-T6, T651
7475-T61
570
220
560
565
505
95
460
490
..
16
10
11
9
..
..
..
ES ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
71
72
72
70
7475-T651 585 510 .. 13 .. .. .. 72
7475-T7351 495 420 .. 13 .. .. .. 72
D
7475-T761 515 450 12 .. .. .. .. 70
7475-T7651 530 460 .. 12 .. .. .. 72
Alclad 7475-T61 515 455 11 .. .. .. .. 70
Alclad 7475-T761 490 420 12 .. .. .. .. 70
8176-H24 160 95 15 .. .. 70 .. 69
R
Q The mechanical property limits are listed by major product in the “Stan- U Tempers T361 and T861 were formerly designated T36 and T86, respec-
dards Section” of this manual. tively.
FO
W The indicated typical mechanical properties for all except 0 temper mate- I Based on 6.3 mm. thick specimen.
rial are higher than the specified minimum properties. For 0 temper products O Based on 107 cycles using flexural type testing of sheet specimens.
typical ultimate and yield values are slightly lower than specified (maximum) P T7451, although not previously registered, has appeared in literature and
values. in some specifications as T73651.
E Based on 500,000,000 cycles of completely reversed stress using the R.R. { 5xxx products in the -H116 and -H321 tempers have similar properties
Moore type of machine and specimen. and have the same testing requirements, but are produced by different prac-
R Average of tension and compression moduli. Compression modulus is tices. The -H116 and -H321 tempers are typically used in marine and other
about 2% greater than tension modulus. applications requiring demonstration of intergranular and exfoliation corrosion
T
T 1350-O wire will have an elongation of approximately 23% in 250 mm. resistance. Products in the -H32 temper have similar tensile properties and
Y 1350-H19 wire will have an elongation of approximately 1½% in 250 mm. while production methods may be similar, corrosion testing requirements are
different; therefore -H32 temper products shall not be substituted for -H116 or
O
-H321 products.
N
2-4 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
typical properties/tensile
TABLE 2.2 Typical Tensile Properties at Various Temperatures Q
ALLOY TENSILE STRENGTH, ELONGATION ALLOY TENSILE STRENGTH, ELONGATION

TEMP. TEMP.
AND MPa IN 50 mm AND MPa IN 50 mm
TEMPER °C ULTIMATE YIELD W PERCENT TEMPER °C ULTIMATE YIELD W PERCENT
1100-O –195 170 41 50 2024-T3 –195 585 425 18
–80 105 38 43 (Sheet) –80 505 360 17
–30 95 34 40 –30 495 350 17
25 90 34 40 25 485 345 17
100 70 32 45 100 455 330 16
150 55 29 55 150 380 310 11
205 41 24 65 205 185 140 23
260 28 18 75 260 75 60 55
315 20 14 80 315 50 41 75
370 14 11 85 370 34 28 100
1100-H14 –195 205 140 45 2024-T4, T351 –195 580 420 19

–80 140 125 24 (plate) –80 490 340 19
N
–30 130 115 20 –30 475 325 19
25 125 115 20 25 470 325 19
100 110 105 20 100 435 310 19
150 95 85 23 150 310 250 17
IG
205 70 50 26 205 180 130 27
260 28 18 75 260 75 60 55
315 20 14 80 315 50 41 75
370 14 11 85 370 34 28 100
1100-H18 –195 235 180 30

ES 2024-T6, T651 –195 580 470 11
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
–80 180 160 16 –80 495 405 10
–30 170 160 15 –30 485 400 10
25 165 150 15 25 475 395 10
100 145 130 15 100 450 370 10
150 125 95 20 150 310 250 17
205 41 24 65 205 180 130 27
D
260 28 18 75 260 75 60 55
315 20 14 80 315 50 41 75
370 14 11 85 370 34 28 100
2011-T3 25 380 295 15 2024-T81, T851 –195 585 540 8

100 325 235 16 –80 510 475 7
R
150 195 130 25 –30 505 470 7

205 110 75 35 25 485 450 7
260 45 26 45 100 455 425 8
FO
315 21 12 90 150 380 340 11

370 16 10 125 205 185 140 23
260 75 60 55
2014-T6, T651 –195 580 495 14 315 50 41 75
–80 510 450 13 370 34 28 100
–30 495 425 13
25 485 415 13 2024-T861 –195 635 585 5
100 435 395 15 –80 560 530 5
150 275 240 20 –30 540 510 5
T
205 110 90 38 25 515 490 5

260 65 50 52 100 485 460 6
315 45 34 65 150 370 330 11
O
370 30 24 72 205 145 115 28

260 75 60 55
2017-T4, T451 –195 550 365 28 315 50 41 75
–80 450 290 24 370 34 28 100
N
–30 440 285 23

25 425 275 22 2117-T4 –195 385 230 30
100 395 270 18 –80 310 170 29
150 275 205 15 –30 305 165 28
205 110 90 35 25 295 165 27
260 60 50 45 100 250 145 16
315 41 34 65 150 205 115 20
370 30 24 70 205 110 85 35
260 50 38 55
For all numbered footnotes, see page 2-9. 315 32 23 80
370 20 14 110
May, 2009 2-5

tensile/typical properties
TABLE 2.2 Typical Tensile Properties at Various Temperatures Q (continued)

TEMP. TEMP.
2124-T851 –268 705 620 10 3003-H14 –195 240 170 30
–195 595 545 9 –80 165 150 18
–80 525 490 8 –30 150 145 16
–30 505 470 8 25 150 145 16
25 485 440 9 100 145 130 16
100 455 420 9 150 125 110 16
150 370 340 13 205 95 60 20
205 185 140 28 260 50 28 60
260 75 55 60 315 28 17 70
315 50 41 75 370 19 12 70
370 38 28 100
3003-H18 –195 285 230 23
2218-T61 –195 495 360 15 –80 220 200 11
N
–80 420 310 14 –30 205 195 10
–30 405 305 13 25 200 185 10
25 405 305 13 100 180 145 10
100 385 290 15 150 160 110 11
IG
150 285 240 17 205 95 60 18
205 150 110 30 260 50 28 60
260 70 41 70 315 28 17 70
315 38 21 85 370 19 12 70
370 28 17 100
2219-T62 –195
–80
–30
25
505
435
415
400
340
305
290
275
16
13
12
12
ES
3004-O –195
–80
–30
25
100
290
195
180
180
180
90
75
70
70
70
38
30
26
25
25
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
100 370 255 14 150 150 70 35

150 310 230 17 205 95 65 55
D
205 235 170 20 260 70 50 70
260 185 140 21 315 50 34 80
315 70 55 40 370 34 21 90
370 30 26 75
3004-H34 –195 360 235 26
2219-T81, T851 –195 570 420 15 –80 260 205 16
R
–80 490 370 13 –30 250 200 13

–30 475 360 12 25 240 200 12
25 455 345 12 100 235 200 13
FO
100 415 325 15 150 195 170 22

150 340 275 17 205 145 105 35
205 250 200 20 260 95 50 55
160 200 160 21 315 50 34 80
315 48 41 55 370 34 21 90
370 30 26 75
3004-H38 –195 400 295 20
2618-T61 –195 540 420 12 –80 305 260 10
–80 460 380 11 –30 290 250 7
T
–30 440 370 10 25 285 250 6

25 440 370 10 100 275 250 7
100 425 370 10 150 215 185 15
O
150 345 305 14 205 150 105 30

205 220 180 24 260 85 50 50
260 90 60 50 315 50 34 80
315 50 31 80 370 34 21 90
N
370 34 24 120
4032-T6 –195 455 330 11
3003-O –195 230 60 46 –80 400 315 10
–80 140 50 42 –30 385 315 9
–30 115 45 41 25 380 315 9
25 110 41 40 100 345 305 9
100 90 38 43 150 255 230 9
150 75 34 47 205 90 60 30
205 60 30 60 260 55 38 50
260 41 23 65 315 34 22 70
315 28 17 70 370 23 14 90
370 19 12 70
2-6 May, 2009


TEMP. TEMP.
5050-O –195 255 70 .. 5083-O –195 405 165 36
–80 150 60 .. –80 295 145 30
–30 145 55 .. –30 290 145 27
25 145 55 .. 25 290 145 25
100 145 55 .. 100 275 145 36
150 130 55 .. 150 215 130 50
205 95 50 .. 205 150 115 60
260 60 41 .. 260 115 75 80
315 41 29 .. 315 75 50 110
370 27 18 .. 370 41 29 130
5083-H32 25 315 230 14
N
5050-H34 –195 305 205 .. 5086-O –195 380 130 46
–80 205 170 .. –80 270 115 35
–30 195 165 .. –30 260 115 32
25 195 165 .. 25 260 115 30
IG
100 195 165 .. 100 260 115 36
150 170 150 .. 150 200 110 50
205 95 50 .. 205 150 105 60
260 60 41 .. 260 115 75 80
315 41 29 .. 315 75 50 110
5050-H38
370
–195
–80
–30
27
315
235
220
18
250
205
200
..
..
..
..
ES 5154-O
370
–195
–80
–30
41
360
250
240
29
130
115
115
130
46
35
32
25 220 200 .. 25 240 115 30
100 215 200 .. 100 240 115 36
D
150 185 170 .. 150 200 110 50
205 95 50 .. 205 150 105 60
260 60 41 .. 260 115 75 80
315 41 29 .. 315 75 50 110
370 27 18 .. 370 41 29 130
R
5052-O –195 305 110 46 5254-O –195 360 130 46

–80 200 90 35 –80 250 115 35
–30 195 90 32 –30 240 115 32
FO
25 195 90 30 25 240 115 30

100 195 90 36 100 240 115 36
150 160 90 50 150 200 110 50
205 115 75 60 205 150 105 60
260 85 50 80 260 115 75 80
315 50 38 110 315 75 50 110
370 34 21 130 370 41 29 130
5052-H34 –195 380 250 28 5454-O –195 370 130 39

T
–80 275 220 21 –80 255 115 30

–30 260 215 18 –30 250 115 27
25 260 215 16 25 250 115 25
O
100 260 215 18 100 250 115 31

150 205 185 27 150 200 110 50
205 165 105 45 205 150 105 60
260 85 50 80 260 115 75 80
N
315 50 38 110 315 75 50 110

370 34 21 130 370 41 29 130
5052-H38 –195 415 305 25 5454-H32 –195 405 250 32

–80 305 260 18 –80 290 215 23
–30 290 255 15 –30 285 205 20
25 290 255 14 25 275 205 18
100 275 250 16 100 270 200 20
150 235 195 24 150 220 180 37
205 170 105 45 205 170 130 45
260 85 50 80 260 115 75 80
315 50 38 110 315 75 50 110
370 34 21 130 370 41 29 130
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 2-7

tensile/typical properties

TEMP. TEMP.
5454-H34 –195 435 285 30 6061-T6, T651 –195 415 325 22
–80 315 250 21 –80 340 290 18
–30 305 240 18 –30 325 285 17
25 305 240 16 25 310 275 17
100 295 235 18 100 290 260 18
150 235 195 32 150 235 215 20
205 180 130 45 205 130 105 28
260 115 75 80 260 50 34 60
315 75 50 110 315 32 19 85
370 41 29 130 370 21 12 95
5456-O –195 425 180 32

–80 315 160 25
N
–30 310 160 22 6063-T1 –195 235 110 44
25 310 160 20 –80 180 105 36
100 290 150 31 –30 165 95 34
150 215 140 50 25 150 90 33
IG
205 150 115 60 100 150 95 18
260 115 75 80 150 145 105 20
315 75 50 110 205 60 45 40
370 41 29 130 260 31 24 75
315 22 17 80
5456-H32
5652-O –195
–80
–30
25 350
305
200
195
255
110
90
90
46
35
32
14
ES6063-T5
370
–195
–80
–30
16
255
200
195
14
165
150
150
105
28
24
23
25 195 90 30 25 185 145 22
100 195 90 30 100 165 140 18
D
150 160 90 50 150 140 125 20
205 115 75 60 205 60 45 40
260 85 50 80 260 31 24 75
315 50 38 110 315 22 17 80
370 34 21 130 370 16 14 105
R
5652-H34 –195 380 250 28 6063-T6 –195 325 250 24

–80 275 220 21 –80 260 230 20
–30 260 215 18 –30 250 220 19
FO
25 260 215 16 25 240 215 18

100 260 215 18 100 215 195 15
150 205 185 27 150 145 140 20
205 165 105 45 205 60 45 40
260 85 50 80 260 31 24 75
315 50 38 110 315 23 17 80
370 34 21 130 370 16 14 105
5652-H38 –195 415 305 25 6082-T6, T6511 –195 525 425 17

T
–80 305 260 18 –80 420 360 13

–30 290 255 15 –30 350 340 ..
25 290 255 14 25 340 315 14
O
100 275 250 16 100 330 310 ..

150 235 195 24 150 330 310 ..
205 170 105 45 205 105 75 ..
260 85 50 80 260 .. .. ..
N
315 50 38 110 315 .. .. ..

370 34 21 130 370 .. .. ..
6005A-T5 25 290 260 10 6101-T6 –195 295 230 24

6005A-T61 25 310 275 12 –80 250 205 20
–30 235 200 19
6053-T6, T651 25 255 220 13 25 220 195 19
100 220 195 13 100 195 170 20
150 170 165 13 150 145 130 20
205 90 85 25 205 70 48 40
260 38 28 70 260 33 23 80
315 28 19 80 315 21 16 100
370 20 14 90 370 17 12 105
2-8 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
TABLE 2.2 Typical Tensile Properties at Various Temperatures Q (concluded)

TEMP. TEMP.
6151-T6 –195 395 345 20 7175-T74 –195 730 675 13
–80 345 315 17 –80 620 570 14
–30 340 310 17 –30 600 550 16
25 330 295 17 25 550 505 14
100 295 275 17 100 495 475 17
150 195 185 20 150 240 215 30
205 95 85 30 205 125 90 65
260 45 34 50
315 34 27 43 7178-T6, T651 –195 730 650 5
370 28 22 35 –80 650 580 8
–30 625 560 9
6262-T651 –195 415 325 22 25 605 540 11
–80 340 290 18 100 505 470 14
N
–30 325 285 17 150 215 185 40
25 310 275 17 205 105 85 70
100 290 260 18 260 75 60 76
150 235 215 20 315 60 48 80
IG
370 45 38 80
6262-T9 –195 510 460 14
–80 425 400 10 7178-T76, –195 730 615 10
–30 415 385 10 T7651 –80 625 540 10
25 400 380 10 –30 605 525 10
100
150
205
260
315
365
260
105
60
32
360
255
90
41
19
10
14
34
48
85
ES 25
100
150
205
260
570
475
215
105
75
505
440
185
85
60
11
17
40
70
76
370 21 12 95 315 60 48 80
370 45 38 80
D
7075-T6, –195 705 635 9
T651 –80 620 545 11 7475-T61 Sheet –195 685 600 10
–30 595 515 11 –80 605 545 12
25 570 505 11 –30 580 515 12
100 485 450 14 25 550 495 12
150 215 185 30 100 485 450 14
R
205 110 90 55 150 205 180 28

260 75 60 65 205 95 75 55
315 55 45 70 260 65 50 70
FO
370 41 32 70 315 45 38 80
370 34 26 85
7075-T73, –195 635 495 14
T7351 –80 545 460 14 7475-T651 25 585 510 13
–30 525 450 13
25 505 435 13 7475-T761 Sheet –195 655 565 11
100 435 400 15 –80 580 505 12
150 215 185 30 –30 550 485 12
205 110 90 55 25 525 460 12
T
260 75 60 65 100 440 420 14

315 55 45 70 150 205 180 38
370 41 32 70 205 95 75 55
O
260 65 50 70
Q These data are based on a limited amount of testing and represent the
315 45 38 80
lowest strength during 10,000 hours of exposure at testing temperature under 370 34 26 85
no load; stress applied at approximately 0.58 MPa/s in to yield strength and
Under some conditions of temperature and time, the application of heat will
N
then at strain rate of approximately 0.001mm/mm/s in to failure.

adversely affect certain other properties of some alloys.
W Offset equals 0.2 percent.
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 2-9
physical/typical properties
TABLE 2.3 Typical Physical Properties
AVERAGE Q ELECTRICAL
MELTING THERMAL ELECTRICAL
COEFFICIENT CONDUCTIVITY
RANGE W E CONDUCTIVITY RESISTIVITY
OF THERMAL AT 20°C
ALLOY APPROX. TEMPER AT 25°C AT 20°C
EXPANSION MS/m I
20° TO 100°C Equal Equal
°C W/mK Ohmmm2/m
per °C Volume Mass
1060 23.6 645–655 O 234 36 118 0.028
H18 230 35 117 0.029
1100 23.6 640–655 O 222 34 113 0.029
H18 218 33 108 0.030
1350 23.6 645–655 All 234 36 118 0.028
2011 22.9 540–645 T T3 151 23 71 0.043
T8 172 26 82 0.038
2014 23.0 505–635 R O 193 29 92 0.034
T4 134 20 63 0.050
N
T6 155 23 74 0.043
2017 23.6 510–640 R O 193 29 92 0.034
T4 134 20 63 0.050
2018 22.3 505–640 T T61 155 23 74 0.043
IG
2024 23.2 500–635 R O 193 29 93 0.034
T3, T4, T361 121 17 56 0.059
T6, T81, T861 151 22 71 0.045
2025 22.7 520–640 R T6 155 23 74 0.043
2036 23.4 555–650 T T4 159 24 78 0.042
2117
2124
2218
2219
23.8
22.9
22.3
22.3
550–650 T
500–635 R
505–635 R
545–645 R
T4
T851
T72
O
T31, T37
ES 155
152
155
172
113
23
22
23
26
16
75
71
73
80
57
0.043
0.045
0.043
0.038
0.062
T6, T81, T87 121 17 58 0.059
2618 22.3 550–640 T6 146 21 70 0.048
D
3003 23.2 640–655 O 193 29 92 0.034
H12 163 24 78 0.042
H14 159 24 78 0.042
H18 155 23 74 0.043
3004 23.9 630–655 All 163 24 79 0.042
R
3105 23.6 635–655 All 172 26 86 0.038

4032 19.4 530–570 R O 155 23 77 0.043
FO
T6 138 20 67 0.050
4043 22.0 575–630 O 163 24 81 0.041
4045 21.1 575–600 All 171 26 88 0.038
4343 21.6 575–615 All 180 27 92 0.037

5005 23.8 630–655 All 201 30 100 0.033
5050 23.8 625–650 All 193 29 96 0.034
5052 23.8 605–650 All 138 20 67 0.050
5056 24.1 565–640 O 117 17 57 0.059
T
H38 109 16 53 0.062
5083 23.8 580–640 O 117 17 57 0.059

O
5086 23.8 585–640 All 126 18 60 0.056

5154 23.9 590–645 All 126 19 62 0.053
5252 23.8 605–650 All 138 20 67 0.050
N
5254 23.9 590–645 All 126 19 62 0.053

5356 24.1 575–635 O 117 17 57 0.059
5454 23.6 600–645 O 134 20 66 0.050
H38 134 20 66 0.050
5456 23.9 570–640 O 117 17 57 0.059
5457 23.8 630–655 All 176 27 89 0.037
5652 23.8 605–650 All 138 20 69 0.050
5657 23.8 635–655 All 205 31 104 0.032
6005 23.6 605–655 T T1 180 27 90 0.037
T5 188 28 93 0.036
6005A 23.6 600–650 T1 176 27 90 0.037
6005A 23.6 600–650 T5 193 29 96 0.034
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6005A 23.6 600–650 T61 188 28 93 0.036
2-10 May, 2009

typical properties/physical
TABLE 2.3 Typical Physical Properties (concluded)
AVERAGE Q ELECTRICAL
MELTING THERMAL ELECTRICAL
COEFFICIENT CONDUCTIVITY
RANGE W E CONDUCTIVITY RESISTIVITY
OF THERMAL AT 20°C
ALLOY APPROX. TEMPER AT 25°C AT 20°C
EXPANSION MS/m I
20° TO 100°C Equal Equal
°C W/mK Ohmmm2/m
per °C Volume Mass
6053 23.0 575–650 T O 172 26 86 0.038
T4 155 23 77 0.042
T6 167 24 81 0.041
6061 23.6 580–650 T O 180 27 90 0.037
T4 155 23 77 0.043
T6 167 25 82 0.040
6063 23.4 615–655 O 218 34 111 0.029
T1 193 29 96 0.034
T5 209 32 105 0.031
N
T6, T83 201 31 102 0.032
6066 23.2 560–645 R O 155 23 77 0.043
T6 146 21 71 0.048
565–650 R
IG
6070 .. T6 172 26 84 0.038
6082 23.0 575-650 T6, T76511 172 26 84 .040
6101 23.4 620–655 T6 218 33 109 0.030
T61 222 34 113 0.029
T63 218 34 111 0.029
ES
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
T64 226 35 115 0.029

T65 218 34 111 0.029
6105 23.4 600–650 T T1 176 27 88 0.037
T5 193 29 96 0.034
6151 23.2 590–650 T O 205 31 103 0.032
T4 163 24 80 0.042
T6 172 26 86 0.038
D
6201 23.4 610–655 T T81 205 31 104 0.032
6262 23.4 580–650 T T9 172 26 84 0.038
6351 23.4 555–650 T6 176 27 88 0.038
6463 23.4 615–655 T T1 193 29 96 0.034
R
T5 209 32 105 0.031

T6 201 31 102 0.032
6951 23.4 615–655 O 213 32 108 0.031
T6 197 30 100 0.033
FO
7049 23.4 475–635 T73 155 23 77 0.043

7050 23.0 490–630 T74 U 157 24 78 0.042
7072 23.6 640–655 O 222 34 112 0.029
7075 23.6 475–635 Y T6 130 19 61 0.053
7175 23.4 475–635 Y T74 157 23 72 0.043
7178 23.4 475–630 Y T6 126 18 57 0.056
7475 23.2 475–635 T61, T651 138 20 69 0.050
T76, T761 146 23 77 0.043
T
T7351 163 24 81 0.041

8017 23.6 645–655 H12, H22 .. 34 113 0.029
H212 .. 35 117 0.029
O
8030 23.6 645–655 H221 230 35 117 0.029

8176 23.6 645–655 H24 230 35 117 0.029
Q Coefficient to be multiplied by 10–6. Example: 23.6 ⋅ 10–6 = 0.0000236. Y Homogenization may raise eutectic melting temperature 10–20°C but
N
W Melting ranges shown apply to wrought products of 6 mm thickness or usually does not eliminate eutectic melting.
greater. U Although not formerly registered, the literature and some specifications
E Based on typical composition of the indicated alloys. have used T736 as the designation for this temper.
R Eutectic melting is not eliminated by homogenization. I MS/m = 0.58 ⋅ % IACS.
T Eutectic melting can be completely eliminated by homogenization.
May, 2009 2-11

density calculation/typical properties
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Density Calculation Procedure
The following describes the procedures used to calculate 2. For aluminum having a specified minimum alu-
nominal densities of aluminum and aluminum alloys. The minum content of less than 99.35 percent and alu-
densities are determined by computation rather than by a minum alloys the value obtained is rounded to the
weighing method. nearest multiple of 0.001 and expressed as 0.XXX.
A. For each alloying element, the arithmetic mean of its H. The final expression of density in metric units (kg/m3
registered limits is determined. The mean is roundedQ ⋅ 103) is obtained by rounding the value determined in
to the number of places indicated in Table I. step F as follows:
B. For each impurity element or combination of impurity 1. For aluminum having a specified minimum aluminum
elements for which a maximum limit is registered, content less than 99.35 percent or greater, the value
an arithmetic mean is determined using zero as the obtained is rounded to the nearest multiple of 0.005
minimum limit. The mean is rounded to the number of and expressed as X.XX0 ⋅ 103 or X.XX5 ⋅ 103.
places indicated in Table I. 2. For aluminum having a specified minimum aluminum
C. For impurity elements having a combined limit (e.g., content of less than 99.35 percent and for aluminum
Si + Fe), each of the elements is considered to have an alloys, the value obtained is rounded to the nearest
multiple of 0.01 and expressed as X.XX ⋅ 103.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
equal concentration. The concentrations are calculated
by dividing the mean determined for the combined
limit in Step B by the number of elements in the com-
bined limit. Each element’s concentration is rounded NOTE: Limiting the expression of density to the number
to the number of places indicated in Table I. (See the of decimal places indicated above is based on the fact that
example calculation for alloy 5254.) composition variations are discernible from one cast to
D. The element concentrations in steps A, B and C are another for most alloys. The expression of density values
totaled and then subtracted from 100 to obtain the con- to more decimal places than are outlined above implies a
centration of aluminum to be used in the calculation.W higher precision than is justified and should not be used.
The aluminum concentration is rounded to two decimal The values derived by this method are nominal values and
places. as such should not be specified as engineering require-
E. Each element concentration determined in steps A, B, ments but, rather, should be used in calculating nominal
C and D is multiplied by its respective factor given values for such things as covering area, weight per unit
in Table II. Each answer is rounded to three decimal length, weight per unit area, and so on. A density value
places. obtained by this procedure and expressed to the final num-
F. The values determined in step E are added together and ber of decimal places obtained above should not then be
the number 100 is divided by the total. The answer is converted to the other system of units.
rounded to five decimal places.
G. The density in customary units (lbs/cu. in.) is calcu-
lated by multiplying the answer obtained in step F by
3.612729 ⋅ 10–2 and rounding the answer as follows:
1. For aluminum having a specified minimum alu-
minum content on 99.35 percent or greater the
value obtained is rounded to the nearest multiple of
0.0005 and expressed as 0.XXX0 or 0.XXX5.
Q Rounding, except when specified otherwise, shall be in accordance

with the rounding-off method of ASTM Recommended Practice E29 (see
Table I).
W For 1xxx aluminum the calculated aluminum content may be less than the
specified minimum aluminum content. Nevertheless, the calculated aluminum
content should be used for purposes of this calculation procedure.
2-12 May, 2009

typical properties/density calculations
Table I Example (Alloy 5254)
Less than 0.001 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.000X Calculated Element conc.
0.001 but less than 0.01 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00X Registered Element ⴛ
0.01 but less than 0.10 percent Element Limits Concentration Factor Factor
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process . . . . . . 0.0XX Si 0.11* 0.4292 0.047
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by + 0.45
a refining process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0X Fe 0.11* 0.1271 0.014
0.10 through 0.55 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.XX Cu 0.05 0.02 0.1116 0.002
Over 0.55 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.X, X.X, etc. Mn 0.01 0.005 0.1346 0.001
Mg 3.1–3.9 3.5 0.5522 1.933
Rules for Rounding Off: Cr 0.15–0.35 0.25 0.1391 0.035
Rounding-off method of ASTM Recommended Practices E29, for Zn 0.20 0.10 0.1401 0.014
indicating which places of figures are to be considered significant in Ti 0.05 0.02 0.2219 0.004
specified limiting values: 4.115
When the figure next beyond the last place to be retained is less Al Remainder (100 – 4.115 = 95.88) 0.3705 35.524
than 5, retain unchanged the figure in the last place retained. 37.574
When the figure next beyond the last place to be retained is greater
than 5, increase by 1 the figure in the last place retained. 100 = 2.6614148......rounded to 2.66141
When the figure next beyond the last place to be retained is 5, 37.574
and there are no figures beyond this 5, or only zeros, increase by 1 the
figure in the last place retained if it is odd; leave the figure unchanged if Density: 2.66 ⋅ 103 kg/m3
it is even. Increase by 1 the figure in the last place retained, if there are
0.45 -- 0 = 0.225, rounded to 0.22
figures beyond this 5. *For Si and Fe:
2
0.22 =
0.11 each for Si and Fe
2
Table II Example (Alloy 6061)

Element Factor Calculated Element conc.
Ag 0.0953 Registered Element ⴛ
Al 0.3705 Element Limits Concentration Factor Factor
B 0.4274 Si 0.40–0.8 0.6 0.4292 0.258
Be 0.5411 Fe 0.7 0.35 0.1271 0.044
Bi 0.1020 Cu 0.14–0.40 0.28 0.1116 0.031
Cd 0.1156 Mn 0.15 0.08 0.1346 0.011
Ce 0.1499 Mg 0.8–1.2 1.0 0.5522 0.552
Co 0.1130 Cr 0.04–0.35 0.20 0.1391 0.028
Cr 0.1391 Zn 0.25 0.12 0.1401 0.017
Cu 0.1116 Ti 0.15 0.08 0.2219 0.018
Fe 0.1271 2.71
Ga 0.1693
Li 1.4410
Al Remainder (100 – 2.71 = 97.29) 0.3705 36.046
Mg 0.5522
0.1346 37.005
Mn
Na 1.0309
Ni 0.1123 100 = 2.7023375......rounded to 2.70234
O 0.5378 37.005
Pb 0.0882
Sc 0.3344 Density: 2.70 ⋅ 103 kg/m3
Si 0.4292
Sn 0.1371
Ti 0.2219
V 0.1639
Zn 0.1401
Zr 0.1541
Example (Aluminum 1145)
Calculated Element conc.
Registered Element ⴛ
Element Limits Concentration Factor Factor
Si 0.14* 0.4292 0.060
+ 0.55
Fe 0.14* 0.1271 0.018
Cu 0.05 0.02 0.1116 0.002
Mn 0.05 0.02 0.1346 0.003
Mg 0.05 0.02 0.5522 0.011
Zn 0.05 0.02 0.1401 0.003
V 0.05 0.02 0.1639 0.003
Ti 0.03 0.02 0.2219 0.004
0.40
Al 99.60 0.3705 36.902
37.006
* (0.55–0)/2 = 0.275, rounded to 0.28; or 0.14 each.
100/37.006 = 2.7022644, rounded to 2.70226
Density: 2.70226, rounded to 2.700 ⋅ 103kg/m3

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 2-13

specific gravities/typical properties
TABLE 2.4 Nominal Specific Gravities of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
Specific gravity is dependent upon composition, and calculating typical values for mass per unit length, mass
variations are discernible from one cast to another for per unit area, covering area, etc. X.XX0 and X.XX5 spe-
most alloys. The nominal values shown below should not cific gravity values are limited to 99.35 percent or higher
be specified as engineering requirements but are used in purity aluminum.
Specific Specific
Alloy Alloy
Gravity Gravity
1050 2.705 5252 2.67
1060 2.705 5254 2.66
1100 2.71 5356 2.64
1145 2.700 5454 2.69
1200 2.70 5456 2.66
1230 2.70 5457 2.69
1235 2.705 5554 2.69
1345 2.705 5556 2.66
1350 2.705 5652 2.67
2011 2.83 5654 2.66
2014 2.80 5657 2.69
2017 2.79 6003 2.70
2018 2.82 6005 2.70
2024 2.78 6005A 2.70
2025 2.81 6053 2.69
2036 2.75 6061 2.70
2117 2.75 6063 2.70
2124 2.78 6066 2.72
2218 2.81 6070 2.71
2219 2.84 6082 2.70
2618 2.76 6101 2.70
3003 2.73 6105 2.69
3004 2.72 6151 2.71
3005 2.73 6162 2.70
3105 2.72 6201 2.69
4032 2.68 6262 2.72
4043 2.69 6351 2.71
4045 2.67 6463 2.69
4047 2.66 6951 2.70
4145 2.74 7005 2.78
4343 2.68 7008 2.78
4643 2.69 7049 2.84
5005 2.70 7050 2.83
5050 2.69 7072 2.72
5052 2.68 7075 2.81
5056 2.64 7175 2.80
5083 2.66 7178 2.83
5086 2.66 7475 2.81
5154 2.66 8017 2.71
5183 2.66 8030 2.71
8176 2.71
2-14 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
application/wrought alloy products
3. Application and Fabrication
TABLE 3.1 Wrought Alloy Products and Tempers E
STRUC- EXTRUDED ROLLED FORGINGS
TUBE
TURAL WIRE, ROD, OR COLD-FINISHED & FIN
ALLOY SHEET PLATE PIPE RIVETS FOIL
PROFILES BAR AND FORGING STOCK
DRAWN EXTRUDED Q PROFILES ROD BAR WIRE STOCK
1050 H112
1060 O O O O H14
H12 H12 H12 H112
H14 H14 H14
H16 H112 H18
H18 H113
1100 O O O O O O O O O H112 O O
H12 H12 H12 H112 H112 H112 H112 H112 H14 F H19 H14
H14 H14 H14 F F H12 H18
H16 H112 H16 H14 H19
H18 H18 H16 H25
H113 H18 H111
H113
H211
1145 O O
H19 H14
H19
H25
H111
H113
H211
1200 H112
1235 H112 O
H19
1345 O
H12
H14
H16
H18
H19
1350 W O O H111 H111 H111 H111 O H12 O
H12 H12 H12 H111 H12
H14 H14 H14 H14
H16 H112 H16 H16
H18 H22 H19
H24 H22
H26 H24
H26
2011 T3 T3 T3 T3
T4511 T4 T4 T8
T8 T451 T451
T8 T8
2014 O O O O O O O O F
T3 T451 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4
T4 T651 T6 T4510 T4510 T451 T451 T6 T6
T6 T4511 T4511 T6 T6 T652
T6 T6 T651 T651
T6510 T6510
T6511 T6511
Alclad 2014 O O
T3 T451
T4 T651
T6
2017 O O O T4
H13 T4 H13
T4 T451 T4
T451
2018 F
T61
3-1
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
wrought alloy products/application
TABLE 3.1 Wrought Alloy Products and Tempers E (continued)
TUBE
2024 O O O O O O O O T4
T3 T351 T3 T3 T3 H13 T351 H13
T361 T361 T3510 T3510 T351 T4 T36
T4 T851 T3511 T3511 T4 T6 T4
T72 T861 T81 T81 T6 T851 T6
T81 T8510 T8510 T851
T861 T8511 T8511
Alclad 2024 O O
T3 T351
T361 T361
T4 T851
T81 T861
T861
Alclad O O
One Side T3 T351
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2024 T361 T361

T81 T851
T861 T861
11⁄2% O O
Alclad T3 T351
2024 T361 T361
T81 T851
T861 T761
11⁄2% O O
Alclad T3 T351
One Side T361 T361
2024 T81 T851
T861 T861
2025 F
T6
2036 T4
2117 O O T4
H13 H13
H15 H15
2124 T351
2218 F
T61
T72
2219 O O O O T851 T851 T6 F
T31 T351 T31 T31 T6
T37 T37 T3510 T3510 T852
T81 T851 T3511 T3511
T87 T87 T81 T81
T8510 T8510
T8511 T8511
Alclad 2219 O O
T31 T351
T37 T37
T81 T851
T87 T87
2618 F
T61
3003 O O O O H18 O O O O O H112 O O
H12 H12 H12 H112 H112 H112 H112 H112 H112 H14 F H19 H14
H14 H14 H14 F F H12 H18
H16 H112 H16 H14 H19
H18 H18 H16 H25
H25 H18 H111
H113 H113
H211
Alclad 3003 O O O O
H12 H12 H14 H112
H14 H14 H18
H16 H112 H25
H18 H113
3-2 May, 2009

TUBE
3004 O O O O
H32 H32 H34
H34 H34 H36
H36 H112 H38
H38
Alclad 3004 O O
H32 H32
H34 H34
H36 H112
H38
3005 O
H12
H14
H16
H18
H19
H26
H28
3105 O
H12
H14
H16
H18
H25
4032 F
T6
5005 O O O O O
H12 H12 H12 H19 H32
H14 H14 H14 H32
H16 H32 H16
H18 H34 H22
H32 H112 H24
H34 H26
H36 H32
H38
5050 O O O O O O
H32 H112 H32 F F H32
H34 H34 H34
H36 H36 H36
H38 H38 H38
5052 O O O O O O O O
H32 H32 H32 F F H32 H32 H19
H34 H34 H34 H32 H34
H36 H112 H36 H36
H38 H38 H38
5056 O O O O H19
F F H111 H32
H32 H12
H14
H18
H32
H34
H38
H192
H392
5083 O O O O H111
H32 H32
H116 H112 H111 H111 H112
H321 H116 H112 H112 F
H321
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 3-3

TUBE
5086 O O O O O
H112 H112 H32 H111 H111
H116 H116 H34 H112 H112
H32 H32 H36
H34 H34
H36
H38
5154 O O O O O O O O
H32 H32 H34 H112 H112 H112 H112 H112
H34 H34 H38 F F H32
H36 H112 H34
H38 H36
H38
5252 H24
H25
H28
5254 O O
H32 H32
H34 H34
H36 H112
H38
5454 O O H32 O O
H32 H32 H34 H111 H111
H34 H34 H112 H112
H112
5456 O O H112
H32 H32
H116 H112 F
H321 H116
H321
5457 O
5652 O O
H32 H32
H34 H34
H36 H112
H38
5657 H241
H25
H26
H28
6005 T1 T1
T5 T5
6005A T1 T1
T5 T5
T61 T61
6053 O O T61 F
H13 H13 T6
6061 O O O O T6 T6 O O O O T6 F
T4 T451 T4 T1 T1 H13 T4 H13 T6
T6 T651 T6 T4 T4 T4 T451 T4 T652
T4510 T4510 T451 T6 T6
T4511 T4511 T6 T651 T89
T51 T51 T651 T913
T6 T6 T94
T6510 T6510
T6511 T6511
Alclad 6061 O O
T4 T451
T6 T651
6063 O O T6 O
T4 T1 T1
T6 T4 T4
T83 T5 T5
T831 T52 T52
T832 T6 T6
3-4
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
TUBE
6066 O O O F
T4 T4 T4 T6
T6 T4510 T4510
T4511 T4511
T6 T6
T6510 T6510
T6511 T6511
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6070 T6 T6
6082 T6 T6 T6
T6511 T6511
6101 W T6 T6 T6 T6
T61 T61 T61 T61
T63 T63 T63 T63
T64 T64 T64 T64
T65 T65 T65 T65
H111 H111 H111 H111
6105 T1 T1
T5 T5
6151 F
T6
T652
6162 T5
T5510
T5511
T6
T6510
T6511
6201 W T81
6262 T6 T6 T6 T6 T6 T6
T9 T6510 T6510 T651 T651 T9
T6511 T6511 T9 T9
6351 T4 T4 T1
T6 T6 T4
T5
T51
T54
T6
6463 T1
T5
T6
6951 T42
T62
7005 T53
7049 T73
T7352
7050 T7451 R T73510 H13 H13 T7 T74 R
T7651 T73511 T7452 R
T74510 R F
T74511 R
T76510
T76511
7072 O
H14
H18
H19
H23
H24
H241
H25
H111
H113
H211
May, 2009 3-5

TABLE 3.1 Wrought Alloy Products and Tempers E (concluded)
TUBE
7075 O O O O O O O T6 F
T6 T651 T6 T6 T6 H13 T6 H13 T73 T6
T73 T7351 T73 T6510 T6510 T6 T651 T6 TT652
T76 T7651 T6511 T6511 T651 T73 T73 T73
T73 T73 T73 T7351 T7352
T73510 T73510 T7351
T73511 T73511
T76
T76510
T76511
Alclad 7075 O O
T6 T651
T73 T7351
T76 T7651
Alclad One O O
Side 7075 T6 T651
7008 Alclad O O
7075 T6 T651
T76 T7651
7175 F
T74
T7452
T7454
T66
7178 O O O O O T6
T6 T651 T6 H13 H13
T76 T7651 T6510
T6511
T76
T76510
T76511
Alclad 7178 O O
T6 T651
T76 T7651
7475 T61 T651 O
T761 T7351
T7651
Alclad 7475 T61 T651
T761 T7651
Q Rolled or extruded. from some suppliers. See “Alloys and Temper Designation Systems for
W Products listed for these alloys are for electric conductors only. Aluminum.”
E Suppliers should be consulted for current availability of alloys, tempers R T74-type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in
and products. Additional alloys, tempers, and products are obtainable various literature and specifications as T736-type tempers.
3-6 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
application/specialty mill products
TABLE 3.2 Specialty Mill Products Q
SPECIALTY PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
SPECIALTY PRODUCT DESIGNATION
ALLOY TEMPER FORM
Brazing sheet
Nos. 11 and 12 3003 clad with 4343 O Sheet
on one side (No. 11) H12
or both (No. 12) H14
Nos. 23 and 24 6951 clad with 4045 on one side (No. 23) or both (No. 24) O Sheet
Painted sheet O Coiled sheet
1100 H12
3003 H14
H16
H18
O Coiled sheet
H12
3105 H14
H16
H18
H25
O Coiled sheet
5005 H32
5050 H34
5052 H36
H38
Commercial roofing and siding
Corrugated roofing and siding 3004, Alclad 3004 Sheet
V-beam roofing and siding 3004, Alclad 3004 Sheet
Ribbed roofing Alclad 3004 Sheet
Ribbed siding 3004, Alclad 3004 Sheet
Duct sheet Alloy and temper with min. tensile strength of 110 MPa Coiled or flat sheet
Tread plate O Sheet and plate with raised
6061 T4 pattern on one surface
T6
Heat-exchanger tube 1060 H14 Tube
3003 H14
H25
Alclad 3003 H14
H25
5052 H32
H34
5454 H32
H34
6061 T4
T6
Rigid electrical conduit 3003 H12 Tube
6063 T1
Q Other alloys and tempers may be available from individual producers for some of these products.
May, 2009 3-7

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

comparative characteristics/application
TABLE 3.3 Comparative Characteristics and Applications
RESISTANCE
Workability (Cold) T
TO WELDABILITY Y
CORROSION
Machinability T
Brazeability Y
Cracking W
ALLOY AND TEMPER SOME APPLICATIONS OF ALLOYS
Resistance
General Q
Corrosion
Spot and
Stress-
Seam
Gas
Arc
1060-O A A A E A A A B Chemical equipment, railroad tank cars
H12 A A A E A A A A
H14 A A A D A A A A
H16 A A B D A A A A
H18 A A B D A A A A
1100-O A A A E A A A B Sheet metal work, spun hollowware, fin stock
H12 A A A E A A A A
H14 A A A D A A A A
H16 A A B D A A A A
H18 A A C D A A A A
1350-O A A A E A A A B Electrical conductors
H12, H111 A A A E A A A A
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
H14, H24 A A A D A A A A
H16, H26 A A B D A A A A
H18 A A B D A A A A
2011-T3 DE D C A D D D D Screw machine products
T4, T451 DE D B A D D D D
T8 D B D A D D D D
2014-O .. .. .. D D D D B Truck frames, aircraft structures
T3, T4, T451 DE C C B D D B B
T6, T651, T6510, T6511 D C D B D D B B
2017-T4, T451 DE C C B D D B B Screw machine products, fittings
2018-T61 .. .. .. B D D C B Aircraft engine cylinders, heads and pistons
2024-O .. .. .. D D D D D Truck wheels, screw machine products, aircraft
T4, T3, T351, T3510, T3511 DE C C B D C B B structures
T361 DE C D B D D C B
T6 D B C B D D C B
T861, T81, T851, T8510, T8511 D B D B D D C B
T72 .. .. .. B D D C B
2025-T6 D C .. B D D B B Forgings, aircraft propellers
2036-T4 C .. B C D C B B Auto body panel sheet
2117-T4 C A B C D D B B Rivets
2124-T851 D B D B D D C B Aircraft structures
2218-T61 D C .. .. D D C B Jet engine impellers and rings
T72 D C .. B D D C B
2219-O .. .. .. .. D D A B Structural uses at high temperatures (to 300°C)
T31, T351, T3510, T3511 DE C C B D A A A High strength weldments
T37 DE C D B D A A A
T81, T851, T8510, T8511 D B D B D A A A
T87 D B D B D A A A
2618-T61 D C .. B D D C B Aircraft engines
3003-O A A A E A A A B Cooking utensils, chemical equipment, pressure
H12 A A A E A A A A vessels, sheet metal work, builder’s hardware,
H14 A A B D A A A A storage tanks
H16 A A C D A A A A
H18 A A C D A A A A
H25 A A B D A A A A
3004-O A A A D B A A B Sheet metal work, storage tanks
H32 A A B D B A A A
H34 A A B C B A A A
H36 A A C C B A A A
H38 A A C C B A A A
3105-O A A A E A A A B Residential siding, mobile homes, rain carrying
H12 A A B E A A A A goods, sheet metal work
H14 A A B D A A A A
H16 A A C D A A A A
H18 A A C D A A A A
H25 A A B D A A A A
3-8 May, 2009

application/comparative characteristics
TABLE 3.3 Comparative Characteristics and Applications (continued)
RESISTANCE
TO WELDABILITY Y
Machinability T
CORROSION
Brazeability Y
SOME
Cracking W
ALLOY AND TEMPER APPLICATIONS
Workability
Resistance
General Q
Corrosion
Spot and
OF ALLOYS
(Cold) T
Stress-
Seam
Gas
Arc
4032-T6 C B .. B D D B C Pistons
5005-O A A A E B A A B Appliances, utensils, architectural,
H12 A A A E B A A A electrical conductor
H14 A A B D B A A A
H16 A A C D B A A A
H18 A A C D B A A A
H32 A A A E B A A A
H34 A A B D B A A A
H36 A A C D B A A A
H38 A A C D B A A A
5050-O A A A E B A A B Builder’s hardware, refrigerator trim,
H32 A A A D B A A A coiled tubes
H34 A A B D B A A A
H36 A A C C B A A A
H38 A A C C B A A A
5052-O A A A D C A A B Sheet metal work, hydraulic tube,
H32 A A B D C A A A appliances
H34 A A B C C A A A
H36 A A C C C A A A
H38 A A C C C A A A
5056-O AR BR A D D C A B Cable sheathing, rivets for magnesium,
H111 AR BR A D D C A A screen wire, zipper
H12, H32 AR BR B D D C A A
H14, H34 AR BR B C D C A A
H18, H38 AR CR C C D C A A
H192 BR DR D B D C A A
H392 BR DR D B D C A A
5083-O AR AR B D D C A B
H32 I AR AR C D D C A A
H321 I AR AR C D D C A A
H111 AR BR C D D C A A Unfired, welded pressure vessels,
H116 I AR AR C D D C A A marine, auto aircraft cryogenics,
TV towers, drilling rigs, transportation
5086-O AR AR A D D C A B equipment, missile components
H32 I AR AR B D D C A A
H34 AR BR B C D C A A
H36 AR BR C C D C A A
H111 AR AR B D D C A A
H116 I AR AR B D D C A A
5154-O AR AR A D D C A B Welded structures, storage tanks,
H32 AR AR B D D C A A pressure vessels, salt water service
H34 AR AR B C D C A A
H36 AR AR C C D C A A
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5252-H24 A A B D C A A A Automotive and appliance trim
H25 A A B C C A A A
H28 A A C C C A A A
5254-O AR AR A D D C A B Hydrogen peroxide and chemical
H32 AR AR B D D C A A storage vessels
H34 AR AR B C D C A A
5454-O A A A D D C A B Welded structures, pressure vessels,
H32 A A B D D C A A marine service
H34 A A B C D C A A
H111 A A B D D C A A
5456-O AR BR B D D C A B High strength welded structures,
H32 I AR BR C D D C A A pressure vessels, marine applications,
H321 I AR BR C D D C A A storage tanks
H116 I AR BR C D D C A A
5457-O A A A E B A A B
5652-O A A A D C A A B Hydrogen peroxide and chemical
H32 A A B D C A A A storage vessels
H34 A A B C C A A A
H36 A A C C C A A A
H38 A A C C C A A A
May, 2009 3-9

comparative characteristics/application
TABLE 3.3 Comparative Characteristics and Applications (concluded)
RESISTANCE
Workability (Cold) T
TO WELDABILITY Y
CORROSION
Machinability T
Brazeability Y
Cracking W
ALLOY AND TEMPER SOME APPLICATIONS OF ALLOYS
Resistance
General Q
Corrosion
Spot and
Stress-
Seam
Arc
Gas
5657-H241 A A A D B A A A Anodized auto and appliance trim
H25 A A B D B A A A
H26 A A B D B A A A
H28 A A C D B A A A
6005-T1, T5 B A .. .. A A A A Truck, marine, railroad, car, extruded profiles,
6005A-T1, T5 B A B C A A A A structural, construction, ladders.
6005A-T61 B A C C A A A A
6053-O .. .. .. E B A A B Wire and rod for rivets
T6, T61 A A .. C B A A A
6061-O B A A D A A A B Heavy-duty structures requiring good corrosion
T4, T451, T4510, T4511 B B B C A A A A resistance, truck and marine, railroad cars,
T6, T651, T652, T6510, T6511 B A C C A A A A furniture, pipelines
6063-T1 A A B D A A A A Pipe railing, furniture, architectural extrusions
T4 A A B D A A A A
T5, T52 A A B C A A A A
T6 A A C C A A A A
T83, T831, T832 A A C C A A A A
6066-O C A B D D D B B Forgings and extrusion for welded structures
T4, T4510, T4511 C B C C D D B B
T6, T6510, T6511 C B C B D D B B
6070-T4, T4511 B B B C D A A A Heavy duty welded structures, pipelines
T6 B B C C D A A A
6101-T6, T63 A A C C A A A A High strength bus conductors
T61, T64 A A B D A A A A
6151-T6, T652 .. .. .. .. B .. .. .. Moderate strength, intricate forgings for
machine and auto parts
6201-T81 A A .. C A A A A High strength electric conductor wire
6262-T6, T651, T6510, T6511 B A C B B B B A Screw machine products
T9 B A D B B B B A
6351-T1 .. .. C C C B A B Extruded shapes, structurals, pipe and tube
T4 A .. C C C B A B
T5 A .. C C C B A A
T6 A .. C C C B A A
6463-T1 A A B D A A A A Extruded architectural and trim sections
T5 A A B C A A A A
T6 A A C C A A A A
6951-T42, T62 .. .. .. .. A A A A
7005-T53 .. .. .. .. B C A A
7049-T73, T7352 C B D B D D D B Aircraft forgings
7050-T73510, T73511 C B D B D D D B Aircraft and other structures
T74 U, T7451 U, T74510 U,
T74511 U, T7452 U, T7651,
T76510, T76511
7075-O .. .. .. D D D D B Aircraft and other structures
T6, T651, T652, T6510, T6511 CE C D B D D D B
T73, T7351 C B D B D D D B
7175-T74, T7452, T7454 C B D B D D C B
7178-O .. .. .. .. D D D B Aircraft and other structures
T6, T651, T6510, T6511 CE C D B D D D B
7475-O .. .. .. .. D D D B Shell Casings
7475-T61, -T651 C C D B D D B B Aircraft & Other
7475-T761, T7351 C B D B D D D B Structures
8017-H12, H22, H221 A A A D A A A A Electrical conductors
8030-H12, H221 A A A E A A A A Electrical conductors
8176-H14, H24 A A A D A A A A Electrical conductors
8177-H13, H23, H221 A A A E A A A A Electrical conductors
3-10 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

application/comparative characteristics
Notes for Table 3.3
Q Ratings A through E are relative ratings in decreasing order of merit, E In relatively thick sections the rating would be E.
based on exposures to sodium chloride solution by intermittent spraying R This rating may be different for material held at elevated temperature for
or immersion. Alloys with A and B ratings can be used in industrial and long periods.
seacoast atmospheres without protection. Alloys with C, D and E ratings T Ratings A through D for Workability (cold), and A through E for Machin-
generally should be protected at least on faying surfaces. ability, are relative ratings in decreasing order of merit.
W Stress-corrosion cracking ratings are based on service experience and Y Ratings A through D for Weldability and Brazeability are relative ratings
on laboratory tests of specimens exposed to the 3.5% sodium chloride defined as follows:
alternate immersion test. A = Generally weldable by all commercial procedures and methods.
A = No known instance of failure in service or in laboratory tests. B = Weldable with special techniques or for specific applications that
B = No known instance of failure in service; limited failures in laboratory justify preliminary trials or testing to develop welding procedure and
tests of short transverse specimens. weld performance.
C = Service failures with sustained tension stress acting in short trans- C = Limited weldability because of crack sensitivity or loss in resistance
verse direction relative to grain structure; limited failures in laboratory to corrosion and mechanical properties.
tests of long transverse specimens. D = No commonly used welding methods have been developed.
D = Limited service failures with sustained longitudinal or long transverse U T74 type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in
areas. various literature and specifications as T736 type tempers.
These ratings are neither product specific nor test direction specific and I 5xxx products in the -H116 and -H32X tempers have similar properties
therefore indicate only the general level of stress-corrosion cracking resis- and have the same testing requirements, but are produced by different prac-
tance. For more specific information on certain alloys, see ASTM G64. tices. The -H116 and -H321 tempers are typically used in marine and other
applications requiring demonstration of intergranular and exfoliation corro-
sion resistance. Products in the -H32 temper have similar tensile properties
and while production methods may be similar, corrosion testing require-
ments are different, therefore, -H32 temper products shall not be substituted
for -H116 or -H321 products.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 3-11

heat treatments/fabrication
TABLE 3.4 Typical Heat Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill Products Q
The typical treatments listed in this table are for furnaces see Table 3.4 in the customary unit edition of ALUMI-
operating to instructions (mill practices) given in Celsius. NUM STANDARDS AND DATA.
For furnaces operating to instructions given in Fahrenheit,
SOLUTION HEAT TREATMENT W PRECIPITATION HEAT TREATMENT
ALLOY PRODUCT METAL METAL APPROX. TIME AT
TEMPER TEMPER
TEMPERATURE E TEMPERATURE E TEMPERATURE R
DESIGNATION DESIGNATION
°C °C Hours
2011 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, 525 T3 T 160 14 T8 T
Rod & Bar T4 — — —
T451 Y — — —
Drawn Tube 515 T3 T 155 14 T8 T
T4511 Y — — —
2014 U Flat Sheet 500 T3 T — — —
T42 160 18 T62
Coiled Sheet 500 T4 160 18 T6
T42 160 18 T62
Plate 500 T451 Y 160 18 T651 Y
T42 160 18 T62
Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, 500 T4 160 I 18 T6
Rod & Bar T451 Y 160 I 18 T651 Y
T42 160 I 18 T62
Extruded Wire, Rod, Bar, 500 T4 160 I 18 T6
Profiles & Tube T4510 Y 160 I 18 T6510 Y
T4511 Y 160 I 18 T6511 Y
T42 160 I 18 T62
Drawn Tube 500 T4 160 I 18 T6
T42 160 I 18 T62
Die Forgings 500 O T4 170 10 T6
Hand Forgings and 500 O T4 g 170 10 T6
Rolled Rings T452 P g 170 10 T652 P
2017 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, 500 T4 — — —
Rod & Bar T451 Y — — —
T42 — — —
2018 Die Forgings 570 { T4 g 170 10 T61
2024 U Flat Sheet 495 T3 T 190 12 T81 T
T361 T 190 8 T861 T
T42 190 9 T62
T42 190 16 T72
Coiled Sheet 495 T4 — — —
T42 190 9 T62
T42 190 16 T72
Plate 495 T351 Y 190 12 T851 Y
T361 T 190 8 T861 T
T42 190 9 T62
Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, 495 T351 Y 190 12 T851 Y
Rod & Bar T36 T — — —
T4 190 12 T6
T42 190 16 T62
Extruded Wire, Rod, 495 T3 T 190 12 T81 T
Bar Profiles & Tube T3510 Y 190 12 T8510 Y
T3511 Y 190 12 T8511 Y
T42 — — —
Drawn Tube 495 T3 T — — —
T42 — — —
2025 Die Forgings 515 T4 g 170 10 T6
2036 Sheet 500 T4 — — —
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,
3-12 May, 2009

fabrication/heat treatments
TABLE 3.4 Typical Heat Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill Products Q (continued)
TEMPER TEMPER
°C °C Hours
2117 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire 500 T4 — — —
and Rod T42 — — —
2124 Plate 495 T351 Y 190 12 T851 Y
2218 Die Forgings 510 { T4 g 170 10 T61
510 } T41 g 460 6 T72
2219 U Flat Sheet 535 T31 T 175 18 T81 T
T37 T 165 24 T87 T
T42 g 190 36 T62
Plate 535 T37 T 175 18 T87 T
T351 Y 175 18 T851 Y
T42 g 190 36 T62
Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, 535 T4 g 190 36 T6
Road & Bar T351 g 190 18 T851 Y
Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles 535 T31 T 190 18 T81 T
& Tube T3510 Y 190 18 T8510 Y
T3511 Y 190 18 T8511 Y
T42 g 190 36 T62
Die Forgings and Rolled Rings 535 T4 g 190 26 T6
Hand Forgings 535 T4 g 190 26 T6
T352 P g 175 18 T852 P
2618 Forgings and Rolled Rings 535 { T4 g 200 20 T61
4032 Die Forgings 510 O T4 g 170 10 T6
6005 Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles H T1 175 8 T5
& Tube
6005A Extruded Rod H T1 175 8 T5
Bar, Profiles & Tube 510 e T4 g 175 8 T61
6053 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire 505 T4 g 180 8 T61
and Rod
Die Forgings 520 T4 g 170 10 T6
6061 U Sheet 530 T4 160 18 T6
T42 160 18 T62
Plate 530 T4 o 160 18 T6 o
T451 Y 160 18 T651 Y
T42 160 18 T62
Rolled or Cold finished Wire, 530 T4 160 q 18 T6
Rod & Bar T3 g 160 q 18 T89 T
T4 160 q 18 T913 w
T4 160 q 18 T94 w
T451 Y 160 q 18 T651 Y
T42 160 q 18 T62
Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles H T1 175 8 T51
and Tube 530 e T4 175 8 T6
T4510 Y 175 8 T6510 Y
T4511 Y 175 8 T6511 Y
530 T42 175 8 T62
Structural Profiles 530 e T4 g 175 8 T6
Pipe 530 e T4 g 175 8 T6
Drawn Pipe 530 T4 160 q 18 T6
T42 160 q 18 T62
Die and Hand Forgings 530 T4 g 175 8 T6
Rolled Rings 530 T4 g 175 8 T6
T452 P g 175 8 T652 P
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 3-13

TEMPER TEMPER
°C °C Hours
6063 Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles H T1 180 r 3 T5
& Tube T1 180 3 T52
510 q T4 175 t 8 T6
520 T42 175 t 8 T62
Drawn Tube 520 T4 175 8 T6
T3 T e g 175 8 T83 T
T3 T e g 175 8 T831 T
T3 T e g 175 8 T832 T
T42 175 8 T62
Pipe 520 e T4 g 175 t 8 T6
6066 Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles 530 T4 175 8 T6
& Tube T4510 Y 175 8 T6510 Y
T4511 Y 175 8 T6511 Y
T42 175 8 T62
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Drawn Tube 530 T4 175 8 T6
T42 175 8 T62
Die Forgings 530 T4 g 175 8 T6
6070 Extruded Rod, Bar Profiles 545 e T4 g 160 18 T6
& Tube 545 T42 g 160 18 T62
6082 Extrusions 525 T4 g 175 8 T6 Y
525 T4511 g Y 175 8 T6511 Y
6101 Extruded Rod, Bar, Tube, 520 e T4 g 200 10 T6
Pipe and Structural Profiles T4 g 225 5 T61
T4 g 210 9 T63
T4 g 280 7 T64
T4 g 220 3 T65
6105 Extruded Rod, Bar Profiles H T1 175 8 T5
and Tube
6151 Die Forgings 515 T4 g 170 10 T6
Rolled Rings 515 T4 g 170 10 T6
T452 P g 170 10 T652 P
6162 Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles H T1 g 175 8 T5
& Tube T1510 Y g 175 8 T5510 Y
T1511 Y g 175 8 T5511 Y
525 e T4 g 175 8 T6
T4510 Y g 175 8 T6510 Y
T4511 Y g 175 8 T6511 Y
6201 Wire 510 T3 T g 160 4 T81 T
6262 Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, 540 T4 g 170 8 T6
Rod and Bar T4 g 170 12 T9 w
T451 Y g 170 8 T651 Y
T42 g 170 8 T62
Extruded Rod, Bar, Profiles 540 e T4 g 175 12 T6
and Tube T4510 Y g 175 12 T6510 Y
T4511 Y g 175 12 T6511 Y
540 T42 g 175 12 T62
Drawn Tube 540 T4 g 170 8 T6
T4 g 170 8 T9 w
T42 g 170 8 T62
6351 Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles H T1 120 10 T54
H T1 175 8 T5
530 T4 175 8 T6
6463 Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles H T1 205 1 T5
520 e T4 g 175 t 8 T6
520 T42 g 175 t 8 T62
6951 G Sheet 530 T42 160 18 T62
3-14 May, 2009

TEMPER TEMPER
°C °C Hours
7005 Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles H T1 g p p T53
7049 Die Forgings 470 O W a a T73
Hand Forgings 470 O W a a T73
W52 P a a T7352 P
7050 Plate 475 W51 Y J J T7451 Y
W51 Y K K T7651 Y
Rolled or Cold Finished Wire 475 W f f T7
and Rod
Extruded Rod, Bar and 475 W510 Y s s T73510 Y
Profiles W510 Y d d T74510 Y
W510 Y L L T76510 Y
W511 Y s s T73511 Y
W511 Y d d T74511 Y
W511 Y L L T76511 Y
Die Forgings 475 W : : T74
Hand Forgings 475 W52 : : : T7452 P
7075 U Sheet 480 [ W 120 y 24 T6
W i] i] T73 D
W F F T76 D
W 120 y 24 T62
Plate 480 [ h W51 Y 120 y 24 T651 Y
W51 Y i] i] T7351 Y D
W51 Y F F T7651 Y D
W 120 y 24 T62
Rolled or Cold finished Wire, 490 [ h W 120 24 T6
Rod and Bar W i] i] T73 D
W 120 24 T62
W51 Y 120 24 T651 Y
W51 Y i] i] T7351 Y D
Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles 465 W 120 u 24 T6
W i] i] T73 D
W F F T76 D
W 120 u 24 T62
W510 Y 120 u 24 T6510 Y
W510 Y i] i] T73510 Y D
W510 Y F F T76510 Y D
W511 Y 120 u 24 T6511 Y
W511 Y i] i] T73511 Y D
W511 Y F F T76511 Y D
Extruded Tube 465 W 120 u 24 T6
W i] i] T73 D
W 120 u 24 T62
W510 Y 120 u 24 T6510 Y
W510 Y i] i] T73510 Y D
W511 Y 120 u 24 T6511 Y
W511 Y i] i] T73511 Y D
Drawn Tube 465 W 120 24 T6
W i] i] T73 D
W 120 24 T62
Die Forgings 470 O W 120 24 T6
W i i T73 D
W52 P i i T7352 P D
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 3-15

TABLE 3.4 Typical Heat Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill Products Q (concluded)
TEMPER TEMPER
°C °C Hours
7075 U Hand Forgings 470 O W 120 24 T6
W i i T73 D
W52 P 120 24 T652 P
W52 P i i T7352 P D
Rolled Rings 470 W 120 24 T6
7178 U Sheet 470 W 120 24 T6
W i A T76 D
W 120 24 T62
Plate 470 W51 Y 120 24 T651 Y
W51 Y A A T7651 Y D
W 120 24 T62
Rolled or Cold Finished Wire 465 W 120 24 T6
and Rod
Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles 470 W 120 24 T6
W S S T76 D
W 120 24 T62
W510 Y 120 24 T6510 Y
W510 Y S S T76510 Y D
W511 Y 120 24 T6511 Y
W511 Y S S T76511 Y D
7475 Sheet 480 l W ; ; T61
W z z T761
Plate 480 l W51 Y 115 24 T651
W51 Y j j T7351
W51 Y k k T7651
Rod 480 W x x T62
Q The times and temperatures shown are typical for various forms, sizes r An alternate treatment comprised of 1–2 hours at 205°C also may be
and methods of manufacture and may not exactly describe the optimum used.
treatment for a specific item. t An alternate treatment comprised of 6 hours at 180°C also may be
W Material should be quenched from the solution heat-treating temperature used.
as rapidly as possible and with minimum delay after removal from the fur- y An alternate two-stage treatment comprised of 4 hours at 95°C followed
nace. Unless otherwise indicated, when material is quenched by total immer- by 8 hours at 155°C also may be used.
sion in water, the water should be at room temperature and suitably cooled u An alternate three-stage treatment comprised of 5 hours at 100°C fol-
to remain below 35°C during the quenching cycle. The use of high-velocity lowed by 4 hours at 120°C followed by 4 hours at 150°C also may be used.
high-volume jets of cold water is also effective for some materials. For addi- i Two-stage treatment comprised of 6 to 8 hours at 105°C followed by a
tional details on aluminum alloy heat treatment and for recommendations on second-stage of:
such specifics as furnace solution heat treat soak time see specifications (a) 24–30 hours at 165°C for sheet and plate
AMS 2770 or ASTM B597. (b) 8–10 hours at 175°C for rolled or cold-finished rod and bar.
E The nominal metal temperatures should be attained as rapidly as possible (c) 6–8 hours at 175°C for extrusions and tube.
and maintained ±5°C of nominal during the time at temperature. (d) 8–10 hours at 175°C for forgings in T73 temper and 6–8 hours at
R The time at temperature will depend on time required for load to reach 175°C for forgings in T7352 temper.
temperature. The times shown are based on rapid heating, with soaking o Applies to tread plate only.
time measured from the time the load reached within 5°C of the applicable p Held at room temperature for 72 hours followed by two stage precipitation
temperature. heat-treatment of 8 hours at 105°C plus 16 hours at 150°C.
T Cold work subsequent to solution heat treatment and, where applicable, [ With optimum ingot homogenization, heat treating temperatures as high
prior to any precipitation heat treatment is required to attain the specified as 500°C are sometimes acceptable.
mechanical properties for these tempers. ] An alternate two-stage treatment for sheet, plate, tube and extrusions com-
Y Stress-relieved by stretching. Required to produce a specified amount of prised of 6 to 8 hours at 105°C followed by a second stage of 14–18 hours at
permanent set subsequent to solution heat treatment and, where applicable, 170°C may be used providing a heating-up rate of 15°C per hour is used. For
prior to any precipitation heat treatment. rolled or cold-finished rod and bar the alternate treatment is 10 hours at 175°C.
U These heat treatments also apply to alclad sheet and plate in these A A two-stage treatment comprised of 3–5 hours at 120°C followed by
alloys. 15–18 hours at 165°C.
I An alternative treatment comprised of 8 hours at 175°C also may be used. S A two-stage treatment comprised of 3–5 hours at 120°C followed by
O Quench after solution treatment in water at 60°C to 80°C. 18–21 hours at 160°C.
P Stress-relieved by 1–5 percent cold reduction subsequent to solution heat D The aging of aluminum alloys 7075 and 7178 from any temper to the
treatment and prior to precipitation heat treatment. T73 (applicable to alloy 7075 only) or T76 temper series requires closer
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
{ Quench after solution heat treatment in water at 100°C. than normal controls on aging practice variables such as time, temperature,
} Quench after solution heat treatment in air blast at room temperature. heating-up rates, etc., for any given item. In addition to the above, when re-
q An alternative treatment comprised of 8 hours at 170°C also may be aging material in the T6 temper series to the T73 or T76 temper series, the
used. specific condition of the T6 temper material (such as its property level and
w Cold working subsequent to precipitation heat treatment is necessary to other effect of processing variables) is extremely important and will affect the
secure the specified properties for this temper. capability of the re-aged material to conform to the requirements specified
e By suitable control of extrusion temperature, product may be quenched for the applicable T73 or T76 temper series.
directly from extrusion press to provide specified properties for this temper. F The aging practice will vary with the product, size, nature of equipment,
Some products may be adequately quenched in air blast at room temperature. loading procedures and furnace control capabilities. The optimum practice
3-16 May, 2009

for a specific item can be ascertained only by actual trial treatment of the d A two-stage treatment comprised of 24 hours at 120°C followed by 8–10
item under specific conditions. Typical procedures involve a two-stage treat- hours at 175°C.
ment comprised of 3–30 hours at 120°C followed by 15–18 hours at 165°C f A two-stage treatment comprised of 4 hours at 120°C followed by 6–8 hours
for extrusions. An alternate two-stage treatment of 8 hours at 100°C followed at 180°C.
by 24–28 hours at 165°C may be used. g By definition, this temper designation is that which would apply after natu-
G Core alloy in No. 21, 22, 23 and 24 brazing sheet. ral aging even though mechanical properties for this alloy-temper product
H Quenched directly from the extrusion press. Some extrusions may be have not been registered.
adequately quenched using a room temperature air blast. h For plate thickness over 4 inches and for rod diameters or bar thick-
J A two-stage treatment comprised of 3–6 hours at 120°C followed by nesses over four inches, a maximum temperature of 490°C is recommended
24–30 hours at 165°C. to avoid eutectic melting.
K A two-stage treatment comprised of 3–6 hours at 125°C followed by j A two-stage treatment comprised of 4–8 hours at 210°C followed by
12–15 hours at 165°C. 24–30 hours at 160°C.
L A two-stage treatment comprised 4 hours at 120°C followed by 18–22 hours k A two-stage treatment comprised of 4–8 hours at 120°C followed by
at 165°C. 26–32 hours at 155°C.
: A multi-stage treatment comprised of 8 hours at 105°C followed by 8 hours l Without adequate thermal pretreatment, melting may occur at this tem-
at 120°C followed by 4–10 hours at 175°C. perature.
a Held at room temperature for a minimum of 48 hours followed by a two- ; A two-stage treatment comprises of 120°C for 3 hours plus 160°C for
stage treatment comprised of 24 hours at 120°C followed by 10–16 hours 3 hours.
at 165°C. z A two-stage treatment comprises of 120°C for 3 hours plus 165°C for
s A two-stage treatment comprised of 24 hours at 120°C followed by 10–14 10 hours.
hours at 175°C. x A two-stage treatment comprises of 120°C for 3 hours plus 165°C for
3 hours.
TABLE 3.5 Typical Annealing Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill Products
The treatments listed in this table are typical for various describe the optimum treatment for a specific item.
sizes and methods of manufacture and may not exactly
APPROX. APPROX.
METAL METAL
TIME AT TEMPER TIME AT TEMPER
ALLOY TEMPERATURE ALLOY TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE DESIGNATION TEMPERATURE DESIGNATION
°C °C
Hours Hours
1060 345 Q O Q
5086 345 O
1100 345 Q O Q
5154 345 O
1145 345 Q O Q
5254 345 O
1235 345 Q O Q
5454 345 O
1345 345 Q O Q
5456 345 O
1350 345 Q O Q
5457 345 O
2014 415 W 2–3 O 5652 345 Q O
2017 415 W 2–3 O 6005 415 W 2–3 OR
2024 415 W 2–3 O 6005A 415 W 2–3 OR
2117 415 W 2–3 O 6053 415 W 2–3 O
2219 415 W 2–3 O 6061 415 W 2–3 O
3003 415 Q O 6063 415 W 2–3 O
3004 345 Q O 6066 415 W 2–3 O
3005 415 Q O 6082 415 W 2-3 OR
3105 345 Q O Q
7072 345 O
5005 345 Q O 7075 415 E 2–3 O
5050 345 Q O 7175 415 E 2–3 OR
5052 345 Q O 7178 415 E 2–3 O
5056 345 Q O 7475 415 E 2–3 O
5083 345 Q O Brazing Sheet:
Nos. 11 & 12 345 Q O
Q Time in the furnace need not be longer than necessary to bring all parts Nos. 23 & 24 345 Q O
of load to annealing temperature. Rate of cooling is unimportant.
W These treatments are intended to remove effects of solution heat treat- E This treatment is intended to remove the effects of solution heat treat-
ment and include cooling at a rate of about 30°C per hour from the annealing ment and includes cooling at an uncontrolled rate to 205°C or less, followed
temperature to 260°C. The rate of subsequent cooling is unimportant. Treat- by reheating to 230°C for 4 hours. Treatment at 345°C, followed by uncon-
ment at 345°C, followed by uncontrolled cooling, may be used to remove the trolled cooling, may be used to remove the effects of cold work, or to partially
effects of cold work, or to partially remove the effects of heat treatment. remove the effects of heat treatment.
R By definition, this temper designation is that which would apply after
annealing even through mechanical properties for this alloy-temper product
have not been registered.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3-17
quality control/testing
4. Quality Control
Sampling and Testing electrical conductivity or resistivity testing
ASTM Bl93 Test for Resistivity of Electrical Conductor
Introduction Materials.
The sampling and testing procedures represented in this sec- ASTM E1004 Method for Electromagnetic (Eddy Current)
tion are in general use by the aluminum industry for qual- Measurements of Electrical Conductivity.
ity control purposes. However, other procedures, whether NOTE: B193 is used in case of dispute.
more rigorous or less vigorous, may also be appropriate for
the control of quality. The following sampling and testing stress corrosion resistance testing
procedures are considered suitable for the preparation of ASTM G47 Practice for Determining Susceptibility to
specifications. Stress Corrosion Cracking of High-Strength Aluminum
Alloy Products.
Reference Documents
exfoliation corrosion resistance testing
chemical analysis ASTM G34 Standard Test Method for Exfoliation Corrosion
ASTM E34 Chemical Analysis of Aluminum and Alumi- Susceptibility in 2XXX and 7XXX Series Aluminum
num Alloys. Alloys (EXCO Test).
ASTM E55 Sampling Wrought Nonferrous Metals and ASTM G66 Test for Visual Assessment of Exfoliation Cor-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Alloys for Determination of Chemical Composition. rosion Susceptibility of 5XXX Series Alloys (ASSET
ASTM E607 Optical Emission Spectrometric Analysis of Test).
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by the Point-to-Plane
Technique, Nitrogen Atmosphere. intergranular corrosion resistance testing
ASTM E716 Sampling of Aluminum and Its Alloys for ASTM G110 Standard Practice for Evaluating Intergranular
Spectrochemical Analysis. Corrosion Resistance of Heat Treatable Aluminum Alloys
by Immersion in Sodium Chloride and Hydrogen Peroxide
ASTM E1251 Optical Emission Spectrometric Analysis Solution.
of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by Argon Atmo-
sphere, Point-to-Plane, Unipolar Self-Initiating Capacitor
Discharge.
shear testing
ASTM B565 Shear Testing of Aluminum and Aluminum
Alloy Rivets and Cold Heading Wire and Rods.
tension testing
Products other than foil: ASTM B831 Shear Test Method for Shear Testing of Thin
ASTM B557M Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Alu- Aluminum Alloy Products.
minum and Magnesium Alloy Products.
For foil:
ultrasonic testing
ASTM B594 Standard Method for Ultrasonic Inspection
ASTM E345 Tension Testing of Metallic Foil (as modi-
of Aluminum-Alloy-Wrought Products for Aerospace
fied by procedures shown on page 4-4 and 4-5).
Applications.
fracture toughness ASTM E317 Recommended Practice for Evaluating Per-
ASTM E399 Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness of Metallic formance Characteristics of Pulse-Echo Ultrasonic Test-
Materials ing Systems.
ASTM E561 R-Curve Determination ASTM E127 Recommended Practice for Fabricating and
Checking Aluminum Alloy Ultrasonic Standard Refer-
ASTM B645 Plain Strain Fracture Toughness Testing of
ence Blocks.
Aluminum Alloys.
SNT-TC-1A ASNT Recommended Practice for “Person-
ASTM B646 Fracture Toughness Testing of Aluminum
nel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive
Alloys
Testing.”
bending radius handling and storing
ASTM E290 Standard Test Method for Semi-Guided Bend
AA 92 Care of Aluminum
Test for Ductility of Metallic Materials.
AA TR3 Guidelines for Minimizing Water Staining of
hardness testing Aluminum.
ASTM El0 Test for Brinell Hardness of Metallic AA TR7 Guidelines for In-Plant Handling of Aluminum
Materials. Sheet and Plate.
May, 2009 4-1

testing/quality control
Sampling for Chemical Analysis Tension Test Specimens
Common practice for semi-continuously cast products is to Tension test specimens may be machined or they may be sub-
take one or more control samples before and one or more stantially the full cross section of the material being tested.
during the casting of each cast unit (units, if cast simultane-
full-section specimens. Tension test specimens of sub-
ously) and to analyze the samples spectrochemically.
stantially the full cross section of the material may be used
Continuously cast products may contain metal from two for wire, rod, bar and profiles. It is permissible to reduce
or more molten metal sources each of which has been the section slightly throughout the test section to ensure
sampled and analyzed for conformance to composition fracture within the gage marks. The gage length should
limits. During casting, at least one sample is taken to be four times the diameter for round specimens other than
represent each cut length of ingot (group of cut lengths, if electric conductor wire, and 50 mm for other sections. For
cast simultaneously), for each 22 tonne increment or one electric conductor wire the gage length is 250 mm.
sample per hour of casting. If the cast product is either
Full-section tension test specimens having a 50 mm gage
slab/coil or rod/bar, the molten metal batch composition
length may be used for round tubular products. Snug-
represents the product.
fitting metal plugs are inserted into the ends of the speci-
Cast units that conform to established chemical composi- men to permit the testing machine jaws to grip the specimen
tion limits are so identified and either then undergo fabrica- properly.
tion or are placed in stock for subsequent fabrication into
machined specimens Standard machined specimens for
wrought products.
tension testing of wrought aluminum mill products are
For finished product not analyzed as stated above, one of two types: round with a diameter of 12.5 mm and a
sample is taken for each 2,000 kg, or fraction thereof, of gage length of 62.5 mm and rectangular with a width of
each alloy in an inspection lot to determine conformance 12.5 mm and a gage length of 50 mm. They are shown in
to established chemical composition limits. Forgings are ASTM B 557M.
sampled as follows: One sample per 1,000 kg. or fraction
Smaller round specimens proportional to the standard
thereof for forgings having a nominal weight of 2.5 kg.
12.5 mm diameter round specimen are used when a standard
or less, or one sample per 3,000 kg or fraction thereof for
specimen cannot be prepared. Examples are shown in ASTM
forgings having a nominal weight greater than 2.5 kg.
B 557M. Other sizes of small round specimens may be used
if the gage length for measurement of elongation is four
Sampling for Mechanical Tests times the diameter of the reduced section of the specimen.
Samples shall be in the temper supplied to the customer. Tension test specimens are normally taken as follows:
The number of samples commonly taken varies with prod- Sheet and Plate. For non-heat-treatable alloy sheet and
uct type and inspection lot size. plate, tension test specimens are taken in the longitudinal
Coiled Sheet. One (1) sample from each end of each direction. For heat-treatable alloy sheet, tension test speci-
parent coil but no more than one sample per 1,000 kg or mens are taken in the long transverse direction for widths
part thereof in a lot. of 230 mm and greater, and in the longitudinal direction
for widths less than 230 mm. For heat-treatable alloy plate,
Flat Sheet. One (1) sample from each end of each parent tension test specimens are taken in the long transverse di-
coil. Where parent coil end identity is not available, one rection, and, when specified, in the longitudinal and short
sample for each 1000 kg or part thereof in a lot. transverse directions. Long transverse and longitudinal ten-
Non-recoiled Hot Mill Coil. One (1) sample from the sion test specimens are taken midway between the two plate
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
outside end of each coil. surfaces for plate 12.5 mm through 40 mm in thickness,
and midway between the center and surface of plate over
Plate. One (1) sample from each end of each parent plate 40 mm in thickness. Short transverse tension test specimens
but no more than one sample per 2000 kg, or part thereof, are taken so that the mid-point of their axes lies on the plate’s
in a lot. mid-thickness. Short transverse testing is only applicable to
Wire, Rod, Bar, Profiles, Tube, Pipe. Nominal mass up plate 40 mm and greater in thickness. The standard rectangu-
through 1.7 kg per linear metre: one (1) sample for each lar tension test specimen is used for sheet and for plate less
500 kg, or fraction thereof, in a lot. Nominal mass over than 12.5 mm in thickness. For plate 12.5 mm and greater
1.7 kg per linear metre: one (1) sample for each 300 m, or in thickness, the standard 12.5 mm round tension test speci-
part thereof, in a lot. men or a smaller round specimen proportional to it is used.
Material less than 20 mm in width is tested in full section
Die Forgings. Nominal mass up to and including 2.5 kg: when the standard 12.5 mm round tension test specimen or
one (1) sample for each 1000 kg, or part thereof, in a lot. a smaller round specimen proportional to it cannot be used,
Nominal mass over 2.5 kg: one (1) sample for each 3000 kg, in which case elongation is not determined.
or part thereof, in a lot.
Wire, Rod and Bar. Tension test specimens are taken
Hand Forgings. One (1) sample for each 3000 kg, or in the longitudinal direction. If the size or shape makes
part thereof, in a lot. it impractical to use full-section tension test specimens,
the standard 12.5 mm round specimen or a smaller round
specimen proportional to it is used, except that for rectan-
4-2 May, 2009

gular bar less than 12.5 mm in thickness the standard rect- Short Transverse Specimen orientation is perpendicular,
angular tension test specimen may be used. For material within ±15°, to the longitudinal (pre-
40 mm and less in diameter or thickness, when not tested dominant) grain direction and perpen-
in full section, the tension test specimen is taken from the dicular, within ±15°, to the parting
center of the section. For material greater than 40 mm in plane. (Both conditions must be met.)
diameter or thickness, the specimen is taken midway be- When possible, short transverse speci-
tween the center and surface of the section. For rectangles mens shall be taken across the parting
greater than 40 mm in thickness, the specimen is also lo- plane.
cated midway between the center and edge. Elongation is Off Axis Any specimen orientation or test direc-
not determined for wire, other than electric conductor wire, tion that does not fit any of the above
less than 3.2 mm in diameter or thickness. three definitions. These orientations will
Profiles. Tension test specimens are taken in the longi- not be used in material specifications.
tudinal direction only, unless additional test orientations Note: In cases where the grain flow is difficult to define,
are agreed between supplier and purchaser. If the size or microstructural analysis must be performed to define the
profile makes it impractical to use full-section tension grain flow. This can be done on the first cut-up forging.
test specimens, the standard 12.5 mm round specimen
Testing is applicable to a direction only if the correspond-
or a smaller round specimen proportional to it is used,
ing dimension is over 50 mm in thickness. For forgings
except that for profiles less than 12.5 mm in thickness
12.5 mm and greater in thickness the standard 12.5 mm
having parallel surfaces the standard rectangular tension
round specimen or a smaller round specimen proportional
test specimen may be used. For profiles from which these
to it is used. For forgings 8 mm through 12.5 mm in thick-
machined specimens cannot be obtained, and which cannot
ness either a round specimen proportional to the standard
be tested in full section, a rectangular or round specimen of
12.5 mm round specimen or a rectangular specimen is
the largest possible dimensions is used, and elongation is
used. For forgings less than 8 mm in thickness a rectangu-
not determined. For profiles 40 mm and less in thickness,
lar specimen is used.
when not tested in full section, the tension test specimen is
taken from the center of the predominant or thickest part Hand Forgings. Tension test specimens are taken in the
of the profile. For profiles greater than 40 mm in thick- long transverse and short transverse directions, and, when
ness, the specimen is taken midway between the center specified, in the longitudinal direction. The longitudinal
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and surface and midway between the center and edge of specimen is taken so that its axis coincides with the lon-
the predominant or thickest part of the profile. When the gitudinal centerline of the forging. The transverse speci-
predominant or thickest part of the profile cannot be deter- mens are taken so that the mid-point of their axes lies on
mined by visual inspection, use the procedure described the longitudinal centerline of the forging. Each specimen
in the appendix beginning on page 4-14. Elongation is not is so chosen that the distance from the mid-point of its
determined for profiles less than 1.6 mm in thickness. axis to the end of the forging is at least half the thickness
of the forging. Testing is applicable to a direction only if
Tubular Products. Tension test specimens are taken in
the corresponding dimension is over 50 mm in thickness.
the longitudinal direction. If the size or shape makes it
The standard 12.5 mm round specimen or a smaller round
impractical to use full-section tension test specimens, the
specimen proportional to it is used.
standard rectangular specimen is used for tubular products
having a flat wall and a similar curved specimen for prod- shear test specimens. Shear test specimens of the full
ucts having a curved wall up to a maximum wall thickness cross section of the wire are used for wire up through
of 12.50 mm, or the standard 12.5 mm round specimen or 10.00 mm in diameter. Wire over 10.00 mm in diameter
a smaller round specimen proportional to it is used. and rod are machined down to 10.00 mm in diameter for
testing. Wire in diameters other than those for which a
Die Forgings. Tension test specimens are taken from the
standard shear jig size is available are machined down to
center of the predominant or thickest part of die forgings
the next smaller jig size.
from which a coupon can be obtained, from a prolongation
of the forging, or from coupons separately forged from the measurement of specimens. Before testing, the tension
same stock used to produce the forgings. The following test specimens are measured.
test orientation definitions have been adopted by MMPDS
Cross-Sectional Dimensions. The dimensions used for
(MIL-5) Coordination Committee for test data submitted
determining the cross-sectional area of tension test speci-
after 1996 October:
mens are measured at the center of the gage length and
Longitudinal Specimen orientation is parallel, within recorded as follows:
±15°, to the predominant grain flow.
Nominal Measured to
Long Transverse Specimen orientation is perpendicular, Dimensions at least the nearest:
within ±15°, to the longitudinal (pre- less than 2.50 mm 0.002 mm
dominant) grain direction and paral- 2.50 to less than 5.00 mm 0.01 mm
lel, within ±15°, to the parting plane. 5.00 mm and over 0.025 mm
(Both conditions must be met.)
May, 2009 4-3

Gage Length. When longitudinal or transverse elonga- tension test specimens. Tension test specimens for foil
tion is to be determined, a gage mark is placed at each may be machined (Type A) or they may be sheared (Type
end of the gage length and the distance between them is B). Either type specimen should be examined under 20⋅
measured and recorded to the nearest 0.25 mm. For short magnification to determine that the edges are smooth and
transverse specimens the distance is measured to the near- that there are no surface irregularities.
est 0.05 mm.
Machined Specimens—Type A. These specimens are in
dimensional conformance with the 12.5 mm sheet type spe-
Tensile Properties cimen in ASTM E 345, Tension Testing of Metallic Foil.
The mechanical properties normally obtained from tension They are machined in packs by use of a milling type cutter
test specimens, and the methods used, are as follows: which should be kept very sharp. For satisfactory results it
is helpful to interleave some thicknesses and tempers with
yield strength (0.2 percent offset), determined by the Mylar or other suitable material when machining them.
“offset method.” Sheared Specimens—Type B. These specimens are
Offset method. Yield strength by the “offset method” is prepared individually to the following dimensions and
computed from a load-strain curve obtained by means of tolerances:
an extensometer. A straight line is drawn parallel to the Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.50 or 25.00 ± 0.02 mm
initial straight line portion of the load-strain curve and at Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 mm ± 0.5 mmQ
a distance to the right corresponding to 0.2 percent offset Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . Same as material thickness
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(0.05 mm per mm of gage length). The load reached at the
point where this straight line intersects the curve divided They are sheared by use of a double bladed cutter such
by the original cross-sectional area (mm2) of the tension as the Thwing-Albert JDC Precision Cutter or equal. The
test specimen is the yield strength. cutter may be designed so that the specimen will have a
gradual decrease in its width from the ends to the center,
ultimate or tensile strength. Ultimate strength is deter- but the width at the center will not be more than 0.025 mm
mined by dividing the maximum load carried by the speci- less than at the ends.
men during a tension test by the original cross-sectional
area of the specimen. specimen thickness. Thickness of specimens taken from
soft foils or from foils 0.02 mm and thinner is determined
elongation. After completion of the tension test, the ends to an accuracy of 2% of the thickness by weighing in ac-
of the fractured specimen are fitted together carefully and cordance with ASTM Test Method E 252 or by measur-
the distance between the gage marks is measured to the ing devices. When using method E 252, the specimens
nearest 0.25 mm. A percentage scale reading to 0.5 per- themselves are weighed when it is practical. At least two
cent of the gage length may be used. The elongation is specimens are weighed together. When Type B specimens
the increase in gage length, expressed as a percentage of are not used for weighing, a sample in accordance with
the original gage length. If the percentage elongation of a Method E 252 may be used when taken from an area adja-
tension test specimen is less than that specified, and if any cent to that from which the test specimens were taken.
part of the fracture is outside of the middle half of the gage
length or in a punched or scribed mark within the reduced When specimens or samples are weighed, the thickness is
section, the test may be discarded. computed to the nearest 0.002 mm and preferably to the
nearest 0.0002 mm by use of the formula:
For specimens taken in the short transverse direction the
following procedure applies:
T = W
a. Any partly torn fragments that might influence the final
measurement are removed. 10 6 Ad
b. The broken ends are matched together to obtain an in-
tegral fit and an end load of about 15 MPa is applied.
The load may then be removed, provided the specimen Where: T = Specimen thickness, mm
remains intact.
c. The final gage length is measured to the nearest W = Specimen or sample mass, g
0.05 mm. A = Specimen area, mm2
Tension Testing of Foil D = Alloy density, kg/mm3
Tension testing of foil must be carefully controlled because
test results can be materially affected by rough specimen
edges, the presence of even slight scratches or fold marks
on the surface, speed of testing, improper alignment in the
testing machine, and other variables inherent in the testing
of thin material. Testing of foil thinner than about 0.018 mm
usually is subject to special agreement between vendor and
purchaser.
Q Tolerance is applicable only when specimen is weighed for thickness
determination
4-4 May, 2009

The following densities calculated in accordance with the Visual Inspection of Aluminum Mill Products
procedure on page 2-12 may be used for D:
Including parts manufactured from such products
Alloy Density, d
The following criteria are generally recognized as applica-
99.80 purity and over 2.700 ⋅ 103 ble for visual inspection for discontinuities in aluminum
1145 2.700 ⋅ 103 mill products, and parts manufactured from these products,
1235 2.705 ⋅ 103 with or without the aid of liquid penetrant methods.W It is
1100 2.71 ⋅ 103 generally recognized that the various liquid penetrant meth-
3003 2.73 ⋅ 103 ods of inspection of metal products for surface discontinui-
5050 2.69 ⋅ 103 ties are useful aids to visual inspection. However, it should
5052 2.68 ⋅ 103 be recognized also that these inspection methods frequently
5056 2.64 ⋅ 103 develop extraneous indications that are not indicative of
defective material or parts.
The thickness of specimens taken from hard materials or ma- 1. Any discontinuity that can be completely removed with
terials 0.02 mm and greater in thickness may be determined reasonable facility, within the applicable dimensional
by use of an optimeter, an electrical-type measuring device, tolerances for the material or part being inspected, is
vernier micrometer or mechanical comparator, provided that not considered as a reason for rejection of the part or
the thickness is measured to at least the nearest 2%. material, unless the removal of the discontinuity makes
the surface unsuitable for applications where surface
specimen width. Measure and record the specimen width appearance is important and where surface consider-
dimension to the nearest 0.02 mm. ations were made known to the seller at the time the
testing machines. The tensile test machines may be of the order was placed.
pendulum or the positive head speed type and conform to 2. Verifiable indications of the following discontinuities
the requirements of ASTM Methods E 4, Standard Meth- that cannot be completely removed with reasonable
ods of Verification of Testing Machines. The loads used in facility, within the applicable dimensional tolerances
determining tensile strength or yield strength are within the for the material or part being inspected, are considered
loading range of the machine as defined in Method E 4. reasons for rejection, regardless of the use to which the
test procedure. The test procedure is in accordance with material or part is being put:
ASTM Method E 345, Tension Testing of Metallic Foil, (a) Cracks
with provisions as follows: (b) Laps
When only the ultimate tensile strength is determined (c) Seam defects
the rate of strain is between 1.5 and 12.5 mm/mm of (d) Flow through (forgings)
gage length/minute. 3. Verifiable indications of the following discontinuities
When the yield strength is also determined the rate of that cannot be completely removed with reasonable fa-
strain is 0.05 to 0.25 mm/mm of gage length/minute cility, within the applicable dimensional tolerances for
until above the yield strength. the material or parts being inspected, may be considered
as reasons for rejection of the material or part subject
When Type B specimens are used the minimum distance to mutual agreement between the purchaser and vendor
between grips is 125 mm. with due consideration being given to the alloy and ap-
When elongation is determined for Type B specimens plication of the part or material.
the difference in distance between the grips before test- (a) Blisters
ing and after fracture is used, or if it is tested using a (b) Slivers
positive head speed type machine the elongation may (c) Cold shuts
be taken from the load-deformation graph and com- (d) Inclusions
puted by the formula: (e) Scratches
Head speed x chart distance (f) Gouges
Elongation, % = x 100
Chart speed x gage length
Two tests are made from each sample taken and the aver-
age of the two tests is reported.
If there is reason to believe that test results are not accu-
rate because of conditions such as rough edges, surface W Liquid penetrant methods of inspection should not be used in lieu of
scratches or creases on the original specimen, incorrect pressure tests when material or parts are used in applications requiring
pressure and/or leak tightness unless such substitution is negotiated
testing procedure or a significant difference in the two re-
between purchaser and vendor. If penetrant inspection is used in lieu of
sults, one or more additional tests are made as appear nec- pressure testing, the acceptance or rejection of material or parts shall be
essary. When three or more tests are made from a sample, judged on the basis of the ability of representative material to withstand an
the average of the two closest values is reported. application pressure or leak test.
May, 2009 4-5

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(g) Nicks b. Multiple indications in excess of the response from a
(h) Corrosion 1.2 mm diameter flat-bottomed hole at the estimated
(i) Voids resulting from selective etch attack discontinuity depth do not have their indicated centers
(j )Metal pickup closer than 25 mm.
(k) Fins c. Indications from a single discontinuity equal to or
(l) Pin holes greater than the response from a 1.2 mm diameter
(m) Die lines flat-bottomed hole at the estimated discontinuity
(n) Abrasions depth are not more than 25 mm in length.
(o) Streaks d. Multiple discontinuities are not of such size or
(p) Non-uniform surface appearance (see “Water frequency as to reduce the back reflection pattern
Stain,” “Oil Stain,” “Heat Treat Stain,” and “Oxide to 50 percent or less of the back reflection pattern
Discoloration”). of normal material of the same geometry when as-
(q) Kinks sociated with a doubling of the normal noise level
with the ultrasonic beam perpendicular to the front
and back surfaces to ensure that the loss of back
Ultrasonic Testing reflection is not caused by surface roughness or part
geometry variation.
1. Scope
Equipment, test procedures, descriptions of discontinu-
Class B Areas:
ity classes and other general requirements are contained
a. Indications from a single discontinuity do not exceed
in the following paragraphs. For standard discontinuity
the response from an 3.2 mm diameter flat- bottomed
limits applicable to specific alloy-product combina-
hole at the estimated discontinuity depth.
tions, see Table 6.3.
b. Multiple indications in excess of the response from a
This standard is not applicable if, subsequent to ultra- 2.0 mm diameter flat-bottomed hole at the estimated
sonic inspection, the material is plastically deformed or discontinuity depth do not have their indicated cen-
exposed to a temperature in excess of that used to attain ters closer than 25 mm.
the temper existing at inspection. c. Indications from a single discontinuity equal to or
greater than the response from a 2.0 mm diameter
2. Ultrasonic Discontinuity Class Descriptions flat-bottomed hole at the estimated discontinuity
depth are not more than 25 mm in length.
Material furnished in any temper shall conform to the d. Multiple discontinuities are not of such size or fre-
requirements of Table 6.3 when inspected in accordance quency as to reduce the back reflection pattern to
with Section 4. The discontinuity class limits are de- 50 percent or less of the back reflection pattern of
scribed as follows: normal material of the same geometry when associ-
ated with a doubling of the normal noise level with
Class AA Areas: the ultrasonic beam perpendicular to the front and
a. Indications from a single discontinuity do not exceed back surfaces to ensure that the loss of back reflection
the response for a 1.2 mm diameter flat bottomed is not caused by surface roughness or part geometry
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
hole at the estimated discontinuity depth. variation.
b. Multiple indications in excess of the response from Class C Areas:
2.5 mm diameter flat bottomed hole at the estimated
discontinuity depth do not have their indicated cen- (May apply to noncritical areas and to some areas not
ters closer than 25 mm. covered by Table 6.3)
c. Indications from a single discontinuity equal to or Indications from a single discontinuity do not exceed
greater than the response from 2.5 mm diameter flat the response from an 3.2 mm diameter flat-bottomed
bottomed hole at the estimated discontinuity depth hole at the estimated discontinuity depth.
are not more than 12.5 mm in length.
d. Multiple discontinuities are not of such size or fre- 3. Equipment
quency as to reduce the back reflection pattern to The ultrasonic testing equipment includes a test system
50% or less of the back reflection pattern of normal comprising a basic ultrasonic test instrument, a search
material of the same geometry when associated unit, an interconnecting apparatus, a suitable tank con-
with the doubling of the normal noise level with the taining liquid couplant, a bridge/head and manipulator,
ultrasonic beam perpendicular to the front and back and appropriate standard reference blocks. The test sys-
surfaces to ensure that the loss of back reflection is tem is capable of meeting or exceeding the following
not caused by surface roughness or part geometry requirements as determined by the procedures outlined
variation. in ASTM E 317 Recommended Practice for Evaluat-
ing Performance Characteristics of Pulse-Echo Ultra-
Class A Areas: sonic Testing Systems. The requirements shown in this
a. Indications from a single discontinuity do not exceed table are applicable as indicated only for the selected
the response for a 2.0 mm diameter flat-bottomed frequencies used for the inspection. The test system is
hole at the estimated discontinuity depth. required to meet the limits only for the test frequencies
4-6 May, 2009

quality control/marking
actually used. of the material to be inspected. The drawings will indi-
Standard reference blocks used to establish test sensi- cate areas on the material that are non-critical and/or
tivity and to evaluate discontinuities are flat entry-sur- that are to be removed by machining. Cylindrical parts
face blocks that are manufactured and checked in ac- or areas of sections containing fillets may require in-
cordance with procedures outlined in ASTM E 127 Rec- spection by special ultrasonic tests such as shear waves,
ommended Practice for Fabricating and Checking Alu- but in such cases the techniques will be as agreed upon
minum Alloy Ultrasonic Standard Reference Blocks. by the purchaser and vendor at time of quotation and/or
order acceptance.
Test 2.25 5.0 10.0 15.0
Frequency MHz MHz MHz MHz
Vertical
5. Personnel Qualification
Limit, Min 60 mm tp Q 60 mm tp 60 mm tp 60 mm tp When inspection of material is specified in accordance
Upper with the requirements of this standard, personnel per-
Linearity
Limit, Min. W 95% 95% 95% 95% forming the inspection will be qualified and certified
Lower to Level I or higher as prescribed in the ASNT Recom-
Linearity mended Practice SNT-TC-1A, “Personnel Qualification
Limit, Max. W 10% 10% 10% 10% and Certification in Nondestructive Testing.”
Ultrasonic
Sensitivity,
Min. W 50% R 100% R 80% R 50% R 6. Marking
Signal to When ultrasonic inspection by the vendor is specified,
Noise
Ratio, Min. 65 R 100 R 100 R 100 R aluminum mill products so inspected and accepted will
Entry be stamped as follows:
Surface
Resolution
Aluminum Space for aluminum
Max. 18 mm 13 mm 8 mm 5 mm
producer’s producer’s internal
Back name, code for control
Surface trademark purposes
Resolution identification
Max. 8 mm 5 mm 3 mm 3 mm Aluminum producer’s
Horizontal plant identification if
Limit, Min. 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm producer has more
than one plant
Horizontal
Linearity, Min. E 85% 85% 85% 85% Identification Marking
_________
Q tp—Trace to Peak E Percentage of Horizontal Limit When required, wrought aluminum mill products are
W Percentage of Vertical Limit R ASTM Reference Block 1-0300
marked only for identification purposes with the fol-
lowing information on the product or on tags attached
4. Inspection Technique to the product.
When ultrasonic inspection is specified, conformance 1. Name or registered trademark of the company that
with the requirements of Section 2 is determined by the performs the final processing or finishing operation
immersion method using pulsed longitudinal waves, prior to marketing the product.
unless otherwise negotiated. Initial scanning is per-
formed perpendicularly to the inspection surface, except Note: The company that performs nothing more than a simple
shearing or sawing operation of non-coiled products may be
for die forgings on which initial scanning is performed excluded from marking the products with its name.
perpendicularly to the parting plane whenever possible.
Angular manipulation is used to obtain maximum re- 2. Alloy and temper of the product. Aluminum Associ-
sponse from individual discontinuities. The amount of ation designations are used when applicable.
scanning overlap is determined at the time of inspection 3. When required, the basic number of the specifica-
to assure that all areas are effectively covered. tion to which the product was produced. The basic
The test frequency and sensitivity standardization used number does not include the suffix, which indicates
for this inspection are selected to ensure the most effec- a revision, amendment, or date of issue.
tive detection and evaluation of discontinuities in the 4. Specified (ordered) thickness or diameter of the fol-
parts being inspected. (See Section 3 for Entry Surface lowing products:
and Back Surface Resolution Limits.) Any differences
in the finish between the inspection surface and the stan- Sheet and plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thickness (mm)
dard reference blocks are not to be of such magnitude as Coiled wire and
to significantly affect the calibrated test sensitivity. spooled wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter (mm)
Tube
When ultrasonic inspection is specified for section Straight lengths . . . . . . . . . . .Outside diameter
thicknesses and weights outside the limits shown in and wall thickness (mm)
Table 6.3, the discontinuity limits to be observed are as Coiled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wall thickness (mm)
negotiated at the time of quotation and/or order accep- Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nominal pipe size
tance and will be shown on zoned engineering drawings and ANSI schedule number
May, 2009 4-7

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

marking/quality control
Note: When the specified (ordered) thickness or diameter is subject to Rod, bar and extruded profiles. Continuous marking of
special tolerances that differ from those appearing in the specification straight lengths of sizes having an accessible flat surface
to which the product was produced, marking with specified (ordered)
thickness or diameter is appropriate, providing the range permitted by the 12.5 mm or more in width and being indented less than
special tolerances does not fall outside the applicable specification limits 3 mm, or a diameter over 12.5 mm, and tagging of smaller
for that specified (ordered) thickness or diameter. sizes and coils.
5. When required by the material specification, the appropri- Structural profiles. Spot marking near one end.
ate identification is added for seamless pipe or tube.
Bus bar. Spot marking near one end, except that specification
6. When required by the detailed specification for heat treat- number is omitted.
able material, spot marking of lot number.
Tube and pipe. Continuous marking of straight lengths in a
Marking on the product is with ink applied by print-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
single row of sizes having wall thickness over 0.80 mm and a
ing, stamping, or stenciling. The ink will not rub off or be flat surface of over 12.5 mm, or a diameter of over 12.5 mm,
otherwise effaced by contact incidental to normal handling, ex- and tagging of smaller sizes and coils.
posure to the elements, shipment and storage. The height of the
characters is commensurate with the size of the product; for Wire. Tagging of coils or straight lengths, and spot markings
example, not less than 9 mm for flat sheet and plate. on one flange of spools.
Straight lengths of products that are of sufficient size to be Forgings.
marked may be spot marked or continuously marked. Coiled Hand forging—Spot marking on one place of each piece.
products and short lengths can be spot marked or tagged. Die forging—Marking as required by the forging drawing.
Spot Marking. Consists of marking the identification at least The standard identification marking for wrought aluminum
once on the product. mill products conforms to ASTM B666/B666M, Identification
Marking of Aluminum Products, which specifies the marking
Continuous Marking. Consists of recurring marking of the required by government specification for the products.
identification in intervals not greater than 1000 mm through-
out the length of the product per ASTM B666/B666M.
Standard identification marking of wrought aluminum mill
products is as follows:
Flat sheet up through 0.30 mm in thickness (for O temper, up
through 0.50 mm in thickness). Spot marking near one end.
Plate and Flat sheet over 0.30 mm in thickness (for O temper
over 0.50 mm), and up through 150 mm wide: Continuous mark-
ing in one row.
Plate up through 10 mm and flat sheet over 0.30 (for
O temper, over 0.50 mm) in thickness, over 150 through 1500
mm in width, and over 1000 through 5000 mm in length: Con-
tinuous marking in rows running the direction of rolling on 150
mm centers across the width on one surface. Every third row
contains the producer’s name or trademark and the specified
(ordered) thickness. The other two rows each contain the alloy
and temper and the specification number, and are staggered.
Plate over 10 mm in thickness, flat sheet and plate over 1500
mm in width or over 5000 mm in length. Same marking as plate
and flat sheet shown above or perimeter marking on one sur-
face. When perimeter marking of two rows is chosen, one row
contains the producer’s name or trademark and the specified
(ordered) thickness, and the second row contains the alloy and
temper, and the specification number.
Coiled sheet. Spot marking in one or more rows near the outside
end.
Sheet and plate circles over 600 mm in diameter. Spot marking
unless cut from sheet or plate having continuous marking.
Sheet and plate circles up through 600 mm in diameter. Tagging
or marking of shipping container.
Note: Alclad one side flat sheet, plate, circles and coiled sheet are marked on
the bare side.
4-8 May, 2009

FIGURE 4.1 Typical Identification Marking
CONTINUOUS
MARKINGS
Continuous Marking for Plate
Through 0.375 in. and Flat Sheet
0.012 in. and over (for O Temper,
0.020 in. and over) in Thickness,
6 Through 60 in. in Width, and 36
Through 200 in. in Length.
PERIMETER MARKING
Perimeter Marking for Plate over
0.375 in. in Thickness, Flat Sheet
and Plate over 60 in. in Width or
over 200 in. in Length.
SPOT MARKING, Coiled Sheet

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CONTINUOUS MARKING
Rod, Bar, Profiles and Tube
SPOT MARKING
Structural Profiles and Bus Bar
May, 2009 4-9

marking/quality control
FIGURE 4.2 Rivet Identification Markings
HEAD MARKS
2024 7075
2017 Two Raised 2117 2219 5056 7050 Three Raised
Raised Dot Radial Dashes Dimple Raised Triangle Raised Cross Raised Ring Radial Dashes
SHANK MARKS
RAISED NUMBER ON SHANK ENDS
1100 6053 6061

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4-10 May, 2009

Color Code
Wrought aluminum mill products are sometimes identi- established for the alloys listed in the following table and
fied as to alloy by the use of a color code; for example, graph. NOTE: These colors do not apply to ink used for
tags or paint on the end of rod and bar. Colors have been identification marking.
ALLOY COLOR ALLOY COLOR

1100 White 5154 Blue and Green
1350 Unmarked 5183 Orange and Brown
2011 Brown 5356 Blue and Brown
2012* Yellow and White 5456 Gray and Purple
2014 Gray 5554 Red and Brown
2017 Yellow 5556 Black and Gray
2018 White and Green 6013* Red and Blue
2024 Red 6020* Red and Yellow
2025 White and Red 6053 Purple and Black
2111* Black and Green 6061 Blue
2117 Yellow and Black 6063 Yellow and Green
2214* White and Gray 6066 Red and Green
2218 White and Purple 6070 Blue and Gray
2219 Yellow and Blue 6101 Red and Black
2618 Brown and Black 6151 White and Blue
3003 Green 6262 Orange
6351 Purple and Orange
4032 White and Orange
4043 White and Brown 7005 Brown and Purple
5052 Purple 7049 Blue and Purple
7050 Yellow and Orange
5056 Yellow and Brown 7068* Green and Gray
5083 Red and Gray 7075 Black
5086 Red and Orange 7076* White and Black
7149* Orange and Black
7150 Yellow and Purple
7175 Green and Brown
7178 Orange and Blue
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
COLOR Orange Gray Purple Brown Green Blue Yellow Red Black White
White 4032 2214* 2218 4043 2018 6151 2012* 2025 7076* 1100
Black 7149* 5556 6053 2618 2111* .. 2117 6101 7075
Red 5086 5083 .. 5554 6066 6013* .. 2024
Yellow 7050 .. 7150 5056 6063 2219 2017
Blue 7178 6070 7049 5356 5154 6061
Green .. 7068* .. 7175 3003
Brown 5183 .. 7005 2011
Purple 6351 5456 5052
Gray .. 2014
Orange 6262
*Included for completeness of table; alloy not listed elsewhere in this manual.
May, 2009 4-11

handling/quality control
Handling and Storing Aluminum

Aluminum is one of the easiest materials to keep in good prevented. If stain has occurred, and the moist condition
condition. It has a high natural resistance to corrosive causing it is removed, the stain will not develop further.
conditions normally encountered during shipment and Once safely dry, the metal should not be stored near such
storage, and a little care will maintain its original appear- obvious water sources as steam and water pipes, and it
ance for a long time. The principal things to guard against should be kept at a reasonable distance from open doors
are conditions that might cause surface abrasions or water and windows.
stains. Where water stains have occurred, the degree of staining
Suppliers make every effort to pack aluminum so that may be judged fairly accurately by the relative roughness
“traffic marks” or “rub marks” do not occur during ship- of the stained area. If the surface is reasonably smooth,
ment and so that the product remains dry. All incoming the stain is merely superficial, and its appearance can be
shipments should be inspected promptly, however, since improved by mechanical or chemical treatments. Scratch
both transportation lines and suppliers have a time limit in brushing or the use of steel wool and oil is effective in
which damage claims will be honored. removing water stain.
Traffic marks may appear as scratches, surface abrasions Aluminum packed in original boxes should never be left
or a condition resembling cinders embedded in the metal. in the open, because the greater variations in temperature
They result from mechanical abrasion and subsequent oxi- and humidity outdoors increase the possibility of conden-
dation of the abraded areas. Their principal disadvantage sation. Even if the package is wrapped with “water-proof”
lies in their unsightliness and their effect on finishing op- paper, the impossibility of obtaining a perfect seal makes
erations. outdoor storage highly undesirable. So-called waterproof
packages are designed solely for the protection of the metal
To avoid traffic marks suppliers pack the metal so that it during shipment and are not meant to withstand any ex-
is not subjected to undue flexing or twisting and so that tended exposure to the weather.
the units within a package do not rub against one another.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Products subject to damage by flexing or bending usually In the continuous use of large quantities of metal, the old-
are packed on skids or in lumber boxes. Paper or chipboard est stock should be used first. Occasional checking of the
is used where necessary for cushioning thin or soft metal. stock on hand will help to prevent any serious corrosion.
Strapping is used to reinforce skids and boxes and to bind In storing aluminum it is desirable to avoid contact be-
wrapped bundles. tween it and other metals, since this sometimes results in
Water stains are nonmetallic in appearance and, while scratches or other marks. The use of woodfaced shelving
usually whitish, may appear iridescent, depending upon racks and bins is recommended. It is also good practice to
the alloy or degree of oxidation. They are caused by the keep aluminum away from caustics, nitrates, phosphates,
entrapment of moisture between the adjacent surfaces of and some acids.
closely packed material. The purer aluminum alloys are Additional information relating to handling and storage
more resistant to water stain, while the condition seems of aluminum may be found in the Aluminum Association
most pronounced on those alloys having high magnesium publications referenced earlier in this Section.
content. Water stain is a superficial condition, and the me-
chanical properties of the metal having such stain are not
affected. Protective Oil for Aluminum
Condensation is perhaps the most troublesome cause of Water stain on aluminum may be prevented by exclusion of
water stains. It may be prevented by avoiding conditions moisture-laden air and water from contact with the metal.
where the temperature of the metal drops below the dew The recommended method of attaining this is through the
point of the surrounding air; or, conversely, conditions use of a protective oil of such nature that it will not react
where the moisture of the air increases enough to carry the with aluminum. Oils that meet the following tests have
dew point above the metal temperature. It is thus important been found to be generally adequate for use as a preserva-
to ensure that a sudden fall in temperature or increase in tive.
humidity does not occur in the places of storage.
If possible, cold metal should be placed in a dry storage Requirements
place until its temperature has increased substantially be-
fore it is brought into a heated room with a higher humid- material. The oil is a fraction of petroleum containing ad-
ity. This may be accomplished by placing a new shipment ditives, if necessary, to meet the following requirements.
in temporary storage where its temperature is raised slowly procedure. Viscosity, flash point, pour point, and protec-
to that of the permanent storage room. tion tests are performed after storage stability test. Oil
If a shipment of aluminum arrives in a wet condition, it samples for these tests are taken from the top one-third of
should be thoroughly dried before storing. This may be the stored oil. Tentative approval is given on oil comply-
done by evaporation in air or by means of dry air currents. ing with all requirements after fourteen days of storage.
When the moisture is removed in this manner within a Final approval is given on oil complying with all require-
short period after the metal becomes wet, stain is usually ments after six months of storage.
4-12 May, 2009

quality control/handling
storage stability. The oil shows no evidence of separation supporting test results are on file.
after storage as follows: Two samples are placed in stor-
age. One sample is examined after 14 days of storage for Depending upon the purchaser’s requirements, certification
tentative approval. The other sample is examined after six documentation may be in different forms. The following
months of storage for final approval. Each sample consists types of certifications are those most commonly required.
of one gallon of oil. Each sample is stored at a temperature Certificate of Compliance: This document is the only
of 25 ± 6°C in the absence of light in a clean widemouth one that is issued to cover shipments over an extended
glass container of one gallon capacity. period rather than on a shipment by shipment basis. The
color and appearance. The oil is clear, transparent, and period covered usually is one year and no test results are
uniform in appearance after application to the metal sur- included with this certificate.
face. Certificate of Ingot Analysis: This document quotes the
viscosity. The kinematic viscosity at 38°C is not less than analysis of metal shipped in ingot form.
4.27 ⋅ 106 and not more than 54.0 ⋅ 106m2/s (40.1-251 Certificate of Inspection: This document includes no
SUS) when tested in accordance with ASTM D445. composition limits or test results.
flash point. The flash point is not below 80°C when tested Certificate of Inspection and Test Results: This docu-
in accordance with ASTM D92. ment lists applicable chemical composition limits and
pour point. The pour point is not above 1°C when tested quotes minimum and maximum mechanical property
in accordance with ASTM D97. values obtained from testing each lot. If applicable, test
results for physical or other properties (e.g. electrical
protection. Not more than two surfaces out of the ten pan- conductivity) will be included.
els fail after being coated with protective oil and tested as
follows: Ten clean, dry flat panels of alloy 3003 sheet in H Certificate of Inspection and Test Results including
series tempers (size 1.6 by 75 by 125 mm) are coated with Chemical Analysis: This document shows specific re-
the oil by the immersion method, utilizing a Fisher-Payne sults from cast or product chemical analysis and also
Dip Coater operating at a withdrawal rate of 75 mm per shows minimum and maximum mechanical property
minute. Prior to coating, the panels are cleaned by first values obtained from testing each lot. If applicable, test
wiping with cheesecloth soaked in acetone followed by im- results for physical or other properties will be included.
mersion in trichloroethylene vapor. Ten drops of distilled Certification of mechanical properties, as issued by the
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
water are applied on each coated panel. The ten panels are producer, may not be applicable to coil products that have
assembled into a package and are placed horizontally in a been flattened, leveled or straightened subsequent to ship-
humidity chamber. A mass of 5 kg, enclosed in plastic, is ment by the producer, as these operations may alter the
placed on the package and the packages are exposed for mechanical properties of the product.
two weeks to 100 percent relative humidity at 32°C. The
presence of discoloration or etching due to corrosion on It is important to realize that, although all portions of
either surface of any panel is sufficient cause to consider the lot are expected to conform to the required chemical
that particular panel failed. There are eighteen test surfaces composition limits, chemical composition is not precisely
in each package; the two outside exposed surfaces are not identical at all locations throughout any ingot, billet or
considered. wrought product. Also, the analytical equipment used may
produce values of greater precision than can be justified
removability. The oil is of such character that it can be by the sampling or the analysis techniques. To avoid mis-
removed by normal means such as those described in the understanding, such values should be rounded to match the
Aluminum Association publication, “Care of Aluminum.” precision of the registered limits.
marking ink. Protective oils used do not obliterate or hide For inspection lots that contain material from more than
identification marking on the sheet. one cast, a single cast analysis may not fully represent all
workmanship. The workmanship is in accordance with of the material in the lot. In such instances, a clear state-
high-grade commercial practice covering this class of ma- ment from the supplier of what the analysis represents
terial. Oil is free from suspended matter, grit, water, or any would be helpful to the purchaser.
other adulteration. The above forms will fill most needs of purchasers. The
need for other types of certification would be subject to
special request to the supplier. The above forms are certi-
Certification Documentation fied by authorized company personnel.
When required by the purchaser, the supplier of mill
products or fabricating ingot will issue documentation
to the purchaser certifying that the material supplied has
been inspected and tested and has been found to meet the
requirements of the material ordered, including any
specification(s) referenced on the order or contract and that
May, 2009 4-13

test specimens/quality control
Appendix 1
Determination of Predominant Area and Location of Test Specimens in Profiles
I. Determination of Predominant Area of II. Location of Longitudinal Test Specimens in
Profiles Predominant Area
A. General Inspection Method A. Tensile and Compression Specimens
1. A cross-section drawing of the profile is I. Rectangular Areas
required. The specimen shall have its axis parallel to
2. Areas for consideration shall be rectangular or the direction of extrusion and be located as
circular portions of the cross section. A curved follows:
area of constant thickness shall be treated as a a. Sections of uniform thickness:
rectangle.
3. The rectangle or circle of greatest area is the Location of Specimen Axis
predominant area, with the thickness of that With Respect to Width
With
area defined as the diameter of the largest cir- Section Respect to 40 mm & 40 mm &
cle that can be drawn within the area. Where Thickness Thickness Less Wide Over Wide
the greatest area cannot be determined by vi- Up thru 40 mm T/2 W/2 W/4
sual inspection, the areas in question shall be
Over 40 mm T/4 — W/4
calculated.
B. Construction Method
1. Construct the largest diameter circle in the b. Sections of non-uniform thickness:
cross-section. In cases where the largest circle
can be constructed at the junction of a projec-
tion, the circle shall be constructed there only
if the thickness of the projection is greater than
20 percent of the thickness of the main body at
that location and if the circle is at least 25 mm
in diameter. Construct the largest circle whose center
2. Construct the largest rectangle about the circle. falls within the predominant area. In cases
a. If no rectangle can be drawn, as in the case where the largest circle can be constructed
of a parallelogram, the circle is the area for at the junction of a projection, the circle
consideration. In cases where overlapping shall be constructed there only if the thick-
circles of equal size can be drawn, the circle ness of the projection is greater than 20 per-
with a center halfway between the centers cent of the thickness of the main body at that
of the circles farthest apart is the area for location and if the circle is at least 25 mm
consideration. in diameter. If overlapping circles of equal
size can be drawn, the circle with center
midway between the centers of the circles
farthest apart is the one for consideration.
Determine location of specimen using rules
for circular areas in II.A.2.
b. When rounded corners are involved, the
2. Circular Areas
rectangle shall assume square corners if the
The specimen shall have its axis parallel to the
radius of the rounded corner is not greater
direction of extrusion and be located:
than 25 percent of the rectangle thickness.
a. In the center of the circle when diameter is
3. Next consider the area included in a rectangle 40 mm or less.
determined by the next largest diameter circle
in the cross-section, and repeat as many times
as necessary to determine the rectangle or cir-
cle of greatest area, excluding any area previ-
ously considered.
b. Halfway between the center of the circle and

the perimeter, on the radius that touches the
surface of the cross-section, and that when
extended in the opposite direction produces
the longest line when the diameter is 40 mm
or more.
4-14 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

quality control/test specimens
III. Location of Long Transverse Test Specimens in configuration of an extrusion with a pre-
Predominant Area dominant area less than 80 mm diameter
A. Tensile and Compression Specimens permits, a standard subsize specimen from a
1. Rectangular Areas 10 mm square ⋅ 80 mm long blank shall be
The axis of the specimen shall be parallel to the taken, provided the specimen gage length is
long direction of the rectangle and through the entirely within the circle and the midpoints
center of the rectangle. If the configuration of the specimen and the circle coincide.
of an extrusion with a predominant area less c. Even though a circle at the heavy end of
than 80 mm length permits, a standard sub-size a tapered extrusion precludes a transverse
specimen from a 10 mm square ⋅ 80 mm long test, a test shall be made along the midline
blank shall be taken, provided the specimen of the tapered area and extending as far out-
gage length is entirely within the rectangle, and side the circle as necessary.
the midpoints of the specimen and the rectangle
coincide. IV. Location of Short Transverse Test Specimens in
2. Circular Areas Predominant Area
a. When the predominant area occurs at the Tensile and Compression Specimens, Rectangular
junction of a projection, the axis of the spe- and Circular Areas.
cimen shall be parallel to the side opposite
the projection if the sides are parallel, or The axis of the specimen shall be perpendicular to
along the midline if the sides are not paral- the axis of the long transverse specimen, and the
lel. If the configuration of an extrusion with midpoint of the short transverse specimen shall cor-
a predominant area less than 80 mm diam- respond with the midpoint of the long transverse
eter permits, a standard sub-size specimen specimen. Other details regarding long transverse
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
from a 10 mm square ⋅ 80 mm long blank test specimens apply.

shall be taken, provided the specimen gage
length is entirely within the circle and the V. Special Tests
midpoints of the specimen and the circle Any testing in positions other than described above
coincide. or involving transverse specimens smaller than those
b. In all other cases, the axis of the specimen produced from a 10 mm ⋅ 80 mm blank is subject to
shall be along the diameter that when ex- special consideration.
tended produces the longest line. If the
May, 2009 4-15

tolerances/quality control
Appendix 2
Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Alloy Products
Dimensional tolerance limits, like mechanical property Tolerance thru 0.050 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.005 mm
limits, are developed as industry consensus standards, and Tolerance over 0.050 thru 0.50 mm . . . . . multiple of 0.01 mm
thus represent dimensional tolerances that may be met by Tolerance over 0.50 thru 1.00 mm . . . . . . multiple of 0.02 mm
all members of the industry. These dimensional tolerance Tolerance over 1.00 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.05 mm
limits would be applicable in instances where no specific
For measurements commonly made with instruments not
tolerance limits are agreed upon between the purchaser and
permitting such accuracy, standard dimensional tolerances
vendor at the time the contract or order is entered.
are expressed as follows:
Dimensional tolerance limits vary by aluminum alloy
product and product dimensions, and so reference is made Tolerance up thru 5 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.5 mm
to the appropriate section of the Standards for the specific Tolerance over 5 mm thru 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 1 mm
product involved. Tolerance over 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 5 mm
Applicability—The tolerances published in Aluminum Conformance to Limits—For purposes of determining
Standards and Data are applicable to products supplied by conformance to the dimensional tolerances, a measured
producers of those products. They are not applicable to value is not rounded off.
products that are slit, sheared, sawed or blanked by the Negotiated Dimensional Tolerance Limits—In some
distributors and/or purchasers of those products. specific instances, purchasers requiring dimensional tol-
Cut-to-length: When coiled or flat sheet is cut up in smaller erances tighter than the standard tolerance limits shown
sheets, the applicable tolerances are those for the original in the product-specific sections of this publication nego-
wider or longer sheets. tiate such limits directly with their suppliers. This is an
Sheared-to-size: When sheet is sheared to size from larger accepted practice in the industry, and in any specific in-
sheets by distributors and/or purchasers, size tolerances pub- stance, the tolerance limits applicable to a specific order
lication are no longer applicable because of the uncontrolled or contract are those negotiated between purchaser and
distortion introduced by the shearing process and its vari- supplier.
ability with different shear tools. As a representative indication of this practice, it is fairly
Dimensional Tolerance Measurement—Tolerances are routine for suppliers to agree under specific conditions
expressed as inch fractions or decimals, or as percentages to purchasers’ requests for dimensional tolerance limits
of base values. The choice of tolerance depends on the that are one-half the published standards. Thus, as an illus-
dimension being measured and the precision of the mea- trative example, dimensional tolerance limits for specific
suring instrument. Where instruments permitting a high orders of aluminum alloy sheet and plate might be agreed
degree of precision are acceptable, standard dimensional to at one-half the levels in Table 7.7a, or as shown in
tolerances are expressed in decimals, except for foil: Table 4.1.
TABLE 4.1 Example of Alternative Sheet and Plate Thickness Tolerances at One-half Published
Tolerance Limits Q
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED WIDTH—mm
THICKNESS, Up thru Over 1000 Over 1500 Over 2000 Over 2500 Over 3000 Over 3500 Over 4000
mm 1000 Thru 1500 Thru 2000 Thru 2500 Thru 3000 Thru 3500 Thru 4000 Thru 4500
Over Thru TOLERANCES—mm plus and minus
0.15 0.25 0.015 0.020 .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.25 0.40 0.015 0.020 .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.40 0.63 0.020 0.025 0.040 0.045 .. .. .. ..
0.63 0.80 0.025 0.035 0.045 0.050 .. .. .. ..
0.80 1.00 0.025 0.040 0.045 0.06 0.08 .. .. ..
1.00 1.20 0.035 0.045 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.10 .. ..
1.20 1.60 0.040 0.045 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 .. ..
1.60 2.00 0.045 0.050 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.13 .. ..
2.00 2.50 0.045 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.15 .. ..
2.50 3.20 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.18 .. ..
3.20 4.00 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 .. ..
4.00 5.00 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.23 .. ..
5.00 6.30 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.23 0.28 0.36 ..
6.30 8.00 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.46 0.56
8.00 10.00 0.20 0.23 0.25 0.30 0.36 0.43 0.53 0.66
10.00 16.00 0.30 0.30 0.36 0.40 0.46 0.56 0.69 0.84
16.00 25.00 0.40 0.40 0.48 0.56 0.61 0.74 0.89 1.10
25.00 40.00 0.51 0.51 0.61 0.71 0.84 0.97 1.15 1.35
40.00 60.00 0.71 0.71 0.76 0.89 1.10 1.25 1.45 ..
60.00 80.00 0.97 0.97 1.10 1.25 1.35 1.60 .. ..
80.00 100.00 1.25 1.25 1.45 1.60 1.65 2.05 .. ..
100.00 160.00 1.65 1.65 1.85 2.10 .. .. .. ..
Q From Table 7.7a
4-16
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
quality control/tolerances
As another example, solely for illustrative purposes, pur- subtracted. The remainder is the twist. To convert the stan-
chasers of extruded profiles may negotiate with produc- dard twist tolerance (degrees) to an equivalent linear value,
ers for specific profiles with one-half the standard length, the sine of the standard tolerance is multiplied by the width
straightness or twist limits shown in Tables 11.5, 11.6 or of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. The
11.7, respectively. following values are used to convert angular tolerances to
linear deviation:
Examples of Use of Tolerance Tables—The following ex-
amples are provided as basic illustrations of the application Maximum allowable
of the dimensional tolerance limit tables to representative Tolerance, linear deviation
degrees mm per mm of width
aluminum alloy products. For more detail, consult the fol-
lowing Aluminum Association publication: 0.25 0.004
0.50 0.009
“Understanding Aluminum Extrusion Tolerances”, The 1 0.017
Aluminum Association. 1.5 0.026
3 0.052
Twist Limits 5 0.087
7 0.122
Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a 9 0.156
flat surface and at any point along its length measuring the 15 0.259
maximum distance between the bottom surface of the sec- 21 0.358
tion and the flat surface. From this measurement, the actual † See Table of Straightness Limits for product of interest to determine actual
deviation from straightness† of the section at that point is deviation from straightness.
May, 2009 4-17

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

tolerances/quality control
Examples of Use of Dimensional Tolerances for Extruded Profiles (Table 11.2)
Closed-Space Dimensions
All dimensions designated “Y” are classed as “metal dimensions,” and tolerances are determined from column 2.
Dimensions designated “X” are classed as “space dimensions through an enclosed void,” and the
tolerances applicable are determined from column 4 unless 75 percent or more of the dimension is
metal, in which case column 2 applies.
Open-Space Dimensions
Tolerances applicable to dimensions “X” are deter-mined as follows:
1. Locate dimension “X” in column 1.

2. Determine which of columns 4–9 is
applicable, dependent on distance “A.”

3. Locate proper tolerance in column 4, 5, 6, 7,
8 or 9 in the same line as dimension “X.”
\
Dimensions “Y” are “metal dimensions”; tolerances
are determined from column 2.
Distances “C” are shown merely to indicate incorrect
values for determining which of columns 4–9 apply.

Tolerances applicable to dimensions “X” are determined as
follows:
1. Locate distance “B” in column 1. applicable to angles “A.”

2. Determine which of columns 4–9 is applicable, dependent on
distance “A.”
Completely Enclosed Hollow Profiles
The following tolerances apply where the space is completely
3. Locate proper tolerance in column 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 in the same
line as value chosen in column 1.
Tolerances applicable to dimensions “X” are not determined from
Table 11.2; tolerances are determined by standard tolerances
enclosed (hollow profiles): For the width (A), the balance is the value erance ±0.86 mm. (Tolerances at corners, Col. 2, metal dimen-
shown in Col. 4 for the depth dimensions, are ±0.60 mm for the width and ±0.25 mm for the depth.)
sion (D); For the depth (D), the toler- Note that the Col. 4 tolerance of 0.46 mm must be adjusted to
ance is the value shown in Col. 4 for 0.60 mm so that it is not less than the Col. 2 tolerance.
the width dimension (A). In no case is
the tolerance for either width or depth
less than the metal dimensions (Col.
2) at the corners.
Example—Alloy 6061 hollow profile having 25 ⋅ 75 mm rectangular
outside dimensions; width tolerance is ±0.46 mm and depth tol-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4-18 May, 2009

terminology
5. Terminology
SCOPE: The following list of terms is associated primarily with Step—Artificial aging typically carried out in two successive
wrought aluminum products (and their production) which form stages at different specified temperatures.
the basis of most of the information found in Aluminum Stan-
dards and Data. The list is not intended to include every term
Under—Artifical aging below peak aging temperature-time
conditions resulting in slightly reduced tensile strength and
likely to be used within the aluminum industry.
improved ductility, compared with peak aged metal.
Alclad—Clad sheet/plate having on one or both surfaces a met-
allurgically bonded aluminum coating that is anodic to the core,
—A— thus electrolytically protecting the core against corrosion. If on
one side only is clad, the product is oftem baned “Alclad One Side
AMS—Abbreviation for Aerospace Material Specification. SHeet/Plate”. For Alclad products, see specific product such as
ANSI—Abbreviation for American National Standards Insti- “Plate,” “Sheet,” “Rod”, “Tube,” or “Wire.”
tute. Alligatoring; Crocodiling—Longitudinal doubling and/or split-
ASME—Abbreviation for American Society of Mechanical En- ting at both ends of a slab in a plane parallel to the rolled surface
gineers. occuring during the first passes of the reversing hot mill.
ASTM—Abbreviation for American Society for Testing and Alloy—A substance having metallic properties and composed of
Materials. two or more elements, so combined that they cannot readily be sep-
arated by physical means. Additional terms referencing “Alloy”
AWS—Abbreviation for American Welding Society. include:
Abrasion—See “Mark, Traffic.” Aluminum—Aluminum which contains alloying elements,
Aging—Treatment of metal aiming at a change in its proper- whrer aluminum predominates by mass over each of the other
ties by precipitation of intermetallic phases from supersaturated elements and where the aluminum content is not greater than
solid solution. Additional terms referencing “Aging” include: 99.00%.
Age Hardening—See “Aging”—Precipitation Hardening.” Free Machining—An alloy that, virtue of its chemical com-
position and temper, is designed to give, on machining, small
Age Softening—Decrease in strength and hardness at broken chips, typically by adding alloying elements with low
room temperature in certain strain hardened alloys contain- melting point.
ing magnesium.
Heat -Treatable—An alloy which can be strengthened by suit-
Artificial—Treatment at temperature above room tempera- able thermal treatment.
ture.
Non-Heat-Treatable—An alloy which is primarily strength-
Delayed—A process where an ally is kept below room ened only by working and not by thermal treatment.
temperature in order to prevent or delay precipitation from
supersaturated solid solution. After returning to room tem- Refined Aluminum—A casting alloy obtained after metal-
perature precipitation process will continue normally. lurgical treatment of molten metal obtained from aluminum
scrap.
Natural—Treatment at room temperature.
Wrought—An alloy primarily intended for the production of
Over—Artificial aging beyond peak aging temperature- wrought products by hot and/or cold working.
time conditions, in order to improve selected metallurgical
characteristics of the metal, e.g. resistance ot stress cor- Alloying Element—Metallic or non-metallic element which is con-
rosion or intergranular corrosion. OVer-aging results in trolled within specific upper and lower limits for the purpose of giv-
reduced tensile properties compared with peak aged metal. ing the aluminum alloy certain special properties.
Peak—Artificial aging under temperature-time conditions Aluminum—Unalloyed aluminum or aluminum alloy. Additional
that result in maximum tensile strength. terms referencing “Aluminum” include:
Pre-Aging—Short thermal treatment applied after quench- Unalloyed—Aluminum without alloying elements where the
ing, but before significant precipitation hardening occurs. minimum aluminum content is specified to be greater than
99.00%. Unalloyed aluminum is often called “Aluminum”,
Precipitation Hardening—An increase in strength and i.e. the term “Aluminum” then does not include aluminum al-
hardness caused by precipitation of intermetallic phases loys. See “Alloy—Aluminum.”
from supersaturated solid solution; also termed “Age Hard-
ening.” Angularity—Conformity to, or deviation from, specified angular
dimensions in the cross section of a shape or bar.
Ramp—Step aging involving a time-controlled increase
or decrease in temperature between the specified tempera- Angulation—The deliberate departure from a horizontal passline
tures, either in steps of continuously. on the entry side of a rolling mill used for one-side bright rolling.
Annealing—A thermal treatment to soften metal by reduction or
removal of strain hardening resulting from cold working and/or by
coalescing precipitates from the solid solution. Additional terms
referencing “Annealing” include:
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5-1
terminology
—B—
Flash—Annealing carried out by heating quickly and, if neces- Back End Condition—A condition occurring in the last metal
sary, holding for a short time at an appropriate temperature, typi- to be extruded. It is a result of the oxidized surface of the billet
cally in continuous furnaces. feeding into the extrusion.
Partial—Annealing of a cold worked metal to reduce the strength Backup Roll—Nongrooved roll which stiffen or strengthen a work
to a controlled but not fully softened level. roll.
Recrystallization—Annealing to obtain complete recrystallization Bar—A solid wrought product that is long in relation to its cross
of the metal. section which is square or rectangular (excluding plate and flat-
tened wire) with sharp or rounded corners or edges, or is a regular
Super—Annealing of a heat treatable alloy, followed by a slow,
hexagon or octagon, that is typically supplied in straight lengths
controlled rate of cooling to produce a condition of maximum duc-
and in which at least one perpendicular distance between paral-
tility with a minimum tendency to natural aging.
lel faces is 0.375 inch or greater. In North America, below this
Anodized Metal—Metal with an anodic layer, produced by an limit the product is called “Wire” In Europe, a bar is supplied in
electrolytic oxidation process in which a metal surface layer is straight length; if supplied in coiled form, the product is called
converted to an oxide layer having protective, decorative or func- “Wire.” Additional terms referencing “Bar” include:
tional properties. These properties are obtained by various anod-
ized processes which include the following:
Bus—A rigid electric conductor in the form of a bar. A rigid
electric conductor of any cross section is often called “Bus
Architectural—Anodizing to produce an architectural finish Conductor.”
to be used in permanent, exterior and static situations where
both appearance and long life are important.
Cold-Finished—Bar brought to final dimensions by cold
work (typically performed by drawing) to obtain improved
Bright—Anodized metal with a high specular reflectance as surface finish and dimensional tolerances.
the primary characteristic.
Cold-Finished Extruded—Cold finished bar produced from
Clear—Metal with a substantially colorless, translucent an- extruded bar.
odic oxidation finish.
Cold-Finished Rolled—Cold-finished bar produced from
Color—Anodized metal colored either during anodizing or by rolled bar.
subsequent coloring processes.
Extruded—Bar brought to final dimensions by hot extrud-
Combination—Metal with an anodic oxidation layer that is ing.
colored by electrolytic coloring or produced by integral color
anodizing followed by absorption dyeing.
Rolled—Bar brought to final dimensions by hot rolling.
Decorative—Anodizing where a decorative finish with a Saw Plate—Bar brought to final thickness by hot or cold
rolling and to final width by sawing.
uniform or aesthetically pleasing appearance is the primary
characteristic. Base Box—General—An agreed-upon unit of area used primar-
ily in packaging applications. One common base box for alumi-
Dyed—Metal with an anodic oxidation layer colored by ab-
num is 31,360 square inches, originally composed of 112 rectan-
sorption of dye-stuff or pigments into the pore structure.
gular sheets each 14 by 20 inches.
Electrolytically Colored—Metal with an anodic oxidation
layer that has been colored by the electrolytic deposition of a
Belled Edge—See “Edge—Belled.”
metal or metal oxide into the pore structure. Belly—A loose center buckle extending to near the edges of a
sheet See “Buckle—Center.”
Hard—Anodized metal on which the anodic oxidation finish
has been produced with wear and/or abrasion resistance as the Bend Test—See “Test—Bend.”
primary characteristic.
Billet—A hot worked semifinished product suitable for subse-
Integral Color—Metal that has been anodized using an ap- quent working by such methods as rolling, forging, extruding,
propriate (typically organic acid based) electrolyte which pro- etc.
duces a colored finish during the anodizing process itself.
Blank— A piece of metal of uniform thickness and of regular
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interference Color—Metal with an anodic oxidation layer or irregular shape taken from a wrought or unwrought product.
colored by means of optical interference effects, as intended. If taken from a wrought product, it is intended for subsequent
processing such as bending, stamping or deep drawing.
Anodizing Sheet—See “Sheet—Anodizing.”
Arbor Break—See “Buckle—Arbor.” Blanking—Production of blanks by stamping on a blanking
press with closed cut.
Arbor Mark—See “Mark—Arbor.”
Bleed Out—See “Two-Tone.”
Artificial Aging—See “Aging.”
Blister—A raised spot, inside hollow, on the surface of products
caused by the penetration of a gas into a subsurface zone typi-
cally during thermal treatment. A void resulting from blister that
5-2 May, 2009

terminology
has ruptured is often termed “Blow Hole”. Additional terms
referencing “Blister” include: running transverse to the direction of working. In packed rolled
foil it is called “Broken Matte Finish” or “bright spots” if on the
matte side.
Bond—A raised spot on only one surface of the metal
whose origin is a blister between the cladding and core Bruise—See “Mark— Roll Bruise.”
in a clad product. Brushing—Mechanical roughening of a surface, typically with
Coating—A blister in the coating of an Alclad or a clad rotating brushes.
product. Buckle—A departure from flatness represented by alternate
Core—A blister resulting from a gas-filled hole in the bulges and hollows or waves along the length of a product. Ad-
core of the metal. In thin-walled products, core blisters ditional terms referencing “Buckle” include:
are visible on both opposite surfaces. Arbor—Bend, crease, wrinkle, or departure from flat, oc-
Block Mark—See “Scratch—Tension.” curring perpendicular to the slit edge of a coil and which are
repetitive in nature, with severity decreasing as the distance
Blow Hole—See “Blister.” increases in the coil from the original source. Normally, it
Bolt Stock—Bar or wire suitable and intended for the manu- is found on the ID of a coil but can appear on the coil OD as
facture of bolts. See also “Cold Heading Bar” and “Cold a result of a prior winding operation.
Heading Rod” and “Cold Heading Wire.” Center—A departure from flatness represented by alternate
Bore Test—See “Test—Bore.” bulges and hollows along the length and in the center across
the width of a product, the edges of which remain com-
Boss—A knoblike projection on the main body of a forging paratively straight. Center buckles are also termed “Center
or casting. Waves” or “Pockets.”
Bottom Draft—Taper or slope in the bottom of a forged de- Edge—A departure from flatness represented by a cor-
pression to assist the flow of metal toward the sides of the rugated or wave-like formation of the edges of a product
depressed area. in which the center area remains comparatively flat. Edge
Bow—Several types exist including: buckles are also termed “Edge Waves” or “Wavy Edges.”
Lateral—Deviation of a longitudinal edge from a straight Quarter—A departure from flatness represented by alter-
line. Also called “Lateral Curvature.” nate bulges and hollows along the length and is approxi-
mately at both quarter points across the width of a product,
Longitudinal—Deviation from straightness in the plane the edges of which remain comparatively straight.
of a flat product along the main axis, as measured by use
of a baseplate on which the product is positioned so that Buff Streak—See “Streak —Buff.”
its own weight minimizes the curvature. Also called Buffing—A mechanical finishing operation in which fine abra-
“Longitudinal Arch” and “Longitudinal Curvature.” sives are applied to a metal surface by rotating fabric wheels for
Transverse—Curvature in the plane of a flat product the purpose of developing a lustrous finish.
perpendicular to the main axis. Also called “Transverse Burnish Streak—See “Streak—Burnish.”
Arch.”
Burnishing—See “Two-Tone.”
Brazing—Joining metals by fusion of nonferrous alloys that
have melting points above 800F (425C) but lower than those Burr—A thin ridge of roughness on an edge left by a cutting
of the metals being joined. operation such as slitting, trimming, shearing, blanking, saw-
ing, etc.
Brazing Rod—See “Rod—Brazing.” .
Bursting Strength—See “Test—Mullen.”
Brazing Sheet—See “Sheet—Brazing.”
Bus Bar—See “Bar—Bus.”
Brazing Wire—See “Wire—Brazing.”
Bright Sheet—See “Sheet, One Side Bright Mill Finish.”
Brinell Hardness—See “Hardness—Brinell.” —C—
Bristle Mark—See “Mark, Bristle.” Camber—This term not recommended. See “Bow—Lateral.”
Broken Die—A deviation from the desired cross section due Can Stock—Sheet or strip used for the fabrication of rigid cans
to the absence of a certain portion of the die used to extrude including ends (lids) and tabs by drawing/ironing, pressing or
the profile. forming operations. Can stock covers can body stock, end (lid)
stock and tab stock.
Broken Edge—See “Edge—Broken.”
Carbon Mark—See “Mark—Carbon.”
Broken Matte Finish—Non-uniform surface on the matte
side of packed rolled foil, caused by bright spots.See “Bro- Cast—The quantity of products cast simultaneously from the
ken Surface.” same melt. The different ingots of a cast can have different di-
mensions. This term is not used for castings. In North America,
Broken Surface— Surface having multiple minute cracks multiple “drops” are made with one cast number.
5-3
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
terminology
Center Buckle—See “Buckle—Center.”

Center Set—The difference in thickness between the mid- Organic—Paint or lacquer film on a coated product
dle and edges (average) of a sheet. produced from wet paint or from powder coating, or the
laminated organic film.Oven Trash—See “Dirt.”
Chafing—See “Mark—Traffic.”
Streak—See “Streak—Coating.”
Chatter Mark—See “Mark—Chatter.”
Cobble—(1) A jamming of the mill by aluminum product
Chemical Brightening—A chemical treatment to improve while being rolled. (2) A piece of aluminum which for any
the reflectivity of a surface. reason has become so bent or twisted that it must be with-
Chemical Polishing—The polishing of a metal surface by drawn from the rolling operation and scrapped.
immersion in a solution of chemical reagents. Coil Curvature—See “Coil Set.”
Chip Mark—See “Dent—Repeating.” Coil Orientation—Clockwise Coil: With the coil core verti-
Chop—Metal sheared from a vertical surface of a die forg- cal (“eye to the sky”) and viewed from above, a trace of the
ing which is spread by the die over an adjoining horizontal metal edge from the ID to the OD involves clockwise move-
surface. ment. Counter-Clockwise (Anti-Clockwise) Coil: With the
coil core vertical (“eye to the sky”) and viewed from above, a
Chucking Lug—A lug or boss added to a forging so that trace of the metal edge from the ID to the OD involves coun-
“on center” machining and forming may be performed ter-clockwise (anti-clockwise) movement.
with one setup or checking. This lug is finally machined
or cut away. Coil Set—Longitudinal bow in an unwound coil in the same
direction as curvature of the wound coil.
Cinching—See “Scratch—Tension.”
Coil Set Differential—The difference in coil set from
Circle—A circular blank fabricated from plate, sheet or edge to edge of a coiled sheet sample. It is measured with
foil. the sample on a flat table, concave side up, and is the dif-
Circumscribing Circle—A circle that will just contain ference in elevation of the corners on one end.
the cross-section of a profile, typically designated by its Coil Set, Reversed—Longitudinal bow in an unwound
diameter. coil in the direction opposite to the curvature of the
Clad Sheet—See “Sheet—Clad.” wound coil.
Closed Die—Forging die, typically in pairs, into which Coiled Sheet—See “Sheet—Coiled.”
impressions have been cut to impart the required shape. Coining (of forged material)—Final cold forging operation
Coating (Organic)—A process in which a coating mate- applied to obtain close tolerances.
rial is applied on a metallic substrate, including cleaning Cold Crack—A crack in cast metal initiated by mechanical
and chemical pre-treatment. This term covers a one-side or stresses at temperatures significantly below the solidus tem-
two-side, single or multiple application of liquid or powder perature.
coating materials which are subsequently cured. This term
also covers laminating with plastic films. Additional terms Cold Heading Bar—Bar suitable for the manufacture of bolts
referencing “Coating” include: and rivets.
Blister—See “Blister—Coating.” Cold Heading Rod—Rod suitable for the manufacture of
bolts and rivets.
Build-Up—A coating thickness greater than nominal
in localized area of sheet, typically along edges, due to Cold Heading Wire—Wire suitable for the manufacture of
uneven application techniques. bolts and rivets.
Coil—Continuous coating of a coiled metal sheet. Cold Shut—(1) A linear discontinuity in a cast surface caused
by freezing of the melt meniscus in contact with the mould
Conversion—An inorganic pre-treatment applied to and the liquid metal flowing over the solidified metal. (2) A
a metal surface by dipping or spraying or the use of a discontinuity (lap) in a forging caused by metal flowing into
roll-coater to build up a stable oxide film to enhance a section from two directions. See also “Lap.”
coating adhesion and to retard corrosion. Liquids
containing chromates or phosphates are often used for Cold Working— Forming of a solid metal without preheat-
conversion coating. For many applications, chromate ing.
pre-treatments have been replaced by non-chromate Collapse—Out-of-round condition of coil often due to inap-
pre-treatments.Drip—A non-uniform extraneous de- propriate tension during rewinding operations.
posit of coating on the coated sheet.
Coloring—See “Anodized Metal.”
Film—An organic film applied to a substrate to which
an adhesive and, as appropriate, a primer has been ap- Concavity—Inward curvature across the width of a flat prod-
plied beforehand. uct. See also “Convexity.”
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
High or Low—Failure of the coating to meet the Concentricity— The extent to which the inner and outer
agreed upon thickness limits measured in weight per walls of round tube have a common center of curvature.
unit area.
5-4 May, 2009
terminology
Filiform—Corrosion in the form of irregularly distributed
Condensation Stain—See “Corrosion—Water Stain.” thread-like filaments that can occur under certain condi-
tions under coatings.
Condenser Tube—The term “Heat-Exchanger Tube” is
preferred, unless specific reference to a condenser applica- Galvanic—Corrosion associated with the current of gal-
tion is intended. vanic cell consisting of two dissimilar conductors in an
electrolyte or two similar conductors in dissimilar elec-
Conduit—A tube used to protect electric wiring. trolytes. Aluminum will corrode if it is anodic to the dis-
Conduit, Rigid—Conduit having dimensions of ANSI similar metal.
Schedule 40 pipe in standardized length with threaded Intercrystalline (Intergranular)—Corrosion occurring
ends. preferentially at grain boundaries of a metal.
Container—See “Extrusion—Container.” Pitting—Localized corrosion resulting in small pits or
Contour—That portion of the outline of a transverse cross craters in a metal surface.
section of an extruded shape that is represented by a curved Stress Cracking—Failure by cracking resulting from
line or curved lines. selective directional attack caused by the simultaneous
Controlled Atmosphere—Atmosphere in which the par- interaction of sustained tensile stress at an exposed sur-
tial pressures of the gases and the temperature are main- face with the chemical or electro-chemical effects of the
tained within specified limits so as to minimize (or more surface environment.
rarely induce) certain reactions between the atmosphere Water Stain— Superficial surface oxidation due to the reac-
and the product treated, e. g. oxidation. tion of water films held between closely adjacent metal sur-
Controlled Compression—The working of forged metal faces such as between wraps of a coil or sheets in a stack.
at room temperature immediately after quenching and The appearance of a water stain varies from iridescent in mild
under compression through the thickness in the solution cases to white, gray, or black in more severe instances.
treated condition to relieve internal stresses caused by Corrugating—Forming rolled metal into a series of straight
quenching, and to minimize distortion during machining. parallel regular alternate grooves and ridges. See “Sheet—
Conversion Coating—See “Coating, Conversion.” Corrugated.”
Conversion of Units Coupon—A piece taken from a sample or a specimen which

is suitably prepared for test. In Europe the term “Test Piece”
Conversion, Hard—Hard conversion rationalizes a math- is used. See also “Specimen.”
ematically converted number to a commonly accepted
value that is easier to work with and remember. A hard Covering Area—Yield expressed in terms of a given number
conversion may impart a greater change in the magnitude of square inches in a pound. For metric units, use square me-
of the value than allowed by conventional rounding and ters per kilogram.
may result in a value that is physically different. Crease—A sharp deviation from flat in the sheet which is
Conversion,Soft—Soft conversion is a mathemati- transferred from processing equipment subsequent to the roll
cal conversion from one set of units to another without bite. See “Kink.”
changing the magnitude of the quantity beyond conven- Creep Rupture Strength—Maximum gross stress which the
tional rounding. material withstands when submitted to sustained loading at a
Convexity—Outward curvature across the width of a flat defined temperature, typically above 100°C (212°F).
product. See also “Concavity.” Critical Strain—See “Recrystallization.”
Core—A hollow cylinder on which a coiled product may Crown—The difference in thickness between one of the edges
be wound that forms the inside diameter of a coil. and the center of a rolled product.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Core Blister—See “Blister.—Core.” Curl—An undesirable condition caused by uneven rates of
Coring—See “Back End Condition.” absorption or evaporation of moisture, uneven rates of con-
traction or expansion, or internal stresses in the material. Curl
Corner—Convex junction between two surfaces. is most prevalent in laminated structures where the compo-
Corner Turn-up—Deviation of the corner(s) of a sheet nents have differing physical properties.
from a perfectly flat plane on which it rests, often caused Cut-Up Test (of forging)—See “Test—Cut-Up.”
by distortion, buckle or twist condition.
Corrosion—The deterioration of a metal by chemical or
electrochemical reaction with its environment. Additional
terms referencing “Corrosion” include:Exfoliation—Cor-
rosion that progresses approximately parallel to the metal
surface, causing layers of the metal to be elevated by the
formation of corrosion product.
May, 2009 5-5

terminology
—D—
Deep Drawing—Forming a deeply recessed part by forc- Drawing—Pulling metal through a die in order to reduce
ing sheet metal to undergo plastic flow between dies, usu- or change the cross-section or to work harden the metal. In
ally without substantial thinning of the sheet. forging, this term describes the process of working metal
Defect—A defect is anything that renders the aluminum between flat dies to reduce the cross section and increase
unfit for the specific use for which it was ordered. length.
Degreasing—The removal of substances from the surface Drawing and Ironing—Deep drawing followed by sub-
of a product which may negatively affect the subsequent stantial thinning of the sheet in the gap between a cylinder
surface treatment, e. g. oil or grease, typically by a suitable and a ring.
organic solvent or an aqueous detergent. Drawing Stock—Semi-finished solid wrought product of
Density—The mass per unit volume. uniform cross section along its whole length, supplied in
coils and of a quality intended and suitable for drawing
Dent—A sharply delimitated surface impression on the into wire.
metal, often caused by a blow from another object. Typi-
cal sources include: Drawn Product—A product formed by pulling material
through a die.
Expansion—Localized surface deviation from flat gener-
ated by expansion of vapor during thermal treatment of Drawn-In Scratch—See “Scratch—Drawn In.”
cold rolled coiled sheet. Drift Expanding Test—See “Test—Flare.”
Repeating—Dent appearing periodically, often caused by Dropped Edge—See “Edge—Dropped.”
a particle adhering to a rotating roll over which the metal
has passed. Dry Sheet—See “Lube—Low.”
Die Line—Continuous longitudinal line formed on an Dry Surface—A foil surface substantially free from oily
extruded or drawn product caused by minor irregularities film, and suitable for lacquering, printing, or coating with
and/or the built-up of aluminum or non-metallic inclu- water-dispersed adhesives.
sions, on the bearing surfaces of the die. Ductility—Ability of a material to deform plastically be-
Diffusion Streak—See “Streak—Diffusion” fore fracturing.
Direction—Orientation of metal object. These include: Dye Penetrant—Test/Liquid Penetrant Inspection—See
“Test—Dye Penetrant.”
Longitudinal—The direction of the major metal flow
—E—
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
in a working operation.
Long Transverse—The transverse direction parallel Earing—Wavy projections spaced symmetrically around
to the major sectional dimension of the product. the rim of a deep drawn product due to non-uniform di-
Short Transverse—The transverse direction parallel rectional properties in the aluminum and/or by improperly
to the minor sectional dimension of the product. For adjusted tooling.
hand forgings, this direction is typically the direction Earing Test—See “Test—Earing.”
of forging. For rolled or extruded products the (wall)
thickness is measured in the short transverse direc- Ears—Wavy symmetrical projections formed in the
tion. course of deep drawing or spinning as a result of di-
rectional properties or anisotropy in sheet.
Transverse—Any direction perpendicular to the lon-
gitudinal direction. Eccentricity—Deviation between the centers of curvature
of the inner and outer walls of round tube. Eccentricity is
Dirt—Particle as dust or dirt entrapped between the rolling typically determined as the difference between the mean
cylinder and the rolled product. See also “Streak.” wall thickness and minimum or maximum wall thickness
Disc—Circle from which a central concentric area has at any one cross-section. The permissible degree of eccen-
been removed. tricity can be expressed by a plus and minus wall-thickness
tolerance.
Draft—Taper on the sides of a die or mold impression to
facilitate removal of forgings, castings or patterns from Eddy Current Test—See “Test—Eddy Current.”
dies or molds. Edge (of a Rolling Ingot) — One of the narrow faces
Drag Mark—See “Rub, Tool.” (plane or of a specific geometry) of a rolling ingot paral-
lel to the casting axis. Other terms referring to “Edge”
“Draw and Iron”—Can Bodies—Term which refers to a include:
method of fabricating a can body in which a cup is drawn
from flat sheet, redrawn to the final diameter and then wall Band—See “Two-Tone.”
ironed to reduce the wall thickness and to achieve the re- Belled—Excessive buildup of material on edge(s) during
quired height. a rewinding operation. Typical causes include excessive
edge burr, turned edge, and “dog bone” shaped cross sec-
tional profiles.
5-6 May, 2009

terminology
Broken (Cracked)—Edge of a rolled product containing
cracks, splits, or tears, caused by inability to be formed with- Extrusion—A process in which a billet in a container is forced
out fracturing. under pressure through an aperture of a die. Additional terms
referencing “Extrusion” include:
Buckle—See “Buckle—Edge.”
Billet—Extrusion ingot cut to length.
Buildup—See “Belled” above.
Butt—That portion of an extrusion billet that is left unex-
Damaged—Edge of a coil that has been bent, torn or scraped truded.
by an object.
Container—Hollow cylinder in an extrusion press from
Dropped—A continuous, downward edge deflection. which the billet is extruded.
Liquated—Surface condition remaining after portions of a Contour—That portion of the outline of a transverse cross
side of an as-cast rolling ingot deforms enough during hot section of an extruded shape that is represented by a curved
rolling to become top and/or bottom surface(s) of the rolled line or curved lines.
product at an edge.
Die—A block of steel having one or more holes of the re-
Rippled—See “Buckle.” quired contour through which a billet is forced. A “Port-
Wavy—See “Buckle.” hole Die” is an extrusion die that incorporates a mandrel as
an integral part of the die assembly. “Bridge”, “Spider” and
Electrical Conductivity—The reciprocal of electrical resis- “Self-Stripping” dies are special forms of porthole die. Hol-
tivity. low profiles or tubes extruded by a porthole die are charac-
Electrical Resistivity—Electrical resistance of a given mate- terized by one or more longitudinal extrusion seams.
rial related to unit length and unit cross- section area. Direct—Extrusion process with relative movement be-
Electrochemical Brightening—An electrochemical treat- tween billet and container.
ment to improve the reflectivity of a surface. Effect—Increased tensile properties in the longitudinal di-
Electropolishing—The polishing of a metal surface by rection of an extruded product caused by a characteristic
making it anodic in an appropriate electrolyte. non-recrystallized structure in certain alloys.
Elongation—The percentage increase in distance between Impact—A process in which an unheated slug is extruded
two marks on a test piece, termed “gauge marks”, that results through a die by a single blow in the direction of the blow,
from straining the test piece in tension to fracture between or in the space between the punch and the closed die in the
these gauge marks. The elongation depends on the distance direction counter to the blow.
between the gauge mark. The elongation depends on the Indirect—Extrusion process without relative movement
cross-sectional dimensions of the test piece. For example, between billet and container.
the values obtained from sheet specimens will be lower for
thin sheet than for thicker sheet. The same is true for extru- Ingot—Ingot, intended and suitable for extruding, typi-
sions. Elongation is the simplest and most common repre- cally of solid circular cross-section, sometimes with a cen-
sentation of the ductility of the material. tral hollow or a flattened cross-section.
Embossing—A pattern mechanically impressed on a sur- Log—Extrusion ingot not cut to length.
face by rolling or pressure. Press—Machine consisting essentially of a container, a
Endurance Limit—The limiting stress below which a ma- ram or other pressure-applying device, and a die, used for
terial will withstand a specified large number of cycles of extrusion.
stress. Ratio—The ratio of the cross-sectional area of the ex-
Erichsen Test—See “Test—Erichsen.” trusion container to that of the extruded product.
Etching—Selective dissolution of the surface of a metal in a Seam—Region in an extruded product where metal has
liquid, typically caustic soda, with the intention to improve been welded together in the extrusion die because of high
the surface aspect or to prepare the surface for further treat- pressure and elevated temperature. The extrusion seam is
ment or for inspection. Etching can also be performed by not visible on the extruded product unless an appropriate
an electrochemical process. Caustic etching is important surface treatment, e. g. etching and anodizing, has been
to produce the required product appearance in architectural made. A longitudinal extrusion seam is one in a hollow
and decorative anodizing. The term “pickling” for this con- profile or a tube, parallel to the extrusion direction, which
cept is not a preferred term within the aluminium industry. has been formed after creating two or more streams of
metal and rejoining them around the mandrel of a porthole
Extrudate—Material exiting an extrusion die subject to fur- or bridge die. Extrusion seams are naturally occurring in
ther processing (quenching, stretching, cutting), to become porthole/bridge dies. This concept is sometimes termed
an extruded profile. “charge weld.” A transverse extrusion seam is one which
Extrusion—A process in which a billet in a container is is formed when two subsequent billets are welded together
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
forced under pressure through an aperture of a die. Addi- in the extrusion die.
tional terms referencing “Extrusion” include:
May, 2009 5-7

terminology
Tool—Term typically referring to the dies, mandrels, etc., Flash Line—A line left on a forging where flash has been re-
used in the production of extruded or drawn shapes or tube. moved.
Eyehole—See “Holiday.” Flat Sheet—See “Sheet—Flat.”

—F— Flatness—The extent to which the surface of a product ap-
Fabricating Ingot—A cast product intended and suitable proaches a plane.
for forming by hot or cold working. See also “Extrusion”,
“Forging” and “Rolling.” Flattening Test (of tube)—See “Test—Flattening.”
Fatigue—The tendency for a metal to break under condi- Flow Lines—See “Line— Flow.”
tions of repeated cyclic stressing considerably below the
tensile strength. Fatigue fractures begin as minute cracks Fluted Tube—See “Tube—Fluted.”
that grow under the action of the fluctuating stress.
Fatigue Strength—Maximum stress amplitude that can be Foil—Generally, a rolled product rectangular in cross section
sustained by a product for a specified number of cycles gen- of thickness equal to or less than 0.2 millimeters (Formerly
erally expressed as the stress amplitude giving a 50 % prob- 0.15 mm, changed to 0.2 mm for international harmonization).
ability of fracture after a given number of load cycles. There is an overlap in the thickness range 0.15-0.2 mm defined
for foil and sheet. Foil products in this gage range are supplied
Feed Line—See “Streak—Grinding.” to foil product specifications.
Fillet—A concave junction between two surfaces. Annealed—Foil completely softened by thermal treat-
Fin—A thin projection on a forging resulting from trimming ment.
or from the metal under pressure being forced into hairline
cracks in the die or around die inserts. Bright—Foil having a uniform bright specular finish on
both sides.
Fin Stock—Coiled sheet or foil suitable and intended for
manufacture of fins for heat-exchanger applications. Chemically Cleaned—Foil washed in a chemical solution
Finish—The characteristics of the surface of a product. Ad- to remove lubricants and other foreign material.
ditional terms referencing “Finish” include:
Consumer (Household)—Foil intended for public use,
Embossed—A pattern mechanically impressed on a principally for use in culinary applications such as cook-
surface by rolling or pressure. ing and storage.
Matte—A diffuse finish typically produced by rolling,
etching, brushing or blast cleaning. Container—Single rolled foil with a gauge above approxi-
mately 0.0014 inch (35 µm), produced at soft or intermedi-
Mill—A finish naturally occurring after rolling. ate temper and often involving alloys of the 3xxx and 8xxx
Mirror—A finish after rolling or polishing with high series intended for press forming into smooth or wrinkled
specular reflectivity. walled containers for foodstuffs and the like.
Satin—A fine-textured matte finish produced mainly by Converter—Foil, typically soft annealed, supplied for fur-
special roll grinding. ther processing such as coloring, printing, embossing or
Scratch-Brushed—A matte or satin finish produced by laminating.
abrasion with rotating wire brushes.
Embossed (Patterned)—Foil on which a pattern has been
Finned Tube—See “Tube—Finned.” impressed or embossed on either one or both faces.
Fir-Tree Structure—Macrostructure of an etched and/or an-
odized metal, characterized by areas of different gloss with Etched—Foil roughened chemically or electrochemically
sharp boundaries between these areas caused by different to provide an increased surface area.
types of intermetallic phases. Fir-tree structure originates in
the macrostructure of the ingot. It can be found in sections Hard—Foil fully work-hardened by rolling.
of the ingot after appropriate mechanical pre-treatment and
subsequent etching or anodizing. Intermediate Temper—Foil intermediate in temper be-
tween “Annealed” and “Hard”.
Fish Mouthing—See “Lamination.”
Flaking—A condition in coated sheet where portions of the Matte One Side (M1S)—Foil with a diffuse reflecting fin-
coating become loosened due to inadequate adhesion. ish on one side and a bright specular finish on the other.
Flanging Test (of tube)—See “Test—Flanging.” Mechanically Grained—Foil mechanically roughened for
Flash—A thin protrusion at the parting line of a forging such applications as lithography.
which forms when metal, in excess of that required to fill the
impressions, is forced between the die interfaces. Mill Finish (MF)—Foil having a non-uniform finish which
may vary from coil to coil and within a coil.
5-8
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
terminology
Printed—Foil printed with a design or on all-over color. Formability—The relative ease with which a metal can be
formed by rolling, extruding, drawing, deep drawing, forging,
Scratch Brushed—Foil abraded, usually with wire etc.
brushes, to produce a roughened surface.
Fracture Test—See “Test—Fracture.”
Stock—Sheet suitable for further rolling to foil. See also “Re-
roll Stock.” Fracture Toughness—A parameter indicating the resistance
of a material to crack extension.
Fold—See “Lap.”
Fretting—See “Mark—Traffic.”
Forgeability—The term used to describe the relative workabil-
ity of forging material. Friction Scratch—See “Scratch—Friction.”
Forging—Wrought product formed by hammering or press- Full Center—See “Buckle—Center.”
ing, typically when hot, between open dies (hand forging) or
closed dies (drop or die forging). Additional terms referencing Furnace Solution Heat Treatment—Heating an alloy to a
“Forging” include: suitable temperature in a furnace and holding for a sufficient
time to allow one or more soluble constituents to enter into
Blocker-type—A forging made in a single set of impres- solid solution, where they are retained in a supersaturated state
sions to the general contour of a finished part. after quenching.
Cold-coined—A forging that has been restruck cold in —G—
order to obtain closer dimensions, to sharpen corners or Galling—See “Pickup.”
outlines and in non-heat-treatable alloys, to increase hard-
ness. Gauge Length—The distance between two gauge marks on a
test piece between which the test piece ruptures during a ten-
Die—A forging shaped by working in closed dies. sile test. The gauge length before applying the load is termed
“Original Gauge Length.” Sometimes the spelling “gage” is
Drop—A forging formed by a heavy die which drops on used.
the metal. Grain (Metal)—Crystal of uniform grid orientation within a
metal. Addition terms referencing “Grain” include:
Hammer—A forging produced by repeated blows of a
forging hammer. Equiaxed—Grains or crystals that have approximately the
same dimensions in three axial directions.
Hand—A forging worked between flat or simply shaped Flow—Change of the shape of metal grains under the influ-
dies by repeated strokes or blows and manipulation of the ence of hot or cold working.
piece, intending to convert the metallurgical structure from
cast to wrought prior to machining into a final part. Growth—Growth of larger metal grains at the expense of
smaller ones.
Impact—A part formed in a confining die from a metal Peripheral Coarse—An area of recrystallized grains at the
slug, typically cold, by rapid single stroke application of periphery of an extruded product (or forged product if made
force through a punch, causing the metal to flow around the from extruded stock), which has sometimes lower proper-
punch and/or through an opening in the punch or die. ties than the non-recrystallized core.
Ingot—An ingot intended and suitable for forging. Size—Mean size of metal grains expressed in terms of the
number of grains per unit area or unit volume, as the mean
Plane—A reference plane or planes normal to the direc- grain diameter or an appropriate index.
tion of applied force from which all draft angles are mea- Twin Columnar Grains (TCG)—Macrostructure of rapidly
sured. solidified cast metal characterized by a twin plane in the
centre of each dendrite stem parallel to the direction of crys-
Precision—A forging produced to tolerances closer than tal growth. Twin columnar grains are often termed “feather
standard. crystals.”
Rolled Ring—A cylindrical product of relatively short Grinding—Removal of material by means of abrasives con-
height, circumferentially rolled from a hollow section. tained in, or bonded to, a rigid or flexible holder. See also “Lin-
ishing.”
Stock—A solid product, typically ingot, rod, bar of pro- Grease Streak—See “Streak—Grease.”
file, intended and suitable for forging. Forging stock is
typically a cast product or an extruded product.
—H—
Upset—A forging having part or all of its cross section
greater than that of the stock. Hair, Slitter—Minute hair-like sliver along edge(s) due to shear-
ing or slitting operation.
May, 2009 5-9

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

terminology
Hot Crack—A crack formed in a cast metal or in a welding

Handling Mark—See “Mark —Handling.” because of internal stress developed on cooling at the solidus
Hard Conversion—See “Conversion, Hard.” temperature or slightly above. For castings (only) the term
“Hot Tear” is also used.
Hardener—An alloy containing at least some aluminum and
one or more additional elements intended to be added to molten Hot Mill Pickup—See “Streak—Coating.”
aluminum to adjust the chemical composition and /or to con- Hot Shortness—A condition of the metal at excessively
trol the as cast structure. The term “Master Alloy” is used for high working temperatures characterized by low mechanical
different concepts in different regions and should be avoided. strength and a tendency for the metal to crack rather than
In Europe the term refers to hardeners obtained from melting deform.
and in the US the term refers to a hardener which combines
several metallic elements in a fixed ratio and which is intended Hot Spot—A dark grey or black surface patch on anodized
to be added to pure aluminum to provide a finished alloy com- extruded products caused by non-uniform cooling after ex-
position. Hardeners can have various forms including waffles trusion. Hot spots are typically associated with lower hard-
(obtained by casting the melt into an adequate mold), briquettes ness and coarse magnesium silicide precipitates.
(obtained by compacting a powder), granules and wire. Hot Tear—See “Tear, Speed.”
Hardness—Resistance of a metal to plastic deformation, Hot Working—Forming of a solid metal after preheating.
typically measured by indentation. Two common methods to Strain hardening may or may not occur during hot working.
determine hardness are:
Hydroforming—Forming of a hollow profile or a tube in a
Brinell, HB—Resistance to penetration of a spherical in- die by use of a liquid under high pressure.
dentor under standardized conditions. HB is approxi-
mately equal to 0.3 * Rm when Rm is the tensile strength,
expressed in MPa. If tungsten carbide as indentor ma- —I—
terial is specified, e.g. ISO 6506-1, then the designation
Impact—A forged part formed in a confining die from a metal
HBW is used.
slug, typically cold, by rapid single stroke application of force
Vickers, HV—Resistance to penetration of a square-based through a punch, causing the metal to flow around the punch
pyramidal diamond indentor under standardized condi- and/or through an opening in the punch or die. See also “Ex-
tions. HV is approximately equal to 1.10 * HB. trusion—Impact.”
Hardness Test—See “Test—Hardness.” Impurity—Metallic or non-metallic element present in a
metal, the minimum content of which is not controlled. Typi-
Heat Streak—See “Streak —Heat.” cally, the maximum concentration of an impurity in aluminum
Heat Treat Lot—See “Lot —Heat Treatment.” is controlled.
Heat Treat Stain—A discoloration due to non-uniform oxida- Inclusion—Extraneous material accidentally entrapped into
tion of the metal surface during solution heat treatment. the liquid metal during melting or melt treatment or entrapped
into the metal surface during hot or cold working.
Heat Treatment—Heating, holding at elevated temperature
and cooling of the solid metal in such a way as to obtain de- Inclusion, Stringer—See “Streak—Razor.”
sired metallurgical structure or properties. Heating for the
Incomplete Seam—See “Extrusion—Seam.”
sole purpose of hot working (see “Preheating”) is excluded
from the meaning of this term. The term “Thermal Treat- Indentation—Small hollow mark on the surface of the metal.
ment” is used for the same concept as a synonym. See also An indentation is also termed “Pit.”
“Solution Heat Treatment” and “Aging.”
Ingot—A cast product intended and suitable for remelting or
Heat-Treatable Alloy— See “Alloy—Heat-Treatable.” forming by hot or cold working. See “Extrusion—Ingot,”
“Fabricating Ingot,” “Forging—Ingot,” “Remelt Ingot,” “Re-
Helical-Welded Tube—See “Tube—Helical-Welded.” roll Stock,” and “Rolling—Ingot.”
Herringbone—See “Streak—Herringbone.” Inspection Lot—See “Lot—Inspection.”
High Lube—See “Lube—High.” Interleaving—The insertion of paper or application of suit-
Hole—Void in rolled product. See also “Mark—Inclusion.” able strippable coatings between layers of metal to protect
from damage.
Holiday—An uncoated area of a coated product due to non-
wetting of the metal surface by the coating. —K—
Homogenizing—A process whereby metal is heated to tem-
peratures near the solidus temperature and held at that tem-
Kink—An abrupt deviation from straightness. The term
“Hook” is sometimes used for this concept. For rolled prod-
perature for varying lengths of time in order to reduce mi-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ucts, this term is also used for an abrupt bend or deviation

crosegregation and to modify the form and composition of
from flatness which is caused by localized bending during
intermetallic phases, which typically results in an improved
handling. See “Crease.”
formability by hot and/or cold working.
Hook—See “Kink.” Knife Mark—See “Mark—Knife.”
Knock-Out Mark—See “Mark—Knock Out.”
5-10 May, 2009

—L— terminology
Laminated Material—Composite material obtained by join- Liquated Edge—See “Edge, Liquated.”
ing layers of different materials together by means other than
metallic bonding, typically by gluing them together. Examples Liquation—See “Segregation—Surface.”
of laminated materials are paper on aluminum foil, extruded
plastics films on aluminum foil, etc. Laminated material with Liquidus Temperature—The temperature at which total melt-
a plastic core and aluminum skin on both sides is called “Alu- ing of the solid is achieved upon heating from the solid state,
minum Composite Material (ACM).” or at which solid first appears upon cooling from the liquid
state.
Lamination—An internal crack or separation aligned parallel
to the principal surfaces of a rolled product. See also “Back Lock Seam Tube—See “Tube—Lock Seam.”
End Condition.”
Log—See “Extrusion—Log.”
Lap—A discontinuity in a forging caused by metal flowing
into a section from two directions. Also called a “Cold Shut.” Long Transverse Direction—See “Direction—Long Trans-
verse.”
Lap-Welded Tube—See “Tube—Lap-Welded.”
Longitudinal Bow—See “Bow—Longitudinal.”
Lateral Bow—See “Bow—Lateral.”
Longitudinal Direction—See “Direction—Longitudinal.”
Leveling—The mechanical flattening of plate, sheet or foil.
The operation is carried out by stretching, local reverse bend- Looper Line—See “Line—Looper.”
ing, and other methods. These include:
Loose Wrap—See “Wrap, Loose.”
Roller—Flattening of plate or sheet by passing it between
a series of staggered rolls. Lot—Two types are:
Stretcher—Leveling carried out by uniaxial tension. Lot, Cast—A quantity of products cast from the same molten
metal furnace charge. All of the ingots, strip, billets, or cast-
Tension—Flattening of a strip continuously on a series ings from the same molten metal charge are then considered to
of staggered rolls with applied tension, thus stretching the comprise a Cast Lot.
strip while bending it. Lot, Continuous Casting—In the case of continuous casting,
the producer can define a Cast Lot in different ways. If able to
Thermal—Leveling carried out at an elevated tempera- accurately relate ingots, etc. to a specific molten metal charge,
ture under an applied load normal to the surface to be flat- then the definition is the same as “Lot, Cast”. If not, a reason-
tened. able alternative would be to relate an individual Continuous
Cast Lot to a period of time, for example, 4 hours.
Leveler Chatter—See “Mark—Chatter.”
Heat Treatment—Quantity of products of the same grade or
Leveler Mark—See “Dent—Repeating.” alloy, form, thickness or cross-section and produced in the
same way, heat-treated in one furnace load, or such products
Leveler Streak—See “Streak—Leveler.” solution treated and subsequently precipitation treated in one
furnace load. More than one solution-treatment batch can be
Line—Several varieties include:Flow—The line pattern which included in one aging furnace load. For heat-treatment in a
shows the direction of flow on the surface. continuous furnace (vertical or horizontal), the products con-
tinuously heat-treated during a specified time (e. g. 8 hours)
Looper—Closely spaced symmetrical lines on the surface of can be considered as one heat-treatment lot.
a formed product, typically occurring after a deep drawing op-
eration. Inspection—Consignment or part thereof submitted for in-
spection or sampling, characterized by a set of identical crite-
Lüders—Strain marks which appear between 45° and 55° to ria, e. g. grade or alloy, temper, size, shape, thickness or cross-
the straining direction are often termed “strain marks type B” section or fabrication batch.
or “Lüders lines.” See also “Mark—Strain.”
Low Lube—See “Lube—Low.”
Line, Weld—See “Extrusion —Seam.”
Lube—Three terms are:
Liner—The slab of coating metal that is placed on the core
alloy and is subsequently rolled down to clad sheet as com- High—Nonconformity, when lubricant limit exceeds the max-
posite. imum agreed upon limit measured in weight per unit area.
Linishing—Grinding with a coarse abrasive to remove super- Low—Nonconformity, when the lubricant does not meet
ficial defects, either to produce a decorative finish or prepara- the minimum agreed upon limit measured in weight per unit
tory to further processing. See also “Grinding.” area.
May, 2009 5-11

--``,`,``,``````,,,

terminology
—M— Inclusion—A mark in a metal surface resulting from an
inclusion. The term includes marks with still visible in-
clusions or voids from which the inclusions have left.
Spot—See “Spot, Lube.”
Knife—A continuous scratch (which may also be creased)
Lüders Line—See “Line—Lueders.” near a slit edge of a rolled product, caused by sheet con-
tacting the slitter knife.
Machining Stock—Bar or wire typically supplied to close Knock-Out—A small solid protrusion or circular fin on
tolerances and suitable for repetition machining operations. a forging or a casting, resulting from the depression of a
This product is sometimes referred to as “Screw Machine knock-out pin under pressure or inflow of metal between
Stock” (SMS). See also “Screw Stock.” the knock-out pin and the die or mold.
Macrostructure—Structure of a metal as revealed by Metal-on-Roll—See “Dent—Repeating.”
visual examination of a surface without any enhanced
magnification, typically after mechanical and/or chemical Mike—Narrow continuous line near the rolled edge caused
preparation, e. g. machining and macro-etching. See also by a contacting micrometer.
“Microstructure.” Pinch—Pressed-in folds in rolled products, generally run-
Macro-Etching Test—See “Test—Macro-Etching.” ning parallel to the direction of rolling.
Mark—Damage in the surface of the product, e. g. indenta- Reeling—Superficial spiral markings present on round
tions or raised surface If the source of the mark is known, extruded or drawn products that have been straightened
a more precise composite term is used as follows: by reeling.
Arbor—Surface damage in the vicinity of a coil ID Ripple—Optical surface effect in the form of a very slight
caused by contact with a roughened, damaged or non- repeated transverse wave or shadow mark, sometimes en-
circular arbor. countered with rolled or drawn products.
Bearing—A depression in the extruded surface caused Roll Periodic—Raised or depressed area on a rolled prod-
by a change in bearing length in the extrusion die. uct formed during rolling by the imprint of a damage on
the roll. The repeat distance is a function of the offending
Bite—Periodical imperfection on the surface of a roll diameter.
rolled product, generally perpendicular to the rolling
direction, because of a mark on a roll coating caused Roll Bruise—A greatly enlarged roll mark whose height
by the initial feeding of the ingot. or depth is very shallow. See also “Mark—Roll.”
Block—See “Scratch—Tension.” Roll Skid—A full width line perpendicular to the rolling
direction and repeating as a function of a work roll diam-
Bristle—Raised surface about one inch long, crimped eter.
wire shaped and oriented in any direction.
Rub—A mark consisting of a large number of very fine
Carbon—Gray or black surface marking caused by scratches or abrasions. A rub mark can occur by metal-
contact with carbon runout blocks. to-metal contact, movement in handling and movement in
Chatter—Regularly spaced superficial marks, trans- transit. Rub marks are often termed “Friction Scratches”.
verse to the rolling or extrusion direction, produced by More severe forms of rub marks, caused by handling are
vibration between the metal and the working surface often termed “Handling Marks” or “Handling Scratches.”
during fabrication. See “Mark—Handling” and “Scratch—Handling.”
Drag—See “Rub, Tool.” Snap—A band-like pattern around the full perimeter of
an extruded section and perpendicular to its length caused
Edge Follower—Faint intermittent marks at the edge by an abrupt change of an extrusion parameter during the
of a cold rolled product which are usually perpen- process. If the extrusion process is abruptly suspended,
dicular to the rolling direction. This mark is caused then the term “Stop Mark” is used. See also “Mark—
by action of devices designed to rewind coils without Stop.”
weave.
Stop—A transverse peripheral ridge on a product arising
Handling—See “Mark—Rub.” from a stoppage during rolling, extrusion or drawing. See
Heat Treat Contact—Brownish, iridescent, irregu- also “Mark—Snap.”
larly shaped stain with a slight abrasion located Strain—Surface patterns on formed products of some al-
somewhere within the boundary of the stain resulting loys after straining. Stochastical flamboyant strain marks
from metal-to-metal contact during the quenching of
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
which can appear at low strain levels are often termed

solution heat-treated flat sheet or plate. “Strain Marks of Type A”. Strain marks which appear
Herring Bone—Superficial markings taking the form between 45° and 55° to the straining direction are often
of alternate light and dark bands forming a V or W termed “Strain Marks of Type B” or “Lueders Lines.”
pattern across the width of rolled metal. See also
“Mark—Strain.”
5-12 May, 2009

terminology
Stretcher Grip—Transverse indentation at the ends of a prod-
uct impressed by the grips of a stretching machine. See also Mike Mark—See “Mark, Mike.”
“Mark—Stretcher Jaw.”
Mismatch—Deviation of a die forging from the specified form
Stretcher Jaw—A cross hatched appearance left by jaws caused by opposing die halves not being in perfect alignment.
at the end(s) of metal that has been stretched if insufficient
metal has been removed after the stretching operation. Modulus of Elasticity (Young’s Modulus)—The ratio of stress
applied to a material to corresponding strain throughout the
Stretcher Strain—A permanent surface distortion in the range where they are proportional. As there are three kinds of
form of either flamboyant patterns or Lueders lines that can stresses, so there are three kinds of moduli of elasticity for any
appear under certain conditions on stretched extruded prod- material—modulus of elasticity in tension, modulus of elasticity
ucts. The onset of these markings varies according to the in compression, and modulus of elasticity in shear (shear modu-
type of metal and the degree of stretching. lus).
Tab—See “Buckle—Arbor.” Mottling, Pressure—Non-uniform surface appearance of a
Tail—See “Mark—Roll Bruise.” laminated product resulting from uneven pressure distribution
between adjacent layers of the product.
Take Up—See “Scratch—Tension.”
Mullen Test—See “Test—Mullen.”
Traffic—Abrasions, typically dark in color, resulting from
relative movement between metal surfaces during handling
and transit, e. g. during the cooling of profiles on the run-out
table. A mirror image of a traffic mark is observed on the —N—
adjacent contacting surface. Natural Aging—See “Aging—Natural.”
Vent—A small protrusion on a forging resulting from the Nick—Rolled products, see “Scratch.” Extrusions, see “Mark,
entrance of metal into a die vent hole. Handling.”
Whip—Surface abrasion on a rolled product, generally di- Non-Heat-Treatable Alloy—See “Alloy—Non-Heat-Treatable.”
agonal to the rolling direction, caused by a fluttering action
of the metal as it enters the rolling mill. Nonfill—Deviation of a die forging from the specified form
caused by failure of metal to fill a forging die impression.
Master Alloy—This term should be avoided. See “Hardener.”
Notch, Double Shear—An abrupt deviation from straight on
Master Coil—A coil processed to final temper as a single unit, a sheared edge. This offset may occur if the flat sheet or plate
intended to be slit and/or cut into smaller coils or into individual product is longer than the blade for the final shearing operation.
sheets or plates. In North America, the preferred term is “Parent
Coil” for this concept. See also “Plate—Master (Parent).”
Mean Diameter (of round rod/bar or tube)—Average of any two —O—
diameters measured at right angles in the same cross-sectional
area. Off Gauge—Deviation of a dimension of a product, e. g. width or
wall thickness, from the specified tolerances.
Mean Wall Thickness (of tube)—Average of the largest and the
smallest wall thickness of tube measured in the same plane per- Offset—Yield strength by the “offset method” is computed
pendicular to the axis of the tube. from a load-strain curve obtained by means of an extensometer.
Mechanical Properties—Properties of a material that are asso- Oil Stain—See “Stain—Oil.”
ciated with elastic and inelastic reaction when force is applied, Orange Peel—A surface pattern on formed products that occurs
or that involve the relationship between stress and strain; for when a coarse grain structure is present in the formed surface of
example, modulus of elasticity, tensile strength, endurance limit. the metal.
These properties are often incorrectly referred to as “Physical
Properties.” The mechanical properties obtained by a tensile Oscillation—Uneven wrap in coiling and lateral travel during
test, e.g. modulus of elasticity in tension, tensile strength and winding. Improper alignment of rolls over which the metal
elongation are often termed “Tensile Properties.” passes before rewinding and insufficient rewind tension are typi-
cal causes. See also “Telescoping.”
Mechanical Polishing—Polishing with a flexible rotating mop
carrying an abrasive compound. Out-of-Register—An embossed pattern distortion due to mis-
alignment of the male and female embossing rolls.
Melt—Quantity of molten metal that has simultaneously under-
gone the same preparatory treatment in the furnace before the Ovality—Departure of the cross-section of a round tube, rod or
casting operation. bar or wire from a true circle.
Microstructure—Structure of a metal as revealed by micro- Overheating—Heating a product, beyond the intended tem-
scopic examination of a surface, typically after mechanical and/ perature, which may result in the melting of certain constituents
or chemical preparation, e. g. polishing and micro-etching. See and a reduction in mechanical properties. Typically, overheated
also “Macrostructure.” metal cannot be reclaimed by thermal or mechanical treatment.
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5-13
terminology
Oxide Discoloration—See “Stain—Heat Treat.”
Drawn—Pipe brought to the final dimensions by drawing
through a die.
—P— Extruded—Pipe formed by hot extruding.
Pack Rolling—A term sometimes used for the concept of double Seamless—Pipe which does not contain any line junc-
rolling. See “Rolling—Double”. tures (metallurgical welds) resulting from the method of
manufacture. (Note: This product may be produced by
Painted Sheet—See “Sheet—Painted.” extruding or by drawing using either die-and-mandrel or
Parent Coil—A coil processed to final temper as a single unit, hot piercer processes.)
intended to be slit and/or cut into smaller coils or into individual Structural—Pipe commonly used for structural purposes.
sheets or plates. See “Master Coil”, the preferred term outside
of North America. Piping—See “Back End Condition.”
Parent Plate—A plate processed to final temper as a single unit, Pit—See “Indentation.”
intended to be cut into smaller plates. Pitting—See “Corrosion—Pitting.”
Partial Annealing—See “Annealing—Partial.” Plate—A rolled product that is rectangular in cross section and
Parting Line—A condition unique to stepped extrusions where with thickness not less than 0.250 inch (6 mm) with sheared or
more than one cross section exists in the same extruded shape. sawn edges. Additional terms referencing “Plate” include:
A stepped shape uses a split die for the minor or small cross Alclad—Clad plate having on one or both surfaces a met-
section and after its removal, another die behind it for the major allurgically bonded aluminum coating that is anodic to the
configuration. Slightly raised fins can appear on that portion of core, thus electrolytically protecting the core against cor-
the shape where the two dies meet. See also “Profile—Stepped rosion. If one side only is clad, the product is often named
Extruded.” “Alclad One Side Plate.”
Patterned Sheet—See “Foil—Embossed” and “Sheet—Em- Baseplate—Thick, stable plate having a horizontal sur-
bossed.” face of a very high, controlled flatness, mainly used for
Perforation—Hole in foil with a maximum diameter >0.008 inch controlling the straightness, flatness, twist, etc., of rolled
(> 0.2 mm) which occurs randomly throughout the rolled coil and extruded products.
length. See also “Pinhole” and “Roll Hole.” Clad—Plate consisting of an aluminum core to which a
Physical Properties—The properties, other than mechanical thin layer of aluminum or another metal is metallurgically
properties, that pertain to the physics of a material; for example, bonded on one side or on both sides, typically by rolling.
density, electrical conductivity, heat conductivity, thermal expan- Circle Stock—Plate intended to be sawn, sheared or
sion. blanked into circles to be subsequently formed, drawn,
Pick-Off—The transfer of portions of the coating from one sur- etc.
face of the sheet to an adjacent surface due to poor adhesion of Cold Rolled—Plate the final thickness of which is obtained
the coating. by cold rolling.
Pickup—Irregular surface appearance caused by intermittent ad- Hot Rolled—Plate the final thickness of which is obtained
hesion between the forming tools and the metal. The condition by hot rolling. A reroll plate is often called “Slab.”
of excessive friction between the forming tool and the metal is
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
often termed “Galling.” Machined—Semi-finished product produced from a plate
completely machined over one or two sides.
Pickup, Repeating—See “Dent—Repeating.”
Master (Parent)—Plate processed to final temper as a sin-
Pickup, Roll—See “Streak— Coating.” gle unit, intended to be cut into smaller plates.
Pick-Ups—Torn, comma-like spots on the surface of extruded Mill Finish—Plate having a finish defined by the actual roll
products caused by a local material deposition on the surface of grinding and rolling conditions, without further specifica-
the die. tion from a customer or a standard. The appearance of
Pinch Mark—See ”Mark—Pinch.” mill finish plate can vary from plate to plate or within one
plate.
PinholeVoid(s) in foil of gauge below 0.001 inch (20 µm) of nor-
mally round or oval shape with a maximum diameter <0.008 Milling—Machining process in which metal is removed
inch (< 0.2 mm), randomly distributed. See also “Perforation” by a revolving multi-edged cutter to provide flat or pro-
and “Roll Hole.” file surfaces. Removal of metal by etching is often termed
“chemical milling.”
Pipe—Tube in standardized combinations of outside diameter
and wall thickness.Pipe is commonly designated by “Nominal
Pipe Sizes” and “ANSI Schedule Numbers.”Additional terms
referencing “pipe” include:
5-14 May, 2009

terminology
Tooling—Cast or rolled product of rectangular cross-section Stepped Extruded—An extruded profile whose cross sec-
not less than 0.250 inch (6 mm) in thickness, and with edges tion changes abruptly in area at intervals along its length.
either as-cast, sheared or sawn, with internal stress levels con-
trolled to achieve maximum stability for machining purposes in
Structural—A profile, rolled or extruded, commonly used
for structural purposes such as angles, channels, H-beams,
tool and jig applications.
I-beams, tees, and zees.
Tread—Plate (or sheet) upon which a pattern has been im- Proof Strength—See “Yield Strength.”
pressed on one side by rolling using a specially prepared roll
with an appropriate pattern, to provide improved traction.
Pop, Solvent—Blister and/or void in the coating resulting from —Q—
trapped solvents released during curing process.
A characteristic assigned to a product, process or system (e.g.
Porosity—Fine holes or pores within a cast metal. Additional the price of a product, the owner of a product) is not a quality
terms referencing “Porosity” include: characteristic of that product, process or system. For aluminum
products a quality characteristic can be a dimension, a mechani-
Gas—Porosity caused by entrapped gas or by evolution of dis- cal property, a physical property, a functional characteristic, or
solved hydrogen during solidification. the appearance.
Precipitation Hardening—See “Aging—Precipitation Harden- See also “Structural Quality Characteristic” and “Visual Quality
ing.” Characteristic.”
Preheating—A process in which the material is raised to an Quarter Buckle—See “Buckle—Quarter.”
elevated temperature for the start of the first operation of form- Quenching—Cooling a metal from an elevated temperature by
ing solid metal. In some cases preheating can be combined contact with a solid, a liquid or a gas, at a rate rapid. Additional
with homogenization. terms referencing “Quenching” include:
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Pressure Mottling—See “Mottling, Pressure.” Air—Quenching of a product by forced air, e. g. ventilators.
Pressure Test—See “Test—Pressure.” As-Quenched Condition—Condition of an alloy during the
Profile—A wrought product that is long in relation to its cross- time immediately following quenching and before the mechani-
sectional dimensions which is of a form other than that of sheet, cal properties have been significantly altered by precipitation
plate, rod, bar, tube, wire or foil. For profiles sometimes the hardening.
term “Shape” or “Section” is used. Additional terms referenc- Critical Quenching Rate—Minimum mean cooling rate from
ing “Profile” include: solution treatment temperature necessary to enable an alloy to
Cold-Finished—A profile brought to final dimensions by possess certain mechanical properties in the precipitation hard-
cold-working to obtain improved surface finish and dimen- ened condition.
sional tolerances. Hot Line Quenching—Quenching of a rolled product on its exit
Drawn—A cold finished profile brought to final dimen- from hot mill.
sions by drawing through a die. Incubation Period—The interval between the quenching opera-
Extruded—A profile brought to final dimensions by ex- tion and the start of a significant change in properties produced
truding. by precipitation hardening.
Hollow—A profile in which the cross section completely Press Quenching—Quenching of an extruded product on its
encloses one or more voids. exit from the extrusion press.
Precision—A profile which fulfils special requirements Transfer Period (Quenching)—The time between removing the
concerning tolerances on form and dimensions. metal from the solution treatment furnace and contact with the
quenching medium.
Seamless—A hollow profile which does not contain any
line junctures resulting from method of manufacture. Quenching Stress—Non-uniform stress retained within the
metal after quenching. See also “Residual Stress.”
Semi-Hollow—A solid profile any part of whose cross
section is a partially enclosed void, the area of which is
substantially greater than the square of the width of the
gap. The ratio of the area of the void to the square of the
gap is dependent on the class of semi-hollow profile, the
alloy and the gap width.
Solid—A profile in which the cross-section does not in-
clude any enclosed void.
May, 2009 5-15

terminology
—R— Cold-Drawn—Rod brought to final dimensions by cold-

drawing through a die.
Razor Streak—See “Streak—Razor.”
Cold Heading—See “Rivet Stock.”
Rear End Condition—See “Back End Condition.”
Extruded—Rod brought to final dimensions by extrud-
Recrystallization—Nucleation and growth of new unde- ing.
formed metal grains in a deformed metal. Deformed metal
grains are characterized by a tight network of dislocations. Rolled—Rod brought to final dimensions by hot rolling.
“Critical Strain” is the minimum amount of cold work or Welding—Rod for use as filler metal in joining by weld-
cold deformation necessary to initiate recrystallization during.
ing subsequent annealing or solution heat treatment. One can
distinguish between the lower critical strain corresponding Roll Chatter—See “Mark—Chatter.”
to the onset of the recrystallization, which typically causes Roll Coating—See “Streak—Coating.”
coarse grain, and the somewhat higher upper critical strain
which produces a fine recrystallized grain. Roll Grind—The uniform ground finish on the work rolls
which is imparted to the sheet or plate during rolling.
Redraw Rod—This term is not recommended. The term
“Drawing Stock” is preferred. Roll Hole—Hole in foil with a maximum diameter >0.008 inch
(> 0.2 mm) which occurs at regular intervals throughout the
Refined Aluminum—See “Aluminum—Refined. rolled coil length. See also “Perforation” and “Pinhole.”
Reeling—Winding of a wire onto a reel, bobbin or drum.
See also “Straightening—Roller.”
Roll Mark—See “Mark—Roll.”
Reflector Sheet—See “Sheet—Reflector.” Reheating—
Heating metal again to hot-working temperature. In general Roll Pickup—See “Streak—Coating.”
no structural changes are intended. Rolled Ring—See “Forging—Rolled Ring.”
Remelt Ingot—Ingot intended and suitable for remelting. Rolled-In Dirt—See “Dirt.”
Large ingots for remelting, typically having a mass of about
1000 pounds, are often called “sows.” Small ingots for re- Rolled-in Metal—Particle of metal, other than the parent metal,
melting typically having a mass of about 50 pounds are often rolled into the surface of the product. Rolled-in particle of the
called “pigs.” parent metal is called “Sliver.” See “Sliver.”
Re-Oil—Oil put on the sheet after cleaning and before coil- Rolled-In Scratch—See “Scratch—Rolled-In.”
ing for shipment to prevent water stain. Rolling—Forming of solid metal in a gap between two rotating
Reroll Stock—Coiled sheet suitable and intended for further cylinders. Additional terms referencing “Rolling” include:
rolling. See also “Can Stock”, “Fin Stock”, “Foil— Stock” Cold—Rolling without preheating.
and “Sheet Stock.”
Double—Simultaneous rolling of two foil webs in the
Reverse Side (of Sheet)—The side of the sheet which is op- same gap with the two webs in contact. Sometimes the
posite to the top side. See “Top Side (of Sheet).” term “Pack Rolling” is used for this concept.
Rivet Stock— Bar or wire suitable for the manufacture of Hot—Rolling after preheating. The purpose of hot rolling
rivets. The terms “Cold Heading Rod” or “Cold Heading is typically to improve the efficiency of the rolling process.
Bar” are often used for this concept. Surface finish and dimensional tolerance control of hot
Rod—A solid wrought product of circular cross section that rolled metal are generally inferior to cold rolled metal.
is long in relation to its diameter, typically supplied in straight Ingot—Ingot intended or suitable for rolling. See “Fabricating
length. In North America, the minimum diameter of a rod is Ingot.” Nomenclature of a rolling ingot includes:
0.375 inch; below this limit, the product is called “Wire.” In
Europe, a rod is supplied in straight length and is often called Butt—The end of a semi-continuously cast ingot corre-
“Round Bar”; if supplied in coiled form, the product is called sponding to the start of the cast. This term can refer to the
“Wire.” Additional terms referencing “Rod” include: removed butt or to the relevant extremity of the ingot.
Alclad—Composite rod product comprised of an alu- Edge—One of the narrow faces (plane or of a specific ge-
minum alloy rod having on its surface a metallurgically ometry) of a rolling ingot parallel to the casting axis.
bonded aluminum or aluminum alloy coating that is an- Head—The end of a semi-continuously cast ingot corre-
odic to the core alloy to which it is bonded, thus electro- sponding to the end of the cast. This term can refer to
lytically protecting the core alloy against corrosion. the removed head or to the relevant extremity of the ingot.
Brazing—Rod of a low melting temperature alloy for Rolling Face—One of the wide faces of a rolling ingot.
use as filler metal in brazing.
5-16--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

terminology
Slab—See “Plate—Hot Rolled.” Tension—A short longitudinal indentation parallel to the

rolling direction of rolled products, resulting from rela-
Temper—Controlled reduction by rolling to develop the re- tive movement between adjacent wraps of the coil during
quired mechanical properties. unwinding or rewinding. A tension scratch is sometimes
Roofing Sheet—See “Sheet—Roofing.” termed “Block Mark.”
Roundness—This term is not recommended. See “Ovality.” Screw Stock—Bar or wire suitable for the manufacture of
screws. See also “Machining Stock.”
Rub Mark—See “Mark—Rub.”
Seam, Extrusion—See “Extrusion—Seam.”
Rub, Tool—A surface area showing a scratch or abrasion re-
sulting from contact of the hot extrusion with the press equip- Seamless—See “Profile—Seamless” and Tube—Seamless.”
ment or tooling or, in the case of multi-hole dies, with other Section—See “Profile.”
sections as they exit the press. See also “Torn Surface.”
Segregation—Non-uniform distribution or concentration of
impurities or alloying elements that arises during the solidi-
—S— fication of an ingot. Additional terms referencing “Segrega-
tion” include:
Sample—Representative part, portion or piece of an inspec- Gravity—Macrosegregation caused by the settling out
tion lot selected for inspection or testing. Additional terms of heavy constituents, or rising of light constituents in a
referencing “Sample” include: solidifying melt.
Layout—A prototype of a product, typically a casting or a Inverse—Macrosegregation caused by interdendritic
forging, that has been subjected to detailed measurement to
demonstrate conformance to an engineering drawing which liquid metal in a solidifying ingot or casting which is
sets forth the required characteristics. A layout sample can sucked towards its surface, due to volume shrinkage
be the “first article” of a production or a sample taken out caused by solidification.
of the running production. Macrosegregation—Segregation over macroscopic dis-
Limiting—A sample or specimen showing to which extent tances.
quality characteristics of a product are acceptable. Limit- Microsegregation—Segregation over microscopic dis-
ing samples typically demonstrate “just acceptable” and tances, typically associated with cellular or dendritic so-
“just unacceptable” forms of a quality characteristic. lidification.
Saw Plate Bar—See “Bar, Saw Plate.” Surface (Unwrought Product)—Thin surface layer of a
Scalping—Removal of the surface layer from an ingot or a cast metal characterized by concentrations of the alloy-
semi-finished wrought product so that surface imperfections ing elements significantly different from the concentra-
will not be worked into the finished product. tion in the melt. The layer is generated by interdendritic
liquid metal which has been pushed through the surface
Scratch—Sharp linear indentation in the surface of the metal. of the cast metal during solidification by gravity. Surface
Additional terms referencing “Scratch” include: segregation layers of non-uniform thickness which give
Drawn-In—A scratch occurring during the fabricating a cast surface a characteristic appearance are also called
process and subsequently drawn over, making it relatively “Liquations.”
smooth to the touch. Serpentine Weave—See “Snaking.”
Friction— See “Mark—Rub.” Shape—This term is no longer recommended. The term “Pro-
Handling—A more severe form of rub mark. See “Mark— file” is preferred. See “Profile.”
Rub.” Shaving—Drawing of a rod, tube or wire through a die with a
Machine—A straight indentation in the rolling direction of cutting edge in order to remove a thin layer from its surface.
a rolled product, caused by contact with a sharp projection Shear Strength—The maximum gross stress, i.e. maximum
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
on the equipment. force divided by original cross section, which a material with-
Oven—A scratch that is caused by moving contact of coat- stands before fracture when submitted to a shear test. Shear
ing against a non-moving object in an oven. strength is an important quality characteristic of rivets. The
shear strength is normally about 60% of the tensile strength.
Rolled-In—A scratch that occurs during the fabricating
process and is subsequently rolled over. A rolled-in scratch Shearing—Cutting of metal by the use of a press or guillo-
often appears as a grayish white ladder showing distinct tine.
transverse lines within the longitudinal indentation. Sheet—Generally, a rolled product that is rectangular in cross
Slippage—See “Scratch—Tension.” section with thickness greater than 0.15 millimeters and less
than 6.3 millimeters and with slit, sheared or sawed edges.
there is an overlap in the thickness range 0.15-0.2 mm defined
for foil and sheet. Sheet products in this gage range are sup-
plied to sheet product specifications.
May, 2009 5-17

terminology
Tread—See “Plate—Tread.”
Alclad—Clad sheet having on one or both surfaces a met-
allurgically bonded aluminum coating that is anodic to Short Transverse Direction—See “Direction—Short
the core, thus electrolytically protecting the core against Transverse.”
corrosion. If one side only is clad, the product is often Shot Blasting—The projection of abrasive grit, i.e. sand,
named “Alclad One Side Sheet.” small particles of steel, glass, plastic beads or other materi-
Anodizing—Sheet with metallurgical characteristics and als, or a mixture of abrasive grit, water and air on a product
surface quality suitable for the development of protective in order to in order to obtain a roughened surface topogra-
and decorative films by anodic oxidation processes. phy. Depending upon the particle size used for this process,
a matt or satin finish is produced. Surface contamination
Brazing—Sheet of a low melting point alloy or clad with from the blast media can require additional cleaning. The
a low melting point alloy used for brazing. term “blast cleaning” is also used for this concept.
Circle—Sheet, intended to be sawn, sheared or blanked Shrinkage—Contraction that occurs when metal cools from
into circles to be subsequently formed, drawn, etc. the hot working temperature.
Clad—Sheet consisting of an aluminum core to which Shrinkage Cavity—Void left in cast metals as a result of
a thin layer of aluminum or another metal is metallurgi- solidification shrinkage.
cally bonded on one side or on both sides, typically by
rolling. Side Crack—See “Edge—Broken (Cracked).”
Cold Rolled—Sheet the final thickness of which is ob- Side Set—A difference in thickness between the two edges
tained by cold rolling. of plate, sheet or foil.
Coiled—Sheet in coils with slit edges. Skin Pass—A light cold rolling of sheet or strip to improve
or modify the surface finish and to minimize stretcher strain
Corrugated—Roll-formed sheet of symmetric or asym- on further manipulation. This operation can increase the
metric profile. yield strength and to a lesser extent the tensile strength.
Embossed—See “Sheet—Patterned.” Skip—An area of uncoated sheet which is frequently caused
Flat—Sheet with sheared, slit or sawed edges, which has by equipment malfunction.
been flattened or leveled. Slab—See “Plate—Hot Rolled.”
Hot Rolled—Sheet the final thickness of which is ob- Slippage Scratch—See “Scratch— Tension.”
tained by hot rolling.
Slitter Hair—See “Hair—Slitter.”
Lithographic—Sheet having a superior finish on one side
with respect to freedom from surface imperfections and Slitting—Cutting of a coiled sheet into two or more widths
supplied with a maximum degree of flatness for use as a by the use of rotary shears.
plate in offset printing. Sliver—Thin elongated piece of the parent metal on the sur-
One Side Bright Mill Finish—Sheet having a moderate face of a product, completely or partially detached. A sliver
degree of brightness on one side and a mill finish on the is often rolled-over surface damage.
other. Slug—A piece of metal of uniform thickness, of regular or
Mill Finish—Sheet having a finish defined by the actual irregular shape taken from a wrought product, typically for
roll grinding and rolling conditions, without further spec- impact extrusion, with or without a center hole. This term is
ification from a customer or a standard. The finish of also used for cast or thyxocast pieces to be formed in semi-
mill finish sheet can vary from sheet to sheet or within solid condition (thyxoforming).
one sheet. Smudge—A dark film of debris, sometimes covering large
Painted—Sheet, one or both sides of which has a factory- areas, deposited on the sheet during rolling or left on the
applied paint coating of controlled thickness. surface of a metal after electroplating or etching.
Patterned—Sheet on which a raised or indented pattern Smut—See “Smudge.”
has been impressed or embossed on either one or both Snaking—A series of reversing lateral bows in coil prod-
faces. ucts. This condition is caused by a weaving action during
Reflector—Sheet with special requirements related to an unwinding or rewinding operation.
the surface quality intended and suitable for the manu- Soft Conversion—See “Conversion, Soft.”
facture of reflectors.
Solidus Temperature—The temperature at which liquid
Roofing—Sheet intended and suitable for roofing appli-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
first appears upon heating from the solid state. For some al-
cation. loys, prior homogenizing may significantly raise the solidus
Satin-Finish—Sheet with a fine-textured matte finish on temperature (AA7075 for example). Exceeding the solidus
one or both surfaces. temperature during heat-treating has extremely deleterious
effect on material properties.
Stock—See “Reroll Stock.”
5-18 May, 2009

terminology
Solution Heat Treating—Heating an alloy to a suitable tem- Straightness—The extent to which the axis or the edge of a
perature for sufficient time to allow one or more soluble con- product approaches a straight line.
stituents to enter into solid solution where they are retained in
Strain—A measure of the change in size or shape of a body
a supersaturated state after quenching. This process can occur
due to stress, relative to its original size or shape. Tensile or
in an extrusion press, a furnace, a forging press or a hot rolling
compressive strain is the change, due to force, per unity of
mill.
length in an original linear dimension in the direction of the
Solvent Pop—See “Pop, Solvent.” force. It is typically measured in percent. See also “Recrys-
tallization.”
Specimen—That portion of a sample taken for evaluation of
some specific characteristic or property for the purpose of pro- Strain Hardening—Modification of a metal structure by cold
ducing test pieces. In North America, the term “Coupon” is working resulting in an increase in strength and hardness,
often used instead. See also “Test Piece.” generally with loss of ductility.
Speed Crack—See “Tear, Speed.” Streak (Stripe)—A superficial band or line which produces
a non-uniform surface appearance. Wide streaks are often
Speed Tear—See “Tear, Speed.”
termed “stripes.” According to the source or appearance of
Spot, Lube—A non-uniform extraneous deposit of lube on the the streak, a more precise composite term is used, e. g. “Dirt
coated sheet. Streak.” Additional terms referencing “Streak” include:
Spring Back Effect—The elastic partial recovery of a metal Bearing—A longitudinal discoloration, typically lighter
after a cold forming operation such as bending. Lack of this than the surrounding metal that can occur—as a result of
effect is termed “dead fold.” uneven cooling—where there are large changes in wall
thickness.
Squareness—Characteristic of having adjacent sides,planes
or axes meeting at 90°. Bright—A bright superficial band or elongated mark
which produces a non-uniform surface appearance.
Stabilizing—A thermal treatment, typically at low tempera-
tures, used to accelerate constitutional or structural changes Buff—A dull continuous streak caused by smudge buildup
in a solid metal in order to promote stability in dimensions, in on a buff used at shearing or other operations.
mechanical properties, in structure or in internal stress under
service conditions.
Burnish—A bright region on the sheet caused by exces-
sive roll surface wear.
Stain—A surface discoloration. Additional terms referencing
“Stain” include:
Coating—A banded surface appearance on a rolled prod-
uct caused by nonuniform adherence of roll coating to a
Diffusion—Patchy discoloration, which may vary from gray to work roll during hot and/or cold rolling. If generated in the
brown, that can arise from diffusion in clad metal. When diffu- hot rolling process, it is also called “Hot Mill Pickup.”
sion staining has the form of a streak, then the term “Diffusion
Diffusion—Diffusion staining that has the form of a streak,
Streak” is used. See “Streak—Diffusion.
which may vary from gray to brown, and that can arise
Heat Treat—A discoloration due to non-uniform oxidation of from diffusion in clad metal. See “Stain—Diffusion.”
the metal surface during heat treatment.
Dirt—Surface discoloration which may vary from gray to
Oil—Surface discoloration which may vary from dark brown black, is parallel to the direction of rolling, and contains
to white, produced during thermal treatment by incomplete de- rolled in foreign debris. It typically results from extrane-
composition of residual lubricants on the surface. ous material that drops from an overhead location onto
the rolling surface and is shallow enough to be removed
Saw Lubricant—Yellow to brown area of surface discoloration
by etching or buffing.
at the ends of the extruded length, caused by certain types of
saw lubricants if they are not removed from the metal prior to Grease—A narrow discontinuous streak caused by exces-
the thermal treatment. sive lubricant dripping on the surface of the rolled product
during rolling.
Water—See “Corrosion—Water Stain.”
Sticking (of Foil)—Adherence of contacting foil surfaces in a Grinding—A streak with a helical pattern appearance
transferred to a rolled product from a work roll.
coil sufficient to interfere with the normal ease of unwinding.
Straightening—Correcting operation of a drawn or extruded Heat—Milky colored band(s) parallel to the rolling direc-
tion which vary in both width and exact location along
product, to fulfill the requirements concerning tolerances on
the length.
form and dimensions. Additional terms referencing “Straight-
ening” include: Herringbone—Elongated alternately bright and dull
chevron markings. See also “Mark—Strain.”
Roller—Straightening of an extruded or drawn product by
passing it through a series of adequately arranged rolls. Leveler—A streak on the sheet surface in the rolling di-
For round products, this process is typically called “Reel- rection caused by transfer from the leveler rolls.
ing.”
Pickup—See “Streak—Coating.”
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,
May, 2009 5-19

terminology
Razo—A thin streak on the surface of a wrought prod- Tear, Speed—Transverse surface cracks, preferentially in
uct, only visible after chemical or electrochemical surface corner radii or extremities of a profile, caused by localized
treatment, caused by an inclusion or a cluster of inclusions high temperature. Also called “Speed Crack.”
in the metal which has been elongated during hot and/or Telescoping—Lateral stacking, primarily in one direction,
cold working. Razor streaks are often termed “stringer or wraps in a coil so that the edges of the coil are conical
inclusions” rather than flat. Improper alignment of rolls over which the
Structural—A streak on etched or anodized surfaces re- metal passes before rewinding is a typical cause. See also
sulting from a non-homogeneous distribution of interme- “Oscillation.”
tallic phases in the metal, resulting from the solidification Temper—The condition of the metal produced by mechani-
conditions of the ingot. cal and/or thermal processing, typically characterized by a
Stress—Force per unit of area. Stress is normally calculated certain structure and specified properties.
on the basis of the original cross-sectional dimensions. The Tensile Strength—The ratio of maximum load before rup-
three kinds of stresses are tensile, compressive, and shear. ture in a tensile test to original cross-sectional area. Also
Additional terms referencing “Stress” include: Corrosion called “Ultimate Tensile Strength.”
Cracking—See “Corrosion—Stress Cracking.”
Tensile Test—See “Test—Tensile.”
Internal—Stress set up within a metal as a result of
previous operations, e. g. casting, thermal treatment or Tension Scratch—See “Scratch—Tension.”
working. Relieving—The reduction of internal residual Test—An operation to which the test piece is subjected in
stresses by thermal or mechanical means. order to measure or classify a property. Additional terms
Residual—Internal stress left in the finished product after referencing “Test” include:
all fabricating operations, including stress relieving where Bend—A test intending to assess bending characteris-
applicable, have been carried out. tics and ductility of a product by bending a test piece
Stretcher Strain—See “Line—Lueders.” under defined conditions, typically with a predeter-
mined radius and angle. The predetermined radius is
Stretching—Imparting sufficient permanent set by applying called “Bend Radius.”
a unidirectional force to cause strain hardening and reduce
internal stress and distortion. Examples include flattening of Bore (of tube)—A test on tube to verify freedom from con-
rolled metal and straightening of extruded or extruded and striction by passing a metallic bob or wire of specified di-
drawn metal.” mensions through the tube.
Striation—Longitudinal non-uniform coating thickness Cut-Up (of forging)—A destructive test carried out on a
caused by uneven application of the liquid coating. forging to verify details of the grain flow and mechanical
properties in various positions in the forging.
Strip—In Europe, the term “Strip” is only used for coiled
sheet whereas the term “Sheet” is only used for rolled prod- Drift Expanding (of tube)—See “Test—Flare.”
ucts supplied in straight length. Dye Penetrant/Liquid Penetrant Inspection—A non-de-
Structural Quality Characteristic—A quality characteristic structive test characterized by the following steps:
caused by an inadequate microstructure or macrostructure. (1) immersing the clean and degreased test piece in a dye
Structural Streak—See “Streak—Structural.” penetrant or covering it with a layer of dye penetrant;
Suck-In—A defect caused when one face of a forging is (2) removing the residual superfluous dye penetrant from
sucked in to fill a projection on the opposite side. the surface of the test piece after a specified period;
Superplastic Forming—Forming of alloy sheet, typically bi- (3) visual control of the surface of the test piece, possibly
axial, which has been specially processed to have fine grain after a developer has been applied, to see if the dye seeps out
size and a low flow stress at a critical strain rate and tempera- from any flaws and cracks. The dye can be a fluorescent dye
ture, resulting in very large plastic deformation. Forming is which can be detected by means of an U.V. lamp.
typically carried out using low gas pressure to force to sheet Earing—A test consisting of deep-drawing of a blank into a
against a single surface tool. cup in order to assess the earing properties of the metal.
Eddy Current—A non-destructive test in which eddy-
current flow is induced in the test piece, mainly for the
assessment of different properties, e. g. the soundness
—T— of tubes, presence of specific surface or sub-surface de-
fects, microstructure or thickness of surface layers.
Tab Mark—See “Buckle—Arbor.”
Erichsen—A cupping test in which a piece of sheet
Tail Mark—See “Mark—Roll Bruise.” metal, restrained only at the periphery, is deformed by
Take Up Mark—See “Scratch—Tension.” a cone-shaped spherically ended plunger until fracture
occurs. The height of the cup in millimeters at fracture
initiation is a measure of the ductility.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5-20 May, 2009

terminology
Flanging—A test in which a disc-shaped rim of pre-
determined size is formed at the end of a tube or hol- Tolerance—Maximum allowable deviation from a
low profile test piece to assess its suitability for specific specified characteristic.
application, e. g. the manufacture of tubular rivets or Tolerance Range—The difference between the maximum
flanged products. The flanging test typically assesses limit of a parameter and the minimum limit of a parameter
the soundness of extrusion seams. of a specified characteristic. The tolerance range is an ab-
Flare (of tube)—A diametrical expansion of the end of solute value without sign.
a tube sample to a predetermined amount by the inser- Tool—See “Extrusion—Tool.”
tion of a cone, to assess the quality of the tube. In Eu-
rope, the term “Drift Expanding test” is used for this
Tooling Pad—See “Chucking Lug.”
concept. Tooling Plate—See “Plate—Tooling.”.
Flattening (of tube)—A test in which a tube test piece is Top Side (of Sheet)—The side of the strip with the higher
flattened in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal surface finish requirements. For coiled sheet the top side
axis until the diameter or major axis is reduced to a pre- is normally the outside of the coil. For sheet supplied in
determined value. stacks the top side is typically uppermost. See also “Re-
verse Side.”
Fracture—A test in which a piece of metal is notched
and broken, and the fractured surface examined in order Torn Surface—A deep longitudinal rub mark resulting
to assess grain structure and freedom from defects. from abrasion by extrusion or drawing tools.
Hardness—A test for the determination of hardness Torsion Test—See “Test—Torsion.”
properties and the estimation of strength properties,
typically by relating the load applied to an indenter of
Toughness—Ability of a metal to absorb energy and de-
form plastically before fracturing, typically measured by the
prescribed form to the depth or surface area of the im-
energy absorbed in a notch impact test or the area under
pression produced.
the stress-strain curve in tensile testing. See also “Fracture
Inspection—Activities necessary to compare character- Toughness.”
istics of a product with specified requirements.
Traffic Mark—See “Mark—Traffic.”
Macro-Etching—A test for which the metal is etched in
order to reveal its macrostructure.
Transverse Bow—See “Bow—Transverse.”
Mullen—A measurement of bursting strength of foil by Transverse Direction—See “Direction—Transverse.”
applying increasing pressure to a defined area of the test Tread Plate—See “Plate—Tread.”
piece until it ruptures.
Trimming—Removal of excess metal from the edges of a
Pressure—A hydraulic or pneumatic test applied to a coiled sheet. This term is sometimes also used for other
tube or a hollow profile to ensure that the metal will semi-finished products.
withstand a specified pressure for a specified time with-
out unacceptable leakage or distortion. “Pressure Tight-
Tube—A hollow wrought product of uniform cross-section
with only one enclosed void and with a uniform wall thick-
ness” is the absence of leakage at a specified pressure.
ness, supplied in straight lengths or in coiled form. Cross-
Tensile—A test in which the test piece is stressed in ten- sections are in the shape of circles, ovals, squares, rectan-
sion, normally until fracture, to determine one or more gles, equilateral triangles or regular polygons and can have
of its tensile properties. corners rounded, provided the inner and outer cross-sections
are concentric and have the same form and orientation. Tube
Torsion—A test in which a test piece is twisted axially
can be formed by extrusion or by forming and joining of
for a given number of revolutions.
sheet. Additional terms referencing “Tube” include:
Ultrasonic—A non-destructive test employing high-
frequency sound waves for the location and assessment
Alclad—Composite tube composed of an aluminum
alloy core having on either the inside or outside surface
of size of internal defects.
a metallurgically bonded aluminum coating that is an-
Wettability—A test in which solvents of varying con- odic to the core, thus electrolytically protecting the core
centrations are spread over a foil surface to assess re- against corrosion.
sidual lubricant after annealing. See also “Wettability.”
Bloom—See “Tube—Stock.”
Wrapping—A test consisting of winding the wire a
specified number of turns around a mandrel of diameter
Brazed—A tube produced by forming and seam-braz-
ing sheet.
stated in the material specification. The test can also
include a specified program of unwinding or of unwind- Butt Seam—See “Tube—Open Seam.”
ing and rewinding.
Butt Welded—A welded tube, the seam of which is
Test Piece—A piece taken from a sample or a specimen formed by positioning one edge of the sheet against the
which is suitably prepared for test. In North America the other for welding.
terms “Coupon” and “Specimen” are often used instead.
May, 2009 5-21

--``,`,``,``````,

terminology
Tubing—This term is not recommended. The term “tube”

Drawn—A tube brought to final dimensions by drawing is preferred.
through a die.
Tubing, Electrical Metallic—A tube having certain stan-
Embossed—A tube the outside surface of which has been dardized length and combinations of outside diameter and
roll-embossed with a design in relief regularly repeated in wall thickness thinner than that of “Rigid Conduit,” com-
a longitudinal direction. monly designated by nominal electrical trade sizes, for use
Extruded—A tube brought to final dimensions by extrud- with compression type fittings as a protection for electric
ing. wiring.
Finned—Tube which has integral fins or projections pro- Tubular Conductor—A tube product suitable for use as an
truding from its outside surface. electric conductor.
Fluted—A tube of nominally uniform wall thickness hav- Tumbling (Barreling)—A treatment of products in a rotat-
ing regular, longitudinal, concave corrugations with sharp ing container in the presence of abrasives and water for de-
cusps between corrugations. burring or to produce a variety of surface textures.
Heat-Exchanger—A tube used in apparatus in which fluid Twist—The extent to which a product is twisted around its
inside the tube will be heated or cooled by fluid outside the longitudinal axis.
tube, but the term is typically not applied to coiled tube or Two-Tone—A sharp color demarcation in the appearance of
to tube for use in refrigerators or radiators. the metal due to a difference in the work roll coating.
Helical-Welded—A welded tube produced by winding
the sheet to form a closed helix and joining the edges of
the seam by welding. —U—
Lap-Welded—A welded tube the seam of which is formed Ultimate Tensile Strength—See “Tensile Strength.”
by longitudinally lapping the edges of the sheet for weld-
ing. Ultrasonic Test—See “Test—Ultrasonic.”
Lock Seam—A tube produced by forming and mechani- Under-Aging—See “Aging—Under.”
cally lock-seaming sheet. Used Beverage Can (UBC)—Scrap consisting of used alu-
Open Seam—A shape normally produced from sheet of minum beverage cans.
nominally uniform wall thickness and approximately tu-
bular form but having a longitudinal, unjointed seam or
gap of width not greater than 25 percent of the outside —V—
diameter or greatest over-all dimension. Also referred to
as “Butt Seam Tube.” Vent Mark—See “Mark—Vent.”
Porthole/Bridge—A tube produced by extrusion of a Vickers Hardness—See “Hardness—Vickers.”
solid billet through a porthole or bridge die. The prod- Visual Quality Characteristic—A quality characteristic
uct is characterised by one or more longitudinal extrusion which can be detected by visual inspection of the material,
seams. sometimes after preparation of a sample and/or by use of a
Redraw—See “Tube—Stock.” microscope. The existence of a visual quality characteristic
does not necessarily imply a nonconformity, nor does it have
Seamless—A tube which does not contain any line junc- necessarily any implication as to the usability of a product.
tures resulting from method of manufacture. A visual quality characteristic can be rated on a scale of
Sized—A tube that, after extrusion, has been cold drawn severity, in accordance with appropriate specifications, e.
a slight amount to minimize ovality. g. to establish whether or not the product is of acceptable
quality.
Stepped Drawn—A drawn tube whose cross section
changes abruptly in area at intervals along its length.
Stock—A semifinished tube suitable for the production —W—
of drawn tube.
Weave—See “Oscillation.”
Structural—Tube commonly used for structural purposes.
Web—(1) A single thickness of foil as it leaves the roll-
Welded—A tube produced by longitudinal seam-welding, ing mill. (2) A connecting element between ribs, flanges, or
typically of formed sheet. Welded tube can be fabricated
bosses on profiles and forgings.
by arc-welding with or without welding wire, high fre-
quency seam welding, or any other type of welding.
5-22 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
terminology
Weld Line—See “Extrusion—Seam.”

Workability—See “Formability.”
Weld, Incomplete—The junction line of metal that has passed
through a die forming a hollow profile, separated and not com- Wrap, Loose—A condition in a coil due to insufficient tension
pletely rejoined. Flare testing is a method of evaluating weld which creates a small void between adjacent wraps.
integrity. Wrapping Test—See “Test—Wrapping.”
Welding—Joining two or more pieces of aluminum by apply- Wrinkle—See “Mark—Pinch.”
ing heat and/or pressure, with or without filler metal to produce
a localized union through fusion or recrystallization across the Wrought Product—A product that has been subjected to hot
interface. working and/or cold working.
Welding Rod—See “Rod—Welding.”

Welding Wire—See “Wire—Welding.” —Y—
Wettability—The degree to which a metal surface can be wet
by water. Wettability allows the assessment of the amount of Yield Strength—The stress necessary to produce a defined
residual lubricants on the surface. small plastic deformation in a material under uniaxial tensile
or compressive load. If the plastic deformation under tensile
Whip Mark—See “Mark—Whip.” load is defined as 0.2 %, then the term “Proof Strength Rp0.2”
Whisker—See “Hair, Slitter.” or “Yield Strength 0.2 %” is used.
Wire—A solid wrought product that is long in relation to its The term “Proof Strength” is used in European and ISO stan-
cross section, which is square or rectangular with sharp or dards, whereas the term “Yield Strength” is used in North
rounded corners or edges, or is round, hexagonal, or octago- American documents.
nal. In North America, the maximum diameter or perpendicu-
lar distance between parallel faces of a wire is 0.375 inches;
above this limit the product is called “Rod” or “Bar”. In Eu-
rope, a wire is supplied in coiled form; if supplied in straight
length, the product is called “Rod” or “Bar.” Additional terms
referencing “Wire” include:
Alclad—A composite wire product comprised of an alu-
minum-alloy wire having on its surface a metallurgically
bonded aluminum or aluminum alloy coating that is anodic
to the alloy to which it is bonded, thus electrolytically pro-
tecting the core alloy against corrosion.
Brazing—Wire of a low melting temperature alloy for use
as filler metal in brazing.
Cold-Heading—See “Cold Heading Wire.”
Conductor—Wire possessing the requisite electrical and
mechanical properties for use as an electrical conductor.
Drawn—Wire brought to final dimensions by drawing
through a die.
Extruded—Wire .brought to final dimensions by extrud-
ing.
Flattened—Wire having two parallel flat surfaces and
rounded edges, typically produced by roll-flattening round
wire.
Rivet—See “Cold Heading Wire.”
Welding—Wire for use as filler metal in joining by weld-
ing.
Work Hardening—See “Strain Hardening.”
Work Rolls—Nongrooved rolls which contact the material
being rolled.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5-23
limits/standards section
6. Standards Section
Included in this and following sections are the chemical The standard sequence for listing alloying elements and
composition and mechanical property limits, dimensional impurities is as follows:
tolerances, and other standards and related data for alu- Silicon; Iron; Copper; Manganese; Magnesium; Chromium; Nickel;
minum wrought products in general use. The tolerances Zinc; Titanium; .......... * .......... ; Other Elements, Each; Other Elements,
are those included in ANSI H35.2(M) Standard Dimen- Total; Aluminum.†
sional Tolerances for Aluminum Mill Products (see NOTE *Additional elements having limits are inserted, in alphabetical order by
below). Tables show standard tolerances, and when none their chemical symbols, between Titanium and other elements, each, or
are shown it should be understood that tolerances must be are listed in footnotes.
agreed on between vendor and purchaser. †Aluminum is specified as minimum for unalloyed aluminum and as
remainder for aluminum alloys.
Various documents, including some federal and military
specifications, cover requirements that are associated with mechanical properties—Standard mechanical property
defined size ranges but permit the specification to be used limits are based on producer analysis of data accumulated
for material outside the defined size or thickness ranges. from standard production material that has been sampled
For such material, mechanical properties, tolerances and and tested using standard procedures as detailed under
any other size-dependent requirements partially covered “Sampling and Testing” on pages 4-1 through 4-5. The lim-
by the applicable specification must be adequately defined its are established after sufficient test data have been accu-
in the purchase order or sales contract. Use of the specifi- mulated to adequately determine the form of the frequency
cation number in stenciling, marking, and/or certification distribution curve and to provide a reliable estimate of the
identifies the material as conforming to (1) the size inde- population mean and standard deviation. In most instances
pendent requirements of the specification and (2) the spe- the distribution is normal in form. For heat treatable al-
cific size-dependent requirements defined in the purchase loys, the properties are based on the results of a minimum
order or sales contract. Marking or stenciling does not of 100 tests from at least 5 different cast lots and at least
constitute certification. 10 different heat treat lots of material. No more than 10
tests from a given heat treat lot shall be included in the data
NOTE: The user of this Aluminum Standards and Data analysis. For non-heat treatable alloys, the properties are
manual should be aware that the dimensional tolerances based on the results of a minimum of 100 tests from at least
contained herein, as abstracted from ANSI H35.2(M), are 5 different cast lots of material that have separately passed
those in effect at the time of this manual’s publication but through subsequent processing operations as at least 10
are subject to supersession by subsequent revisions of fabricated inspection lots. No more than 10 tests from a
this ANSI Standard as it is updated to reflect advancing given fabricated inspection lot shall be included in the data
capabilities of the aluminum producing industry and the analysis. For both heat treatable and non-heat treatable al-
changing needs of using industries. loys, the 100 tests shall include observations from all gage
ranges. Multiple gage ranges shall have at least 30 tests
Standard Limits from each gage range or be derived from regression analy-
Standard limits for chemical composition, mechanical prop- sis of the 100 tests. The standard mechanical property
erties, physical properties and dimensional tolerances of limits are subsequently established at levels at which at
wrought aluminum mill products are expressed as follows: least 99 percent of the material is expected to conform at
a confidence level of 0.95. Mechanical property limits in
this metric issue of Aluminum Standards and Data have
chemical composition—Standard weight percent limits been derived from the inch-pound system limits that were
are expressed to the following decimal places: developed under the above principles.
Alloying elements and impurities As additional production experience is gained and addi-
Less than .001 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.000X tional test data become available, it may on occasion be
0.001 or greater but less than .01 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00X
necessary to revise a specific limit to more accurately re-
0.01 or greater but less than .10 percent:
flect the capability of the material. In case of doubt as to
the currency of any specific mechanical property limit,
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process . . . . . . . . . . 0.0XX
verification of its status should be obtained from The Alu-
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a
refining process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0X
minum Association. Standard mechanical property limits
are normally expressed as follows:
0.10 through .55 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.XX
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 percent Strength (ultimate, yield, etc.)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 5 MPa
through 0.55 percent as 0.X0 or 0.X5) *Exception: For two-digit H tempers whose second figure is odd, the
Over 0.55 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.X, X.X, XX.X etc. standard limits for strength are exactly midway between those for the
(except that combined Si + Fe limits for 1xxx designations adjacent two-digit H tempers whose second figures are even.
must be expressed as 0.XX or 1.XX) Elongation in 50 mm or 5D†* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 1%
Aluminum content of unalloyed aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XX.XX expressed as a whole number.
†D represents specimen diameter.
*Exception: For certain products the elongation in the short transverse
direction is expressed as a multiple of 0.5%.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6-1
standards section/limits
dimensional tolerances—When the specified (ordered)
Elongation in 250 mm
Less than 2 percent. . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.1%
dimension is subject to unsymmetrical dimensional tol-
2 to 3 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.2% erances, the applicable limits are those that apply to a calcu-
3 to 5 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.5% lated value of that dimension determined so that the permis-
5 to 10 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 to 20 percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20 percent and greater . . . . . . . . . .
multiple of 1%
multiple of 2%
multiple of 5%
} expressed
as a whole
number
sible deviations, plus and minus, bear the same proportional
relationship as those appearing in these standards.
Hardness mechanical properties, physical properties, cladding
Brinell hardness number. thickness, and ultrasonic discontinuity limits—The ap-
500 kg load. 10 mm ball. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 5BHN plicable limits are those that apply to the specified (ordered)
expressed as a whole number dimension.
fracture toughness—Standard limits are expressed to the

Conformance to Limits
following places: dimensional tolerances—For purposes of determining
conformance to the dimensional tolerances, a measured
where X is expressed value is not rounded off.
as a whole number chemical composition and properties—For purposes of
determining conformance to the limits for chemical com-
position and properties, an observed* value or a calculated
physical properties—Standard limits are expressed to the value is rounded off as follows in accordance with ASTM
following decimal places: E 29 (see below):
Electrical conductivity, MS/m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XX.X
Observed* or calculated
value is rounded off to
dimensional tolerances—Tolerances are expressed as mil-
}
Chemical composition Nearest unit in
limeter fractions or decimals, or as percentages of base Electrical conductivity last right-hand place of
values. The choice of tolerance depends on the dimension Ultimate, yield strength, figures of specified limit
Fracture toughness
being measured and the precision of the measuring instru- Elongation
ment. Where instruments permitting a high degree of pre-
cision are generally used, standard dimensional tolerances *Exception—When the limit for chemical composition is shown as
“less than” or “greater than,” the observed value is not rounded off
are expressed in decimals as follows except for foil: for purposes of determining conformance to limits.
Tolerance thru 0.050 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.005 mm
Tolerance over 0.050 mm thru 0.50 mm . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.01 mm Brinell Hardness: Nearest whole BHN converted from average diameter
Tolerance over 0.50 mm thru 1.00 mm . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.02 mm of indentation read to nearest multiple of 0.05 mm for routine
Tolerance over 1.00 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.05 mm acceptance tests and to nearest multiple of 0.02 mm for referee tests.
For measurements commonly made with instruments not
permitting such a high degree of precision, standard dimen- Twist Limits
sional tolerances are expressed as follows:
Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Tolerance up thru 5 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 0.5 mm flat surface and at any point along its length measuring the
Tolerance over 5 mm thru 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 1 mm
Tolerance over 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . multiple of 5 mm maximum distance between the bottom surface of the sec-
tion and the flat surface. From this measurement, the actual
deviation from straightness† of the section at that point is
Applicable Limits subtracted. The remainder is the twist. To convert the stan-
dard twist tolerance (degrees) to an equivalent linear value,
Applicable limits are determined by the specified (ordered) the sine of the standard tolerance is multiplied by the width
dimension when that dimension is subject to tolerances of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. The
that are identical to those appearing in these standards. following values are used to convert angular tolerances to
When a dimension or value is specified to more decimal linear deviation:
places than are used in these standards, applicable limiting Maximum allowable
Tolerance,
values are determined by rounding off the specified dimen- degrees
linear deviation
sion to the same number of places in conformance with the mm/mm of width
rounding-off method of ASTM Recommended Practice E 0.25 0.004
29 (see next column). 0.5 0.009
1 0.017
When the specified (ordered) dimension is subject to toler- 1.5 0.026
ances differing from those appearing in these standards, 3 0.052
5 0.087
the applicable limits, unless otherwise specified, are deter- 7 0.122
mined as follows: 9 0.156
15 0.259
21 0.358
†See Table of Straightness Limits for product of interest to determine actual
deviation from straightness.
6-2 May, 2009

clad products/standards section
Reference
For additional information on dimensional tolerances and When the figure next beyond the last place to be retained
twist limits, refer to Section 4, Appendix 2, and to Alumi- is less than 5, retain unchanged the figure in the last place
num Association publication “Understanding Aluminum retained.
Extrusion Tolerances”.
When the figure next beyond the last place to be retained
Rules for Rounding Off is 5, and there are no figures beyond this 5, or only zeros,
increase by 1 the figure in the last place retained if it is
Rounding off method of ASTM Standard Practice E 29,
odd; leave the figure unchanged if it is even. Increase by
for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine
1 the figure in the last place retained if there are figures
Conformance with Specifications:
beyond this 5.
Designations for Clad Products
Wrought aluminum alloy products having a metallurgically the cladding or its cladding alloy or both, are registered
bonded coating, the composition of which may or may not for any given core alloy and product form, those features
be the same as that of the core, and which is applied for differing from the original registration are included in the
such purposes as corrosion protection, finishing, brazing, designation: for example, 4%_ Alclad 7075 Plate, 7072
etc., are known collectively as clad products. Alclad One Side 2024 Sheet, 10% Alclad Outside 3003
Tube. When both the cladding thickness (or area percent-
The nominal thickness of the cladding is expressed as age) and the cladding alloy are different, they are indicated
follows: in that respective order: For example, 1½% 7072 Alclad
Sheet and Plate: Percent of total thickness on a side. 2024 Plate.
Tube: Percent of total wall thickness.
Some specialty mill products, clad for functional purposes
Wire: Percent of total cross-sectional area.
other than that of corrosion protection, are identified by
When the cladding is aluminum or an aluminum alloy of the designation Clad preceding the core alloy number:
high resistance to corrosion and is anodic to the core alloy For example, Clad 1100 Reflector Sheet. Clad specialty
it covers, thus physically and electrolytically protecting mill products having the same core alloy but with differ-
the core alloy against corrosion, the product is designated ing nominal thickness (or area percentage) of the cladding
Alclad (sometimes expressed Alc). All alclad products are alloy, cladding alloy designation, or covered surfaces are
identified by the designation Alclad preceding the core designated in a manner otherwise identical to those for al-
alloy designation: for example, Alclad 2024 Sheet, Alclad clad products.
5056 Wire, Alclad 3003 Tube. Alclad sheet and plate, un-
less otherwise indicated, is clad on both sides. When clad In other cases, specialty mill products clad for func-
on only one side, it is designated Alclad One Side. Alclad tional purposes other than that of corrosion protection
tube is clad on either the inside or the outside and is desig- are designated by arbitrarily assigned numeric or alpha-
nated Alclad Inside or Alclad Outside. numeric designations: for example, No. 21 Brazing Sheet.
Each designation identifies a unique combination and con-
Neither the nominal thickness (or area percentage) of the figuration of core and cladding alloys. Odd or even num-
cladding, nor its alloy designation, is indicated in the des- bered designations denote one or two sides clad products,
ignation assigned to the original alclad registration for respectively.
each core alloy in each product form. As additional alclad
products, differing from the original registration either in Components of clad products in general use are listed in
respect to the nominal thickness (or area percentage) of Table 6.1.
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6-3
standards section/clad products
TABLE 6.1 Components of Clad Products
TOTAL SPECIFIED
THICKNESS OF CLADDING THICKNESS PER SIDE
COMPONENT ALLOYS Q
COMPOSITE PRODUCT SIDES Percent of Composite Thickness
DESIGNATION mm CLAD
AVERAGE W
CORE CLADDING over thru NOMINAL
min. max.
Alclad 2014 Sheet and Plate 2014 6003 .. 0.63 Both 10 8 ..
0.63 1.00 Both 7.5 6 ..
1.00 2.50 Both 5 4 ..
2.50 .. Both 2.5 2 3E
1.60 .. Both 2.5 2 3E
1½% Alclad 2024 2024 1230 4.00 .. Both 1.5 1.2 3E
Sheet and Plate
Alclad One Side 2024 2024 1230 .. 1.60 One 5 4 ..
Sheet and Plate 1.60 .. One 2.5 2 3E
1½% Alclad One Side 2024 2024 1230 4.00 .. One 1.5 1.2 3E
Sheet and Plate .. ..
1.00 2.50 Both 5 4 ..
2.50 .. Both 2.5 2 3E
Alclad 3003 Sheet and Plate 3003 7072 All Both 5 4 6E
Alclad 3003 Tube 3003 7072 All Inside 10 .. ..
All Outside 7 .. ..
Alclad 7050 Sheet and Plate 7050 7072 .. 1.60 Both 4 3.2 ..
1.60 .. Both 2.5 2 ..
7108 Alclad 7050 7050 7108 .. 1.60 Both 4 3.2 ..
Sheet and Plate 1.60 .. Both 2.5 2 ..
1.60 4.00 Both 2.5 2 ..
4.00 .. Both 1.5 1.2 3E
2½% Alclad 7075 7075 7072 4.00 .. Both 2.5 2 4E
Sheet and Plate
Alclad One Side 7075 7075 7072 .. 1.60 One 4 3.2 ..
Sheet and Plate 1.60 4.00 One 2.5 2 ..
4.00 .. One 1.5 1.2 3E
2½% Alclad One Side 7075 7075 7072 4.00 .. One 2.5 2 4E
Sheet and Plate
7008 Alclad 7075 7075 7008 .. 1.60 Both 4 3.2 ..
Sheet and Plate 1.60 4.00 Both 2.5 2 ..
4.00 .. Both 1.5 1.2 3E
1.60 4.00 Both 2.5 2 ..
4.00 .. Both 1.5 1.2 3E
Alclad 7475 Sheet 7475 7072 .. 1.60 Both 4 3.2 ..
1.60 4.00 Both 2.5 2 ..
4.00 6.30 Both 1.5 1.2 ..
No. 7 Brazing Sheet 3003 4004 .. 0.63 One 15 12 18
0.63 1.60 One 10 8 12
1.60 .. One 7.5 6 9
No. 8 Brazing Sheet 3003 4004 .. 0.63 Both 15 12 18
0.63 1.60 Both 10 8 12
1.60 .. Both 7.5 6 9
No. 11 Brazing Sheet 3003 4343 R .. 1.60 One 10 8 12
1.60 .. One 5 4 6
No. 12 Brazing Sheet 3003 4343 R .. 1.60 Both 10 8 12
1.60 .. Both 5 4 6
No. 23 Brazing Sheet 6951 4045 .. 2.50 One 10 8 12
2.50 .. One 5 4 6
No. 24 Brazing Sheet 6951 4045 .. 2.50 Both 10 8 12
2.50 .. Both 5 4 6
NOTE: This table does not include all clad products registered with The Alu- W Average thickness per side as determined by averaging cladding thick-
minum Association. ness measurements taken at a magnification of 100 diameters on the
Q Cladding composition is applicable only to the aluminum or aluminum cross-section of a transverse sample polished and etched for microscopic
alloy bonded to the alloy ingot or slab preparatory to processing to the examination.
specified composite product. The composition of the cladding may be sub- E Applicable for thicknesses over 12.50 mm.
sequently altered by diffusion between the core and cladding due to thermal R The cladding component, in lieu of 4343 alloy, may be 5% 1xxx Clad
treatment. 4343.
6-4 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
chemical composition limits/standards section
TABLE 6.2 Chemical Composition Limits of Wrought Aluminum Alloys Q W
AA
MAN- MAG- CHRO- TITA- OTHERS p ALUMI-
DESIG- SILICON IRON COPPER NICKEL ZINC NUM
GANESE NESIUM MIUM NIUM Each i Total E
NATION Min.
1050 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.05 0.03 0.03 O .. 99.50R
1060 0.25 0.35 0.05 0.03 0.03 .. .. 0.05 0.03 0.03 O .. 99.60R
1100 0.95 Si + Fe 0.05–0.20 0.05 .. .. .. 0.10 .. 0.05 r 0.15 99.00R
1145 I 0.55 Si + Fe 0.05 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.05 0.03 0.03 O .. 99.45R
1200 1.00 Si + Fe 0.05 0.05 .. .. .. 0.10 0.05 0. 05 0.15 99.00R
1230 U 0.70 Si + Fe 0.10 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.10 0.03 0.03 O .. 99.30R
1235 0.65 Si + Fe 0.05 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.10 0.06 0.03 O .. 99.35R
1345 0.30 0.40 0.10 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.05 0.03 0.03 O .. 99.45R
1350 Y 0.10 0.40 0.05 0.01 .. 0.01 .. 0.05 .. 0.03 q 0.10 99.50R
2011 0.40 0.7 5.0–6.0 .. .. .. .. 0.30 .. 0.05 P 0.15 Remainder
2014 0.50–1.2 0.7 3.9–5.0 0.40–1.2 0.20–0.8 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2017 0.20–0.8 0.7 3.5–4.5 0.40–1.0 0.40–0.8 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2018 0.9 1.0 3.5–4.5 0.20 0.45–0.9 0.10 1.7–2.3 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2024 0.50 0.50 3.8–4.9 0.30–0.9 1.2–1.8 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2025 0.50–1.2 1.0 3.9–5.0 0.40–1.2 0.05 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2036 0.50 0.50 2.2–3.0 0.10–0.40 0.30–0.6 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2117 0.8 0.7 2.2–3.0 0.20 0.20–0.50 0.10 .. 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2124 0.20 0.30 3.8–4.9 0.30–0.9 1.2–1.8 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2218 0.9 1.0 3.5–4.5 0.20 1.2–1.8 0.10 1.7–2.3 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
2219 0.20 0.30 5.8–6.8 0.20–0.40 0.02 .. .. 0.10 0.02–0.10 0.05 y 0.15 Remainder
2319 0.20 0.30 5.8–6.8 0.20–0.40 0.02 .. .. 0.10 0.10–0.20 0.05 y 0.15 Remainder
2618 0.10–0.25 0.9–1.3 1.9–2.7 .. 1.3–1.8 .. 0.9–1.2 0.10 0.04–0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
3003 0.6 0.7 0.05–0.20 1.0–1.5 .. .. .. 0.10 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
3004 0.30 0.7 0.25 1.0–1.5 0.8–1.3 .. .. 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
3005 0.6 0.7 0.30 1.0–1.5 0.20–0.6 0.10 .. 0.25 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
3105 0.6 0.7 0.30 0.30–0.8 0.20–0.8 0.20 .. 0.40 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
4032 11.0–13.5 1.0 0.50–1.3 .. 0.8–1.3 0.10 0.50–1.3 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
4043 4.5–6.0 0.8 0.30 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.10 0.20 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
4045 { 9.0–11.0 0.8 0.30 0.05 0.05 .. .. 0.10 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
4047 { 11.0–13.0 0.8 0.30 0.15 0.10 .. .. 0.20 .. 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
4145 { 9.3–10.7 0.8 3.3–4.7 0.15 0.15 0.15 .. 0.20 .. 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
4343 { 6.8–8.2 0.8 0.25 0.10 .. .. .. 0.20 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
4643 3.4–4.6 0.8 0.10 0.05 0.10–0.30 .. .. 0.10 0.15 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5005 0.30 0.7 0.20 0.20 0.50–1.1 0.10 .. 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5050 0.40 0.7 0.20 0.10 1.1–1.8 0.10 .. 0.25 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5052 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.10 2.2–2.8 0.15–0.35 .. 0.10 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5056 0.30 0.40 0.10 0.05–0.20 4.5–5.6 0.05–0.20 .. 0.10 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5083 0.40 0.40 0.10 0.40–1.0 4.0–4.9 0.05–0.25 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5086 0.40 0.50 0.10 0.20–0.7 3.5–4.5 0.05–0.25 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5154 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.10 3.1–3.9 0.15–0.35 .. 0.20 0.20 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5183 0.40 0.40 0.10 0.50–1.0 4.3–5.2 0.05–0.25 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5252 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.10 2.2–2.8 .. .. 0.05 .. 0.03 O 0.10 Remainder
5254 0.45 Si + Fe 0.05 0.01 3.1–3.9 0.15–0.35 .. 0.20 0.05 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5356 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.05–0.20 4.5–5.5 0.05–0.20 .. 0.10 0.06–0.20 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5454 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.50–1.0 2.4–3.0 0.05–0.20 .. 0.25 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5456 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.50–1.0 4.7–5.5 0.05–0.20 .. 0.25 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5457 0.08 0.10 0.20 0.15–0.45 0.8–1.2 .. .. 0.05 .. 0.03 O 0.10 Remainder
5554 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.50–1.0 2.4–3.0 0.05–0.20 .. 0.25 0.05–0.20 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5556 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.50–1.0 4.7–5.5 0.05–0.20 .. 0.25 0.05–0.20 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5652 0.40 Si + Fe 0.04 0.01 2.2–2.8 0.15–0.35 .. 0.10 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
5654 0.45 Si + Fe 0.05 0.01 3.1–3.9 0.15–0.35 .. 0.20 0.05–0.15 0.05 r 0.15 Remainder
5657 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.03 0.6–1.0 .. .. 0.05 .. 0.02 u 0.05 Remainder
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6-5
standards section/chemical composition limits
TABLE 6.2 Chemical Composition Limits of Wrought Aluminum Alloys Q W (concluded)
AA OTHERS p ALUMI-
MAN- MAG- CHRO- TITA-
DESIG- SILICON IRON COPPER NICKEL ZINC NUM
GANESE NESIUM MIUM NIUM Each i Total E
NATION Min.
6003 U 0.35–1.0 0.6 0.10 0.8 0.8–1.5 0.35 .. 0.20 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6005 0.6–0.9 0.35 0.10 0.10 0.40–0.6 0.10 .. 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6005A 0.50-0.9 0.35 0.30 0.50 D 0.40-0.7 0.30 .. 0.20 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6053 e 0.35 0.10 .. 1.1–1.4 0.15–0.35 .. 0.10 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6061 0.40–0.8 0.7 0.15–0.40 0.15 0.8–1.2 0.04–0.35 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6063 0.20–0.6 0.35 0.10 0.10 0.45–0.9 0.10 .. 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6066 0.9–1.8 0.50 0.7–1.2 0.6–1.1 0.8–1.4 0.40 .. 0.25 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6070 1.0–1.7 0.50 0.15–0.40 0.40–1.0 0.50–1.2 0.10 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6082 0.7–1.3 0.50 0.10 0.40–1.0 0.6–1.2 0.25 .. 0.20 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6101 } 0.30–0.7 0.50 0.10 0.03 0.35–0.8 0.03 .. 0.10 .. 0.03 t 0.10 Remainder
6105 0.6–1.0 0.35 0.10 0.15 0.45–0.8 0.10 .. 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6151 0.6–1.2 1.0 0.35 0.20 0.45–0.8 0.15–0.35 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6162 0.40–0.8 0.50 0.20 0.10 0.7–1.1 0.10 .. 0.25 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6201 0.50–0.9 0.50 0.10 0.03 0.6–0.9 0.03 .. 0.10 .. 0.03 t 0.10 Remainder
6262 0.40–0.8 0.7 0.15–0.40 0.15 0.8–1.2 0.04–0.14 .. 0.25 0.15 0.05 T 0.15 Remainder
6351 0.7–1.3 0.50 0.10 0.40–0.8 0.40–0.8 .. .. 0.20 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6463 0.20–0.6 0.15 0.20 0.05 0.45–0.9 .. .. 0.05 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
6951 0.20–0.50 0.8 0.15–0.40 0.10 0.40–0.8 .. .. 0.20 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
7005 0.35 0.40 0.10 0.20–0.7 1.0–1.8 0.06–0.20 .. 4.5–5.0 0.01–0.06 0.05 w 0.15 Remainder
7008 U 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.7–1.4 0.12–0.25 .. 4.5–5.5 0.05 0.05 0.10 Remainder
7049 0.25 0.35 1.2–1.9 0.20 2.0–2.9 0.10–0.22 .. 7.2–8.2 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
7050 0.12 0.15 2.0–2.6 0.10 1.9–2.6 0.04 .. 5.7–6.7 0.06 0.05 o 0.15 Remainder
7072 U 0.7 Si + Fe 0.10 0.10 0.10 .. .. 0.8–1.3 .. 0.05 0.15 Remainder
7075 0.40 0.50 1.2–2.0 0.30 2.1–2.9 0.18–0.28 .. 5.1–6.1 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
7175 0.15 0.20 1.2–2.0 0.10 2.1–2.9 0.18–0.28 .. 5.1–6.1 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder
7178 0.40 0.50 1.6–2.4 0.30 2.4–3.1 0.18–0.28 .. 6.3–7.3 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
7475 0.10 0.12 1.2–1.9 0.06 1.9–2.6 0.18–0.25 .. 5.2–6.2 0.06 0.05 0.15 Remainder
8017 0.10 0.55–0.8 0.10–0.20 .. 0.01–0. 05 .. .. 0.05 .. 0.03 [ 0.10 Remainder
8030 0.10 0.30–0.8 0.15–0.30 .. 0.05 .. .. 0.05 .. 0.03 ] 0.10 Remainder
8176 0.03–0.15 0.40–1.0 .. .. .. .. .. 0.10 .. 0.05 A 0.15 Remainder
Note: Listed herein are designations and chemical composition limits for O Vanadium 0.05 percent maximum.
some wrought unalloyed aluminum and for wrought aluminum alloys reg- P Also contains 0.20–0.6 percent each of lead and bismuth.
istered with The Aluminum Association. This list does not include all alloys { Brazing alloy.
registered with The Aluminum Association. A complete list of registered } Bus conductor.
designations is contained in the “Registration Record of International Alloy q Vanadium plus titanium 0.02 percent maximum; boron 0.05 percent maxi-
Designations and Chemical Composition Limits for Wrought Aluminum and mum; gallium 0.03 percent maximum.
Wrought Aluminum Alloys.” These lists are maintained by the Technical Com- w Zirconium 0.08–0.20.
mittee on Product Standards of the Aluminum Association. e Silicon 45 to 65 percent of actual magnesium content.
Q Composition in percent by weight maximum unless shown as a range r Beryllium 0.0003 maximum for welding electrode and welding rod only.
or a minimum. t Boron 0.06 percent maximum.
W Except for “Aluminum” and “Others,” analysis normally is made for ele- y Vanadium 0.05–0.15; zirconium 0.10–0.25.
ments for which specific limits are shown. For purposes of determining con- u Gallium 0.03 percent maximum; vanadium 0.05 percent maximum.
formance to these limits, an observed value or a calculated value obtained i In addition to those alloys referencing footnote r, a 0.0008 weight per-
from analysis is rounded off to the nearest unit in the last right-hand place cent maximum beryllium is applicable to any alloy to be used as welding
of figures used in expressing the specified limit, in accordance with ASTM electrode or welding rod.
Recommended Practice E 29. o Zirconium 0.08–0.15.
E The sum of those “Other” metallic elements 0.010 percent or more each, p “Others” includes listed elements for which no specific limit is shown as
expressed to the second decimal before determining the sum. well as unlisted metallic elements. The producer may analyze samples for
R The aluminum content for unalloyed aluminum not made by a refining trace elements not specified in the registration or specification. However,
process is the difference between 100.00 percent and the sum of all the such analysis is not required and may not cover all metallic “Other” elements.
other metallic elements together with silicon present in amounts of 0.010 Should any analysis by the producer or the purchaser establish that an “Oth-
percent or more each, expressed to the second decimal before determining ers” elements exceeds the limit of “Total,” the material shall be considered
the sum. nonconforming.
T Also contains 0.40–0.7 percent each of lead and bismuth. [ Boron 0.04 percent maximum; lithium 0.003 percent maximum.
Y Electric conductor. Formerly designated EC. ] Boron 0.001–0.04.
U Cladding Alloy. See Table 6.1. A Gallium 0.03 percent maximum.
I Foil. S Boron 0.04 percent maximum.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6-6 May, 2009

ultrasonic discontinuity limits/standards section
TABLE 6.3 Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits Q W U
SIZE
THICKNESS MAXIMUM MASS MAXIMUM WIDTH DISCONTINUITY
PRODUCT ALLOY mm PER PIECE TO THICKNESS CLASS E
over thru kg T RATIO
2014 Y
2024 Y 12.50 35.00 1 000 .. B
2124
2219 Y 35.00 80.00 1 000 .. A
Plate
7050 Y
7075 Y
7178 Y 80.00 115.00 1 000 .. B
7475 Y
2014
2024 12.50 R 300 10 to 1 B
2219
Extruded Bar and Profiles
7050 12.50 35.00 300 10 to 1 B
7075
35.00 R 300 10 to 1 A
7178
2014 12.50 35.00 R 300 .. B
2219
Cold Finished Bar 2024 35.00 80.00 R 300 .. A
and Profiles 7050
7075 80.00 155.00 R 500 .. B
7178
2014
2219
Die Forgings and 7049
12.50 100.00 150 .. B
Rolled Rings 7050
7075
7175
2014
2219
7049
Hand Forgings 25.00 200.00 300 .. A
7050
7075
7175
Q Refer to “Ultrasonic Testing” in Section 4, Quality Control, for information R The thickness of any element of a “profile” is deemed to be the smallest
relating to equipment and test procedures. dimension of that element and the discontinuity class applicable to that par-
W Discontinuities in excess of those listed in this table are allowed if it is ticular thickness applies to that element of the profile.
established that they will be removed by machining or that they are in non- T For plate, the maximum weight is (a) the ordered weight of a plate of
critical areas as designated on zoned engineering drawings of the material rectangular geometry or (b) the planned weight of a rectangular plate prior
to be inspected. to removing metal to produce a part or plate profile to a drawing.
E The discontinuity class limits are defined in paragraph 2 of “Ultrasonic Y Also applicable to alclad plate.
Testing” in Section 4, Quality Control. U Refer to paragraph 3 of “Ultrasonic Testing” in Section 4, Quality Control,
for inspection limitations dependent on entry and back surface resolution.
TABLE 6.4 Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion Resistant Tempers

LOT ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Q
ALLOY AND TEMPER ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY LOT ACCEPTANCE
LEVEL OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES T
MS/m W STATUS
7049-T73, T7352 23.2 or greater Per standard requirements
22.0 thru 23.1 Per standard requirements and yield strength does Acceptable Y
not exceed minimum by more than 68 MPa
Per standard requirements but yield strength exceeds
minimum by more than 68 MPa Unacceptable E
Less than 22.0 Any level
7050-T73510 and 23.8 or greater Per standard requirements
T73511 23.2 thru 23.7 Per standard requirements and yield strength does Acceptable Y
not exceed 475 MPa
475 MPa
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Unacceptable E
Less than 23.2 Any Level
7050-T74 R O 22.0 or greater Per standard requirements and SCF I is 220 or less Acceptable Y
T7451, T74510, Per standard requirements but SCF I is over 220
T74511, Unacceptable E
T7452 Less than 22.0 Any level
May, 2009 6-7

standards section/lot acceptance criteria
TABLE 6.4 Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion Resistant Tempers (concluded)
LOT ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Q
ALLOY AND TEMPER ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY LOT ACCEPTANCE
LEVEL OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES T
MS/m W STATUS
7050-T7651 21.5 or greater Per standard requirements and SCF I is 250 or less Acceptable Y
Per standard requirements but SCF I is over 250
Unacceptable E
7050-T76510 Equal or greater than 22.6 Per standard requirements
T76511 Acceptable Y
21.5 but less than 22.6 Per standard requirements and SCF I is 270 or less
Per standard requirements but SCF I is greater than
270 Unacceptable E
7075-T73, T7351 23.2 or greater Per standard requirements
T73510, 22.0 thru 23.1 Per standard requirements and yield strength does Acceptable Y
T73511, not exceed minimum by more than 82 MPa
T7352
minimum by more than 82 MPa Unacceptable E
7075-T76, T7651 22.0 or greater Per standard requirements Acceptable Y
T76510, 20.9 thru 22.0 Per standard requirements Suspect U
T76511
Unacceptable E
7175-T74 O, T7452, 23.2 or greater Per standard requirements Acceptable Y
T7454 22.0 thru 23.1 Per standard requirements and the longitudinal yield
strength does not exceed the minimum by more than Acceptable Y
82 MPa
Longitudinal yield strength exceeds the minimum
Unacceptable E
by 82 MPa or more
Less than 22.0 Any level Unacceptable E
7178-T76, T7651 22.0 or greater Per standard requirements Acceptable Y
T76510, 20.3 thru 22.0 Per standard requirements
T76511 Suspect U
Less than 20.3 Any level Unacceptable E
7475-T7351 23.2 or greater Per standard requirements Acceptable Y

23.1 or less Any level Unacceptable E
22.6 or greater Per standard requirements and yield strength is 61

ALCLAD MPa or less above specified minimum Acceptable Y
7475-T761
Yield strength exceeds minimum by 62 MPa or more Unacceptable E
22.0 thru 22.5 Per standard requirement Unacceptable E
7475-T761 22.7 or greater Per standard requirements and yield strength is 61 Acceptable Y
MPa or less above specified minium

7475-T7651 22.6 or greater Per standard requirements and yield strength Acceptable Y
is 61 MPa or less above specified minimum

Q These criteria apply to all products covered in Table 6.5 in the applicable Y “Acceptable” lot acceptance status is based upon ability of material with
indicated tempers. Limits are also applicable to alclad sheet and plate after the stated level of electrical conductivity and yield strength to demonstrate
removal of the cladding. statistical compliance with its respective corrosion resistance capabilities.
W Electrical conductivity measurements are made in accordance with For the applicable corrosion resistance capabilities, refer to the mechanical
ASTM E1004 on the same samples used for tensile testing and at the loca- properties section for the product under consideration.
tion indicated in Table 6.5. U When material in these tempers is found to be suspect it is either tested for
E When the lot acceptance status is “unacceptable,” the material is repro- exfoliation corrosion resistance per ASTM G34 (See Table 6.7) or it is reprocessed
cessed (additional precipitation heat treatment or re-solution heat treatment (additional precipitation heat treatment or resolution heat treatment and precipita-
and precipitation heat treatment). tion heat treatment). Favorable exfoliation corrosion test results must never be
R Die forgings in the T74 (formerly T736) temper also are restricted to used as acceptance criteria for stress corrosion resistance.
I The Yield Strength/Electrical Conductivity relationship is as follows:
having yield strength, parallel to the direction of grain flow, not to exceed
495 MPa. Stress Corrosion Susceptibility Factor (SCF) = Yield Strength (XXX MPa)
T The test direction applicable to these criteria is the standard mechanical minus 12 times Electrical Conductivity (XX.X(MS/m)).
property test direction for the product; long transverse for sheet, plate, and Former temper designations were T736, T73651, T736510, T736511 and
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
hand forgings, longitudinal for extrusions, and parallel to the direction of T73652, respectively.
O Former temper designations were T736, T73651, T736510, T736511 and
grain flow for die forgings.
T73652, respectively.
6-8 May, 2009

fracture toughness limits/standards section
TABLE 6.5 Location for Electrical Conductivity Measurements
THICKNESS mm LOCATION FOR ELECTRICAL
ALLOY AND TEMPER PRODUCT
over thru CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENTS W
7050-T7451 R Sheet and plate Q Surface of tensile sample

7075-T73, T7351 All
7475-T7351
7050-T7651 Sheet and plate Q Surface of tensile sample
.. 2.50
7075-T76, T7651
7178-T76, T7651 Sub-surface after removing approximately 10% of
2.50 ..
7475-T761, T7651 thickness of tensile sample
7075-T73, T7351 Rolled, or cold finished Surface of tensile sample
All
from rolled, wire, rod, bar
7050-T73510, T73511 Extruded, or cold finished Surface of tensile sample E
.. 2.50
T74510 R, T74511 R from extruded, wire, rod,
T76510, T76511 and bar, and extruded Sub-surface after removing approximately 10% of
7075-T73, T7351 profiles and tube 2.50 12.50
thickness of tensile sample
T73510, T73511
T76 Sub-surface of approximately center of thickness on a
T76510, T76511 12.50 40.0 plane parallel to the longitudinal center line of the
7178-T76 material.
T76510, T76511 Sub-surface on test coupon surface that is closest to
40.0 .. the center of the thickness and on a plane parallel to
the extrusion surface.
7075-T73 Drawn tube .. 2.50 Surface of tensile sample E
Sub-surface after removing approximately 10% of
2.50 12.50
thickness of tensile sample
7049-T73, T7352 Forgings Surface of tensile sample
7050-T74 R, T7452 R
7075-T73, T7352 All
7175-T74 R, T7452 R and
T7454 R
Q Also applies to alclad sheet and plate; however the cladding must be removed and the electrical conductivity determined on the core material.
W For curved surfaces, the conductivity is measured on a machined flat spot.
E For smaller sizes of tube, a cut-out portion is flattened and the surface measured.
R T74 type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in the literature and in some specifications as T736 tempers.
TABLE 6.6 Fracture Toughness Limits

Fracture Toughness Limits for Plate Q W Fracture Toughness Limits for Sheet $ T
Alloy Thickness KIc, MPa m, minimum Thickness
mm Alloy Kc, MPa m, minimum
and mm
and
Temper L-T T-L S-L Temper L-T T-L S-L
over thru over thru
2124-T851 35.00 155.00 26 22 20
7475-T61 1.00 3.20 — 82 —
7050-T7451 E 6.00 50.00 32 27 — 3.20 6.30 66 66 —
50.00 80.00 30 26 23
7475-T761 1.00 3.20 — 96 —
80.00 100.00 28 25 23
3.20 6.30 — 88 —
100.00 130.00 27 24 23
130.00 150.00 26 24 23 ALCLAD 1.00 3.20 — 82 —
150.00 180.00 25 23 23 7475-T61 3.20 6.30 — 66 —
180.00 200.00 25 23 23 ALCLAD 1.00 3.20 110 96 —
7050-T7651 25.00 50.00 28 26 — 7475-T761 3.20 6.30 — 88 —
50.00 80.00 26 25 22
7475-T651 20.00 40.00 33 31 — Q When tested per ASTM Test Method E399 and ASTM Practice B645.
7475-T7351 20.00 30.00 42 35 — W Specimen thickness and test locations are defined in the applicable SAE-
30.00 100.00 44 36 — AMS specification.
70.00 100.00 — — 27 E T74 type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in the
7475-T7651 30.00 35.00 36 33 — literature and in some specifications as T736 type tempers.
R When tested per ASTM Practice B646 and ASTM Practice E561.
T The minimums shown are for a mt panel, 406 mm wide. The inital crack
length, 2a0 shall be equal to one quarter of the width, W; that is 2a0 /W=.25.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 6-9

standards section/corrosion resistance test criteria
TABLE 6.7 Corrosion Resistance Test Criteria
STRESS CORROSION EXFOLIATION CORROSION
PRODUCT ALLOY AND TEMPER RESISTANCE TEST Q RESISTANCE TEST W
STRESS LEVEL SAMPLE LOCATION
Sheet 7075-T76 — E
7178-T76 — E
7475-T761 — E
Plate 2124-T851 Y 50% RLTYS T —
2219-T851 Y 75% RLTYS T —
2219-T87 Y 75% RLTYS T —
7050-T7451 R 240 MPa E
7050-T7651 170 MPa E
7075-T7351 75% RLYS T —
7075-T7651 170 MPa E
7178-T7651 170 MPa E
7475-T7351 275 MPa —
7475-T7651 170 MPa E
2219-T8510, T8511 Y MPa —
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Extruded, or Cold Finished from 7050-T73510, T73511 75% RLYS T —
Extruded, Wire, Rod, and Bar, and 7050-74510 R, T74511 R 240 MPa E
Extruded Profiles and Tube 7050-T76510, T76511 120 MPa E
7075-T73, T7351 75% RLYS T —
7075-T73510, T73511 75% RLYS T —
7075-T76 170 MPa E
7075-T76510, T76511 170 MPa E
7178-T76 170 MPa E
7178-T76510, T76511 170 MPa E
Rolled, or Cold Finished from Rolled Wire, 7075-T73, T7351 75% RLYS T —
Rod and Bar
Drawn Tube 7075-T73 75% RLYS T E
Hand Forgings 7049-T73, T7352 75% RLYS T —
7050-T7452 R 240 MPa E
7075-T73, T7352 75% RLYS T —
7075-T74, T7452 240 MPa for thicknesses —
75 mm or less
50% of RLYS for thicknesses
over 75 mm
Die Forgings 7049-T73, T7352 75% RLYS T —
7050-T74 R 240 MPa E
7075-T73, T7352 75% RLYS T —
7175-T74 240 MPa E
7175-T7452 240 MPa E
7175-T7454 240 MPa E
Q Tested in accordance with ASTM G47.
W Tested in accordance with ASTM G34 and displays corrosion less than literature and in some specifications as T736 type tempers.
that pictured by Photo EB, Figure 2. T RLTYS—Registered long transverse yield strength. RLYS—Registered
E Sample location to be the same as the electrical conductivity test location longitudinal yield strength.
per Table 6.5. Y These 2xxx alloys do not routinely require SCC lot release testing. The
R T74 type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in criteria shown are in accordance with certain government and customer
specifications, but apply only when specified.
6-10 May, 2009

introduction/sheet and plate
7. Sheet and Plate
Introduction Table 7.15 - Diameter Tolerances for Sheared or
Section 7. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Blanked Circles
mechanical property limits and product dimensional tol- Table 7.16 - Diameter Tolerances for Sawed Circles
erance limits for aluminum alloy sheet and plate. These Table 7.17 - Flatness Tolerances for Flat Sheet
limits are statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be Table 7.18 - Flatness Tolerances for Sawed or
used as the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable Sheared Plate
in any specific situation are those for the specific size of Some general comments on the applicability and methods
product ordered. for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on
p. 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For sheet and
Product Property Limits for plate products, it is appropriate to note that these pub-
Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate lished tolerance limits represent industry standards that
are agreed to and capable of being met by all members of
Tables 7.1 through 7.6 provide the specified aluminum the industry. Thus they represent the maximum tolerances
industry product limits for aluminum alloy sheet and plate that can be provided by any producer; in no case should
products, as follows: tolerance ranges larger than these values be provided.
Table 7.1 - Mechanical Property Limits - Non-Heat- In some cases, substantially tighter limits (i.e., smaller ranges
Treatable Alloys of thickness, width and/or length) may be obtained from
Table 7.2 - Mechanical Property Limits - Heat- individual producers upon special order. In this regard, for
Treatable Alloys example, it is broadly understood in the industry that it
Table 7.3 - Mechanical Property Limits - Brazing is possible to order sheet and plate from many suppliers
Sheet to thickness tolerances that are one-half those in the limit
Table 7.4 - Weights per Square Foot Table 7.7a, as illustrated in Table 4.1 in the blue pages.
Table 7.5 - Weight Conversion Factors
Table 7.6 - Recommended Minimum Bend Radii For additional information of specific tolerance ranges
for 90-Degree Cold forming available, contact producers directly.
Note that the product limits shown above are statistically-
based guaranteed limits, and are thus suitable for the design Product Limits for Special Finished Sheet
of aluminum alloy products. and Plate Products
The guaranteed mechanical, dimensional and finish charac-
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual teristics of special aluminum alloy sheet and plate products
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) are shown in Tables 7.19 through 7.43, as follows:
dimension.
Painted Sheet - Table 7.19 and associated text
Table 7.19 - Recommended Minimum Bend Radii
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for
Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate Commercial roofing and siding - Tables 7.20 through
7.30
Specific aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for Table 7.20 - Standard Finishes for Roofing and
aluminum alloy sheet and plate are shown in Tables 7.7 Siding
through 7.18, as listed below: Table 7.21 - Designed Dimensions and Weights
Table 7.7a - Sheet and Plate Thickness Tolerances for Corrugated Roofing
(Non-Aerospace Applications) Table 7.22 - Designed Dimensions and Weights
Table 7.7b - Sheet and Plate Thickness Tolerances for Corrugated Siding
(Aerospace Applications) Table 7.23 - Designed Dimensions and Weights
Table 7.8 - Width Tolerances for Sheared Flat for V-Beam Roofing and Siding
Sheet and Plate Table 7.24 - Designed Dimensions and Weights
Table 7.9 - Length Tolerances for Sheared Flat for Ribbed Roofing
Sheet and Plate Table 7.25 - Designed Dimensions and Weights
Table 7.10 - Width and Length Tolerances for for Ribbed Siding
Sawed Flat Sheet and Plate Table 7.26 - Thickness Tolerances
Table 7.11 - Width Tolerances for Sheared Flat Table 7.27 - Depth of Corrugation Tolerances
Sheet and Plate Table 7.28 - Length Tolerances
Table 7.12 - Lateral Bow Tolerances for Coiled Table 7.29 - Parallelness of Corrugations
Sheet Table 7.30 - Squareness Tolerances
Table 7.13 - Lateral Bow Tolerances for Flat Sheet
and Plate
Table 7.14 - Squareness Tolerances for Flat Sheet
and Plate
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 7-1

sheet and plate/introduction
Duct Sheet - Tables 7.31 through 7.34, and associated Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-1
text Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2
Table 7.31 - Thickness Tolerances for Duct Sheet Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2
Table 7.32 - Width Tolerances for Flat Duct Sheet Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5
Table 7.33 - Width Tolerances Ultrasonic Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5
Table 7.34 - Length Tolerances Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-7
Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-10
Tread Plate - Tables 7.35 through 7.43
Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-11
Table 7.35 - Mechanical Property Limits for
Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12
Tread Plate
Certification Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12
Table 7.36 - Mass per Square Metre for Tread
Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-16
Plate
Table 7.37- Thickness Tolerances for Tread Plate
Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 5-1
Table 7.38 - Width Tolerances
Table 7.39 - Length Tolerances
Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Table 7.40 - Height of Pattern Tolerance
Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Table 7.41 - Camber of Pattern Line Tolerances
Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-2
Table 7.42 - Lateral Bow Tolerances
Conformance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-2
Table 7.43 - Squareness Tolerances
Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
References to Other Sheet and Plate Information Chemical Composition Limits
in Aluminum Standards and Data Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Alloy and Temper Designation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Pages, p. 1-3 Clad Sheet and Plate Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-3
Specifications for Aluminum Alloy Sheet Designations for Clad Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-3
and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15 Components of Clad Products. . . . . . . Table 6.1, p. 6-4
Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1
Specialty Sheet and Plate Products . . . . . Table 3.2, p. 3-7 Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits . . . . . . . Table 6.3, p. 6-7
Comparative Characteristics and Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.3, p. 3-8 Resistant Tempers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.4, p. 6-7
Typical Heat Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.4, p. 3-12 Location for Electrical Conductivity
Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17 Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.5, p. 6-9
Corrosion Resistance Test Criteria . . Table 6.7, p. 6-10
Fracture Toughness Limits . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.6, p. 6-9
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-2 May, 2009

mechanical properties/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Non-Heat-Treatable Alloys Q P
SPECIFIED THICKNESS ELONGATION T
TENSILE STRENGTHS—MPa
ALLOY mm W percent min
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
TEMPER over thru 50 mm
min. max. min. max. (5.65 A )
1060
1060-O 0.15 0.32 55 95 15 .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 55 95 15 .. 18 ..
0.63 1.20 55 95 15 .. 23 ..
1.20 6.30 55 95 15 .. 25 ..
6.30 80.00 55 95 15 .. 25 22
1060-H12 E 0.40 0.63 75 110 60 .. 6 ..
0.63 1.20 75 110 60 .. 7 ..
1.20 6.30 75 110 60 .. 12 ..
6.30 50.00 75 110 60 .. 12 10
1060-H14 E 0.20 0.32 85 120 70 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 85 120 70 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 85 120 70 .. 6 ..
1.20 6.30 85 120 70 .. 10 ..
6.30 25.00 85 120 70 .. 10 9
1060-H16 E 0.15 0.32 95 130 75 1 ..
..
0.32 0.63 95 130 75 2 ..
..
0.63 1.20 95 130 75 4 ..
..
1.20 3.20 95 130 75 5 ..
1060-H18 E 0.15 0.32 110 .. 85 1 ..
..
0.32 0.63 110 .. 85 2 ..
..
0.63 1.20 110 .. 85 3 ..
..
1.20 3.20 110 .. 85 4 ..
1060-H112 6.30 12.50 75 .. .. 10 ..
18
12.50 40.00 70 .. .. .. ..
22
40.00 80.00 60 .. .. .. ..
1100
1100-O 0.15 0.32 75 105 25 .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 75 105 25 .. 17 ..
0.63 1.20 75 105 25 .. 22 ..
1.20 6.30 75 105 25 .. 30 ..
6.30 80.00 75 105 25 .. 28 25
1100-H12 E 0.40 0.63 95 130 75 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 95 130 75 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 95 130 75 .. 8 ..
6.30 50.00 95 130 75 .. 10 9
1100-H14 E 0.20 0.32 110 145 95 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 110 145 95 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 110 145 95 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 110 145 95 .. 5 ..
6.30 25.00 110 145 95 .. 7 6
1100-H16 E 0.15 0.32 130 165 115 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 130 165 115 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 130 165 115 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 130 165 115 .. 4 ..
1100-H18 0.15 0.32 150 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 150 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 150 .. .. .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 150 .. .. .. 4 ..
1100-H19 0.15 1.60 165 .. .. .. 1
1100-H112 6.30 12.50 90 . 50 .. 9 ..
12.50 40.00 85 .. 40 .. .. 12
40.00 80.00 80 .. 30 .. .. 18
1350
1350-O 0.15 0.32 55 95 .. .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 55 95 .. .. 17 ..
0.63 1.20 55 95 .. .. 22 ..
1.20 6.30 55 95 .. .. 30 ..
6.30 80.00 55 95 .. .. 28 25
1350-H12 0.40 0.63 80 115 .. .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 80 115 .. .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 80 115 .. .. 8 ..
6.30 50.00 80 115 .. .. 10 9
1350-H14 0.20 0.32 95 130 .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 95 130 .. .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 95 130 .. .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 95 130 .. .. 5 ..
6.30 25.00 95 130 .. .. 7 6
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-3
sheet and plate/mechanical properties
TABLE 7.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Non-Heat-Treatable Alloys Q P (continued)
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
1350 (Continued)
1350-H16 0.15 0.32 110 145 .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 110 145 .. .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 110 145 .. .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 110 145 .. .. 4 ..
1350-H18 0.15 0.32 125 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 125 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 125 .. .. .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 125 .. .. .. 4 ..
1350-H112 6.30 12.50 75 .. .. .. 10 ..
12.50 40.00 60 .. .. .. .. 14
3003
3003-O 0.15 0.20 95 130 35 .. 14 ..
0.20 0.32 95 130 35 .. 18 ..
0.32 0.63 95 130 35 .. 20 ..
0.63 1.20 95 130 35 .. 22 ..
1.20 6.30 95 130 35 .. 25 ..
6.30 80.00 95 130 35 .. 23 21
3003-H12 E 0.40 0.63 120 160 85 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 120 160 85 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 120 160 85 .. 6 ..
6.30 50.00 120 160 85 .. 9 8
3003-H14 E 0.20 0.32 140 180 115 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 140 180 115 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 140 180 115 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 140 180 115 .. 5 ..
6.30 25.00 140 180 115 .. 8 7
3003-H16 E 0.15 0.32 165 205 145 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 165 205 145 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 165 205 145 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 165 205 145 .. 4 ..
3003-H18 E 0.15 0.32 185 .. 165 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 185 .. 165 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 185 .. 165 .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 185 .. 165 .. 4 ..
3003-H19 0.15 1.60 200 .. .. .. 1 ..
3003-H112 6.30 12.50 115 .. 70 .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 105 .. 40 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 100 .. 40 .. .. 16
ALCLAD 3003 I
Alclad 3003-O 0.15 0.32 90 125 30 .. 14 ..
0.32 0.63 90 125 30 .. 20 ..
0.63 1.20 90 125 30 .. 22 ..
1.20 6.30 90 125 30 .. 25 ..
6.30 12.50 90 125 30 .. 23 ..
12.50 80.00 95 R 130 R 35 R .. .. 21
Alclad 3003-H12 E 0.40 0.63 115 155 80 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 115 155 80 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 115 155 80 .. 6 ..
6.30 12.50 115 155 80 .. 9 ..
12.50 50.00 120 R 160 R 80 R .. .. 8
Alclad 3003-H14 E 0.20 0.32 135 175 110 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 135 175 110 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 135 175 110 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 135 175 110 .. 5 ..
6.30 12.50 135 175 110 .. 8 ..
12.50 25.00 140 R 180 R 115 R .. .. 7
7-4 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
ALCLAD 3003 I (Continued)
Alclad 3003-H16 E 0.15 0.32 160 200 140 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 160 200 140 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 160 200 140 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 160 200 140 .. 4 ..
Alclad 3003-H18 0.15 0.32 180 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 180 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 180 .. .. .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 180 .. .. .. 4 ..
Alclad 3003-H112 6.30 12.50 110 .. 65 .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 105 R .. 40 R .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 100 R .. 40 R .. .. 16
3004
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3004-O 0.15 0.32 150 200 60 .. 9 ..
0.32 0.63 150 200 60 .. 12 ..
0.63 1.20 150 200 60 .. 15 ..
1.20 6.30 150 200 60 .. 18 ..
6.30 80.00 150 200 60 .. 16 14
3004-H32 E 0.40 0.63 190 240 145 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 190 240 145 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 190 240 145 .. 5 ..
6.30 50.00 190 240 145 .. 6 5
3004-H34 E 0.20 0.32 220 265 170 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 220 265 170 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 220 265 170 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 220 265 170 .. 4 ..
6.30 25.00 220 265 170 .. 5 4
3004-H36 E 0.15 0.32 240 285 190 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 240 285 190 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 240 285 190 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 240 285 190 .. 4 ..
3004-H38 E 0.15 0.32 260 .. 215 .. .. ..
0.32 0.63 260 .. 215 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 260 .. 215 .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 260 .. 215 .. 4 ..
3004-H112 6.30 12.50 160 .. 60 .. 7 ..
12.50 40.00 160 .. 60 .. .. 6
40.00 80.00 160 .. 60 .. .. 6
ALCLAD 3004 I
Alclad 3004-O 0.15 0.32 145 195 55 .. 9 ..
0.32 0.63 145 195 55 .. 12 ..
0.63 1.20 145 195 55 .. 15 ..
1.20 6.30 145 195 55 .. 18 ..
6.30 12.50 145 195 55 .. 18 ..
12.50 80.00 150 R 200 R 60 R .. .. 14
Alclad 3004-H32 E 0.40 0.63 185 235 140 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 185 235 140 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 185 235 140 .. 5 ..
6.30 12.50 185 235 140 .. 6 ..
12.50 50.00 190 R 240 R 145 R .. .. 5
Alclad 3004-H34 E 0.20 0.32 215 260 165 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 215 260 165 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 215 260 165 .. 3 ..
1.20 6.30 215 260 165 .. 4 ..
6.30 12.50 215 260 65 .. 5 ..
12.50 25.00 220 R 265 R 170 R .. .. 4
May, 2009 7-5

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
ALCLAD 3004 I (Continued)
Alclad 3004-H36 E 0.15 0.32 235 280 185 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 235 280 185 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 235 280 185 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 235 280 185 .. 4 ..
Alclad 3004-H38 0.15 0.32 255 .. .. .. .. ..
0.32 0.63 255 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 255 .. .. .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 255 .. .. .. 4 ..
Alclad 3004-H112 6.30 12.50 155 .. 55 .. 7 ..
12.50 40.00 160 R .. 60 R .. .. 6
40.00 80.00 160 R .. 60 R .. .. 6
3005
3005-O 0.15 0.32 115 165 45 .. 10 ..
0.32 0.63 115 165 45 .. 14 ..
0.63 1.20 115 165 45 .. 17 ..
1.20 6.30 115 165 45 .. 20 ..
3005-H12 0.40 0.63 140 190 115 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 140 190 115 .. 2 ..
1.20 6.30 140 190 115 .. 3 ..
3005-H14 0.20 0.32 165 215 145 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 165 215 145 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 165 215 145 .. 2 ..
1.20 6.30 165 215 145 .. 3 ..
3005-H16 0.15 0.32 190 240 170 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 190 240 170 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 190 240 170 .. 2 ..
1.20 4.00 190 240 170 .. 2 ..
3005-H18 0.15 0.32 220 .. 200 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 220 .. 200 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 220 .. 200 .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 220 .. 200 .. 2 ..
3005-H19 0.15 0.32 235 .. .. .. .. ..
0.32 0.63 235 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 235 .. .. .. 1 ..
1.20 1.60 235 .. .. .. 1 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3005-H25 0.15 0.32 180 235 150 .. 1 ..

0.32 0.63 180 235 150 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 180 235 150 .. 3 ..
1.20 2.00 180 235 150 .. 4 ..
3005-H26 0.15 0.32 190 250 165 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 190 250 165 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 190 250 165 .. 3 ..
1.20 2.00 190 250 165 .. 4 ..
3005-H27 0.15 0.32 205 260 180 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 205 260 180 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 205 260 180 .. 3 ..
1.20 2.00 205 260 180 .. 4 ..
3005-H28 0.15 0.32 215 .. 185 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 215 .. 185 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 215 .. 185 .. 3 ..
1.20 2.00 215 .. 185 .. 4 ..
3105
3105-O 0.32 0.63 95 145 35 .. 16 ..
0.63 1.20 95 145 35 .. 19 ..
1.20 2.00 95 145 35 .. 20 ..
3105-H12 0.40 0.63 130 180 105 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 130 180 105 .. 2 ..
1.20 2.00 130 180 105 .. 3 ..
3105-H14 0.32 0.63 150 200 125 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 150 200 125 .. 2 ..
1.20 2.00 150 200 125 .. 2 ..
3105-H16 0.32 0.63 170 220 145 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 170 220 145 .. 1 ..
1.20 2.00 170 220 145 .. 2 ..
7-6 May, 2009

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
3105 (Continued)
3105-H18 0.32 0.63 190 .. 165 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 190 .. 165 .. 1 ..
1.20 2.00 190 .. 165 .. 2 ..
3105-H22 0.32 0.50 130 .. 105 .. 3 ..
0.50 0.80 130 .. 105 .. 4 ..
0.80 1.20 130 .. 105 .. 5 ..
1.20 2.00 130 .. 105 .. 6 ..
3105-H24 0.32 0.50 150 .. 125 .. 2 ..
0.50 0.80 150 .. 125 .. 3 ..
0.80 1.20 150 .. 125 .. 4 ..
1.20 2.00 150 .. 125 .. 6 ..
3105-H25 0.32 0.63 160 .. 130 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 160 .. 130 .. 4 ..
1.20 2.00 160 .. 130 .. 6 ..
3105-H26 0.32 0.80 170 .. 145 .. 3 ..
0.80 1.20 170 .. 145 .. 4 ..
1.20 2.00 170 .. 145 .. 5 ..
3105-H28 0.32 0.80 190 .. 165 .. 2 ..
0.80 1.20 190 .. 165 .. 3 ..
1.20 2.00 190 .. 165 .. 4 ..
5005
5005-O 0.15 0.30 105 145 35 .. 12 ..
0.32 0.63 105 145 35 .. 16 ..
0.63 1.20 105 145 35 .. 19 ..
1.20 6.30 105 145 35 .. 21 ..
6.30 80.00 105 145 35 .. 22 20
5005-H12 0.40 0.63 125 165 95 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 125 165 95 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 125 165 95 .. 6 ..
6.30 50.00 125 165 95 .. 9 8
5005-H14 0.20 0.32 145 185 115 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 145 185 115 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 145 185 115 .. 2 ..
1.20 6.30 145 185 115 .. 3 ..
6.30 25.00 145 185 115 .. 8 7
5005-H16 0.15 0.32 165 205 135 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 165 205 135 .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 165 205 135 .. 2 ..
1.20 4.00 165 205 135 .. 3 ..
5005-H18 0.15 0.32 185 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 185 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 1.20 185 .. .. .. 2 ..
1.20 3.20 185 .. .. .. 3 ..
5005-H32 E 0.40 0.63 120 160 85 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 120 160 85 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 120 160 85 .. 7 ..
6.30 50.00 120 160 85 .. 10 9
5005-H34 E 0.20 0.32 140 180 105 .. 2 ..
0.32 0.63 140 180 105 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 140 180 105 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 140 180 105 .. 5 ..
6.30 25.00 140 180 105 .. 8 7
5005-H36 E 0.15 0.32 160 200 125 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 160 200 125 .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 160 200 125 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 160 200 125 .. 4 ..
5005-H38 0.15 0.32 180 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 180 .. .. .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 180 .. .. .. 3 ..
1.20 3.20 180 .. .. .. 4 ..
5005-H39 0.15 1.60 190 .. .. .. 1 ..
5005-H112 6.30 12.50 115 .. .. .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 105 .. .. .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 100 .. .. .. .. 16
May, 2009 7-7

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
5050
5050-O 0.15 0.32 125 165 40 .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 125 165 40 .. 17 ..
0.63 1.20 125 165 40 .. 19 ..
1.20 6.30 125 165 40 .. 20 ..
6.30 80.00 125 165 40 .. 20 18
5050-H32 E 0.40 0.63 150 195 110 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 150 195 110 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 150 195 110 .. 6 ..
5050-H34 E 0.20 0.32 170 215 140 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 170 215 140 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 170 215 140 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 170 215 140 .. 5 ..
5050-H36 E 0.15 0.32 185 230 150 .. 2 ..
0.32 0.63 185 230 150 .. 2 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.63 1.20 185 230 150 .. 3 ..
1.20 4.00 185 230 150 .. 4 ..
5050-H38 0.15 0.32 200 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 200 .. .. .. 2 ..
0.63 1.20 200 .. .. .. 3 ..
1.20 3.20 200 .. .. .. 4 ..
5050-H39 0.15 1.60 215 .. .. .. 1 ..
5050-H112 6.30 12.50 140 .. 55 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 140 .. 55 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 140 .. 55 .. .. 10
5052
5052-O 0.15 0.32 170 215 65 .. 13 ..
0.32 0.63 170 215 65 .. 15 ..
0.63 1.20 170 215 65 .. 17 ..
1.20 6.30 170 215 65 .. 19 ..
6.30 80.00 170 215 65 .. 18 16
5052-H32 E 0.40 0.63 215 265 160 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 215 265 160 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 215 265 160 .. 7 ..
6.30 50.00 215 265 160 .. 11 10
5052-H34 E 0.20 0.32 235 285 180 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 235 285 180 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 235 285 180 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 235 285 180 .. 6 ..
6.30 25.00 235 285 180 .. 10 9
5052-H36 E 0.15 0.32 255 305 200 .. 2 ..
0.32 0.63 255 305 200 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 255 305 200 .. 4 ..
1.20 4.00 255 305 200 .. 4 ..
5052-H38 E 0.15 0.32 270 .. 220 .. 2 ..
0.32 0.63 270 .. 220 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 270 .. 220 .. 4 ..
1.20 3.20 270 .. 220 .. 4 ..
5052-H39 0.15 1.60 285 .. .. .. 1 ..
5052-H112 6.30 12.50 190 .. 110 .. 7 ..
12.50 40.00 170 .. 65 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 170 .. 65 .. .. 14
5052-H391 0.20 3.20 290 .. 240 .. 3 ..
5083
5083-O 1.20 6.30 275 350 125 200 16 ..
6.30 80.00 270 345 115 200 16 14
80.00 120.00 260 .. 110 .. .. 12
120.00 160.00 255 .. 105 .. .. 12
160.00 200.00 250 .. 100 .. .. 10
5083-H32 3.20 5.00 305 385 215 .. 10 ..
5.00 12.50 305 385 215 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 305 385 215 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 385 200 .. 10
5083-H112 6.30 12.50 275 .. 125 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 275 .. 125 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 270 .. 115 .. .. 10
5083-H116 Y O 1.60 12.50 305 .. 215 .. 10 ..
12.50 30.00 305 .. 215 .. .. 10
30.00 40.00 305 .. 215 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 .. 200 .. .. 10
7-8 May, 2009

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
5083 (Continued)
5083-H321 O 3.20 5.00 305 385 215 .. 10 ..
5.00 12.50 305 385 215 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 305 385 215 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 385 200 .. .. 10
5086
5086-O 0.50 0.63 240 305 95 .. 15 ..
0.63 1.20 240 305 95 .. 16 ..
1.20 6.30 240 305 95 .. 18 ..
6.30 50.00 240 305 95 .. 16 14
5086-H32 E 0.50 0.63 275 325 195 .. 6 ..
0.63 1.20 275 325 195 .. 6 ..
1.20 6.30 275 325 195 .. 8 ..
6.30 50.00 275 325 195 .. 12 10
5086-H34 E 0.20 0.32 300 350 235 .. 4 ..
0.32 0.63 300 350 235 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 300 350 235 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 300 350 235 .. 6 ..
6.30 25.00 300 350 235 .. 10 9
5086-H36 E 0.15 0.32 325 375 260 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 325 375 260 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 325 375 260 .. 4 ..
1.20 4.00 325 375 260 .. 6 ..
5086-H38 E 0.15 0.63 345 .. 285 .. 3 ..
5086-H112 4.00 12.50 250 .. 125 .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 240 .. 105 .. .. 9
40.00 80.00 235 .. 95 .. .. 12
5086-H116 Y O 1.60 6.30 275 .. 195 .. 8 ..
6.30 12.50 275 .. 195 .. 10 ..
12.50 30.00 275 .. 195 .. .. 9
30.00 50.00 275 .. 195 .. .. 9
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5154
5154-O 0.50 0.63 205 285 75 .. 12 ..
0.63 1.20 205 285 75 .. 13 ..
1.20 6.30 205 285 75 .. 16 ..
6.30 80.00 205 285 75 .. 18 16
5154-H32 E 0.50 0.63 250 300 180 .. 5 ..
0.63 1.20 250 300 180 .. 6 ..
1.20 6.30 250 300 180 .. 8 ..
6.30 50.00 250 300 180 .. 12 10
5154-H34 E 0.20 0.32 270 320 200 .. 4 ..
0.32 0.63 270 320 200 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 270 320 200 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 270 320 200 .. 6 ..
6.30 25.00 270 320 200 .. 10 9
5154-H36 E 0.15 0.32 290 340 220 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 290 340 220 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 290 340 220 .. 4 ..
1.20 4.00 290 340 220 .. 4 ..
5154-H38 E 0.15 0.32 310 .. 240 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 310 .. 240 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 310 .. 240 .. 3 ..
1.20 3.20 310 .. 240 .. 4 ..
5154-H112 6.30 12.50 220 .. 125 .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 210 .. 90 .. .. 9
40.00 80.00 205 .. 75 .. .. 13
5252
5252-H24 0.63 2.50 205 260 .. .. 10 ..
5252-H25 0.63 2.50 215 270 .. .. 9 ..
5252-H28 0.63 2.50 260 .. .. .. 3 ..
5254
5254-O 0.50 0.63 205 285 75 .. 12 ..
0.63 1.20 205 285 75 .. 13 ..
1.20 6.30 205 285 75 .. 16 ..
6.30 80.00 205 285 75 .. 18 16
5254-H32 E 0.50 0.63 250 300 180 .. 5 ..
0.63 1.20 250 300 180 .. 6 ..
1.20 6.30 250 300 180 .. 8 ..
6.30 50.00 250 300 180 .. 12 10
May, 2009 7-9

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
5254 (Continued)
5254-H34 E 0.20 0.32 270 320 200 .. 4 ..
0.32 0.63 270 320 200 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 270 320 200 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 270 320 200 .. 6 ..
6.30 25.00 270 320 200 .. 10 9
5254-H36 E 0.15 0.32 290 340 220 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 290 340 220 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 290 340 220 .. 4 ..
1.20 4.00 290 340 220 .. 4 ..
5254-H38 E 0.15 0.32 310 .. 240 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 310 .. 240 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 310 .. 240 .. 3 ..
1.20 3.20 310 .. 240 .. 4 ..
5254-H112 6.30 12.50 220 .. 125 .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 210 .. 90 .. .. 9
40.00 80.00 205 .. 75 .. .. 13
5454
5454-O 0.50 0.63 215 285 85 .. 12 ..
0.63 1.20 215 285 85 .. 13 ..
1.20 6.30 215 285 85 .. 16 ..
6.30 80.00 215 285 85 .. 18 16
5454-H32 E 0.50 0.63 250 305 180 .. 5 ..
0.63 1.20 250 305 180 .. 6 ..
1.20 6.30 250 305 180 .. 8 ..
6.30 50.00 250 305 180 .. 12 10
5454-H34 E 0.50 0.63 270 325 200 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 270 325 200 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 270 325 200 .. 6 ..
6.30 25.00 270 325 200 .. 10 9
5454-H112 6.30 12.50 220 .. 125 .. 8 ..
12.50 40.00 215 .. 85 .. .. 9
40.00 80.00 215 .. 85 .. .. 13
5456
5456-O 1.20 6.30 290 365 130 205 16 ..
6.30 80.00 285 360 125 205 16 14
80.00 120.00 275 .. 120 .. .. 12
120.00 160.00 270 .. 115 .. .. 12
160.00 200.00 265 .. 105 .. .. 10
5456-H32 4.00 12.50 315 405 230 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 305 385 215 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 370 200 .. .. 10
5456-H112 6.30 12.50 290 .. 130 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 290 .. 130 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 .. 125 .. .. 10
5456-H116 Y O 1.60 12.50 315 .. 230 .. 10 ..
12.50 30.00 315 .. 230 .. .. 10
30.00 40.00 305 .. 215 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 .. 200 .. .. 10
80.00 110.00 275 .. 170 .. .. 10
5456-H321 O 2.50 4.00 330 405 235 .. 10 ..
4.00 12.50 315 405 230 .. 12 ..
12.50 40.00 305 385 215 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 285 370 200 .. .. 10
5457
5457-O 0.63 2.50 110 150 .. .. 20 ..
5652
5652-O 0.15 0.32 170 215 65 .. 13 ..
0.32 0.63 170 215 65 .. 15 ..
0.63 1.20 170 215 65 .. 17 ..
1.20 6.30 170 215 65 .. 19 ..
6.30 80.00 170 215 65 .. 18 16
5652-H32 E 0.40 0.63 215 265 160 .. 4 ..
0.63 1.20 215 265 160 .. 5 ..
1.20 6.30 215 265 160 .. 7 ..
6.30 50.00 215 265 160 .. 11 10
7-10
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
TABLE 7.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Non-Heat-Treatable Alloys Q P (concluded)
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
5652 (Continued)
5652-H34 E 0.20 0.32 235 285 180 .. 3 ..
0.32 0.63 235 285 180 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 235 285 180 .. 4 ..
1.20 6.30 235 285 180 .. 6 ..
6.30 25.00 235 285 180 .. 10 9
5652-H36 E 0.15 0.32 255 305 200 .. 2 ..
0.32 0.63 255 305 200 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 255 305 200 .. 4 ..
1.20 4.00 255 305 200 .. 4 ..
5652-H38 E 0.15 0.32 270 .. 220 .. 2 ..
0.32 0.63 270 .. 220 .. 3 ..
0.63 1.20 270 .. 220 .. 4 ..
1.20 3.20 270 .. 220 .. 4 ..
5652-H112 6.30 12.50 190 .. 110 .. 7 ..
12.50 40.00 170 .. 65 .. .. 10
40.00 80.00 170 .. 65 .. .. 14
5657
5657-H241 U 0.63 2.50 125 180 .. .. 13 ..
5657-H25 0.63 2.50 140 195 .. .. 8 ..
5657-H26 0.63 2.50 150 205 .. .. 7 ..
5657-H28 0.63 2.50 170 .. .. .. 5 ..
Footnotes for Pages 7-3 through 7-11

Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits Y Also applies to material previously designated H117.
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” U This material is subject to some recrystallization and the attendant loss
WType of test specimen used depends on thickness of material; see “Sam- of brightness.
pling and Testing,” pages 4-1 through 4-5. I See page 6-4 for specific cladding thicknesses.
E For the corresponding H2 temper, limits for maximum ultimate tensile O Materials in these tempers, when tested upon receipt by the purchaser
strength and minimum yield strength do not apply. are required to pass ASTM G 66 and ASTM G 67 tests as defined in ASTM
R This table specifies the properties applicable to the test specimens, and B 928. The resistance to inter-granular corrosion of individual lots is deter-
since for plate over 12.50 mm in thickness the cladding material is removed mined by microscope examination to assure a microstructure that is predom-
during the preparation of the test specimens, the listed properties are appli- inately free of a continous grain boundary network of aluminum-magnesium
cable to the core material only. Tensile and yield strengths of the composite precipitate. The microstructure is compared to that in a previously estab-
plate are slightly lower depending on the thickness of the cladding. lished acceptable reference photomicrograph.
T Elongations in 50 mm apply for thicknesses up through 12.50 mm and in P Processes such as flattening, leveling, or straightening coiled products sub-
5D (5.65 A ) for thicknesses over 12.50 mm where D and A are diameter sequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical properties of
and cross-sectional area of the specimen, respectively. See “Sampling and the metal (refer to Certification, Section 4).
Testing,” pages 4-1 through 4-5.
May, 2009 7-11

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TABLE 7.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Heat-Treatable Alloys Q w
SPECIFIED THICKNESS ELONGATION E
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
2014
2014-O 0.50 12.50 .. 220 .. 110 16 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 25.00 .. 220 .. .. .. 9
2014-T3 0.50 1.00 405 .. 240 .. 14 ..
Flat sheet 1.00 6.30 405 .. 250 .. 14 ..
2014-T4 0.50 6.30 405 .. 240 .. 14 ..
Coiled sheet
2014-T451 U I 6.30 12.50 400 .. 250 .. 14 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 400 .. 250 .. .. 12
25.00 50.00 400 .. 250 .. .. 10
50.00 80.00 395 .. 250 .. .. 7
2014-T42 R P 0.50 12.50 400 .. 235 .. 14 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 25.00 400 .. 235 .. .. 12
2014-T6 and T62 R P 0.50 1.00 440 .. 395 .. 6 ..
Sheet 1.00 6.30 455 .. 400 .. 7 ..
2014-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 460 .. 405 .. 7 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 460 .. 405 .. .. 5
25.00 50.00 460 .. 405 .. .. 3
50.00 60.00 450 .. 400 .. .. 1
60.00 80.00 435 .. 395 .. .. 1
80.00 100.00 405 .. 380 .. .. ..
ALCLAD 2014 Y
Alclad 2014-O 0.50 0.63 .. 205 .. 95 16 ..
Sheet and plate 0.63 1.00 .. 205 .. 95 16 ..
1.00 2.50 .. 205 .. 95 16 ..
2.50 12.50 .. 205 .. 95 16 ..
12.50 25.00 .. 220 T .. .. .. 9
Alclad 2014-T3 0.50 0.63 370 .. 230 .. 14 ..
Flat sheet 0.63 1.00 380 .. 235 .. 14 ..
1.00 2.50 395 .. 240 .. 15 ..
2.50 6.30 395 .. 240 .. 15 ..
Alclad 2014-T4 0.50 0.63 370 .. 215 .. 14 ..
Coiled sheet 0.63 1.00 380 .. 220 .. 14 ..
1.00 2.50 395 .. 235 .. 15 ..
2.50 6.30 395 .. 235 .. 15 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Alclad 2014-T451 U I 6.30 12.50 395 .. 250 .. 15 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 400 T .. 250 T .. .. 12
25.00 50.00 400 T .. 250 T .. .. 10
50.00 80.00 395 T .. 250 T .. .. 7
Alclad 2014-T42 R P 0.50 0.63 370 .. 215 .. 14 ..
Sheet and plate 0.63 1.00 380 .. 220 .. 14 ..
1.00 2.50 395 .. 235 .. 15 ..
2.50 12.50 395 .. 235 .. 15 ..
12.50 25.00 400 T .. 235 T .. .. 12
Alclad 2014-T6 and T62 R P 0.50 0.63 425 .. 370 .. 7 ..
Sheet 0.63 1.00 435 .. 380 .. 7 ..
1.00 2.50 440 .. 395 .. 8 ..
2.50 6.30 440 .. 395 .. 8 ..
Alclad 2014-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 440 .. 395 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 460 T .. 405 T .. .. 5
25.00 50.00 460 T .. 405 T .. .. 3
50.00 60.00 450 T .. 400 T .. .. 1
60.00 80.00 435 T .. 395 T .. .. 1
80.00 100.00 405 T .. 380 T .. .. ..
2024
2024-O 0.24 12.50 .. 220 .. 95 12 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 45.00 .. 220 .. .. .. 10
2024-T3 I 0.19 0.25 435 .. 290 .. 10 ..
Sheet 0.25 0.50 435 .. 290 .. 12 ..
0.50 3.20 435 .. 290 .. 15 ..
3.20 6.30 440 .. 290 .. 15 ..
2024-T351 U I 6.30 12.50 440 .. 290 .. 12 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 435 .. 290 .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 425 .. 290 .. .. 6
40.00 50.00 425 .. 290 .. .. 5
50.00 80.00 415 .. 290 .. .. 3
80.00 100.00 395 .. 285 .. .. 3
7-12 May, 2009

TABLE 7.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Heat-Treatable Alloys Q w (continued)
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
2024 (Continued)
2024-T361 I { 0.50 1.60 460 .. 345 .. 8 ..
Flat sheet andplate 1.60 6.30 470 .. 350 .. 9 ..
6.30 12.50 455 .. 340 .. 9 ..
12.50 12.70 455 .. 340 .. .. 9
2024-T4 0.24 0.50 425 .. 275 .. 12 ..
Sheet 0.50 6.30 425 .. 275 .. 15 ..
2024-T42 R P 0.24 0.50 425 .. 260 .. 12 ..
Sheet and plate 0.50 6.30 425 .. 260 .. 15 ..
6.30 12.50 425 .. 260 .. 12 ..
12.50 25.00 420 .. 260 .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 415 .. 260 .. .. 6
40.00 50.00 415 .. 260 .. .. 5
50.00 80.00 400 .. 260 .. .. 3
2024-T62 R P 0.24 12.50 440 .. 345 .. 5 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 80.00 435 .. 345 .. .. 4
2024-T72 R P Sheet 0.24 6.30 415 .. 315 .. 5 ..
2024-T81 Flat sheet 0.24 6.30 460 .. 400 .. 5 ..
2024-T851 U 6.30 12.50 460 .. 400 .. 5 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 455 .. 400 .. .. 4
25.00 40.00 455 .. 395 .. .. 4
2024-T861 { 0.50 1.60 480 .. 425 .. 3 ..
Flat sheet and 1.60 6.30 490 .. 455 .. 4 ..
plate 6.30 12.50 480 .. 440 .. 4 ..
12.50 12.70 480 .. 440 .. .. 3
ALCLAD 2024 Y
Alclad 2024-O 0.19 0.25 .. 205 .. 95 10 ..
Sheet and plate 0.25 1.60 .. 205 .. 95 12 ..
1.60 12.50 .. 220 .. 95 12 ..
12.50 45.00 .. 220 T .. .. .. 10
Alclad 2024-T3 I 0.19 0.25 400 .. 270 .. 10 ..
Sheet 0.25 0.50 405 .. 270 .. 12 ..
0.50 1.60 405 .. 270 .. 15 ..
1.60 3.20 420 .. 275 .. 15 ..
3.20 6.30 425 .. 275 .. 15 ..
Alclad 2024-T351 U I 6.30 12.50 425 .. 275 .. 12 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 435 T .. 290 T .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 425 T .. 290 T .. .. 6
40.00 50.00 425 T .. 290 T .. .. 5
50.00 80.00 415 T .. 290 T .. .. 3
80.00 100.00 395 T .. 285 T .. .. 3
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Alclad 2024-T361 I { 0.50 1.60 420 .. 325 .. 8 ..

Flat sheet and plate 1.60 6.30 440 .. 330 .. 9 ..
6.30 12.50 440 .. 330 .. 9 ..
12.50 12.70 455 T .. 340 T .. .. 9
Alclad 2024-T4 0.24 0.50 400 .. 245 .. 12 ..
Sheet 0.50 1.60 400 .. 245 .. 15 ..
1.60 3.20 420 .. 260 .. 15 ..
Alclad 2024-T42 R P 0.19 0.25 380 .. 235 .. 10 ..
Sheet and plate 0.25 0.50 395 .. 235 .. 12 ..
0.50 1.60 395 .. 235 .. 15 ..
1.60 6.30 415 .. 250 .. 15 ..
6.30 12.50 415 .. 250 .. 12 ..
12.50 25.00 420 T .. 260 T .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 415 T .. 260 T .. .. 6
40.00 50.00 415 T .. 260 T .. .. 5
50.00 80.00 400 T .. 260 T .. .. 3
Alclad 2024-T62 R P 0.24 1.60 415 .. 325 .. 5 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 12.50 425 .. 335 .. 5 ..
Alclad 2024-T72 R P 0.24 1.60 385 .. 295 .. 5 ..
Sheet 1.60 6.30 400 .. 310 .. 5 ..
Alclad 2024-T81 0.24 1.60 425 .. 370 .. 5 ..
Flat sheet 1.60 6.30 445 .. 385 .. 5 ..
Alclad 2024-T851 U 6.30 12.50 445 .. 385 .. 5 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 455 T .. 400 T .. .. 4
Alclad 2024-T861 { 0.50 1.60 440 .. 400 .. 3 ..
6.30 12.50 470 .. 425 .. 4 ..
12.50 12.70 480 T .. 440 T .. .. 3
May, 2009 7-13

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
1½% ALCLAD 2024 Y
1½% Alclad 2024-O 4.00 12.50 .. 220 .. 95 12 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 45.00 .. 220 T .. .. .. 10
1½% Alclad 2024-T3 I 4.00 6.30 430 .. 285 .. 15 ..
Sheet
1½% Alclad 2024-T351 U I 6.30 12.50 435 .. 285 .. 12 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 435 T .. 290 T .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 425 T .. 290 T .. .. 6
40.00 50.00 425 T .. 290 T .. .. 5
50.00 80.00 415 T .. 290 T .. .. 3
80.00 100.00 395 T .. 285 T .. .. 3
1½% Alclad 2024-T361 I { 4.00 6.30 450 .. 340 .. 9 ..
12.50 12.70 455 T .. 340 T .. .. 9
1½% Alclad 2024-T42 4.00 6.30 420 .. 255 .. 15 ..
Sheet and plate R P 6.30 12.50 420 .. 255 .. 12 ..
12.50 25.00 420 T .. 260 T .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 415 T .. 260 T .. .. 6
40.00 50.00 415 T .. 260 T .. .. 5
50.00 80.00 400 T .. 260 T .. .. 3
1½% Alclad 2024-T62 R P 4.00 12.50 425 .. 340 .. 5 ..
Sheet and plate
1½% Alclad 2024-T72 R P 4.00 6.30 405 .. 310 .. 5 ..
Sheet
1½% Alclad 2024-T81 4.00 6.30 455 .. 395 .. 5 ..
Flat sheet
1½% Alclad 2024-T851 U 6.30 12.50 455 .. 395 .. 5 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 455 T .. 400 T .. .. 4
1½% Alclad 2024-T861 { 4.00 6.30 480 .. 450 .. 4 ..
12.50 12.70 480 T .. 440 T .. .. 3
ALCLAD ONE SIDE 2024 Y
Alclad One Side 2024-O 0.19 0.25 .. 215 .. 95 10 ..
Sheet and Plate 0.25 1.60 .. 215 .. 95 12 ..
1.60 12.50 .. 220 .. 95 12 ..
Alclad One Side 2024-T3 I 0.24 0.50 420 .. 275 .. 12 ..
Sheet 0.50 1.60 420 .. 275 .. 15 ..
1.60 3.20 425 .. 285 .. 15 ..
3.20 6.30 430 .. 285 .. 15 ..
Alclad One Side 2024-T351 U I 6.30 12.50 435 .. 285 .. 12 ..
Plate
Alclad One Side 2024-T361 I { 0.50 1.60 440 .. 330 .. 8 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 6.30 455 .. 340 .. 9 ..
6.30 12.50 450 .. 330 .. 9 ..
Alclad One Side 2024-T42 R P 0.24 0.50 405 .. 240 .. 12 ..
Sheet and plate 0.50 1.60 405 .. 250 .. 15 ..
1.60 6.30 420 .. 255 .. 15 ..
6.30 12.50 420 .. 255 .. 12 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 12.50 435 .. 340 .. 5 ..
Flat sheet 1.60 6.30 405 .. 310 .. 5 ..
Alclad One Side 2024-T81 0.24 1.60 440 .. 385 .. 5 ..
Flat sheet 1.60 6.30 455 .. 395 .. 5 ..
Alclad One Side 2024-T851 U 6.30 12.50 455 .. 395 .. 5 ..
Plate
Alclad One Side 2024-T861 { 0.50 1.60 460 .. 412 .. 3 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 6.30 485 .. 450 .. 4 ..
6.30 12.50 475 .. 435 .. 4 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-14 May, 2009

TABLE 7.2 Mechanical Property Limits— Heat-Treatable Alloys Q w (continued)
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
1½% ALCLAD ONE SIDE 2024 Y
1½% Alclad One Side 2024-O 4.00 12.50 .. 220 .. 95 12 ..
Sheet and Plate
1½% Alclad One Side 2024-T3 I 4.00 6.30 430 .. 285 .. 15 ..
Sheet
1½% Alclad One Side 6.30 12.50 435 .. 285 .. 12 ..
2024-T351 U I Sheet
1½% Alclad One Side 4.00 6.30 455 .. 340 .. 9 ..
2024-T361 I { 6.30 12.50 450 .. 330 .. 9 ..
Sheet and plate
1½% Alclad One Side 4.00 6.30 420 .. 255 .. 15 ..
2024-T42 R P 6.30 12.50 420 .. 255 .. 12 ..
Sheet and plate
1½% Alclad One Side 4.00 12.50 435 .. 340 .. 5 ..
2024-T62 R P
Sheet and plate
1½% Alclad One Side 4.00 6.30 405 .. 310 .. 5 ..
2024-T72 R P
Flat sheet
1½% Alclad One Side 2024-T81 4.00 6.30 455 .. 395 .. 5 ..
Flat sheet
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1½% Alclad One Side 6.30 12.50 455 .. 395 .. 5 ..

2024-T851 U
Plate
1½% Alclad One Side 4.00 6.30 480 .. 450 .. 4 ..
2024-T861 { 6.30 12.50 475 .. 435 .. 4 ..
Sheet and plate
2036
2036-T4 Flat sheet 0.63 3.20 290 .. 160 .. 20 ..
2124
ELONGATION W
ALLOY SPECIFIED AXIS OF TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
percent min
AND THICKNESS q TEST
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
TEMPER mm SPECIMEN 50 mm
2124-T351 U 25.00 50.00 Longitudinal 420 .. 310 .. .. 13
Plate Long Transverse 425 .. 290 .. .. 12
Short Transverse 400 e .. 260 e .. .. 4.5 e
50.00 80.00 Longitudinal 420 .. 310 .. .. 13
Long Transverse 425 .. 285 .. .. 9
Short Transverse 400 .. 260 .. .. 4
2124-T851 U r 25.00 50.00 Longitudinal 455 .. 395 .. .. 5
Plate Long Transverse 455 .. 395 .. .. 4
Short Transverse 440 e .. 380 e .. .. 1e
50.00 80.00 Longitudinal 450 .. 395 .. .. 5
80.00 100.00 Longitudinal 450 .. 385 .. .. 4
100.00 130.00 Longitudinal 440 .. 380 .. .. 4
130.00 150.00 Longitudinal 435 .. 370 .. .. 4
May, 2009 7-15

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
2219
2219-O 0.50 12.50 .. 220 .. 110 12 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 50.00 .. 220 .. 110 .. 10
2219-T31 I 0.50 1.00 315 .. 200 .. 8 ..
Flat sheet 1.00 6.30 315 .. 195 .. 10 ..
2219-T351 U I 6.30 12.50 315 .. 195 .. 10 ..
Plate 12.50 50.00 315 .. 195 .. .. 9
50.00 80.00 305 .. 195 .. .. 9
80.00 100.00 290 .. 185 .. .. 8
100.00 130.00 275 .. 180 .. .. 8
130.00 150.00 270 .. 170 .. .. 7
2219-T37 I 0.50 1.00 340 .. 260 .. 6 ..
12.50 60.00 340 .. 255 .. .. 5
60.00 80.00 325 .. 250 .. .. 5
80.00 100.00 310 .. 240 .. .. 4
100.00 120.00 295 .. 235 .. .. 3
2219-T62 R P 0.50 1.00 370 .. 250 .. 6 ..
Sheet and plate 1.00 6.30 370 .. 250 .. 7 ..
6.30 12.50 370 .. 250 .. 8 ..
12.50 25.00 370 .. 250 .. .. 7
25.00 50.00 370 .. 250 .. .. 6
2219-T81 0.50 1.00 425 .. 315 .. 6 ..
Flat sheet 1.00 6.30 425 .. 315 .. 7 ..
2219-T851 U 6.30 12.50 425 .. 315 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 425 .. 315 .. .. 7
25.00 50.00 425 .. 315 .. .. 6
50.00 80.00 425 .. 310 .. .. 5
80.00 100.00 415 .. 305 .. .. 4
100.00 130.00 405 .. 295 .. .. 4
130.00 150.00 395 .. 290 .. .. 3
2219-T87 0.50 1.00 440 .. 360 .. 5 ..
6.30 12.50 440 .. 350 .. 7 ..
12.50 25.00 440 .. 350 .. .. 6
25.00 80.00 440 .. 350 .. .. 5
80.00 100.00 425 .. 345 .. .. 3
100.00 120.00 420 .. 340 .. .. 2
ALCLAD 2219 Y
Alclad 2219-O 0.50 1.00 .. 220 .. 110 12 ..
Sheet and plate 1.00 2.50 .. 220 .. 110 12 ..
2.50 12.50 .. 220 .. 110 12 ..
12.50 50.00 .. 220 T .. 110 T .. 10
Alclad 2219-T31 I 1.00 2.50 290 .. 170 .. 10 ..
Flat sheet 2.50 6.30 305 .. 180 .. 10 ..
Alclad 2219-T351 U I 6.30 12.50 305 .. 180 .. 10 ..
Plate
Alclad 2219-T37 I 1.00 2.50 310 .. 235 .. 6 ..
Alclad 2219-T62 R P 0.50 1.00 305 .. 220 .. 6 ..
Sheet and Plate 1.00 2.50 340 .. 220 .. 7 ..
2.50 6.30 350 .. 235 .. 7 ..
6.30 12.50 350 .. 235 .. 8 ..
12.50 25.00 370 T .. 250 T .. .. 7
25.00 50.00 370 T .. 250 T .. .. 6
Alclad 2219-T81 0.50 1.00 340 .. 255 .. 6 ..
Flat sheet 1.00 2.50 380 .. 285 .. 7 ..
2.50 6.30 400 .. 295 .. 7 ..
Alclad 2219-T851 U 6.30 12.50 400 .. 290 .. 8 ..
Plate
Alclad 2219-T87 1.00 2.50 395 .. 315 .. 6 ..
6.30 12.50 415 .. 330 .. 7 ..
6061
6061-O 0.15 0.20 . 150 .. 85 10 ..
Sheet and plate 0.20 0.25 .. 150 .. 85 12 ..
0.25 0.50 .. 150 .. 85 14 ..
0.50 3.20 .. 150 .. 85 16 ..
3.20 12.50 .. 150 .. 85 18 ..
12.50 25.00 .. 150 .. .. .. 16
25.00 80.00 .. 150 .. .. .. 14
7-16 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
6061 (Continued)
6061-T4 0.15 0.20 205 .. 110 .. 10 ..
Sheet 0.20 0.25 205 .. 110 .. 12 ..
0.25 0.50 205 .. 110 .. 14 ..
0.50 6.30 205 .. 110 .. 16 ..
6061-T451 U I 6.30 12.50 205 .. 110 .. 18 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 205 .. 110 .. .. 16
25.00 80.00 205 .. 110 .. .. 14
6061-T42 R P 0.15 0.20 205 .. 95 .. 10 ..
Sheet and plate 0.20 0.25 205 .. 95 .. 12 ..
0.25 0.50 205 .. 95 .. 14 ..
0.50 6.30 205 .. 95 .. 16 ..
6.30 12.50 205 .. 95 .. 18 ..
12.50 25.00 205 .. 95 .. .. 16
25.00 80.00 205 .. 95 .. .. 14
6061-T6 and T62 R P 0.15 0.20 290 .. 240 .. 4 ..
Sheet 0.20 0.25 290 .. 240 .. 6 ..
0.25 0.50 290 .. 240 .. 8 ..
0.50 6.30 290 .. 240 .. 10 ..
6061-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 290 .. 240 .. 10 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 290 .. 240 .. .. 8
25.00 50.00 290 .. 240 .. .. 7
50.00 100.00 290 .. 240 .. .. 5
100.00 150.00 O 275 .. 240 .. .. 5
ALCLAD 6061 Y
Alclad 6061-O 0.24 0.50 .. 140 .. 85 14 ..
Sheet and Plate 0.50 3.20 .. 140 .. 85 16 ..
3.20 12.50 .. 140 .. 85 18 ..
12.50 25.00 .. 150 T .. .. .. 16
25.00 80.00 .. 150 T .. .. .. 14
Alclad 6061-T4 0.24 0.50 185 .. 95 .. 14 ..
Sheet 0.50 6.30 185 .. 95 .. 16 ..
Alclad 6061-T451 U I 6.30 12.50 185 .. 95 .. 18 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 205 T .. 110 T .. .. 16
25.00 80.00 205 T .. 110 T .. .. 14
Alclad 6061-T42 R P 0.24 0.50 185 .. 85 .. 14 ..
Sheet and Plate 0.50 6.30 185 .. 85 .. 16 ..
6.30 12.50 185 .. 85 .. 18 ..
12.50 25.00 205 T .. 95 T .. .. 16
25.00 80.00 205 T .. 95 T .. .. 14
Alclad 6061-T6 0.24 0.50 260 .. 220 .. 8 ..
and T62 R P Sheet 0.50 6.30 260 .. 220 .. 10 ..
Alclad 6061-T62 R P 6.30 12.50 260 .. 220 .. 10 ..
and T651 U Plate 12.50 25.00 290 T .. 240 T .. .. 8
25.00 50.00 290 T .. 240 T .. .. 7
50.00 100.00 290 T .. 240 T .. .. 5
100.00 120.00 O 275 T .. 240 T .. .. 5
ELONGATION E
SPECIFIED AXIS OF TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
ALLOY percent min
AND THICKNESS W TEST
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
7050
7050-T7451 r t y u 6.30 50.00 Longitudinal 510 .. 440 .. 10 9
Plate Long Transverse 510 .. 440 .. 9 8
50.00 80.00 Longitudinal 505 .. 435 .. .. 8
80.00 100.00 Longitudinal 495 .. 425 .. .. 8
100.00 130.00 Longitudinal 490 .. 420 .. .. 8
130.00 150.00 Longitudinal 485 .. 415 .. .. 7
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 7-17

ELONGATION E
percent min
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
7050 (Continued)
7050-T7651 r u o 6.30 25.00 Longitudinal 525 .. 455 .. 9 8
25.00 40.00 Longitudinal 530 .. 460 .. .. 8
40.00 50.00 Longitudinal 525 .. 455 .. .. 8
50.00 80.00 Longitudinal 525 .. 455 .. .. 7
Short Transverse 485 .. 415 .. .. 1.5

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
7075
7075-O 0.39 12.50 .. 275 .. 145 10 ..
Sheet and Plate 12.50 50.00 .. 275 .. .. .. 9
7075-T6 and T62 R P 0.19 0.32 510 .. 435 .. 5 ..
Sheet 0.32 1.00 525 .. 460 .. 6 ..
1.00 1.60 540 .. 470 .. 7 ..
1.60 3.20 540 .. 470 .. 7 ..
3.20 4.70 545 .. 475 .. 7 ..
4.70 6.30 550 .. 475 .. 7 ..
7075-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 540 .. 460 .. 9 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 540 .. 470 .. .. 6
25.00 50.00 530 .. 460 .. .. 5
50.00 60.00 525 .. 440 .. .. 4
60.00 80.00 495 .. 420 .. .. 4
80.00 90.00 490 .. 400 .. .. 4
90.00 100.00 460 .. 370 .. .. 2
7075-T73 Sheet 1.00 6.30 460 .. 385 .. 8 ..

7075-T7351 U } 6.30 12.50 475 .. 390 .. 7 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 475 .. 390 .. .. 6
25.00 50.00 475 .. 390 .. .. 5
50.00 60.00 455 .. 360 .. .. 5
60.00 80.00 440 .. 340 .. .. 5
80.00 90.00 435 .. 340 .. .. 5
90.00 100.00 420 .. 330 .. .. 5
7075-T76 q Sheet 3.10 6.30 505 .. 425 .. 8 ..
7075-T7651 U q 6.30 12.50 495 .. 420 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 490 .. 415 .. .. 5
ALCLAD 7075 Y
Alclad 7075-O 0.19 0.40 .. 250 .. 140 9 ..
Sheet and plate 0.40 1.60 .. 250 .. 140 10 ..
1.60 4.00 .. 260 .. 140 10 ..
4.00 12.50 .. 270 .. 145 10 ..
12.50 25.00 .. 275 T .. .. .. 9
Alclad 7075-T6 and T62 R P 0.19 0.32 470 .. 400 .. 5 ..
Sheet 0.32 1.00 490 .. 420 .. 6 ..
1.00 1.60 495 .. 425 .. 7 ..
1.60 3.20 510 .. 440 .. 7 ..
3.20 4.70 510 .. 440 .. 7 ..
4.70 6.30 525 .. 450 .. 7 ..
Alclad 7075-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 515 .. 445 .. 9 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 540 T .. 470 T .. .. 6
25.00 50.00 530 T .. 460 T .. .. 5
50.00 60.00 525 T .. 440 T .. .. 4
60.00 80.00 495 T .. 420 T .. .. 4
80.00 90.00 490 T .. 400 T .. .. 4
90.00 100.00 460 T .. 370 T .. .. 2
Alclad 7075-T73 1.00 1.60 435 .. 350 .. 8 ..
Sheet 1.60 4.00 440 .. 360 .. 8 ..
4.00 6.30 455 .. 370 .. 8 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Alclad 7075-T7351 U } 6.30 12.50 455 .. 370 .. 8 ..

Plate 12.50 25.00 475 T .. 390 T .. .. 6
7-18 May, 2009

AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
ALCLAD 7075 Y (Continued)
Alclad 7075-T76 q 3.10 4.00 470 .. 390 .. 8 ..
Sheet 4.00 6.30 485 .. 405 .. 8 ..
Alclad 7075-T7651 U q 6.30 12.50 475 .. 400 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 490 T .. 415 T .. .. 5
2½% ALCLAD 7075 Y
2½% Alclad 7075-O 4.00 12.50 .. 270 .. 140 10 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 25.00 .. 275 T .. 140 .. 9
2½% Alclad 7075-T6 and T62 R P 4.00 6.30 510 .. 440 .. 8 ..
Sheet
2½% Alclad 7075-T62 R P 6.30 12.50 510 .. 440 .. 9 ..
and T651 U 12.50 25.00 540 T .. 470 T .. .. 6
Plate 25.00 50.00 530 T .. 460 T .. .. 5
2½% Alclad 7075-T73 4.00 6.30 440 .. 365 .. 8 ..
Sheet
2½% Alclad 7075-T7351 U } 6.30 12.50 450 .. 370 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 475 T .. 390 T .. .. 6
2½% Alclad 7075-T76 q 4.00 6.30 475 .. 405 .. 8 ..
Sheet
2½% Alclad 7075-T7651 U q 6.30 12.50 470 .. 400 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 490 T .. 415 T .. .. 5
ALCLAD ONE SIDE 7075 Y
Alclad One Side 7075-O 0.39 1.60 .. 260 .. 145 10 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 4.00 .. 270 .. 145 10 ..
4.00 12.50 .. 270 .. 145 10 ..
12.50 25.00 .. 275 T .. .. .. 9
Alclad One Side 7075-T6 0.19 0.32 490 .. 415 .. 5 ..
and T62 R P 0.32 1.00 510 .. 440 .. 6 ..
Sheet 1.00 1.60 515 .. 450 .. 7 ..
1.60 3.20 525 .. 455 .. 7 ..
3.20 4.70 530 .. 460 .. 7 ..
4.70 6.30 540 .. 460 .. 7 ..
and T651 U 12.50 25.00 540 T .. 470 T .. .. 6
Plate 25.00 50.00 530 T .. 460 T .. .. 5
2½% ALCLAD ONE SIDE 7075 Y
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2½% Alclad One Side 7075-O 4.00 12.50 .. 270 .. 145 10 ..

Sheet and plate 12.50 25.00 .. 275 T .. .. .. 9
2½% Alclad One Side 7075-T6 4.00 6.30 525 .. 450 .. 8 ..
and T62 R P
Sheet
2½% Alclad One Side 6.30 12.50 525 .. 450 .. 9 ..
7075-T62 R P and T651 U 12.50 25.00 540 T .. 470 T .. .. 6
Plate 25.00 50.00 530 T .. 460 T .. .. 5
7008 ALCLAD 7075 Y
7008 Alclad 7075-O 0.39 1.60 .. 275 .. 145 10 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 4.00 .. 275 .. 145 10 ..
4.00 12.50 .. 275 .. 145 10 ..
12.50 50.00 .. 275 T .. .. .. 9
7008 Alclad 7075-T6 and T62 0.39 1.00 505 .. 435 .. 7 ..
Sheet R P 1.00 1.60 515 .. 445 .. 8 ..
1.60 3.20 515 .. 445 .. 8 ..
3.20 4.00 515 .. 445 .. 8 ..
4.00 6.30 525 .. 455 .. 8 ..
7008 Alclad 7075-T62 R P and 6.30 12.50 525 .. 455 .. 9 ..
T651 U 12.50 25.00 540 T .. 470 T .. .. 6
Plate 25.00 50.00 530 T .. 460 T .. .. 5
50.00 60.00 525 T .. 440 T .. .. 4
60.00 80.00 495 T .. 420 T .. .. 4
80.00 90.00 490 T .. 400 T .. .. 4
90.00 100.00 460 T .. 370 T .. .. 2
May, 2009 7-19


AND
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
7008 ALCLAD 7075 Y (Continued)
7008 Alclad 7075-T76 q 1.00 1.60 485 .. 405 .. 8 ..
Sheet 1.60 4.00 490 .. 415 .. 8 ..
4.00 6.30 495 .. 420 .. 8 ..
7008 Alclad 7075-T7651 U q 6.30 12.50 490 .. 415 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 490 T .. 415 T .. .. 5
7178
7178-O 0.39 12.50 .. 275 .. 145 10 ..
Sheet and plate 12.50 12.70 .. 275 .. .. .. 9
7178-T6 and T62 R P 0.39 1.20 570 .. 495 .. 7 ..
Sheet 1.20 6.30 580 .. 505 .. 8 ..
7178-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 580 .. 505 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 580 .. 505 .. .. 5
25.00 40.00 580 .. 505 .. .. 3
40.00 50.00 550 .. 480 .. .. 2
7178-T76 Sheet q 1.00 6.30 515 .. 440 .. 8 ..
7178-T7651 U q 6.30 12.50 510 .. 435 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 500 .. 425 .. .. 5
ALCLAD 7178 Y
Alclad 7178-O 0.39 1.60 .. 250 .. 140 10 ..
Sheet and plate 1.60 4.00 .. 265 .. 140 10 ..
4.00 12.50 .. 275 .. 145 10 ..
12.50 12.70 .. 275 T .. .. .. 9
Alclad 7178-T6 and T62 R P 0.39 1.20 525 .. 455 .. 7 ..
Sheet 1.20 1.60 540 .. 470 .. 8 ..
1.60 4.00 550 .. 480 .. 8 ..
4.00 6.30 565 .. 490 .. 8 ..
Alclad 7178-T62 R P and T651 U 6.30 12.50 565 .. 490 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 580 T .. 505 T .. .. 5
25.00 40.00 580 T .. 505 T .. .. 3
40.00 50.00 550 T .. 480 T .. .. 2
Alclad 7178-T76 q 1.00 1.60 490 .. 415 .. 8 ..
Sheet 1.60 4.00 490 .. 415 .. 8 ..
4.00 6.30 500 .. 420 .. 8 ..
Alclad 7178-T7651 U q 6.30 12.50 495 .. 415 .. 8 ..
Plate 12.50 25.00 500 T .. 425 T .. .. 5
ELONGATION E
percent min
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
7475
7475-T61 1.00 6.30 Longitudinal 515 .. 455 .. 9 ..
Sheet Long Transverse 515 .. 440 .. 9 ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7475-T651 6.30 12.50 Longitudinal 530 .. 475 .. 10 ..

Plate Long Transverse 540 .. 460 .. 10 ..
Longitudinal 530 .. 485 .. .. 8

12.50 40.00 Long Transverse 540 .. 470 .. .. 8
7475-T7351 6.30 40.00 Longitudinal 490 .. 415 .. 10 9
25.00 40.00 Short Transverse 460 p .. 385 p .. .. 3p
40.00 50.00 Longitudinal 485 .. 400 .. .. 9
50.00 60.00 Longitudinal 475 .. 395 .. .. 9
60.00 80.00 Longitudinal 470 .. 385 .. .. 9
80.00 90.00 Longitudinal 450 .. 365 .. .. 9
90.00 100.00 Longitudinal 440 .. 360 .. .. 8
7-20 May, 2009

TABLE 7.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Heat-Treatable Alloys Q w (concluded)
7475 (Continued)
ELONGATION E
percent min
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
7475-T761 1.00 6.30 Longitudinal 490 .. 420 .. 9 ..
7475-T7651 6.30 12.50 Longitudinal 485 .. 415 .. 9 ..
Plate Long Transverse 490 .. 415 .. 9 ..
12.50 25.00 Longitudinal 475 .. 405 .. .. 7
25.00 40.00 Longitudinal 475 .. 405 .. .. 5
ELONGATION E
percent min
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
ALCLAD 7475-T61 1.00 1.60 Longitudinal 475 .. 420 .. 9 ..
1.60 5.00 Longitudinal 485 .. 430 .. 9 ..
Long Transverse 485 .. 415 .. 9 ..
5.00 6.30 Longitudinal 495 .. 435 .. 9 ..
ALCLAD 7475-T761 1.00 1.60 Longitudinal 455 .. 385 .. 9 ..

Sheet Long Transverse 455 .. 380 .. 9
1.60 5.00 Longitudinal 460 .. 400 .. 9 ..
5.00 6.30 Longitudinal 475 .. 405 .. 9 ..
Footnotes for Pages 7-12 through 7-22

q Material in this temper, when tested in accordance with ASTM G34, will
Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits
exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure 2, of ASTM
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” G34. Also, material 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accordance with
W Type of specimen used depends on thickness of material; see “Sampling
ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction of stress level of 170 MPa, will
and Testing,” pages 4-1 through 4-5. exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots
E Elongations in 50 mm apply for thicknesses up through 12.50 mm and in
to resist exfoliation corrosion and stress corrosion cracking is determined
5D (5.65 A ) for thicknesses over 12.50 mm where D and A are diameter by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in accordance with the
and cross-sectional area of the specimen, respectively. See “Sampling and applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 and 6-8.
Testing,” pages 4-1 through 4-5. w Processes such as flattening, leveling, or straightening coiled products
R These properties can usually be obtained by the user, when the material
subsequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical proper-
is properly solution heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated ties of the metal (refer to Certification, Section 4).
from the O (annealed) or F (as fabricated) temper. These properties also e Applicable only to 40.00 mm thickness and greater.
apply to samples of material in the O or F tempers, which are solution heat r See Table 6.6 for fracture toughness limits.
treated or solution and precipitation treated by the producer to determine t T7451 temper, although not previously registered, has appeared in the
that the material will respond to proper heat treatment. Properties attained literature and in some specifications as T73651.
by the user, however, may be lower than those listed if the material has been y Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accordance
formed or otherwise cold or hot worked, particularly in the annealed temper, with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 240
prior to solution heat treatment. MPa, will exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of indi-
T This table specifies the properties applicable to the test specimens, and
vidual lots to resist stress corrosion is determined by testing the previously
since for plate over 12.50 mm in thickness the cladding material is removed selected tensile test sample in accordance with the applicable lot accep-
during preparation of the test specimens, the listed properties are applicable tance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 and 6-8.
to the core material only. Tensile and yield strengths of the composite plate u Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accordance
are slightly lower depending upon the thickness of the cladding. with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 170
Y See page 6-4 for specific cladding thicknesses.
MPa, will exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of indi-
U For stress-relieved tempers the characteristics and properties other than
vidual lots to resist stress corrosion is determined by testing the previously
those specified may differ somewhat from the corresponding characteristics selected tensile test sample in accordance with the applicable lot accep-
and properties of material in the basic temper. tance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 and 6-8.
I Upon artificial aging, T3/T31, T37, T351, T361 and T451 temper material i Material in this temper, when tested at any plane in accordance with
shall be capable of developing the mechanical properties applicable to the ASTM G34, will exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Fig-
T81, T87, T851, T861 and T651 tempers, respectively. ure 2, of ASTM G34. Capability of individual lots to resist exfoliation corro-
O The properties for this thickness apply only to the T651 temper.
sion and stress corrosion cracking is determined by testing the previously
P This temper is not available from the material producer.
selected tensile test sample in accordance with the applicable lot accep-
{ Tempers T361 and T861 formerly designated T36 and T86, respectively.
tance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 and 6-8.
} Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accordance o Material in this temper, when tested at Q-qp plane in accordance with ASTM
with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 75 per- G34, will exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure 2, of
cent of the specified minimum yield strength, will exhibit no evidence of stress
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASTM G34. Capability of individual lots to resist exfoliation corrosion and

corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress corrosion is stress corrosion cracking is determined by testing the previously selected
determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in accor- tensile test sample in accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria
dance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 and outlined on pages 6-7 through 6-10.
6-8. p Applies to 40.00 mm only.
May, 2009 7-21

sheet and plate/weights
TABLE 7.3 Mechanical Property Limits—Brazing Sheet Q w
SPECIFIED THICKNESS ELONGATION
ALLOY mm W percent min E
AND
ULTIMATE YIELD
min. max. min. max.
NO. 11 OR NO. 12 BRAZING SHEET
No. 11 or No. 12-O 0.15 0.32 .. 140 .. .. 12
Sheet 0.32 0.80 .. 140 .. .. 18
0.80 1.20 .. 140 .. .. 20
1.20 6.30 .. 140 .. .. 23
No. 11 or No. 12-H12 0.49 1.20 120 160 .. .. 4
Sheet 1.20 6.30 120 160 .. .. 6
No. 11 or No. 12-H14 0.49 1.20 140 180 .. .. 3
Sheet 1.20 6.30 140 180 .. .. 5
NO. 23 OR NO. 24 BRAZING SHEET
No. 23 or No. 24-O 0.49 0.80 .. 145 .. .. 18
Sheet 0.80 1.20 .. 145 .. .. 20
1.20 6.30 .. 145 .. .. 23
No. 23 or No. 24-T42 R P 0.19 0.50 140 .. 75 .. 15
Sheet 0.50 6.30 140 .. 75 .. 17
No. 23 or No. 24-T62 R P 0.24 0.50 240 .. 205 .. 6
Sheet 0.50 6.30 240 .. 205 .. 8
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-22 May, 2009

weights/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.4 Mass per Square Metre
All sheet and plate thicknesses in this table are based on 2.70 ⋅ 103 kilograms per cubic metre is shown for each
American National Standard thicknesses (ANSI B32.3). thickness and is exact. Mass conversion factors for other
The mass per square metre for an alloy with density of alloys are shown in Table 7.5.
THICKNESS—mm THICKNESS—mm
Mass Mass
Preferred Second Third kg/m2 Preferred Second Third kg/m2
Thickness Preference Preference Thickness Preference Preference
0.16 .. .. 0.432 .. 4.2 .. 11.34
.. 0.18 .. 0.486 4.5 .. .. 12.15
0.20 .. .. 0.540 .. 4.8 .. 12.96
.. 0.22 .. 0.594 5.0 .. .. 13.5
0.25 .. .. 0.675 .. 5.5 .. 14.85
.. 0.28 .. 0.756 6.0 .. .. 16.2
0.30 .. .. 0.810 .. .. 6.5 17.55
.. 0.35 .. 0.945 7.0 .. .. 18.9
0.40 .. .. 1.08 .. .. 7.5 20.25
.. 0.45 .. 1.215 8.0 .. .. 21.6
0.50 .. .. 1.35 .. 9.0 .. 24.3
.. 0.55 .. 1.485 10 .. .. 27.0
0.60 .. .. 1.62 .. 11 .. 29.7
.. 0.65 .. 1.755 12 .. .. 32.4
.. 0.70 .. 1.89 .. 14 .. 37.8
.. .. 0.75 2.025 16 .. .. 43.2
0.80 .. .. 2.16 .. 18 .. 48.6
.. .. 0.85 2.295 20 .. .. 54.0
.. 0.90 .. 2.43 .. 22 .. 59.4
.. .. 0.95 2.565 25 .. .. 67.5
1.0 .. .. 2.70 .. 28 .. 75.6
.. .. 1.05 2.835 30 .. .. 81.0
.. 1.1 .. 2.97 .. 32 .. 86.4
1.2 .. .. 3.24 35 .. .. 94.5
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
.. .. 1.3 3.51 .. 38 .. 102.6

.. 1.4 .. 3.78 40 .. .. 108.0
.. .. 1.5 4.05 .. 45 .. 121.5
1.6 .. .. 4.32 50 .. .. 135.0
.. .. 1.7 4.59 .. 55 .. 148.5
.. 1.8 .. 4.86 60 .. .. 162
.. .. 1.9 5.13 .. 70 .. 189
2.0 .. .. 5.40 80 .. .. 216
.. .. 2.1 5.67 .. 90 .. 243
.. 2.2 .. 5.94 100 .. .. 270
.. .. 2.4 6.48 .. 110 .. 297
2.5 .. .. 6.75 120 .. .. 324
.. .. 2.6 7.02 .. 130 .. 351
.. 2.8 .. 7.56 140 .. .. 378
3.0 .. .. 8.10 .. 150 .. 405
.. 3.2 .. 8.64 160 .. .. 432
.. .. 3.4 9.18 180 .. .. 486
3.5 .. .. 9.45 200 .. .. 540
.. .. 3.6 9.72 250 .. .. 675
.. 3.8 .. 10.26 300 .. .. 810
4.0 .. .. 10.8
May, 2009 7-23

sheet and plate/weight conversion, bend radii
TABLE 7.5 Mass Conversion Factors
Where the mass of aluminum sheet and plate have been determined by means of the “Mass Conversion Factors”
computed on the basis of 2.70 ⋅ 103 kilograms per cubic listed in the following table:
metre, as in Table 7.4, the mass for specific alloys can be
DENSITY DENSITY
ALUMINUM MASS CONVERSION ALUMINUM MASS CONVERSION
at 20°C at 20°C
ALLOY FACTOR ALLOY FACTOR
(kg/m3) ⋅ 103 (kg/m3) ⋅ 103
1060 2.705 1.002 5154 2.66 0.985
1100 2.71 1.004 5252 2.67 0.989
1350 2.705 1.002 5254 2.66 0.985
2014 2.80 1.037 5454 2.69 0.996
2024 2.78 1.030 5456 2.66 0.985
2036 2.75 1.019 5457 2.69 0.996
2124 2.78 1.030 5652 2.67 0.989
2219 2.84 1.052 5657 2.69 0.996
3003 2.73 1.011 6061 2.70 1.000
3004 2.72 1.007 7049 2.84 1.052
3005 2.73 1.011 7050 2.83 1.048
3105 2.72 1.007 7075 2.81 1.041
5005 2.70 1.000 7178 2.83 1.048
5050 2.69 0.996 7475 2.81 1.041
5052 2.68 0.993
5083 2.66 0.985 Example: Find the mass per square metre of 0.80 sheet in alloy 3003. The
5086 2.66 0.985 mass per square metre listed for this thickness on page 7-23 is 2.16 kg.
Multiplying this mass by the factor 1.011 given above for alloy 3003 gives
2.18 kg per square metre.
TABLE 7.6 Recommended Minimum Bend Radii for 90-Degree Cold Forming of
Sheet and Plate Q W E R T
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
RADII FOR VARIOUS THICKNESSES EXPRESSED IN TERMS OF THICKNESS “t”
Alloy Temper
0.40 mm 0.80 mm 1.6 mm 3.2 mm 4.8 mm 6.0 mm 10 mm 12 mm
1
O 0 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t
1
H12 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t
1100 H14 0 0 0 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t
1
H16 0 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t
H18 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t
1
O 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 21⁄2t 4t
2014 T3 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 5t 6t 7t
T4 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 5t 6t 7t
T6 3t 4t 4t 5t 6t 8t 81⁄2t 91⁄2t
1
O 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 21⁄2t 4t
T3 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 5t 6t 7t 71⁄2t
2024 T361 Y 3t 4t 5t 6t 6t 8t 81⁄2t 91⁄2t
T4 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 5t 6t 7t 71⁄2t
T81 41⁄2t 51⁄2t 6t 71⁄2t 8t 9t 10t 101⁄2t
T861 Y 5t 6t 7t 81⁄2t 91⁄2t 10t 111⁄2t 111⁄2t
2036 T4 .. 1t 1t .. .. .. .. ..
1
O 0 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t
1
H12 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t
3003 H14 0 0 0 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t
1
H16 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
H18 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t 41⁄2t 51⁄2t 61⁄2t
1
O 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t
1
H32 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t
3004 H34 0 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t
H36 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t
H38 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 51⁄2t 61⁄2t
1 1 1
3105 H25 ⁄2t ⁄2t ⁄2t .. .. .. .. ..
1
O 0 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t
1
H12 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t
H14 0 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t
1
H16 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
5005 H18 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t 41⁄2t 51⁄2t 61⁄2t
1
H32 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t
H34 0 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t
1
H36 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
H38 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t 41⁄2t 51⁄2t 61⁄2t
7-24 May, 2009

bend radii/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.6 Recommended Minimum Bend Radii for 90-Degree Cold Forming of
Sheet and Plate Q W E R T (continued)
RADII FOR VARIOUS THICKNESSES EXPRESSED IN TERMS OF THICKNESS “t”
Alloy Temper
0.40 mm 0.80 mm 1.6 mm 3.2 mm 4.8 mm 6.0 mm 10 mm 12 mm
1
O 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
H32 0 0 0 1t 1t 11⁄2t .. ..
H34 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t .. ..
5050 H36 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t .. ..
H38 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t .. ..
1
O 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
H32 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t
5052 H34 0 1t 11⁄2t 2t 2t 21⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t
H36 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t
H38 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 51⁄2t 61⁄2t
1
5083 O .. .. ⁄2t 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
H32 .. .. 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t
H321 .. .. 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t
1
O 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
1
5086 H32 0 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t
1
H34 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
H36 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t 5t
1
O 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
1
H32 0 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t
1
5154 H34 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
H36 1t 11⁄2t 2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t 5t
H38 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 5t 61⁄2t 61⁄2t
5252 H25 0 0 1t 2t .. .. .. ..
H28 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t .. .. .. ..
1
O 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
1
H32 0 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t
1
5254 H34 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
H36 1t 11⁄2t 2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t 5t
H38 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 5t 61⁄2t 61⁄2t
1
O 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t
1 1
5454 H32 ⁄2t ⁄2t 1t 2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t
1
H34 ⁄2t 1t 11⁄2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
5456 O .. .. 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t 2t
H32 .. .. .. 2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t
H321 .. .. .. 2t 2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t
5457 O 0 0 0 .. .. .. .. ..
1
O 0 0 0 ⁄2t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t
H32 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 2t
H34 0 1t 11⁄2t 2t 2t 21⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t
5652 H36 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t 41⁄2t
H38 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 4t 5t 51⁄2t 61⁄2t
5657 H25 0 0 0 1t .. .. .. ..
H28 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t .. .. .. ..
O 0 0 0 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t
6061 T4 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
T6 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 41⁄2t 5t
7050 T7 .. .. .. .. .. 8t 9t 91⁄2t
O 0 0 .. .. .. .. .. ..
7072 H14 0 0 .. .. .. .. .. ..
H18 1t 1t .. .. .. .. .. ..
7075 O 0 0 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t 4t
T6 3t 4t 5t 6t 6t 8t 9t 91⁄2t
7178 O 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t 4t
T6 3t 4t 5t 6t 6t 8t 9t 91⁄2t
Q The radii listed are the minimum recommended for bending sheets and E Heat-treatable alloys can be formed over appreciably smaller radii imme-
plates without fracturing in a standard press brake with air bend dies. Other diately after solution heat treatment.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
types of bending operations may require larger radii or permit smaller radii. R The H112 temper (applicable to non-heat treatable alloys) is supplied in
The minimum permissible radii will also vary with the design and condition the as-fabricated condition without special property control but usually can
of the tooling. be formed over radii applicable to the H14 (or H34) temper or smaller.
W Alclad sheet in the heat-treatable alloys can be bent over slightly smaller T The reference test method is ASTM E290.
radii than the corresponding tempers of the bare alloy. Y Tempers T361 and T861 formerly designated T36 and T86, respectively.
May, 2009 7-25

sheet and plate/standard tolerances
TABLE 7.7a Sheet and Plate Thickness Tolerances Q (Applicable to All Alloys Not Included in the
Aerospace Alloys Table 7.7b or Not Specified for Aerospace Applications)
NOTE: ALSO APPLICABLE TO ALLOYS WHEN SUPPLIED AS ALCLAD.
THICKNESS, Up thru Over 1 000 Over 1 500 Over 2 000 Over 2 500 Over 3 000 Over 3 500 Over 4 000
mm 1 000 Thru 1 500 Thru 2 000 Thru 2 500 Thru 3 000 Thru 3 500 Thru 4 000 Thru 4 500
Over Thru TOLERANCES—mm plus and minus
0.15 0.40 0.025 0.040 .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.40 0.63 0.040 0.050 0.08 0.09 .. .. .. ..
0.63 0.80 0.045 0.06 0.09 0.10 .. .. .. ..
0.80 1.00 0.050 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.15 .. .. ..
1.00 1.20 0.06 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.20 .. ..
1.20 1.60 0.08 0.09 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.23 .. ..
1.60 2.00 0.09 0.10 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.25 .. ..
2.00 2.50 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.23 0.28 .. ..
2.50 3.20 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.28 0.33 .. ..
3.20 4.00 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.28 0.33 0.38 .. ..
4.00 5.00 0.18 0.23 0.28 0.33 0.38 0.46 .. ..
5.00 6.30 0.23 0.28 0.33 0.38 0.46 0.56 0.69 ..
6.30 8.00 0.30 0.36 0.38 0.46 0.56 0.69 0.89 1.10
8.00 10.00 0.38 0.43 0.51 0.58 0.69 0.84 1.05 1.30
10.00 16.00 0.58 0.58 0.69 0.81 0.89 1.10 1.35 1.65
16.00 25.00 0.79 0.79 0.94 1.10 1.20 1.45 1.80 2.15
25.00 40.00 1.00 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.65 1.90 2.30 2.65
40.00 60.00 1.40 1.40 1.55 1.80 2.45 2.55 2.90 ..
60.00 80.00 1.90 1.90 2.15 2.55 2.65 3.20 .. ..
80.00 100.00 2.55 2.55 2.90 3.20 3.30 4.00 .. ..
100.00 160.00 3.30 3.30 3.70 4.20 .. .. .. ..
160.00 200.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.20 .. .. .. ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 7.7b Sheet and Plate Thickness Tolerances Q (Applicable to All Alloys Specified for
Aerospace Applications)
(INCLUDES AEROSPACE ALLOYS 2014, 2024, 2124, 2219, 2324, 2419, 7050, 7075, 7150, 7178 and 7475)
NOTE: ALSO APPLICABLE TO ALLOYS WHEN SUPPLIED AS ALCLAD.

SPECIFIED WIDTH—mm
SPECIFIED Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over
THICKNESS Up
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 500 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 500 3 000 3 500 4 000
mm thru
thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru
1 000
1 200 1 400 1 500 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 500 3 000 3 500 4 000 4 500
Over Thru TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus
0.15 0.25 0.035 0.06 0.06 0.06 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.25 0.40 0.040 0.07 0.07 0.07 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.40 0.63 0.040 0.07 0.07 0.07 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.63 0.80 0.040 0.040 0.06 0.08 0.08 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
0.80 1.00 0.040 0.040 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.20 .. .. .. ..
1.00 1.20 0.050 0.050 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.22 0.26 0.30 .. ..
1.20 1.60 0.050 0.050 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.24 0.30 0.34 .. ..
1.60 2.00 0.050 0.050 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.26 0.34 0.40 .. ..
2.00 2.50 0.065 0.065 0.09 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.30 0.38 0.46 .. ..
2.50 3.20 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.34 0.42 0.52 .. ..
3.20 4.00 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.18 0.18 0.25 0.25 0.40 0.48 0.58 .. ..
4.00 5.00 0.15 0.18 0.18 0.23 0.23 0.30 0.30 0.46 0.56 0.66 .. ..
5.00 6.30 0.24 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.44 0.44 0.54 0.54 0.64 0.76 .. ..
6.30 8.00 0.32 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.62 0.62 0.74 0.86 1.05 1.30
8.00 10.00 0.44 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.58 0.58 0.72 0.72 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.50
10.00 16.00 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.72 0.72 0.86 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.50 1.80
16.00 25.00 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.94 0.94 1.10 1.10 1.30 1.55 1.90 2.20
25.00 40.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.20 1.20 1.40 1.40 1.65 1.95 2.30 2.70
40.00 60.00 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.60 1.90 1.90 1.90 2.30 2.60 3.00 ..
60.00 80.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.10 2.10 2.80 2.80 3.30 3.30 .. ..
80.00 100.00 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.95 2.95 3.40 3.40 3.90 4.10 .. ..
100.00 160.00 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.80 3.80 4.30 4.30 .. .. .. ..
160.00 200.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.20 4.20 .. .. .. ..
Note: Capability to provide tighter tolerances may vary with supplier. of the maximum and minimum dimension permissible under the tolerance for
Q When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as equal bilateral tol- the dimension under consideration.
erance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the mean
7-26 May, 2009

standard tolerances/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.8 Width Tolerances—Sheared Flat Sheet and Plate
THICKNESS Up thru Over 250 Over 500 Over 1 000 Over 2 000 Over 3 000 Over 4 000
mm 250 thru 500 thru 1 000 thru 2 000 thru 3 000 thru 4 000 thru 5 000
Over Thru TOLERANCES W—mm
0.15 3.20 ±1.5 ±2 ±2.5 ±3 ±4 ±4.5 ..
3.20 6.30 ±2 ±2.5 ±3 ±3.5 ±4.5 ±5 ..
6.30 12.50 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +12 +14
TABLE 7.9 Length Tolerances—Sheared Flat Sheet and Plate

SPECIFIED LENGTH—mm
SPECIFIED Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over
THICKNESS Up thru 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 7 500 10 000 12 500 15 000 17 500
mm 1 000 thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru
2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 7 500 10 000 12 500 15 000 17 500 20 000
0.15 3.20 ±2 ±2.5 ±3 ±3 ±3.5 ±4.5 ±5 ±6 ±7 ±8 ..
3.20 6.30 ±2.5 ±3 ±3 ±3.5 ±4 ±5 ±6 ±7 ±8 ±9 ..
6.30 12.50 +8 +9 +10 +10 +11 +13 +14 +16 +18 +19 +21
TABLE 7.10 Width and Length Tolerances—Sawed Flat Sheet and Plate
SPECIFIED WIDTH AND LENGTH—mm
SPECIFIED Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over
THICKNESS Up thru 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 7 500 10 000 12 500 15 000 17 500
mm 1 000 thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru
2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 +7 500 +10 000 +12 500 +15 000 17 500 20 000
2.00 6.30 ±3 ±3 ±4 ±4 ±5 ±6 ±7 ±8 ±9 ±10 ±11
6.30 160.00 +6 +7 +8 +9 +10 +12 +14 +16 +18 +20 +22
TABLE 7.11 Width Tolerances Q—Slit Coiled Sheet
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
THICKNESS Over 150 Over 250 Over 500 Over 750 Over 1 000 Over 1 500 Over 2 000
mm Up thru 150
thru 250 thru 500 thru 750 thru 1 000 thru 1 500 thru 2 000 thru 2 500
Over Thru TOLERANCES W—mm plus and minus
0.15 3.20 0.25 0.5 1 1 1 1.5 2.5 3.5
3.20 5.00 .. 1 1 1 1.5 2 3 ..
5.00 6.30 .. 1 1 1.5 2 3 4 ..
TABLE 7.12 Lateral Bow Tolerances Q—

Coiled Sheet
12
Over 25 Over 50 Over 100
SPECIFIED thru Over 250
thru 50 thru 100 thru 250
THICKNESS 25
mm
TOLERANCE—mm in 2 000 mm
Allowable Deviation of a Side Edge
from a Straight Line
Over Thru
0.15 1.60 20 15 10 6 5
1.60 3.20 .. .. 10 6 5
May, 2009 7-27

TABLE 7.13 Lateral Bow Tolerances—Flat Sheet and Plate
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF A SIDE EDGE FROM A STRAIGHT LINE
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
THICKNESS WIDTH
mm mm
Maximum allowable value of AA

Up thru Over 1000 Over 2000 Over 3000 Over 4000 Over 5000
1000 thru 2000 thru 3000 thru 4000 thru 5000 thru 6000
Over Thru Over Thru TOLERANCE—mm
0.15 3.20 .. 100 3 11 25 45 70 100 T
100 250 1 3.5 8 13 21 30 T
250 900 1 2.5 5 9 14 30 T
900 .. 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 12 T
3.20 6.30 100 400 1 3 6 11 17 25 T
400 .. 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 12 T
6.30 150.00 .. 250 3 11 25 45 70 100 T
250 400 1 3 6 11 17 25 T
400 .. 0.5 2 3.5 6 10 14 T
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 7.14 Squareness Tolerances—Flat Sheet and Plate

Up thru 1 000 Over 1 000
ALLOWABLE DIFFERENCE IN LENGTH OF DIAGONALS R—mm
SPECIFIED
LENGTH
mm
Maximum difference between AA and BB

Up thru 3 500 0.8 ⋅ each 100 mm segment of width E 0.7 ⋅ each 100 mm segment of width E
Over 3 500 1.2 ⋅ each 100 mm segment of width E 1.0 ⋅ each 100 mm segment of width E
Q When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral E If specified width is other than an exact multiple of 100 mm, tolerance
tolerance, the maximum value of the standard tolerance is that which applies is determined by using the next largest exact multiple. For example, if
to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under specified width is 750 mm and specified length is 2 800 mm, the tolerance is
the tolerance for the dimension under consideration. 0.8 mm ⋅ 8 = 6.4 mm. This result, if not a whole mm, is rounded to upward
W Tolerances applicable at ambient mill temperatures. A change in dimension to the nearest mm.
of 0.24 mm per metre per 10°C must be recognized. R Use values for calculating only. Round result upward to nearest mm.
T Also applicable to any 6 000 mm increment of longer sheet or plate.
7-28 May, 2009

TABLE 7.15 Diameter Tolerances—Sheared or TABLE 7.16 Diameter Tolerances—Sawed
Blanked Sheet and Plate Circles Q Sheet and Plate Circles Q
SPECIFIED DIAMETER—mm SPECIFIED DIAMETER—mm
Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over
Up Up
500 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 500 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000
Over Thru thru Over Thru thru
thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru thru
500 500
1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM
SPECIFIED DIAMETER SPECIFIED DIAMETER
mm plus and minus mm plus and minus
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
THICKNESS THICKNESS
mm mm
Difference between AA and Difference between AA and

specified diameter specified diameter
0.15 6.30 1 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 2.00 25.00 3.5 4 5 6 8 11
6.30 12.50 .. 2.5 3.5 5 7 9 25.00 50.00 5 6 8 10 13 16
12.50 25.00 .. 6 7 9 11 13 50.00 100.00 8 10 12 15 18 21
TABLE 7.17 Flatness Tolerances—Flat Sheet W

Longitudinal or Transverse Distance (mm)
Specified Center to Center of Buckles or Edge Waves E
Alloy Thickness
mm Up Over 500 Over 1 000
Over 1 500
(Includes Alclads) Over 2 000
thru 500 thru 1 000 thru 1 500
thru 2 000
Over Thru TOLERANCES, mm R T Y
1060, 1100, 1350, 3003, 3005, 0.50 1.60 2 4 6 8 10
3105, 5005, 5050, 5X57 1.60 6.30 3 5 8 10 13
3004, 5052, 5083, 5086, 5252, 0.50 1.60 4 6 9 11 14
5X54, 5456, 5652, brazing sheet, 1.60 6.30 5 7 10 12 15
and all heat treatable alloys
Q When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral E Also applicable to overall length or width of sheet if only one longitudinal
tolerance, the maximum value of the standard tolerance is that which applies and/or transverse buckle or edge wave is present.
to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under R Allowable deviation from flat with sheet positioned on flat horizontal surface
the tolerance for the dimension under consideration. to minimize deviation.
W Not applicable to cut-to-length sheet, panel flat sheet, coiled sheet, or T Not applicable to O, F and HX8 and harder tempers.
sheet over 1 500 mm wide. Flatness tolerances, including coil set flatness Y Not applicable to end or corner turnup.
tolernaces, for these excluded products, should be as agreed upon in
advance between producer and purchaser. (See Section 5, Terminology, for
a definition of Sheet, Coiled Cut-to-Length).
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-29
TABLE 7.18 Flatness Tolerances—Sawed or Sheared Plate
LONGITUDINAL FLATNESS
SPECIFIED THICKNESS, mm TOLERANCE Q mm—Allowable Deviation from Flat
Over Thru TX51 tempers W Other than TX51 tempers W U
6.30 80.00 5 in any 2 000 mm E 7 in any 2 000 mm or less
80.00 100.00 3.5 in any 2 000 mm or less 7 in any 2 000 mm or less
TRANSVERSE FLATNESS
TOLERANCE Q in.—Allowable Deviation from Flat
SPECIFIED THICKNESS, mm Width—mm
Up thru 500 Over 500 Thru 1 000 Over 1 000 Thru 1 500 Over 1 500 Thru 2 000
Other than Other than Other than
TX51 TX51 TX51
Over Thru All tempers U TX51 TX51 TX51
tempers W tempers W tempers W
tempers W U tempers W U tempers W U
6.30 16.00 Only short- 6 7 8 10 10 13
16.00 40.00 span flatness 4 6 6 8 8 10
40.00 80.00 tolerance 3 5 4 6 5 7
80.00 160.00 applies 2.5 4 3 5 3.5 6
SHORT-SPAN FLATNESS T
SPECIFIED THICKNESS, mm TOLERANCE Y mm—Allowable Deviation from Flat
Over Thru TX51 tempers W Other than TX51 tempers W U
6.30 16.00 2.00 2.50
16.00 160.00 1.50 1.80
Q As measured with plate resting on a flat surface concave side upward, R For widths over 2 000 mm, these tolerances apply for any 2 000 mm of
using a straightedge and a feeler gage, dial gage or scale. total width.
W TX51 is a general designation for the following stress-relieved tempers: T Short-span flatness is the deviation from flat over full span for spans
T351, T451, T651, T851, T7351 and T7651. 500 mm and less.
E For lengths under 2 000 mm, the tolerance is 3.5 mm. Y As measured with the plate resting on a flat surface.
U Not applicable to O, F, and HX8 and harder tempers.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-30 May, 2009

Quality Standards for Painted Sheet Q or 1,000 hours in accordance with ASTM D 822 using
Type D apparatus described in ASTM G 23. Following
Scope exposure, examine film visually in adequately lighted
This standard covers minimum quality requirements and area for conformance to requirement.
conformance tests for decorative and protective organic Salt Spray Resistance
finishes on aluminum alloy sheet for exterior applications.
Undercutting of film from scored line, 1.5 mm maximum
Substrate when tested as follows:
Painted sheet is produced from a variety of alloys and Test Method. 1,000 hours in accordance with ASTM
tempers having mechanical properties and dimensional B 117. Film scored diagonally sufficiently deep to
tolerances prior to painting as listed on pages 7-3 through expose base metal and edges exposed.
7-11 and 7-26 through 7-29, respectively. Mechanical Humidity Resistance
properties of the painted sheet will be reduced from those
of the bare products, but the amount of reduction will vary No formation of blisters to an extent greater than illustra-
with the original alloy and temper used as well as with the tion for Few Blisters of No. 8 Size in Figure 4 of ASTM
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
paint system employed. For minimum mechanical proper- D 714 when tested as follows:
ties and forming capabilities applicable to any specified Test Method. 1,000 hours at 100 percent relative
painted product, consult the supplier. humidity in cabinet operated in accordance with
ASTM D 2247.
Pretreatment
The sheet is first cleaned by suitable methods to remove
Chemical Resistance
possible surface contaminants, followed by the uniform No loss of adhesion or gloss and no color change or stain-
application of a pretreatment, which, in conjunction with ing when tested as follows:
the baked organic coating, produces sheet meeting all Test Method. Totally immerse separate samples in
quality and production lot acceptance tests listed in these mineral spirits, 2.0 percent trisodium phosphate solution
standards. and 2.0 percent Ivory soap solution for 24 hours at
room temperature (25°C). Also immerse a separate
Qualification Tests and Test Methods sample for 72 hours in a 3.0 percent detergent solution
Prior to their use, specific basic paint formulations are maintained at 38°C. The detergent solution shall be
subjected to the qualifying tests listed hereunder. Custom prepared using a detergent composed of a mixture of
colors formulated similarly to the basic formulations chemicals as follows:
for delivery within a few weeks cannot be subjected to
Technical Grade Reagents Percent/Mass
long-term testing prior to use. However if failure is noted
when they are subsequently tested, such custom colors Tetrasodium Pyrophosphate, Hydrated 45.0
are either discontinued or reformulated for improved Sodium Sulfate, Anhydrous 23.5
performance. All lots of painted sheet are subjected to, Sodium Alkylarylsulfonate* 22.0
and must pass, production lot acceptance tests listed later Sodium Metasilicate, Hydrated 7.5
in these standards. Sodium Carbonate, Anhydrous 2.0
* Nacconal 90 F—Allied Chemical Company
Natural Weather Exposure Following immersion of the samples in the various
No checking, crazing or adhesion loss, and only slight-to- media for the indicated time periods, they shall be
moderate chalking and slight fading or color change, when removed and rinsed, then allowed to recover for
tested as follows: 24 hours before determining whether the foregoing
Test Method. One year outdoor exposure at Miami, requirement has been met. Appropriate methods for
Florida, at a 45° angle facing south. Following exposure determining adhesion and gloss are given elsewhere
examine film visually in adequately lighted area for in these standards. Examination for color change
checking, crazing, blistering, peeling, flaking, fading or staining shall be made visually in an adequately
or color change. Determine degree of chalking in lighted area.
accordance with ASTM D 4214. Paint crazing from
forming is not to be considered a failure. Production Lot Acceptance
Each lot of painted sheet is subjected to and must pass the
Accelerated Weather Exposure
following tests:
No adhesion loss, only slight chalking and fading or color
change, plus normal water staining when tested as follows: Surface Appearance
Test Method. 500 hours in accordance with ASTM D Commercially smooth and substantially free from flow
822 using Type E apparatus described in ASTM G 23, lines, streaks, blisters or other surface imperfections.
Test Method. Visual examination in an adequately
For all numbered footnotes, see page 7-32. lighted area.W
May, 2009 7-31

sheet and plate/painted sheet
Dry Film Hardness Impact Resistance R
No film rupture shall occur when tested as follows with an High gloss vinyl and medium gloss fluoropolymer films
Eagle Turquoise pencil, grade HB minimum. are recommended for severe forming: Painted sheet shall
withstand direct and reverse impact sufficient to rupture
Test Method. Strip the wood from the pencil leaving 3 to
it, with no loss of adhesion between the film and the base
6 mm length of full diameter lead. A mechanical
sheet when tested as follows:
pencil with lead refills equivalent to Eagle Turquoise
pencil, Grade HB minimum, may be substituted. Test Method. Subject the sample at room temperature
Using fine grit sand or emery paper, flatten end of to an impact force of sufficient magnitude to cause
lead so it is 90° to pencil axis. Hold pencil at 45° to metal rupture by use of a Gardner Variable Impact
film surface and push forward about 6 mm using as Tester or equivalent with a 16 mm diameter mandrel.
much downward pressure as can be applied without Apply Scotch cellophane tape No. 600, approximately
breaking the pencil lead. 19 mm wide, firmly to the deformed area and pull off
sharply.
Color Uniformity High gloss alkyd, acrylic, siliconized acrylic, polyester and
Color uniformity will be commercially constant when siliconized polyester films are recommended for moderate
tested as follows: forming for sheet tempers other than annealed. Minute
fracturing of the film is permissible, but no film shall be
Test Method. Check visually under a uniform light
removed from the base metal when painted sheet is sub-
source such as Macbeth North Daylight Lamp.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
jected to direct and reverse impacts of 40 to 50 kg·cm or
less, when tested as follows:
Dry Film Thickness
Test Method. Subject the sample at room temperature
Thickness of cured non-metallic paint films, including
to 40 to 50 kg·cm impact force by use of a Gardner
primer where used, will be 20 µm minimum. Thickness of
Variable Impact Tester or equivalent with a 16 mm
cured metallic paint finish coats will be 15 µm minimum.
diameter mandrel. If metal is ruptured, decrease the
Test Method. Method C of ASTM D 1400. impact in 5 to 10 kg·cm increments until no metal frac-
ture occurs. Apply Scotch cellophane tape No. 600,
Specular Gloss approximately 19 mm wide, firmly to the deformed
area and pull off sharply.
Painted sheet is supplied at a variety of gloss levels, of
which the most popular levels with associated tolerances Recommended Minimum Bend Radii T
are as follows:
Sheet having applied paint films recommended for mod-
High Gloss Colors: 80 minimum erate or severe forming as described in the paragraph
Medium Gloss Colors: 30 to 50 (as specified) ±8 introducing table 7.19 can be bent through 90° or 180°
Low Gloss Colors: 10±3 angles at the minimum radii specified in table 7.19. Slight
Test Method. ASTM D 523. microchecking of the film may occur, but good adherence
between film and base metal will be maintained.
Film Adhesion E Test Method. Bend painted sheet to approximate angle
No removal of the film will occur when tested as follows: (90° or 180°) at radius listed in table 7.19 for type
Test Method. Using a sharp knife or similar instru- film, alloy-temper and gage using suitable laboratory
ment, make 10 parallel cuts through the film at about (Niagara Bar Folder or equivalent) or production
1- equipment. Apply No. 600, approximately 19 mm.
16 in. spacing. Make 10 similar cuts at 90° to and
crossing the first 10. Apply No. 600, approximately wide, Scotch cellophane tape firmly to bend area and
19 mm wide, Scotch cellophane tape firmly to the pull off sharply.
area and pull off sharply.
Footnotes for Pages 7-31 and 7-32

Q Dimensional tolerances for painted sheet are the same as those for R For medium gloss paints other than fluoropolymers and low gloss paints and
unpainted sheet (see pages 7-26 through 7-28) and are applicable before annealed painted sheet, impact resistance is subject to special agreement.
the paint is applied. T Minimum radius over which painted sheet may be bent varies with type
W Pressure mottling may appear on either flat or coiled painted sheet, but and gloss of paint, nature of forming operation, type of forming equipment,
the condition will dissipate upon short exposure to heat and/or weathering. and design and condition of tools. Minimum radius for a specific material, or
If it is not corrected by such exposure, contact the supplier. hardest alloy and temper for a specific radius can be closely determined only
E Many applications for painted aluminum sheet require a back coat- by actual trial under contemplated conditions of fabrication.
ing which is usually applied in a thickness of about 2.5µm. This adhesive
requirement also applies to these back coatings.
7-32 May, 2009

painted sheet/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.19 Recommended Minimum Bend Radii Q in Terms of Metal Thickness “T” W—Painted Sheet
90° BENDS FOR HIGH GLOSS ALKYD, ACRYLIC, SILICONIZED MEDIUM GLOSS PAINTS OTHER THAN FLUOROPOLYMERS OR WITH
ACRYLIC, POLYESTER, OR SILICONIZED POLYESTER FILMS REC- LOW GLOSS PAINTS, MINIMUM BEND RADIUS USUALLY MUST BE
OMMENDED FOR MODERATE FORMING; AND 180° BENDS FOR GREATER THAN SHOWN IN THE TABLE TO PREVENT OR MINIMIZE
HIGH GLOSS VINYL AND MEDIUM GLOSS FLUOROPOLYMER FILMS PAINT MICROCRACKING.
RECOMMENDED FOR SEVERE FORMING. FOR SHEET PAINTED WITH
TEMPER BEFORE THICKNESS OF BASE SHEET—mm

ALLOY
FILM APPLICATION 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.0 1.2 1.6
O 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H12 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
1100 H14 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H16 1T 1T 1T 1T 2T 3T
H18 2T 2T 3T 3T 4T 5T
O 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H12 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
3003 H14 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H16 1T 1T 2T 3T 3T 4T
H18 2T 3T 4T 5T 6T 7T
O 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H12 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
3105 H14 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H16 1T 1T 2T 3T 3T 4T
H18 2T 3T 4T 5T 6T 7T
O 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H32 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
5005 H34 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H36 1T 1T 2T 3T 3T 4T
H38 2T 3T 4T 5T 6T 7T
O 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
H32 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
5052 H34 1T 1T 1T 2T 2T 3T
H36 2T 3T 3T 3T 4T 5T
H38 2T 3T 4T 5T 6T 7T
Q Minimum radius over which painted sheet may be bent varies with type
and gloss of paint, nature of forming operation, type of forming equipment,
and design and condition of tools. Minimum radius for a specific material,
or hardest alloy and temper for a specific radius, can be closely determined
only by actual trial under contemplated conditions of fabrication.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
W The reference test method is ASTM E290.
May, 2009 7-33

sheet and plate/commercial roofing and siding
TABLE 7.20 Standard Finishes for Roofing and Siding
FINISH
THICKNESS
PRODUCT STUCCO LOW
mm MILL FINISH PAINTED
EMBOSSED REFLECTANCE Q
0.60 X X X
Corrugated roofing 0.80 X X X X
1.0 X X X X
Corrugated siding 0.60 X X X
0.80 X X X X
0.80 X X X X
V-beam roofing and siding 1.0 X X X X
1.2 X X X X
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.90 X
Ribbed roofing 1.0 X
1.2 X
Ribbed siding 0.80 X X
1.0 X X
Q The specular gloss number of the Low Reflectance aluminum sheet is an cut into 300 by 300 mm sizes. Each of these smaller samples is then read
average of 10 or less when measured in accordance with ASTM method D in accordance with ASTM procedure, that is, in the direction of rolling and at
523 at an angle of 85 degrees. This average is obtained thus: A representa- least 10 readings per piece. After the results of each sample are obtained,
tive sample is cut from the coil or sheet across the entire width (approxi- the average reflectance value of the original sample is computed by totaling
mately 300 mm across the width of the coil or sheet). This sample is then all the readings obtained and dividing by the total number made.
TABLE 7.21 Designed Dimensions and Weights for Corrugated Roofing

NOMINAL NOMINAL
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL
DEPTH OF WEIGHT
THICK- OVER-ALL COVERAGE PITCH OF
CORRUGA- PER 100
NESS Q WIDTH R WIDTH W CORRUGATION
TION E m2 R
mm mm mm mm
mm kg
DIM. A DIM B. DIM C. DIM D.
0.60 889 813 68 22 197
0.60 1227 1151 68 22 197
0.80 889 813 68 22 264
0.80 1227 1151 68 22 264
0.80 1227 1153 68 22 264
1.0 1227 1151 68 22 332
TABLE 7.22 Designed Dimensions and Weights for Corrugated Siding

NOMINAL NOMINAL
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL
DEPTH OF WEIGHT
THICK- OVER-ALL COVERAGE PITCH OF COR-
CORRUGA- PER 100
NESS Q WIDTH R WIDTH T RUGATION
TION E m2 R
mm mm mm mm
mm kg
0.60 857 813 68 22 197
0.60 1194 1151 68 22 197
0.80 857 813 68 22 264
0.80 1194 1151 68 22 264
0.80 1197 1153 68 22 264
TABLE 7.23 Designed Dimensions and Weights for V-Beam Roofing and Siding
NOMINAL
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL WIDTH OF
PITCH OF DEPTH OF WEIGHT
THICK- OVER-ALL COVERAGE CROWN
CORRUGA- CORRUGA- PER
NESS Q WIDTH R WIDTH T AND
TION TION E 100 m2 R
mm mm mm VALLEY
mm mm kg
mm
DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C DIM. D DIM. E
0.80 1057 991 124 44.5 19 279
0.80 1143 1084 135 44.5 28.5 279
1.0 1057 991 124 44.5 19 346
1.0 1143 1084 135 44.5 28.5 356
1.2 1057 991 124 44.5 19 415
1.2 1143 1084 135 44.5 28.5 420
Q Applicable prior to painting, corrugating or embossing.
W Based on 1½ corrugations side lap.
E As measured between the outside surfaces of adjacent corrugations.
R Based on overall width of formed sheet.
T Based on one corrugation side lap.
7-34 May, 2009

commercial roofing and siding/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.24 Designed Dimensions and Weights for Ribbed Roofing
THICK- OVER-ALL COVERAGE
CORRUGA- CORRUGA- PER 100
NESS Q WIDTH R WIDTH T
TION TION E m2 R
mm mm mm
mm mm kg
0.90 630 610 122 44.5 408
1.0 630 610 122 44.5 464
1.2 630 610 122 44.5 544
TABLE 7.25 Designed Dimensions and Weights for Ribbed Siding

THICKNESS OVER-ALL COVERAGE
Q CORRUGA- CORRUGA- PER 100
WIDTH R WIDTH Y
TION TION E m2 R
mm mm mm
mm mm kg
0.80 1057 1016 102 25.5 279
0.80 1057 1016 203 25.5 250
1.0 1057 1016 102 25.5 356
1.0 1057 1016 203 25.5 317
TABLE 7.26 Thickness Tolerances Q— TABLE 7.29 Parallelness of Corrugations—

Commercial Roofing and Siding Commercial Roofing and Siding
NOMINAL NOMINAL WIDTH—mm PRODUCT PARALLELNESS OF CORRUGATIONS
THICKNESS Up thru Over 1000 Corrugated roofing
mm Capable of being lapped at either end.
1000 thru 1500 and siding
TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus V-beam roofing
Capable of being lapped at either end.
0.60 0.06 0.10 and siding
0.80 0.07 0.11 Capable of being lapped at either end
0.90 0.08 0.12 Ribbed roofing and ribs are parallel to each other
1.0 0.08 0.12 and to edges of sheet within ±3 mm
1.2 0.10 0.13 Ribbed siding Capable of being lapped at either end.
TABLE 7.27 Depth of Corrugation Tolerances— TABLE 7.30 Squareness Tolerance—

Commercial Roofing and Siding Commercial Roofing and Siding
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Allowable deviation from nominal depth of corrugation: ±1 mm Allowable difference in length of diagonals: ±13 mm
TABLE 7.28 Length Tolerances U—

Commercial Roofing and Siding
Allowable deviation from specified length: ±13 mm
Q Applicable to flat sheet prior to painting, corrugating or embossing. Y Based on side lap of 41 mm.
W Based on 1½ corrugations side lap. U Applicable to lengths of 1 000 thru 9 000 mm for all products except ribbed
E As measured between the outside surfaces of adjacent corrugations. siding. For ribbed siding, tolerances are applicable to lengths of 1000 thru
R Based on overall width of formed sheet. 11 000 mm.
T Based on one corrugation side lap.
May, 2009 7-35

sheet and plate/duct sheet
Composition Limits Percent Maximum for Duct Sheet
OTHERS
SILICON IRON COPPER MANGANESE MAGNESIUM CHROMIUM ZINC TITANIUM ALUMINUM
Each Total
1.0 1.0 0.40 1.5 0.7 0.20 1.0 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder
Mechanical Property Limits Q b. Standard Widths for Coiled Duct Sheet, Coiled Duct
Ultimate Strength: 110 MPa minimum Sheet Cut to Length and Flat Duct Sheet: 600, 750, 900
and 1 200 mm.
c. Standard Lengths for Coiled Duct Sheet Cut to Length,
Formability and Flat Duct Sheet: 1800, 2500, 3000, 3500 and
Duct sheet is capable of forming a Pittsburgh Lock 4000 mm.
Seam. d. Standard Coil Sizes for Coiled Duct Sheet: Minimum
coil size, 0.6 kg/mm of width.
Standard Sizes Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.”
a. Standard Thicknesses: 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60,
0.80, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6 mm.
TABLE 7.31 Thickness Tolerances—Duct Sheet TABLE 7.33 Width Tolerances—Coiled Duct
TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus Sheet and Coiled Duct Sheet
STANDARD THICKNESS
mm
STANDARD WIDTHS—mm Cut to Length
600, 750, 900 1 200
TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus
0.40 0.030 0.050 STANDARD THICKNESS
0.45, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60 0.040 0.06 STANDARD WIDTHS—mm
mm
0.80 0.045 0.07 600, 750, 900 1 200
1.0 0.050 0.08
1.2 0.06 0.09 All 1 1.5
1.6 0.08 0.10
TABLE 7.34 Length Tolerances—Coiled Duct

Sheet Cut to Length and
TABLE 7.32 Width Tolerances—Flat Duct Sheet Flat Duct Sheet
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
STANDARD THICKNESS STANDARD
STANDARD WIDTHS—mm STANDARD WIDTH TOLERANCE, mm
mm LENGTH
600, 750, 900 1 200 All All ±6
All 2.5 3
7-36 May, 2009

tread plate/sheet and plate
TABLE 7.35 Mechanical Property Limits Q for Tread Plate
SPECIFIED
ELONGATION E
THICKNESS W TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
percent min
ALLOY AND TEMPER mm
ULTIMATE YIELD 5D
over thru 50 mm
6061-O 2.49 3.20 .. 150 .. 85 16 ..
3.20 12.50 .. 150 .. 85 18 ..
12.50 16.00 .. 150 .. .. .. 16
6061-T4 2.49 6.30 205 .. 110 .. 14 ..
6.30 12.50 205 .. 110 .. 16 ..
12.50 16.00 205 110 .. 14
6061-T42 R 2.49 6.30 205 .. 95 .. 14 ..
6.30 12.50 205 .. 95 .. 16 ..
12.50 16.00 205 95 .. 14
6061-T6 and 2.49 5.00 290 .. 240 .. 6 ..
T62 R 5.00 6.30 290 .. 240 .. 8 ..
6.30 12.50 290 .. 240 .. 10 ..
12.50 16.00 290 .. 240 .. .. 8
Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits RThis temper is not available from the material producer. These properties
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” can usually be obtained by the user, when the material is properly solution
W For sheet and plate under 13 mm in thickness, the standard 12.50 mm- heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated from the O (annealed)
wide tension test specimen is used. The raised figures of the pattern are or F (as fabricated) temper. These properties also apply to samples of material
machined off before testing. in the O or F tempers that are solution heat treated or solution and precipita-
E Elongations in 50 mm apply for thicknesses up through 12.50 mm and in tion treated by the producer to determine that the material will respond to
5D (5.65 A ) for thicknesses over 12.50 mm where D and A are diameter proper heat treatment. Properties attained by the user, however, may be
and cross-sectional area of the specimen, respectively. See “Sampling and lower than those listed if the material has been formed or otherwise cold
Testing,” pages 4-1 through 4-5. or hot worked, particularly in the annealed temper, prior to solution heat
treatment.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 7.36 Mass per Square Metre—Tread Plate TABLE 7.38 Width Tolerances—Tread Plate
The following nominal masses per square metre are based Allowable deviation from specified width: plus 10 mm
on alloy 6061, which has a density of 2.70 ⋅ 103 kilograms
per cubic metre:
THICKNESS NOMINAL MASS
mm kg/m2 TABLE 7.39 Length Tolerances—Tread Plate
2.50 7.4 SPECIFIED LENGTH
3.20 9.3 mm TOLERANCE
4.00 11.5 mm—plus
5.00 14.2 Over Thru
6.00 16.9 .. 4 000 10
8.00 22.3 4 000 6 000 11
10.00 27.7 6 000 .. 12
12.00 33.1
16.00 43.9
TABLE 7.40 Height of Pattern Tolerance—

Tread Plate
TABLE 7.37 Thickness Tolerances—Tread Plate Minimum height of raised pattern: 1.00 mm.
(Maximum height is controlled by weight tolerance.)
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE—mm
THICKNESS Q—mm Plus W Minus
2.50 0.20 0.30
3.20 0.26 0.38
4.00 0.28 0.48
5.00 0.35 0.60
6.00 0.42 0.72
8.00 0.56 0.96
10.00 0.70 1.20
12.00 0.84 1.40
16.00 1.10 1.90
Q Specified thickness does not include height of pattern.
W In case of dispute, allowed plus tolerance shall be determined by mass.
The allowed deviation from nominal mass shall not exceed plus 8 percent.
May, 2009 7-37

sheet and plate/tread plate
TABLE 7.41 Camber of Pattern Line R TABLE 7.42 Lateral Bow E Tolerances—
Tolerances—Tread Plate Tread Plate
TOLERANCE—mm
SPECIFIED WIDTH ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF A SIDE
mm EDGE FROM A STRAIGHT LINE
SPECIFIED THICKNESS—mm
Over Thru 2.50–16.00 mm
.. 100 25 in any 3 000 mm
100 400 6 in any 3 000 mm
400 2 000 3 in any 3 000 mm
TABLE 7.43 Squareness Tolerances T—

Tread Plate
SPECIFIED LENGTH TOLERANCE—mm
mm SPECIFIED LENGTH TOLERANCE—mm
SPECIFIED WIDTH—mm mm ALLOWABLE
Over 1 000 DIFFERENCE IN
Over Thru Up thru 1 000 Over Thru LENGTH OF DIAGONALS
thru 2 000
.. 500 3 3 .. 4 000 10
500 2 000 13 13 4 000 6 000 11
2 000 4 000 20 25 6 000 .. 12
4 000 .. 25 40
E Applicable only to lengths up through 6 000 mm.
R The camber of a pattern line is the maximum distance between the center
of any figure in a pattern line and a line parallel with the edge of the plate
that passes through the center of the figure in the same pattern line nearest
to the edge of the floor plate.
T Not resquared.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-38 May, 2009

introduction/fin stock
8. Fin Stock
Introduction References to Other Fin Stock Information in
Section 8. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Aluminum Standards And Data
mechanical property limits and product dimensional toler-
ance limits for aluminum alloy fin stock. These limits are Alloy and Temper Designation
statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be used as System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p. 1-3
the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable in any Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1
specific situation are those for the specific size of product
ordered. Comparative Characteristics and
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.3, p. 3-8
Product Property Limits for Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17
Aluminum Alloy Fin Stock
Table 8.1 on page 8-2 provides the specified aluminum in- Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1
dustry property limits for aluminum alloy fin stock. Note Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
that the product limits shown are statistically-based guar- Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
anteed limits, and are thus suitable for design. Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-7
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-10
Aluminum Alloy Fin Stock Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-11
Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Specific aluminum industry guaranteed dimensional tol- Certification Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
erance limits for aluminum alloy fin stock are shown in Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-16
Tables 8.2 and 8.3, as listed below:
Table 8.2 - Thickness Tolerances Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5-1
Table 8.3 - Width and Lateral Bow Tolerances
Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Some general comments on the applicability and methods Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
p. 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For fin stock, it Conformance Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
is appropriate to note that these published tolerance limits
represent industry standards that are agreed to and capable Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
of being met by all members of the industry. Thus they Chemical Composition Limits
represent the maximum tolerances that can be provided Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-2
by any producer; in no case should tolerance ranges larger
than these values be provided.
In some cases, substantially tighter limits (i.e., smaller
ranges of thickness, width and/or length) may be obtained
from individual producers upon special order. In this re-
gard, for example, it is broadly understood in the industry
that it is possible to order fin stock from many suppliers
to thickness tolerances that are one-half those in the limit
Table 8.2.
For additional information of specific tolerance ranges
available, contact producers directly.
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered)
dimension.
May, 2009 8-1

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

fin stock/mechanical properties and tolerances
TABLE 8.1 Mechanical Property Limits Q R—Fin Stock
SPECIFIED TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
ALLOY ELONGATION
THICKNESS
AND ULTIMATE YIELD W percent min.
mm
TEMPER
over thru min. max. min. max 50 mm 125 mm E
1100-O 0.11 0.32 75 105 25 .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 75 105 25 .. 17 ..
0.63 0.80 75 105 25 .. 22 ..
1100-H14 0.11 0.32 110 145 95 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 110 145 95 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 110 145 95 .. 3 ..
1100-H18 0.11 0.63 150 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 0.80 150 .. .. .. 2 ..
1100-H19 0.11 0.50 165 .. .. .. 1 ..
1100-H25 0.11 0.63 120 160 100 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 120 160 100 .. 3 ..
1100-H111, H211 0.11 0.32 80 115 50 .. 12 ..
1100-H113 0.11 0.32 75 110 35 15
1145-O 0.11 0.32 55 90 20 .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 55 90 20 .. 20 ..
0.63 0.80 55 90 20 .. 20 ..
1145-H14 0.11 0.32 95 130 75 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 95 130 75 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 95 130 75 .. 3 ..
1145-H19 0.11 0.50 140 .. .. .. 1 ..
1145-H25 0.11 0.63 105 145 75 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 105 145 75 .. 3 ..
1145-H111, H211 0.11 0.32 60 95 35 .. 12 ..
1145-H113 0.11 0.32 55 95 30 15
3003-O 0.11 0.32 95 130 35 .. 14 ..
0.32 0.63 95 130 35 .. 20 ..
0.63 0.80 95 130 35 .. 22 ..
3003-H14 0.11 0.32 140 180 115 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 140 180 115 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 140 180 115 .. 3 ..
3003-H18 0.11 0.63 185 .. 165 .. 1 ..
0.63 0.80 185 .. 165 .. 2 ..
3003-H19 0.11 0.50 200 .. .. .. 1 ..
3003-H25 0.11 0.63 150 200 125 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 150 200 125 .. 3 ..
3003-H111, H211 0.11 0.32 105 140 60 .. 12 ..
3003-H113 0.11 0.32 95 140 45 .. 14 ..
7072-O 0.11 0.32 55 90 20 .. 15 ..
0.32 0.63 55 90 20 .. 20 ..
0.63 0.80 55 90 20 .. 20 ..
7072-H12 0.11 0.40 75 110 55 .. 1 ..
7072-H14 0.11 0.32 95 130 85 .. 1 ..
0.32 0.63 95 130 85 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 95 130 85 .. 3 ..
7072-H16 0.11 0.80 115 150 .. .. 1 ..
7072-H18 0.11 0.63 130 .. .. .. 1 ..
0.63 0.80 130 .. .. .. 2 ..
7072-H19 0.11 0.50 145 .. .. .. 1 ..
7072-H23 0.10 0.18 90 130 55 105 17 14
7072-H24 0.10 0.18 95 130 75 115 17 14
7072-H241 0.10 0.18 95 135 70 115 15 12
7072-H25 0.11 0.63 105 150 85 .. 2 ..
0.63 0.80 105 150 85 .. 3 ..
7072-H111, H211 0.11 0.32 60 95 40 .. 12 ..
7072-H113 0.11 0.32 55 95 30 .. 15 ..
Q Mechanical test specimens are taken as detailed under “Sampling and R Processes such as flattening, leveling, or straightening coiled products
Testing,” page 4-1. subsequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical proper-
W Yield strengths not determined unless specifically requested. ties of the metal (refer to Certification, page 4-1).
E Tested in accordance with ASTM E345.
TABLE 8.2 Thickness Tolerances—Fin Stock TABLE 8.3 Width and Lateral Bow
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SPECIFIED THICKNESS mm TOLERANCE Tolerances Q— Fin Stock

over thru mm plus and minus Same as for coiled sheet.
See tables 7.11 and 7.12
0.10 0.25 0.013 Note: The Olsen Cup and similar tests frequently used as measures of
0.25 0.40 0.025 formability are not sufficiently reproducible to permit the establishment of
0.40 0.80 0.038
standards for acceptance or rejection of material. Cup test values, when
used, are acceptable only as general guidelines for rating comparative
formability.
Q Tolerances for thicknesses over 0.10 thru 0.15 mm are the same as those
specified for thicknesses over 0.15 mm.
8-2 May, 2009

properties and tolerances/foil
9. Foil
Introduction Some general comments on the applicability and methods
Section 9. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the me- for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on
chanical property limits and product dimensional tolerance p. 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For foil, it is
limits for aluminum alloy foil. These limits are statistically appropriate to note that these published tolerance limits
based guaranteed limits, and may be used as the basis of represent industry standards that are agreed to and capable
design. Note that the limits applicable in any specific situ- of being met by all members of the industry. Thus they
ation are those for the specific size of product ordered. represent the maximum tolerances that can be provided
Product Property Limits for Aluminum Alloy Foil than these values be provided.
Table 9.1 provides the specified aluminum industry me- In some cases, substantially tighter limits (i.e., smaller
chanical property limits for aluminum alloy foil. Note that ranges of thickness, width and/or length) may be obtained
the product limits shown are statistically-based guaranteed from individual producers upon special order. In this re-
limits, and are thus suitable for design. gard, for example, it is broadly understood in the industry
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual that it may be possible to order foil from many suppliers
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) to thickness tolerances that are one-half those in the limit
dimension. tables.
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for available, contact producers directly.
Aluminum Alloy Foil
Specific aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for References to Other Foil Information in
aluminum alloy sheet and plate are shown in Tables 9.2 Aluminum Standards and Data
through 9.24, as listed below: Alloy and Temper Designation
Unmounted Foil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p. 1-3
Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 1-15
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 9.2 - Covering Area - Unmounted Foil
Table 9.3 - Roll Width - Unmounted Foil
Table 9.4 - Inside Diameter, Coil - Unmounted Comparative Characteristics and
Foil Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.3, p. 3-8
Table 9.5 - Length and Width, Flat Sheets of Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17
Unmounted Foil
Table 9.6 - Splices - Unmounted Foil Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1
Table 9.7 - Coating Weights - Unmounted Foil Sampling and Tension Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
Table 9.8 - Quality Tolerance - Unmounted Foil Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Laminated Foil Ultrasonic Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Table 9.9 - Roll Width - Laminated Foil Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-7
Table 9.10 - Inside Diameter, Core - Laminated Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-10
Foil Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-11
Table 9.11 - Length and Width - Laminated Foil Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Table 9.12 - Coating Weight - Laminated Foil Certification Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Table 9.13 - Covering Area (Yield) - Laminated Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-16
Foil
Table 9.14 - Adhesive Weight - Laminated Foil Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5-1
Table 9.15 - Paper Weight - Laminated Foil
Table 9.16 - Quantity Tolerance - Laminated Foil Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Printed Foil Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Table 9.17 - Border Width - Printed Foil Conformance Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Table 9.18 - Overall Size - Printed Foil
Table 9.19 - Border Variation - Printed Foil Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Table 9.20 - Width - Printed Foil Chemical Composition Limits
Table 9.21 - Minimum Type Size - Printed Foil Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Table 9.22 - Quantity Tolerance - Printed Foil
Table 9.23 - Covering Area (Yield) - Printed Foil
Table 9.24 - Quantity Variation Between Body and
Neck Labels - Printed Foil
May, 2009 9-1

foil/properties and tolerances
TABLE 9.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Unmounted Foil Q
ALLOY AND TEMPER
SPECIFIED 1145 & 1235 1100 3003 5052 5056
THICKNESS
mm O H19 O H19 O H19 O H19 H19
ULTIMATE TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
Over Thru max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. min.
0.016 0.040 95 140 105 165 130 190 215 295 420
0.040 0.063 95 140 105 165 130 190 215 290 395
0.063 0.100 95 140 105 165 130 190 215 285 365
0.100 0.150 95 140 105 165 130 190 215 250 360
Q See pages 4-4 and 4-5 for recommended test conditions and practices. are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.”
The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits
TABLE 9.2 Covering Area—Unmounted Foil

SPECIFIED COVERING AREA—m2/kg Q SPECIFIED COVERING AREA—m2/kg Q
THICKNESS THICKNESS
mm Nominal Minimum W Maximum W mm Nominal Minimum W Maximum W
0.005 74.1 67.3 82.3 0.030 12.3 11.2 13.7
0.006 61.7 56.1 68.6 0.040 9.26 8.42 10.3
0.007 52.9 48.1 58.8 0.050 7.41 6.73 8.23
0.008 46.3 42.1 51.4 0.060 6.17 5.61 6.66
0.009 41.2 37.4 45.7 0.070 5.29 4.81 5.88
0.010 37.0 33.7 41.2 0.080 4.63 4.21 5.14
0.011 33.7 30.6 37.4 0.090 4.12 3.74 4.57
0.012 30.9 28.1 34.3 0.100 3.70 3.37 4.12
0.014 26.5 24.1 29.4 0.110 3.37 3.06 3.74
0.016 23.1 21.0 25.7 0.120 3.09 2.81 3.43
0.018 20.6 18.7 22.9 0.140 2.65 2.41 2.94
0.020 18.5 16.8 20.6 0.160 2.31 2.10 2.57
0.022 16.8 15.3 18.7 0.180 2.06 1.87 2.29
0.025 14.8 13.5 16.5 0.200 1.85 1.68 2.06
0.028 13.2 12.0 14.57
Q Based on a density of 2700 kg/m3, the density of 1145 and 1235 alumi- W Based on the standard thickness tolerance of plus and minus 10% per
num. Covering area in m2/kg is calculated using the following formula: roll or shipment.
Covering Area = 1000

thickness in mm x density in kg/m3
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
See Table 2.4 for other density values.
TABLE 9.3 Roll Width—Unmounted Foil TABLE 9.5 Length and Width—Flat Sheets of
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus Unmounted Foil
WIDTH
mm Colored, TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus
Unmounted
Embossed and
Over Thru Foil
Coated Foil SPECIFIED
LENGTH OR
.. 300 0.5 1 WIDTH
300 .. 1 1 mm
All 1
TABLE 9.4 Inside Diameter—Core,
Unmounted Foil
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE—mm
INSIDE DIAMETER plus and minus
mm Fiber Cores Metal Cores
33 +1, –0,5 +0.5, –0
76 +1, –0,5 +0.5, –0
9-2 May, 2009

standard tolerances/foil
TABLE 9.6 Splices—Q Unmounted Foil, Maximum Number per Roll
FOIL THICKNESS—mm
ROLL DIAMETER
0.008 thru 0.025 Over 0.025
mm
FOIL WIDTH—mm
over thru Up thru 1300 W Over 1300 Up thru 1300 W Over 1300
.. 250 3 4 1 1
250 350 5 7 2 3
350 450 8 11 4 5
450 550 10 13 6 7
Maximum Average Number Per Roll in Total Shipment
.. 250 2 2 ½ ½
250 350 3 5 1 1
350 450 5 8 2 2
450 550 7 10 3 4
Q Standard splices are lap or butt made with foil or plastic tape. Other types W Maximum for 90% of shipment: remainder will not exceed maximums
are subject to special inquiry. listed for widths over 1300 mm.
TABLE 9.7 Coating Weights— TABLE 9.8 Quantity Tolerance—

Unmounted Foil Unmounted Foil
TOLERANCE SPECIFIED QUANTITY TOLERANCE
COATING TYPE Per Item or Order percent plus and minus
percent plus and minus
Heat seal, Clear 20 or 0.5 g/m2 Q All 10
Polyethylene 15
Elvax 30
Q Whatever is greater.
LAMINATED FOIL
TABLE 9.9 Roll Width—Laminated Foil TABLE 9.11 Length and Width—Flat Sheets of
TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus Unmounted Foil
SPECIFIED WIDTH
mm Colored, Embossed TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus
Laminated Foil
and Coated Foil
Up thru 300 0.5 1 SPECIFIED
Over 300 1 1 LENGTH OR
WIDTH
mm
All 1
TABLE 9.10 Inside Diameter—Core,
Laminated Foil
SPECIFIED INSIDE TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus
DIAMETER
Fiber Cores Metal Cores
TABLE 9.12 Coating Weights—Laminated Foil
mm
33 +1, –0.5 +0.5, –0 TOLERANCE
COATING TYPE
76 +1, –0.5 +0.5, –0 percent plus and minus
Heat Seal, Clear 20 or 0.5 g/m2 Q
Polyethylene 15
Elvax 30
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
9-3
foil/standard tolerances
TABLE 9.13 Covering Area (Yield)— TABLE 9.15 Paper Weight—Ream Basis Q
Laminated Foil PAPER TYPE W
TOLERANCE
NOMINAL COVERING AREA TOLERANCE Q
m2/kg percent plus and minus All 5
Q As expressed in g/m2 or Grammage
All 10
W Some papers may require a greater tolerance.
Q Average per roll or shipment.
TABLE 9.14 Adhesive Weight—Laminated Foil TABLE 9.16 Quantity Tolerance—

ADHESIVE TYPE
TOLERANCE Laminated Foil
SPECIFIED QUANTITY TOLERANCE
Solid Glue, Asphalt
20 or 0.5 g/m2 Q Per Item or Order percent plus and minus
Thermoplastic
All 10
Wax 20
Polyethylene 15
PRINTED FOIL
TABLE 9.17 Border Width—Cut Labels TABLE 9.21 Minimum Type Size—Rotogravure
NOMINAL BORDER WIDTH TYPE LINE CYLINDER TONE OR PROCESS
TYPE OF CUT
mm min. Relief 1.4 mm 2.1 mm
Rectangular Reverse 2.1 mm 2.8 mm
3.5
Rhomboid or Die
TABLE 9.22 Quantity Tolerance Q

TABLE 9.18 Overall Size—Cut Labels
SPECIFIED QUANTITY
TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus mm TOLERANCE
SPECIFIED SIZE
Percent
mm Within a Shipment Within a Pack over thru
All 1 0.5 .. 500 +100, –50
500 5 000 ±40
5 000 10 000 ±35
10 000 15 000 ±30
15 000 20 000 ±25
20 000 25 000 ±20
TABLE 9.19 Border Variation—Cut Labels 25 000 30 000 ±15
30 000 .. ±10
TOLERANCE Q For body and neck labels ordered in equal sets and produced on combi-
TYPE OF LABEL
mm plus and minus
nation cylinders see Table 9.24 for additional tolerance.
Unembossed or
1
Full Embossed
Embossed to
1.5
Register
TABLE 9.23 Covering Area (Yield) Q
NOMINAL COVERING AREA TOLERANCE
m2/kg percent plus and minus
TABLE 9.20 Width—Rolls All 10
Q Average per roll or shipment
SPECIFIED WIDTH TOLERANCE
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
mm mm plus and minus

All 1
TABLE 9.24 Quantity Variation Between

Body and Neck Labels
When ordered in equal sets, the allowable deviation in the number of body
and neck labels when produced on combination cylinders is 10 percent.
9-4 May, 2009

mechanical properties/wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished
10. Wire, Rod and Bar—Rolled and Cold-finished
Introduction Dimensional Tolerance Limits for
Section 10. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Aluminum Alloy Wire, Rod And Bar
mechanical property limits and product dimensional toler- Specific aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for
ance limits for aluminum alloy rolled or cold finished wire, aluminum alloy sheet and plate are shown in Tables 10.5
rod and bar. These limits are statistically based guaranteed through 10.20, as listed below:
limits, and may be used as the basis of design. Note that
the limits applicable in any specific situation are those for Table 10.5 - Diameter - Round Wire and Rod
the specific size of product ordered. Table 10.6 - Diameter - Centerless Ground Round
Wire and Rod
Product Property Limits for Aluminum Alloy Wire, Table 10.7 - Diameter - Rivet and Cold Heading
Wire and Rod
Rod and Bar—Rolled or Cold-finished Table 10.8 - Diameter - Drawing Stock
Tables 10.1 through 10.4 provide the specified aluminum in- Table 10.9 - Thickness and Width - Rectangular Wire
dustry mechanical property limits for rolled or cold-finished and Bar
aluminum alloy wire, rod and bar, as follows: Table 10.10 - Distance Across Flats - Square,
Table 10.1 - Mechanical Property Limits - Wire, Rod Hexagonal, and Octagonal Wire and Bar
and Bar - Rolled or Cold-Finished - Non-Heat- Table 10.11 - Thickness and Width - Flattened Wire
Treatable Alloys (Round Edge)
Table 10.2 - Mechanical Property Limits - Wire, Table 10.12 - Thickness and Width - Flattened and
Rod and Bar - Rolled or Cold-Finished - Heat- Slit Wire
Treatable Alloys Table 10.13 - Length - Specific and Multiple
Table 10.3 - Mechanical Property Limits - Rivet and Table 10.14 - Twist - Bar in Straight Lengths
Cold Heading Wire and Rod Table 10.15 - Straightness - Rod and Bar in Straight
Table 10.3 - Mechanical Property Limits - Rivet Lengths, Other than Screw Machine Stock
and Cold Heading Wire and Rod after Heat Table 10.16 - Straightness - Screw Machine Stock
Treatment Table 10.17 - Flatness - Flat Surfaces
Table 10.18 - Angularity
Note that the product limits shown are statistically-based Table 10.19 - Squareness of Saw Cuts
guaranteed limits, and are thus suitable for design. Table 10.20 - Corner Radii Bar
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual Some general comments on the applicability and methods
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on
dimension. page 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For wire, rod
and bar, it is appropriate to note that these published toler-
ance limits represent industry standards that are agreed to and
capable of being met by all members of the industry. Thus
they represent the maximum tolerances that can be provided
than these values be provided.
that it may be possible to order wire, rod and bar from many
suppliers to dimensional tolerances that are one-half those
in the limit tables.
May, 2009 10-1

wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished/mechanical properties
References to Other Wire, Rod and Bar
Information in Aluminum Standards And Data
Alloy and Temper Designation Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 5-1

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p.1-3
Specifications for Aluminum Alloy Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Wire, Rod and Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15 Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1 Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-2
Comparative Characteristics and
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.3, p. 3-8 Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Typical Heat Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.4, p. 3-12 Chemical Composition Limits
Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17 Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-1 Clad Wire Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-3

Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2 Designations for Clad Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-3
Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2 Components of Clad Products. . . . . . . Table 6.1, p. 6-4
Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5
Ultrasonic Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5 Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits . . . . . . . Table 6.3, p. 6-7
Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-7
Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-10 Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion
Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-11 Resistant Tempers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.4, p. 6-7
Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12 Location for Electrical Conductivity
Certification Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12 Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.5, p. 6-9
Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12 Corrosion Resistance Test Criteria . . Table 6.7, p. 6-10
10-2 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
TABLE 10.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Wire, Rod and Bar—Rolled or Cold Finished—
Non-Heat-Treatable Alloys Q r
SPECIFIED DIAMETER TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa ELONGATION W E
OR THICKNESS
ALLOY AND percent min. in
mm ULTIMATE YIELD W {
TEMPER
5D
over thru min. max. min. 50 mm
(5.65 π(0)
1100
1100-O All 75 105 20 25 22
1100-H112 All 75 .. 20 .. ..
1100-H12 .. 10.00 95 .. .. .. ..
1100-H14 .. 10.00 110 .. .. .. ..
1100-H16 .. 10.00 130 .. .. .. ..
1100-H18 .. 10.00 150 .. .. .. ..
1100-F } 10.00 .. .. .. .. .. ..
1345
1345-O .. 10.00 .. 100 .. 25 22
1345-H12 .. 10.00 90 .. .. .. ..
1345-H14 .. 8.00 100 .. .. .. ..
1345-H16 .. 8.00 115 .. .. .. ..
1345-H18 .. 8.00 130 .. .. .. ..
1345-H19 .. 5.00 145 .. .. .. ..
3003
3003-O All 95 130 35 25 22
3003-H112 All 95 .. 35 .. ..
3003-H12 .. 10.00 115 .. .. .. ..
3003-H14 .. 10.00 140 .. .. .. ..
3003-H16 .. 10.00 165 .. .. .. ..
3003-H18 .. 10.00 185 .. .. .. ..
3003-F } 10.00 .. .. .. .. .. ..
5050
5050-O All 125 180 .. 25 22
5050-H32 .. 10.00 150 .. .. .. ..
5050-H34 .. 10.00 170 .. .. .. ..
5050-H36 .. 10.00 185 .. .. .. ..
5050-H38 .. 10.00 200 .. .. .. ..
5050-F } 10.00 .. .. .. .. .. ..
5052
5052-O All 170 220 65 25 22
5052-H32 .. 10.00 215 .. 160 .. ..
5052-H34 .. 10.00 235 .. 180 .. ..
5052-H36 .. 10.00 255 .. 200 .. ..
5052-H38 .. 10.00 270 .. .. .. ..
5052-F } 10.00 .. .. .. .. .. ..
5056
5056-O All .. 320 .. 20 18
5056-H111 .. 10.00 300 .. .. .. ..
5056-H12 .. 10.00 315 .. .. .. ..
5056-H32 .. 10.00 300 .. .. .. ..
5056-H14 .. 10.00 360 .. .. .. ..
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5056-H34 .. 10.00 345 .. .. .. ..

5056-H18 .. 10.00 400 .. .. .. ..
5056-H38 .. 10.00 380 .. .. .. ..
5056-H192 .. 10.00 415 .. .. .. ..
5056-H392 .. 10.00 400 .. .. .. ..
5056-F } 10.00 .. .. .. .. .. ..
5154
5154-O All 205 285 75 25 22
5154-H112 All 205 285 75 .. ..
5154-H32 .. 10.00 250 .. .. .. ..
5154-H34 .. 10.00 270 .. .. .. ..
5154-H36 .. 10.00 290 .. .. .. ..
5154-H38 .. 10.00 310 .. .. .. ..
5154-F } 10.00 .. .. .. .. .. ..
May, 2009 10-3

wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished/mechanical properties
Footnotes Tables 10.1 through 10.4
Q Mechanical test specimens are taken as detailed under “Sampling and I For stress-relieved tempers the characteristics and properties other than
Testing,” page 4-1. The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical those specified may differ somewhat from the corresponding characteristics
property limits are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical and properties of material in the basic temper.
Properties.” O Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
W The measurement of elongation and yield strength is not required for wire dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of
3.20 mm and less in thickness or diameter. 75 percent of the specified minimum yield strength, will exhibit no evidence
E Elongations in 50 mm apply to rectangular bar up through 12.50 mm thick- of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress cor-
ness from which a standard rectangular tension test specimen is machined. rosion is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample
The 5D (5.65 ) requirements, where D and A are the diameter and cross- in accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages
sectional area, respectively, apply to round specimens tested in full section 6-7 and 6-8.
or to standard or proportional round machined tension test specimens. For P These properties can usually be obtained by the user when the material
further information see pages 4-1 to 4-5. is properly solution heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated
R Properties listed for this full size increment are applicable to rod. Proper- from the O (annealed) or F (as fabricated) temper. These properties also
ties listed are only applicable for square, rectangular, hexagonal or octagonal apply to samples of material in the O or F tempers that are solution heat
bar having a maximum thickness of 100 mm and a maximum cross-sectional treated or solution and precipitation treated by the producer to determine
area of 23 000 mm2. that the material will respond to proper heat treatment. Properties attained
T Properties listed for this full size increment are applicable to rod. Proper- by the user, however, may be lower than those listed if the material has been
ties listed are only applicable for square, hexagonal or octagonal bar having formed or otherwise cold or hot worked, particularly in the annealed temper,
a maximum thickness of 90 mm; for rectangular bar having a maximum prior to solution heat treatment.
thickness of 80 mm with corresponding maximum width of 150 mm. For { Yield strengths for wire determined only when specifically requested.
rectangular bar less than 80 mm in thickness, maximum width is 250 mm. } Except in the annealed (O temper) condition, the temper of nonheat-
Y For bar, maximum cross-sectional area is 32 000 mm2. treatable alloy rod and bar cannot be closely controlled and will vary accord-
U Rivet and cold heading wire and rod, and the fasteners produced from it, ing to size.
shall upon proper heat treatment (T4 and T42 tempers) or heat treatment q Minimum yield strength of coiled 2024-T4 wire and rod is 275 MPa.
and aging (T6, T61, T7 and T73 tempers) be capable of developing the prop- w Applicable to rod only.
erties presented in Table 10.4. Tensile tests are preferred for the rivet and e This temper is not available from the material producer.
cold heading wire and rod, and shear tests for the fasteners made from it. r Processes such as flattening, leveling, or straightening coiled products
subsequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical proper-
ties of the metal (refer to Certification Documentation, page 4-12).
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
10-4 May, 2009

TABLE 10.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Wire, Rod and Bar—Rolled or Cold Finished—
Heat-Treatable Alloys Q r
SPECIFIED DIAMETER
OR THICKNESS
OR ELONGATION W E
TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
ALLOY AND MINIMUM DISTANCE percent min. in
TEMPER ACROSS FLATS
mm
ULTIMATE YIELD W 5D
over thru 50 mm
min. max. min. (5.65 π(0)
2011
2011-T3 3.20 40.00 310 .. 260 10 9
40.00 50.00 295 .. 235 .. 10
50.00 90.00 290 .. 205 .. 10
2011-T4 and T451 I 9.00 200.00 275 .. 125 16 14
2011-T8 3.20 80.00 370 .. 275 10 9
2014
2014-O .. 200.00 .. 240 .. 12 10
2014-T4, T42 P e and T451 I .. 200.00 R 380 .. 220 16 14
2014-T6, T62 P e and T651 I .. 200.00 R 450 .. 380 8 7
2017
2017-O .. 200.00 .. 240 .. 16 14
2017-T4, T42 P e and T451 I .. 200.00 Y 380 .. 220 12 10
2024
2024-O .. 200.00 .. 240 .. 16 14
2024-T36 .. 10.00 475 .. 360 10 ..
2024-T4 .. 12.50 425 .. 310 q 10 ..
12.50 120.00 R 425 .. 290 q .. 9
120.00 160.00 w 425 .. 275 .. 9
160.00 200.00 w 400 .. 260 .. 9
2024-T42 P e .. 3.20 425 .. .. .. ..
3.20 25.00 425 .. 275 10 9
25.00 160.00 R 425 .. 275 .. 9
2024-T351 12.50 160.00 R 425 .. 310 .. 9
2024-T6 .. 160.00 R 425 .. 345 5 4
2024-T62 P e .. 160.00 R 415 .. 315 5 4
2024-T851 12.50 160.00 R 455 .. 400 .. 4
2219
2219-T851 12.50 50.00 400 .. 275 .. 3
50.00 100.00 395 .. 270 .. 3
6061
6061-O .. 200.00 .. 155 .. 18 16
6061-T4 and T451 I .. 200.00 Y 205 .. 110 18 16
6061-T42 P e .. 200.00 Y 205 .. 95 18 16
6061-T6 and T651 I .. 200.00 Y 290 .. 240 10 9
6061-T89 .. 10.00 370 .. 325 .. ..
6061-T913 .. 10.00 435 .. .. .. ..
6061-T94 .. 10.00 370 .. 325 .. ..
6262
6262-T6 and T651 U .. 200.00 R 290 .. 240 10 9
6262-T9 3.20 50.00 360 .. 330 5 4
50.00 80.00 345 .. 315 .. 4
7075
7075-O .. 200.00 .. 275 .. 10 9
7075-T6 and T62 P e .. 100.00 T 530 .. 455 7 6
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7075-T651 I .. 100.00 T 530 .. 455 7 6
100.00 160.00 515 .. 440 .. 6
160.00 180.00 505 .. 425 .. 6
7075-T73 O and T7351 I O .. 100.00 470 .. 385 10 9
100.00 120.00 455 .. 380 .. 7
120.00 160.00 440 .. 360 .. 7
May, 2009 10-5

wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished/standard tolerances
TABLE 10.3 Rivet and Cold Heading Wire Computation of Mass per Metre
and Rod Q U r Mass in kilograms per metre of wire, rod and bar may be
SPECIFIED ULTIMATE
computed by determining the cross-sectional area in square
ALLOY AND DIAMETER STRENGTH milimetres, converting to square meter multiplying by 10-6
TEMPER mm KPa m2 /mm2 (10-6 square millimetre in one square metre) and
over thru min. max. then multiplying this by the density of the alloy in kilo-
1100-O .. 25.00 .. 110 grams per cubic metre. Values of the latter for the various
1100-H14, H24 .. 25.00 110 145 alloys are given on page 2-14.
2017-O .. 25.00 .. 240
2017-H13, H23 .. 25.00 205 275 Examples:
2024-O .. 25.00 .. 240 1. Alloy 2011 rod 10.00 mm in diameter:
2024-H13, H23 .. 25.00 220 290
2117-O .. 25.00 .. 175 Cross-sectional area =
2117-H15, H25 .. 25.00 190 240
2117-H13, H23 .. 25.00 170 220
2219-O .. 25.00 .. 220 = 78.54 mm2 or 78.54 ⋅ 106 m2
2219-H13, H23 .. 25.00 190 260 Density of alloy 2011 = 2.83 ⋅ 103 kg/m3
3003-O .. 25.00 .. 130 Mass per metre = 78.54 ⋅ 106 ⋅ 2.83 ⋅ 103
3003-H14, H24 .. 25.00 135 180
= 0.222 kg
5005-O .. 25.00 .. 140
5005-H22, H32 .. 25.00 115 160 2. Alloy 6061 square bar 12.50 mm wide:
5052-O .. 25.00 .. 220 Cross-sectional area = 12.50 ⋅ 12.50
5052-H22, H32 .. 25.00 215 255 = 156.25 mm2 or 156.25 ⋅ 106 m2
5056-O .. 25.00 .. 320
Density of alloy 6061 = 2.70 ⋅ 103 kg/m3
5056-H22, H32 .. 25.00 300 360
Mass per metre = 156.25 ⋅ 106 ⋅ 2.70 ⋅ 103
6053-O .. 25.00 .. 130
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6053-H13, H23 .. 25.00 130 180 = 0.422 kg

6061-O .. 25.00 .. 155 3. Alloy 2017 rectangular bar 10.00 mm ⋅ 25.00 mm:
6061-H13, H23 .. 25.00 150 210
Cross-sectional area = 10.00 ⋅ 25
7050-H13 .. 25.00 235 305
= 250.00 mm2 or 250.00 ⋅ 106 m2
7075-O .. 25.00 .. 275
7075-H13, H23 .. 25.00 245 320 Density of alloy 2017 = 2.79 ⋅ 103 kg/m3
7178-O .. 25.00 .. 275 Mass per metre = 250.00 ⋅ 106 ⋅ 2.79 ⋅ 103
7178-H13 .. 25.00 245 320 = 0.698 kg
4. Alloy 6262 hexagonal bar 20.00 mm between parallel flats:
Cross-sectional area = 0.8660 (20.00)2
= 346.40 mm2 or 346.60 ⋅ 106 m2
Density of alloy 6262 = 2.72 ⋅ 103 kg/m3
Mass per metre = 346.50 ⋅ 106 ⋅ 2.79 ⋅ 103
= 0.942 kg
TABLE 10.4 Mechanical Property Limits for Rivet and Cold Heading Wire U
TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION WE ULTIMATE
SPECIFIED
ALLOY AND MPa min percent min SHEARING
DIAMETER
TEMPER STRENGTH
mm ULTIMATE YIELD W 50 mm 5D (5.65 π(0) MPa min
2017-T4 1.60–25.00 380 220 12 10 225
2024-T42 1.60–3.15 425 .. .. .. 255
3.15–25.00 425 255 10 9 255
2117-T4 1.60–25.00 260 125 18 16 180
2219-T6 1.60–25.00 380 240 6 5 205
6053-T61 1.60–25.00 205 135 14 12 135
6061-T6 1.60–25.00 290 240 10 9 170
7050-T7 1.60–25.00 485 400 10 9 270
7075-T6 1.60–25.00 530 455 7 6 290
7075-T73 1.60–25.00 470 385 10 9 280
7178-T6 1.60–25.00 580 500 5 4 315
10-6 May, 2009

standard tolerances/wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished
TABLE 10.5 Diameter—Round Wire and Rod TABLE 10.9 Thickness and Width—Rectangular
TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus Wire and Bar
SPECIFIED Except as noted
DIAMETER SPECIFIED
mm ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM THICKNESS OR TOLERANCE
SPECIFIED DIAMETER WIDTH mm plus and minus
Cold Rolled Rod mm
Drawn
over thru Finished
Wire Plus Minus ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM
Rod
SPECIFIED THICKNESS AND WIDTH
.. 0.80 0.015 .. .. ..
0.80 1.60 0.025 .. .. ..
1.60 10.00 0.040 .. .. .. Drawn Wire
10.00 12.50 .. 0.040 0.50 0.50 and Cold Rolled Bar
12.50 25.00 .. 0.050 0.63 0.63 Finished Bar
25.00 40.00 .. 0.06 .. .. over thru Thickness Width Thickness Width
40.00 50.00 .. 0.10 .. ..
50.00 70.00 .. 0.15 .. .. .. 0.80 0.025 .. .. ..
0.80 1.60 0.040 .. .. ..
70.00 90.00 .. 0.20 .. .. 1.60 12.50 0.050 0.050 0.15 ..
90.00 120.00 .. 0.30 .. .. 12.50 20.00 0.06 0.06 0.20 0.40
120.00 150.00 .. 0.50 .. ..
150.00 175.00 .. 0.63 .. .. 20.00 25.00 0.06 0.06 0.30 0.40
175.00 200.00 .. 0.80 .. .. 25.00 40.00 0.08 0.08 0.40 0.40
40.00 50.00 0.13 0.13 0.40 0.80
50.00 70.00 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.80
70.00 100.00 .. 0.25 0.50 0.80
TABLE 10.6 Diameter—Centerless Ground 100.00
160.00
160.00
250.00
..
..
..
..
..
..
1.20
1.60
Round Wire and Rod
TOLERANCE TABLE 10.10 Distance across Flats—Square,
SPECIFIED DIAMETER mm plus and minus
mm Hexagonal and Octagonal Wire
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
FROM SPECIFIED and Bar
over thru DIAMETER
SPECIFIED DISTANCE
3.20 16.00 0.015 ACROSS FLATS TOLERANCE
16.00 40.00 0.025 mm mm plus and minus
40.00 50.00 0.06
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM

SPECIFIED DISTANCE
ACROSS FLATS
TABLE 10.7 Diameter—Rivet and Cold
Cold
Heading Wire and Rod Drawn
Finished
Rolled
Wire Bar
Bar
TOLERANCE over thru
SPECIFIED
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM .. 0.80 0.025 .. ..
DIAMETER
SPECIFIED DIAMETER 0.80 1.60 0.040 .. ..
mm
Rivet Wire Rivet Rod 1.60 10.00 0.050 .. ..
mm mm mm mm 10.00 12.50 .. 0.050 ..
over thru 12.50 25.00 .. 0.06 ..
plus minus plus minus
25.00 40.00 .. 0.08 ..
.. 1.60 0.015 0.015 ... ...
1.60 3.20 0.025 0.015 ... ... 40.00 50.00 .. 0.13 0.40
3.20 4.00 0.025 0.025 ... ... 50.00 70.00 .. 0.20 0.50
70.00 100.00 .. .. 0.50
4.00 10.00 0.050 0.025 ... ...
10.00 12.50 ... ... 0.050 0.025
12.50 25.00 ... ... 0.08 0.025
TABLE 10.11 Thickness and Width—Flattened
Wire (Round Edge)
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
THICKNESS TOLERANCE WIDTH TOLERANCE
TABLE 10.8 Diameter—Drawing Stock mm mm mm mm
plus and plus and
SPECIFIED minus minus
DIAMETER TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus
mm
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE
Over Thru
FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER DEVIATION DEVIATION
10.00 12.50 0.50 FROM FROM
12.50 25.00 0.63 SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
THICKNESS WIDTH
over thru over thru
.. 0.50 0.025 .. 25.00 0.18
0.50 1.60 0.040 25.00 50.00 0.25
1.60 5.00 0.050 .. .. ..
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

10-7
wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished/standard tolerances
TABLE 10.12 Thickness and Width—Flattened TABLE 10.13 Length—Specific and Multiple—
and Slit Wire Rolled or Cold Finished Wire, Rod, and Bar
TOLERANCE TOLERANCE SPECIFIED DIAMETER, TOLERANCE T—mm plus
mm mm WIDTH OR DISTANCE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
SPECIFIED plus and SPECIFIED plus and
THICKNESS WIDTH ACROSS FLATS FROM SPECIFIED LENGTH
minus minus mm
mm mm SPECIFIED LENGTH—mm
ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE
DEVIATION DEVIATION over over
FROM FROM Thru 5 000 10 000 over
over thru
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED 5 000 thru thru 15 000
over thru over thru
THICKNESS WIDTH 10 000 15 000
0.40 0.50 0.025 12.50 16.00 0.06 .. 70.00 4 7 10 25
0.50 1.60 0.040 16.00 40.00 0.10 70.00 200.00 6 9 11 25
1.60 2.00 0.050 40.00 120.00 0.15 200.00 .. 7 10 13 25
TABLE 10.14 Twist R—Bar and Straight Lengths

TOLERANCE Q E—DEGREES
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM STRAIGHT
SPECIFIED WIDTH:
(RECTANGLES);
SPECIFIED DISTANCE
ACROSS FLATS:
PRODUCT TEMPER (SQUARES, HEXAGONS
AND OCTAGONS)
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
mm
Y (max.) in degrees
Allowable deviation from straight, Y(max),

in total length or in any 300 mm or longer
over thru chord segment of the total length
All except .. 40.00 3°/m but not greater than 7°

O and 40.00 80.00 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
Square, Rectangular TX51 W 80.00 .. 1°/m but not greater than 3°
and Octagonal Bar
12.50 80.00 4°/m but not greater than 7°
TX51 W
80.00 .. 1°/m but not greater than 5°
.. 40.00 3°/m but not greater than 7°
Hexagonal Bar All except O 40.00 80.00 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
Q For TX51 tempers, tolerance is applicable only to thicknesses of Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
12.50 mm and over. Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
W TX51 is a general designation for the following stress-relieved
0.25 0.004
tempers: T351, T451, T651, T851, and T7351. 0.5 0.009
E When weight of piece on flat surface minimizes deviation.
1 0.017
R Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and
1.5 0.026
at any point along its length measuring the maximum distance between 3 0.052
the bottom surface of the section and the flat surface. From this measure- 5 0.087
ment, the actual deviation from straightness of the section at that point 7 0.122
is subtracted. The remainder is the twist. To convert the standard twist 9 0.156
tolerance (degrees) to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard 15 0.259
tolerance is multiplied by the width of the surface of the section that is on 21 0.358
the flat surface. The following values are used to convert angular tolerance
to linear deviation: T For wire, rod and bar ordered as standard screw machine stock, the
length tolerance is plus 10 mm.
10-8 May, 2009

standard tolerances/wire, rod and bar—rolled or cold-finished
TABLE 10.15 Straightness—Rod and Bar in Straight Lengths Other than Screw Machine Stock
SPECIFIED DIAMETER: TOLERANCE Q—mm
(ROD); ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM STRAIGHT, D(MAX)M,
SPECIFIED DISTANCE
ACROSS FLATS:
(SQUARES, HEXAGONS
PRODUCT TEMPER
AND OCTAGONS);
SPECIFIED THICKNESS:
(RECTANGLES)
IN TOTAL LENGTH OR IN ANY 300 MM OR LONGER
mm CHORD SEGMENT OF TOTAL LENGTH.
ROLLED
Rod and All except O All 4mm/m
Hexagonal,
Square, Rectangular
and Octagonal Bar
COLD FINISHED
All except All 2mm/m
Rod and O and TX51 W
Hexagonal Bar
TX51 W 12.50 and over 2mm/m
All except All 2mm/m
Square, Rectangular O and TX51 W
and Octagonal Bar
TX51 W 12.50 and over 4mm/m
TABLE 10.16 Straightness—Screw Machine TABLE 10.18 Angularity

Stock
SPECIFIED DIAMETER: TOLERANCE Q
(ROD); ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
SPECIFIED DISTANCE FROM STRAIGHT
TEMPER
ACROSS FLATS: In any In any
(HEXAGONAL BAR) 300 mm standard
mm of length length Allowable deviation from nominal angle: ±1 degree
All All Except TX51 W 0.3 mm 2.5 mm
12.50 and over TX51 W 0.3 mm 2.5 mm
TABLE 10.17 Flatness—Flat Surfaces TABLE 10.19 Squareness of Saw Cuts

TOLERANCE—mm Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree
SURFACE WIDTH
mm
TABLE 10.20 Corner Radii Bar
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Thickness, mm Corner Radii
over thru mm, max.
Maximum Allowable Deviation D
1.90 10.00 0.4
Up thru 25 0.10 10.00 40.00 0.8
Over 25 .004 ⋅ W (mm) 40.00 .. 1.2
In any 25 mm
of width 0.10
Q When mass of piece on flat surface minimizes deviation.
W TX51 is a general designation for the following stress-relieved
tempers: T351, T451, T851, and T7351.
May, 2009 10-9

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

wire, rod, bar and profiles—extruded
11. Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles—Extruded
Introduction References to other Wire, Rod, Bar
Section 11. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the and Profiles — Extruded information found in
mechanical property limits and product dimensional tol- Aluminum Standards and Data
erances for aluminum alloy extruded wire, rod, bar, and
Alloy and Temper Designation
profiles.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p. 1-3
Specifications for Aluminum Alloy
Mechanical Property Limits for Aluminum Alloy Wire, Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1.3, p. 1-15
Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles — Extruded Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . .Table 3.1, p. 3-1
Table 11.1 provides the specified aluminum industry
mechanical property limits for extruded aluminum alloy
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 3.3, p. 3-8
wire, rod, bar, and profiles. Note that the limits shown are
Typical Heat Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 3.4, p. 3-12
statistically-based guaranteed limits, and are thus suitable
Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . .Table 3.5, p. 3-17
for design.
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
dimension. Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2, 4-14
Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Alloy Wire, Ultrasonic Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Rod, Bar and Profiles — Extruded Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-7
Specific aluminum industry tolerances for aluminum alloy Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-10
extruded wire, rod, bar and profiles are shown in Tables Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-11
11.2 through 11.14, as listed below: Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Certification Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Table 11.2, 3 and 4 - Cross-Sectional Dimension Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Tolerances
Table 11.5 - Length Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5-1
Table 11.6 - Straightness
Table 11.7 - Twist Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Table 11.8 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Bar, Solid and Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Semihollow Profiles Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Table 11.9 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Hollow Profiles Conformance Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Table 11.10 - Surface Roughness
Table 11.11 - Contour (Curved Surfaces) Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Table 11.12 - Squareness of Cut Ends Chemical Composition Limits
Table 11.13 - Corner and Fillet Radii Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits. . . . . . . .Table 6.3, p. 6-7
Some general comments on the applicability and methods
for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion Resistant
page 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. Precision Tempers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 6.4, p. 6-7
tolerances may be obtained from individual producers Location for Electrical Conductivity
upon request. Aggressive profile characteristics may re- Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 6.5, p. 6-9
quire wider than standard tolerances. In other cases, sub- Corrosion Resistance Test Criteria Table 6.7, p. 6-10
stantially tighter tolerances can be achieved.
May, 2009 11-1

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

wire, rod, bar and profiles—extruded/mechanical properties
TABLE 11.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Extruded Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles Y
SPECIFIED DIAMETER TENSILE STRENGTH—MPa
OR THICKNESS Q mm AREA ELONGATION W
OR MINIMUM DISTANCE mm2 ULTIMATE YIELD percent min
ALLOY AND TEMPER ACROSS FLATS
5D E
over thru over thru min. max. min. max. 50 mm
(5.65 A )
1100
1100-O All All 75 105 20 .. 25 22
1100-H112 All All 75 .. 20 .. .. ..
2014
2014-O All All .. 205 .. 125 12 10
2014-T4, T4510 T U and
All All 345 .. 240 .. 12 10
T4511 T U
2014-T42 R I All All 345 .. 200 .. 12 10
.. 12.50 All 415 .. 365 .. 7 6
2014-T6, T6510 T and 12.50 18.00 All 440 .. 400 .. .. 6
T6511 T 18.00 .. .. 16 000 470 .. 415 .. .. 6
18.00 .. 16 000 20 000 470 .. 400 .. .. 5
.. 18.00 All 415 .. 365 .. 7 6
2014-T62 R I 18.00 .. .. 16 000 415 .. 365 .. .. 6
18.00 .. 16 000 20 000 415 .. 365 .. .. 5
2024
2024-O All All .. 240 .. 130 12 10
.. 6.30 All 395 .. 290 .. 12 ..
6.30 18.00 All 415 .. 305 .. 12 10
2024-T3, T3510 T U and
18.00 35.00 All 450 .. 315 .. .. 9
T3511 T U
35.00 .. .. 16 000 485 .. 360 .. .. 9
35.00 .. 16 000 20 000 470 .. 330 .. .. 7
.. 18.00 All 395 .. 260 .. 12 10
18.00 35.00 All 395 .. 260 .. .. 9
2024-T42 R I
35.00 .. .. 16 000 395 .. 260 .. .. 9
35.00 .. 16 000 20 000 395 .. 260 .. .. 7
1.25 6.30 All 440 .. 385 .. 4 ..
2024-T81, T8510 T and
6.30 35.00 All 455 .. 400 .. 5 4
T8511 T
35.00 .. .. 20 000 455 .. 400 .. .. 4
2219
2219-O All All .. 220 .. 125 12 10
2219-T31, T3510 T U and .. 12.50 .. 16 000 290 .. 180 .. 14 12
T3511 T U 12.50 80.00 .. 16 000 310 .. 185 .. .. 12
.. 25.00 .. 16 000 370 .. 250 .. 6 5
2219-T62 R I
25.00 .. .. 20 000 370 .. 250 .. .. 5
2219-T81, T8510 T and .. 80.00 .. 16 000 400 .. 290 .. 6 5
T8511 T
3003
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3003-O All All 95 130 35 .. 25 22
3003-H112 All All 95 .. 35 .. .. ..
5083
5083-O .. 130.00 .. 20 000 270 350 110 .. 14 12
5083-H111 .. 130.00 .. 20 000 275 .. 165 .. 12 10
5083-H112 .. 130.00 .. 20 000 270 .. 110 .. 12 10
5086
5086-O .. 130.00 .. 20 000 240 315 95 .. 14 12
5086-H111 .. 130.00 .. 20 000 250 .. 145 .. 12 10
5086-H112 .. 130.00 .. 20 000 240 .. 95 .. 12 10
5154
5154-O All All 205 285 75 .. .. ..
5154-H112 All All 205 .. 75 .. .. ..
5454
5454-O .. 130.00 .. 20 000 215 285 85 .. 14 12
5454-H111 .. 130.00 .. 20 000 230 .. 130 .. 12 10
5454-H112 .. 130.00 .. 20 000 215 .. 85 .. 12 10
6005
6005-T1 .. 12.50 All 170 .. 105 .. 16 14
.. 3.20 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
6005-T5
3.20 25.00 All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
11-2 May, 2009

mechanical properties/wire, rod, bar and profiles—extruded
(continued)
5D E
(5.65 A )
6005A
6005A-T1 .. 6.30 All 170 .. 100 .. 15 ..
6005A-T5 .. 6.30 All 260 .. 215 .. 7 ..
6.30 25.00 All 260 .. 215 .. 9 8
6005A-T61 .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
6.30 25.00 All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6061
6061-O All All .. 150 .. 110 16 14
6061-T1 .. 12.50 All 180 .. 95 .. 16 14
6061-T4, T4510 T U and All All 180 .. 110 .. 16 14
T4511 T U
6061-T42 R I All All 180 .. 85 .. 16 14
6061-T51 .. 16.00 All 240 .. 205 .. 8 7
6061-T6, T62 R I, .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
T6510 T and T6511 T 6.30 .. All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6063
6063-O All All .. 130 .. .. 18 16
.. 12.50 All 115 .. 60 .. 12 10
6063-T1
12.50 25.00 All 110 .. 55 .. .. 10
.. 12.50 All 130 .. 70 .. 14 12
6063-T4 and T42 R I
12.50 25.00 All 125 .. 60 .. .. 12
.. 12.5 All 150 .. 110 .. 8 7
6063-T5
12.50 25.00 All 145 .. 105 .. .. 7
6063-T52 4 .. 25.00 All 150 205 110 170 8 7
.. 3.20 All 205 .. 170 .. 8 ..
6063-T6 and T62 R I
3.20 25.00 All 205 .. 170 .. 10 9
6066
6066-O All All .. 200 .. 125 16 14
6066-T4, T4510 T U and All All 275 .. 170 .. 14 12
T4511 T U
6066-T42 R I All All 275 .. 165 .. 14 12
6066-T6, T6510 T and All All 345 .. 310 .. 8 7
T6511 T
6066-T62 R I All All 345 .. 290 .. 8 7
6070
6070-T6 and T62 R I .. 80.00 .. 20 000 330 .. 310 .. 6 5
6082
6082-T6, T6511 5.00 20.00 All 310 .. 260 .. 6 8
20.00 150.00 All 310 .. 260 .. .. 8
150.00 200.00 All 280 .. 240 .. .. 6
6105
6105-T1 .. 12.50 All 170 .. 105 .. 16 14
6105-T5 .. 12.50 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 7
6162
6162-T5, T5510 T and
.. 25.00 All 225 .. 235 .. 7 6
T5511 T
6162-T6, T6510 T and .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
T6511 T 6.30 12.50 All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6262
6262-T6, T62 R I,
All All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
T6510 T and T6511 T
6351
6351-T1 .. 12.50 .. 13 000 180 .. 90 .. 15 13
6351-T4 .. 20.00 .. 13 000 220 .. 130 .. 16 14
6351-T5 .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
6.30 25.00 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 7
6351-T51 3.20 25.00 .. 13 000 250 .. 230 .. 10 9
6351-T54 .. 12.50 .. 13 000 205 .. 140 .. 10 9
6351-T6 .. 3.20 All 290 .. 255 .. 8 ..
3.20 20.00 All 290 .. 255 .. 10 9
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

11-3
(concluded)
5D E
(5.65 A )
6463
6463-T1 .. 12.50 .. 13 000 115 .. 60 .. 12 10
6463-T5 .. 12.50 .. 13 000 150 .. 110 .. 8 7
.. 3.20 .. 13 000 205 .. 170 .. 8 ..
6463-T6 and T62 R I
3.20 12.50 .. 13 000 205 .. 170 .. 10 9
7005
7005-T53 .. 20.00 All 345 .. 305 .. 10 9
7050
7050-T73510 T O and .. 12.50 .. 20 000 485 .. 415 .. 8 7
T73511 T O 12.50 130.00 .. 20 000 485 .. 415 .. .. 7
7050-T74510 T I { and .. 12.50 .. 20 000 505 .. 435 .. 7 6
T74511 T I { 12.50 130.00 .. 20 000 505 .. 435 .. .. 6
7050-T76510 } and .. 12.50 .. 20 000 530 .. 470 .. 7 6
T76511 } 12.50 130.00 .. 20 000 545 .. 475 .. .. 6
7075
7075-O All All .. 275 .. 165 10 9
.. 6.30 All 540 .. 485 .. 7 ..
6.30 12.50 All 560 .. 505 .. 7 6
7075-T6, T62 R I, 12.50 70.00 All 560 .. 495 .. .. 6
T6510 T and T6511 T 70.00 110.00 .. 13 000 560 .. 490 .. .. 6
70.00 110.00 13 000 20 000 540 .. 485 .. .. 5
110.00 130.00 .. 20 000 540 .. 470 .. .. 5
1.60 6.30 .. 13 000 470 .. 400 .. 7 ..
6.30 35.00 .. 16 000 485 .. 420 .. 8 7
7075-T73 O, T73510 T O
35.00 70.00 .. 16 000 475 .. 405 .. .. 7
and T73511 T O
70.00 110.00 .. 13 000 470 .. 395 .. .. 6
70.00 110.000 13 000 20 000 450 .. 380 .. .. 6
.. 1.25 All 500 .. 435 .. 7 ..
1.25 3.20 All 510 .. 440 .. 7 ..
3.20 6.30 .. 13 000 510 .. 440 .. 7 ..
7075-T76 P, T76510 T P 6.30 12.50 .. 13 000 515 .. 450 .. 7 6
and T76511 T P 12.50 25.00 .. 13 000 515 .. 450 .. .. 6
25.00 50.00 .. 13 000 515 .. 450 .. .. 6
50.00 75.00 .. 13 000 510 .. 440 .. .. 6
75.00 100.00 .. 13 000 510 .. 435 .. .. 6
7178
7178-O All .. 20 000 .. 275 .. 165 10 9
.. 1.60 All 565 .. 525 .. .. ..
1.60 6.30 .. 13 000 580 .. 525 .. 5 ..
7178-T6, T6510 T and 6.30 35.00 .. 16 000 600 .. 540 .. 5 4
T6511 T 35.00 60.00 .. 16 000 595 .. 530 .. .. 4
35.00 60.00 16 000 20 000 580 .. 515 .. .. 4
60.00 80.00 .. 20 000 565 .. 490 .. .. 4
.. 1.60 All 545 .. 505 .. .. ..
1.60 6.30 .. 13 000 565 .. 510 .. 5 ..
6.30 35.00 .. 16 000 595 .. 530 .. 5 4
7178-T62 R I
35.00 60.00 .. 16 000 595 .. 530 .. .. 4
35.00 60.00 16 000 20 000 580 .. 515 .. .. 4
60.00 80.00 .. 20 000 565 .. 490 .. .. 4
3.15 6.30 .. 13 000 525 .. 455 .. 7 ..
7178-T76 P, T76510 T P
6.30 12.50 .. 13 000 530 .. 460 .. 7 6
and T76511 T P
12.50 25.00 .. 13 000 530 .. 460 .. .. 6
7475
7475-T62 25.00 50.00 All 515 .. 455 .. .. 6
11-4 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

mechanical properties/wire, rod, bar and profiles—extruded
Footnotes for Table 11.1

Q The thickness of the cross section from which the tension test specimen P Material in this temper, when tested in accordance with ASTM G34, will
is taken determines the applicable mechanical properties. The data base exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure 2 of ASTM G34.
and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits are established are Also, material 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accordance with ASTM
outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 170 MPa, will exhibit
W Elongations in 50 mm apply to profiles tested in full section and for sheet- no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist
type specimens machined from material up through 12.50 mm in thickness exfoliation corrosion and stress corrosion cracking is determined by testing
having parallel surfaces. Elongations in 5D (5.65 A ) where D and A are the previously selected tensile test sample in accordance with the applicable
the diameter and cross-sectional area of the specimen, respectively, apply lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 through 6-10.
to round test specimens machined from material thicknesses over 6.30 mm. { Material in this temper, when tested at the t/10 plane in accordance with
For profiles up through 1.60 mm in thickness and for wire up through 3.20 mm ASTM G34, will exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure
in diameter or thickness the test for elongation is not required. For further 2 of ASTM G34. Also, material 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
information, see pages 4-1 to 4-5. dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of
E D represents specimen diameter 240 MPa, will exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability
R These properties can usually be obtained by the user when the material of individual lots to resist exfoliation corrosion and stress corrosion crack-
is properly solution heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated ing is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in
from the O (annealed) or F (as fabricated) temper. These properties also accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages
apply to samples of material in the O or F tempers that are solution heat 6-7 through 6-10.
treated or solution and precipitation treated by the producer to determine } Material in this temper, when tested at the t/10 plane in accordance with
that the material will respond to proper heat treatment. Properties attained ASTM G34, will exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure 2
by the user, however, may be lower than those listed if the material has been of ASTM G34. Also, material 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
formed or otherwise cold or hot worked, particularly in the annealed temper, dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of
prior to solution heat treatment. 120 MPa, will exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability
T For stress-relieved tempers the characteristics and properties other than of individual lots to resist exfoliation corrosion and stress corrosion crack-
those specified may differ somewhat from the corresponding characteristics ing is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in
and properties of material in the basic temper. accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages
Y Processes such as flattening, leveling, or straightening coiled products 6-7 through 6-10.
subsequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical proper- q T74 type tempers , although not previously registered, have appeared in
ties of the metal (refer to Certification Documentation, Section 4). the literature and in some specifications as T736 type tempers.
U Upon artificial aging, T31, T3510, T3511, T4, T4510 and T4511 temper 4 6063-T52 is a producer temper and is an exception to ANSI H35.1/
material shall be capable of developing the mechanical properties applicable H35.1(M) paragraphs A2.2 Temper Designation for Purchaser/User Heat-
to the T81, T8510, T8511, T6, T6510 and T6511 tempers, respectively. Treatment, A2.3 Temper Designations for Producer/Supplier Demonstration
I This temper is not available from the material producer. of Response to Temper Conversion, and A2.4 Temper Designation for Pur-
O Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor- chaser/User Heat-Treatment.
dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of
75 percent of the specified minimum yield strength, will exhibit no evidence
of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress cor-
rosion is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample
in accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages
6-7 through 6-10.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 11-5

wire, rod, bar and profiles—extruded/standard tolerances
TABLE 11.2 Cross-Sectional Dimension Tolerances—Profiles Q
EXCEPT FOR T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510 AND T8510 TEMPERS U
TOLERANCE W E—mm plus and minus

METAL DIMENSIONS SPACE DIMENSIONS
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED
SPECIFIED DIMENSION WHERE
SPECIFIED DIMENSION WHERE MORE THAN 25 PERCENT OF
75 PERCENT OR MORE OF
DIMENSION THE DIMENSION IS SPACE Y I
THE DIMENSION IS METAL O P
mm At At At At At At
Wall Thickness R
All Dimensioned Dimensioned Dimensioned Dimensioned Dimensioned Dimensioned
Completely T
Except Those Points Points Points Points Points Points
Enclosing Space
Covered over 5 thru over 15 thru over 30 thru over 60 thru over 100 thru over 150 thru
70 mm W and
by Column 3 15 mm from 30 mm from 60 mm from 100 mm from 150 mm from 200 mm from
Over (Eccentricity)
Base of Leg Base of Leg Base of Leg Base of Leg Base of Leg Base of Leg
Col. 1 Col. 2 Col. 3 Col.4 Col. 5 Col. 6 Col. 7 Col. 8 Col. 9
Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision
Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance, Tolerance,
over thru All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except All Except
5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX 5XXX
Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys
CIRCUMSCRIBING CIRCLE SIZES THRU 250 mm IN DIAMETER
.. 3.20 0.15 0.10 0.25 0.17 0.30 0.20 .. . . .. .. .. .. .. ..
±10% of specified dimension;
3.20 6.30 0.18 0.12 0.30 0.20 0.36 0.24 0.41 0.27 .. .. .. .. .. ..
±1.50 max. ±.25 min.
±1.50 max. ±.25 min.
6.30 12.50 0.20 0.13 0.36 0.24 0.41 0.27 0.46 0.30 0.50 0.33 .. .. .. ..
12.50 20.00 0.23 0.15 0.41 0.27 0.46 0.30 0.50 0.33 0.56 0.37 .. .. .. ..
20.00 25.00 0.25 0.17 0.46 0.30 0.50 0.33 0.56 0.37 0.64 0.42 0.76 0.50 .. ..
25.00 40.00 0.30 0.20 0.54 0.36 0.58 0.38 0.66 0.44 0.76 0.50 0.88 0.58 .. ..
40.00 50.00 0.36 0.24 0.60 0.40 0.66 0.44 0.78 0.51 0.92 0.61 1.05 0.69 1.25 0.83
50.00 100.00 0.60 0.40 0.86 0.57 0.96 0.63 1.20 0.79 1.45 0.96 1.70 1.12 2.05 1.35
100.00 150.00 0.86 0.57 1.10 0.73 1.25 0.83 1.65 1.09 2.00 1.32 2.40 1.58 2.80 1.85
150.00 200.00 1.10 0.73 1.35 0.89 1.55 1.02 2.10 1.39 2.50 1.65 3.05 2.01 3.55 2.34
200.00 250.00 1.35 0.89 1.65 1.09 1.90 1.25 2.50 1.65 3.05 2.01 3.70 2.44 4.30 2.84
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CIRCUMSCRIBING CIRCLE SIZES OVER 250 mm IN DIAMETER

.. 3.20 0.36 0.24 0.46 0.30 0.50 0.33 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
3.20 6.30 0.38 0.25 0.48 0.32 0.56 0.37 0.72 0.48 .. .. .. .. .. ..
6.30 12.50 0.41 0.27 0.50 0.33 0.60 0.40 0.76 0.50 1.25 0.83 .. .. .. ..
12.50 20.00 0.43 0.28 0.56 0.37 0.68 0.45 1.00 0.66 1.50 0.99 .. .. .. ..
20.00 25.00 0.46 0.30 0.58 0.38 0.76 0.50 1.25 0.83 1.80 1.19 2.30 1.52 .. ..
25.00 40.00 0.48 0.32 0.60 0.40 0.86 0.57 1.50 0.99 2.05 1.35 2.55 1.68 .. ..
±2.30 max. ±.38 min.
±2.30 max. ±.38 min.
40.00 50.00 0.60 0.40 0.86 0.57 1.10 0.73 1.80 1.19 2.30 1.52 2.80 1.85 4.30 2.84
50.00 100.00 0.86 0.57 1.10 0.73 1.35 0.89 2.05 1.35 2.55 1.68 3.05 2.01 4.55 3.00
100.00 150.00 1.10 0.73 1.35 0.89 1.65 1.09 2.30 1.52 2.80 1.85 3.30 2.18 4.85 3.20
150.00 200.00 1.35 0.89 1.65 1.09 1.90 1.25 2.55 1.68 3.05 2.01 3.55 2.34 5.10 3.37
200.00 250.00 1.65 1.09 1.90 1.25 2.15 1.42 2.80 1.85 3.30 2.18 3.80 2.51 5.35 3.53
250.00 300.00 1.90 1.25 2.15 1.42 2.40 1.58 3.05 2.01 3.55 2.34 4.05 2.67 5.60 3.70
300.00 350.00 2.15 1.42 2.40 1.58 2.65 1.75 3.30 2.18 3.80 2.51 4.30 2.84 5.85 3.86
350.00 400.00 2.40 1.58 2.65 1.75 2.90 1.91 3.55 2.34 4.05 2.67 4.55 3.00 6.10 4.03
400.00 450.00 2.65 1.75 2.90 1.91 3.15 2.08 3.80 2.51 4.30 2.84 4.85 3.20 6.35 4.19
450.00 500.00 2.90 1.91 3.15 2.08 3.40 2.24 4.05 2.67 4.55 3.00 5.10 3.37 6.60 4.36
500.00 550.00 3.15 2.08 3.40 2.24 3.65 2.41 4.30 2.84 4.85 3.20 5.35 3.53 6.85 4.52
550.00 600.00 3.40 2.24 3.65 2.41 3.90 2.57 4.55 3.00 5.10 3.37 5.60 3.70 7.10 4.69
Footnotes for Tables 11.2 through 11.4

Q These Standard and Precision Tolerances are applicable to the average tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the mean of the maxi-
profile. The extrusion conditions required to produce the wide variety of alloy- mum and minimum dimensions permissible under the tolerance for the dimension under
temper and profile combinations require close review between customer and consideration.
producer to determine critical characteristics and tolerance capability. Agres- R Where dimensions specified are outside and inside, rather than wall thickness itself, the
sive profile characteristics may require wider than standard tolerance and allowable deviation (eccentricity) given in Column 3 applies to mean wall thickness. (Mean
closer than precision tolerance may be feasible for other characteristics. wall thickness is the average of two wall thickness measurements taken at opposite sides
W The tolerance applicable to a dimension composed of two or more compo- of the void.)
nent dimensions is the sum of the tolerances of the component dimensions if T In the case of Class 1 Hollow Profiles the standard wall thickness tolerance for extruded
all of the component dimensions are indicated. round tube is applicable. (A Class 1 Hollow Profile is one whose void is round and one
E When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral inch or more in diameter and whose weight is equally distributed on opposite sides of two
or more equally spaced axes.) (Continued on bottom of next page)
11-6 May, 2009
standard tolerances/wire, rod, bar and profiles—extruded
Examples Illustrating Use of Table 11.2
Closed-Space Dimensions
All dimensions designated “Y” are classed as “metal dimensions,” and tolerances are determined
from column 2.
Dimensions designated “X” are classed as “space dimensions through an enclosed void,” and the
tolerances applicable are determined from column 4 unless 75 percent or more of the dimension
is metal, in which case column 2 applies.
Open-Space Dimensions
Tolerances applicable to dimensions “X” are

determined as follows:
1. Locate dimension “X” in column 1.
2. Determine which of columns 4–9 is applicable,
dependent on distance “A.”
3. Locate proper tolerance in column 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
or 9 in the same line as dimension “X.”
Dimensions “Y” are “metal dimensions”; tolerances are determined from column 2.
Distances “C” are shown merely to indicate incorrect values for determining which of columns 4–9
apply.
Tolerances applicable to dimensions “X” are determined as follows: Tolerances applicable to dimensions “X” are not determined from Table
1. Locate distance “B” in column 1. 11.2; tolerances are determined by standard tolerances applicable to
2. Determine which of columns 4–9 is applicable, dependent on angles “A.”
distance “A.”
3. Locate proper tolerance in column 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 in the same line as
value chosen in column 1.
Footnotes for Tables 11.2 through 11.4 (Continued)

Y At points 5 mm and less from base of leg the tolerances in Col. 2 are O These tolerances do not apply to space
applicable. dimensions such as dimensions “X” and
U Tolerances for extruded profiles in T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510 “Z” of the example (right), even when “Y”
and T8510 tempers shall be as agreed upon between purchaser and vendor is 75 percent or more of “X.” For the toler-
at the time the contract or order is entered. ance applicable to dimensions “X” and “Z,”
I The following toler- use Col. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9, dependent on
ances apply where the distance “A.”
space is completely
enclosed (hollow pro-
files); For the width (A),
the balance is the value
shown in Col. 4 for the
P The wall thickness tolerance for hollow or
depth dimension (D). For the depth (D), the tolerance is the value shown in
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
semihollow profiles shall be as agreed upon

Col. 4 for the width dimension (A). In no case is the tolerance for either width
between purchaser and vendor at the time
or depth less than the metal dimensions (Col. 2) at the corners.
the contract or order is entered when the
Example—Alloy 6061 hollow profile having 25 ⋅ 75 mm rectangular outside
nominal thickness of one wall is three times
dimensions; width tolerance is ±0.46 mm and depth tolerance ±0.86 mm.
or greater than that of the opposite wall.
(Tolerances at corners, Col. 2, metal dimensions, are ±0.60 mm for the
{ 5xxx alloys tolerances are 150% of all
width and ±0.25 mm for the depth.) Note that the Col. 4 tolerance of
other alloys, standard tolerance.
0.46 mm must be adjusted to 0.60 mm so that it is not less than the
Col. 2 tolerance.
May, 2009 11-7

TABLE 11.3 Diameter or Distance Across Flats—Round Wire and Rod - Square, Hexagonal
and Octagonal Wire and BarQ
TOLERANCE E—mm plus and minus
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED DIMENSION ACROSS FLATS OR DIAMETER
ROUND SQUARE HEXAGONAL OCTAGONAL
SPECIFIED
WIRE AND ROD WIRE AND BAR WIRE AND BAR WIRE AND BAR
DIMENSION
mm Standard Precsion Standard Precision Standard Precision Standard Precision
Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All
Except 5XXX Except 5XXX Except 5XXX Except 5XXX Except 5XXX Except 5XXX Except 5XXX Except 5XXX
over thru Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys
.. 3.20 0.15 0.10 0.15 0.10 0.15 0.10 0.15 0.10
3.20 6.30 0.18 0.12 0.18 0.12 0.18 0.12 0.18 0.12
6.30 12.50 0.20 0.13 0.20 0.13 0.20 0.13 0.20 0.13
12.50 19.00 0.23 0.15 0.23 0.15 0.23 0.15 0.23 0.15
19.00 25.00 0.25 0.17 0.25 0.17 0.25 0.17 0.25 0.17
25.00 40.00 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.20
40.00 50.00 0.36 0.24 0.36 0.24 0.36 0.24 0.36 0.24
50.00 100.00 0.61 0.40 0.61 0.40 0.61 0.40 0.61 0.40
100.00 150.00 0.86 0.57 0.86 0.57 0.86 0.57 0.86 0.57
150.00 180.00 1.10 0.73 1.10 0.73 1.10 0.73 1.10 0.73
180.00 200.00 1.10 0.73 1.35 0.89 1.10 0.73 1.10 0.73
200.00 220.00 1.35 0.89 1.65 1.09 1.35 0.89 1.35 0.89
220.00 235.00 1.35 0.89 1.65 1.09 1.65 1.09 1.35 0.89
235.00 250.00 1.35 0.89 1.65 1.09 1.65 1.09 1.65 1.09
250.00 300.00 1.90 1.25 1.90 1.25 1.90 1.25 1.90 1.25
300.00 350.00 2.15 1.42 2.15 1.42 2.15 1.42 2.15 1.42
350.00 400.00 2.40 1.58 2.40 1.58 2.40 1.58 2.40 1.58
Note: Shaded tolerances denote products with a circumscribing circle size of 250 inches in diameter.
For all numbered footnotes, see two preceding pages.
TABLE 11.4 Thickness or Width (Distance Across Flats)—
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Rectangular Wire and BarQ
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED
WIDTH OR THICKNESS ACROSS FLATS
SPECIFIED
DEIMENSION Standard Precision Standard Precision
mm Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All Tolerance, All
Except, 5XXX Except, 5XXX Except, 5XXX Except, 5XXX
over thru Alloys { Alloys Alloys { Alloys
.. 3.20 0.15 0.10 0.36 0.24
3.20 6.30 0.18 0.12 0.38 0.25
6.30 12.50 0.20 0.13 0.41 0.27
12.50 20.00 0.23 0.15 0.43 0.28
20.00 25.00 0.25 0.17 0.46 0.30
25.00 40.00 0.30 0.20 0.48 0.32
40.00 50.00 0.36 0.24 0.61 0.40
50.00 100.00 0.61 0.40 0.86 0.57
100.00 150.00 0.86 0.57 1.10 0.73
150.00 200.00 1.10 0.73 1.35 0.89
200.00 250.00 1.35 0.89 1.60 1.06
250.00 300.00 .. .. 1.90 1.25
300.00 350.00 .. .. 2.15 1.42
350.00 400.00 .. .. 2.40 1.58
400.00 450.00 .. .. 2.65 1.75
450.00 500.00 .. .. 2.90 1.91
500.00 550.00 .. .. 3.15 2.08
550.00 600.00 .. .. 3.40 2.24
Note: Shaded tolerances denote products with a circumscribing circle size over 250 mm in
diameter.
For all numbered footnotes, see two preceding pages.
11-8 May, 2009

TABLE 11.5 Length Q—Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles
SPECIFIED DIAMETER (WIRE AND ROD): TOLERANCE—mm plus
SPECIFIED WIDTH (BAR): CIRCUMSCRIBING ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED LENGTH
CIRCLE DIAMETER R (PROFILES):
mm SPECIFIED LENGTH—mm
Up Over 5 000 Over 10 000
over thru Over 15 000
thru 5 000 thru 10 000 thru 15 000
.. 70.00 4 7 10 25
70.00 200.00 6 9 11 25
200.00 .. 7 10 13 25
TABLE 11.6 Straightness Q—Rod, Bar and Profiles

TOLERANCE E—mm
SPECIFIED DIAMETER ALLOWABLE DEVIATION (D) FROM STRAIGHT O
SPECIFIED
(ROD):
THICKNESS
SPECIFIED WIDTH
(RECTANGLES):
(BAR):
MINIMUM
PRODUCT TEMPER CIRCUMSCRIBING
THICKNESS
CIRCLE DIAMETER R
(PROFILES):
(PROFILES):
mm Allowable deviation from straight, D(max),
mm
chord segment of total length
over thru over thru
All except O .. ..
All 1 mm/m
Rod and Square, TX510 W, TX511 W
Hexagonal O 12.50 .. .. .. 4 mm/m
and Octagonal
Bar TX510 W 12.50 .. .. .. 4 mm/m
TX511 W 12.50 .. .. .. 1 mm/m
.. 40.00 .. 2.50 4 mm/m
All except O,
2.50 .. 1 mm/m
TX510 W, TX511 W
40.00 .. All 1 mm/m
Rectangular Bar
O 12.50 .. .. .. 4 mm/m
TX510 W 12.50 .. 12.50 .. 4 mm/m
TX511 W 12.50 .. 12.50 .. 1 mm/m
All except O .. 40.00 .. 2.50 U 4 mm/m
TX510 W T,
TX511 W 40.00 .. 2.50 .. 1 mm/m
Profiles O 12.50 .. .. 2.50 U 16 mm/m
2.50 .. 4 mm/m
TX511 W 12.50 .. .. 2.50 U 4 mm/m
2.50 .. 1 mm/m
Footnotes for Tables 11.5 through 11.8 Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
Q These Standard Tolerances are applicable to the average profile; wider Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
tolerances may be required for some profiles, and closer tolerances may be
0.25 0.004
possible for others.
W TX510 and TX511 are general designations for the following stress 0.5 0.009
relieved tempers: T3510, T4510, T61510, T6510, T8510, T73510, T76510 1 0.017
and T3511, T4511, T61511, T6511, T8511, T73511, T76511, respectively. 1.5 0.026
E When mass of piece on the flat surface minimizes deviation. 3 0.052
R The circumscribing circle diameter is the diameter of the smallest circle 5 0.087
that will completely enclose the cross section of the extruded product. 7 0.122
T Tolerances for T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510, and T8510 tem-
9 0.156
pers shall be as agreed upon between purchaser and vendor at the time the 15 0.259
contract or order is entered.
Y Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and at 21 0.358
any point along its length measuring the maximum distance between the bot-
tom surface of the section and the flat surface. From this measurement, the U Applies only if the thickness along at least 1/3 of the total perimeter is 2.50
actual deviation from straightness of the section at that point is subtracted. mm or less. Otherwise use the tolerance shown for 2.50 mm and over.
The remainder is the twist. To convert the standard twist tolerance (degrees) I Tolerance for “O” temper material is four times the standard tolerances
to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard tolerance is multiplied shown.
by the width of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. The follow- O Straightness must be met in all orientations, including orientations which
ing values are used to convert angular tolerance to linear deviation: are not self supporting.
11-9
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
TABLE 11.7 Twist Q Y—Bar and Profiles
TOLERANCE E—Degrees
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
WIDTH THICKNESS
(BAR): (RECTANGLES):
CIRCUMSCRIBING MINIMUM
PRODUCT TEMPER CIRCLE DIAMETER R THICKNESS
(PROFILES): (PROFILES):
mm mm
Allowable deviation from straight, y(max),
in total length or in any 300 mm chord
segment of the total length
over thru over thru
All except O .. 40.00 All 3°/m but not greater than 7°
TX510 W, 40.00 80.00 All 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
TX511 W 80.00 .. All 1°/m but not greater than 3°
12.50 40.00 12.50 .. 9°/m but not greater than 21°
O 40.00 80.00 12.50 .. 4.5°/m but not greater than 15°
Bar 80.00 .. 12.50 .. 3°/m but not greater than 9°
TX510 W 12.50 80.00 12.50 .. 4°/m but not greater than 7°
80.00 .. 12.50 .. 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
TX511 W 12.50 40.00 12.50 .. 3°/m but not greater than 7°
40.00 80.00 12.50 .. 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
80.00 .. 12.50 .. 1°/m but not greater than 3°
All except O .. 40.00 All 3°/m but not greater than 7°
TX510 W T 40.00 80.00 All 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
TX511 W 80.00 .. All 1°/m but not greater than 3°
12.50 .. .. 2.50 9°/m but not greater than 21°
12.50 40.00 2.50 .. 9°/m but not greater than 21°
O
Profiles 40.00 80.00 2.50 .. 4.5°/m but not greater than 15°
TX511 W 12.50 .. .. 2.50 3°/m but not greater than 7°
12.50 40.00 2.50 2.50 3°/m but not greater than 7°
40.00 80.00 2.50 2.50 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
TABLE 11.8 Flatness (Flat Surfaces) Q—Bar, Solid Profiles and Semihollow Profiles
EXCEPT FOR PROFILES IN O I T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510 and T8510 TEMPERS T
SURFACES WIDTHS UP THRU 25 mm OR

ANY 25 mm INCREMENT OF WIDER SURFACES
Maximum Allowable Deviation D = TOLERANCE FACTOR ⋅ 25 (mm)
WIDTHS OVER 25 mm
Maximum Allowable Deviation D = TOLERANCE FACTOR ⋅ W (mm)
MINIMUM SURFACE WIDTH—mm

THICKNESS OF OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER
METAL FORMING UP THRU 150.00 200.00 250.00 300.00 350.00 400.00 450.00 500.00 550.00 OVER
THE SURFACE 150.00 THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU 600
mm 200.00 250.00 300.00 350.00 400.00 450.00 500.00 550.00 600.00
OVER THRU TOLERANCE FACTOR
Up thru 3.20 .004 .006 .010 .014 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
3.20 4.00 .004 .006 .008 .013 .014 .014 .014 .. .. .. ..
4.00 5.00 .004 .006 .007 .012 .013 .013 .013 .. .. .. ..
5.00 6.30 .004 .006 .006 .010 .012 .012 .012 .014 .014 .. ..
6.30 8.00 .004 .006 .006 .008 .010 .010 .012 .012 .012 .014 ..
8.00 12.50 .004 .004 .006 .008 .008 .008 .010 .010 .010 .012 .012
12.50 20.00 .004 .004 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008 .010 .012
20.00 25.00 .004 .004 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008 .010
25.00 40.00 .004 .004 .004 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008
40.00 50.00 .004 .004 .004 .004 .006 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008 .008
50.00 .. .004 .004 .004 .004 .004 .006 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008
11-10 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
FOR PROFILES IN O P, T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510,
TABLE 11.9 Flatness (Flat Surfaces)Q—Hollow Profiles (EXCEPT
T76510 and T8510 TEMPERS R)
SURFACES WIDTHS UP THRU 25 mm OR ANY 25 mm INCREMENT OF WIDER SURFACES

Maximum Allowable Deviation D ⴝ TOLERANCE FACTOR ⋅ 25 (mm)
WIDTHS OVER 25 mm
Maximum Allowable Deviation D ⴝ TOLERANCE FACTOR ⴛ W (mm)
MINIMUM SURFACE WIDTH—mm

THICKNESS OF OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER OVER
METAL FORMING UP
150.00 200.00 250.00 300.00 350.00 400.00 450.00 500.00 550.00 OVER
THE SURFACE THRU
THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU 600
mm 150.00
200.00 250.00 300.00 350.00 400.00 450.00 500.00 550.00 600.00
OVER THRU TOLERANCE FACTOR
Up thru 3.20 .006 .008 .012 .016 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
3.20 4.00 .006 .008 .010 .014 .016 .. .. .. .. .. ..
4.00 5.00 .005 .007 .010 .013 .015 .015 .. .. .. .. ..
5.00 6.30 .004 .006 .010 .012 .014 .014 .014 .016 .. .. ..
6.30 8.50 .004 .006 .008 .010 .012 .012 .012 .014 .014 .016 ..
8.00 12.50 .004 .006 .008 .010 .010 .010 .012 .012 .012 .014 .016
12.50 20.00 .004 .004 .006 .008 .008 .008 .010 .010 .012 .012 .014
20.00 25.00 .004 .004 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008 .008 .010 .010 .012
25.00 40.00 .004 .004 .004 .006 .006 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008 .008
TABLE 11.10 Surface Roughness Q I— TABLE 11.13 Corner and Fillet Radii Q—
Extruded Wire, Rod, Bar & Profiles Extruded Bar and Profiles
SPECIFIED SECTION THICKNESS ALLOWABLE DEPTH TOLERANCE—mm
mm OF CONDITIONS W ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
over thru mm max. FROM SPECIFIED RADIUS
.. 1.60 0.040
1.60 3.20 0.050
SPECIFIED RADIUS O
3.20 5.00 0.06
mm
5.00 6.30 0.08
6.30 12.50 0.10
12.50 .. 0.20
TABLE 11.11 Contour (Curved Surfaces) Q E— over thru

Difference between radius A
and specified radius
Extruded Profiles Sharp Corners ±0.5 (1 mm if unspecified)
.. 5.00 ±0.5
5.00 .. ±10%
Temper
TABLE 11.14 Angularity Q T—Extruded Bar
All except Allowable deviation from specified contour: 0.005 mm
O, TX510 R per mm of chord length (C); 0.13 mm minimum. Not
and Profiles
applicable to contours with chord length over 150 mm. TOLERANCE
Allowable deviation from specified contour: 0.015 mm Degrees plus and minus
O per mm of chord length (C); 0.40 mm minimum. Not ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM
applicable to contours with chord length over 150 mm. SPECIFIED ANGLE
SPECIFIED
TABLE 11.12 Squareness of Cut Ends Q— THICKNESS
Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles OF THINNER
LEG
TEMPER
Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree mm
RATIO: Y U LEG OR SURFACE LENGTH

TO LEG OR METAL THICKNESS
over thru 1 and less Over 1 thru 40
Col. 1 Col.2 Col.3
.. 5.00 1 2
All except
5.00 20.00 1 1.5
O, TX510 R
20.00 .. 1 1
.. 5.00 3 6
O 5.00 20.00 3 4.5
20.00 .. 3 3
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 11-11

Q These Standard Tolerances are applicable to the average profile; wider T Angles are measured with protractors or with gages.
tolerances may be required for some profiles, and closer tolerances may be As illustrated, a four-point contact system is used, two
possible for others. contact points being as close to the angle vertex as
W Conditions include die lines and handling marks. practical, and the others near the ends of the respec-
E As measured with a contour gage whose surface is limited to a maxi- tive surfaces forming the angle. Between these points of
mum subtended angle of 90 degrees. Extruded curved surfaces comprising measurement surface flatness is the controlling tolerance.
more than a 90-degree subtended angle are checked by sliding the gage Y When the area between the surface forming an angle is all metal, values in
across the surface, thus checking two or more 90-degree portions of the sur- column 2 apply if the larger surface length to metal thickness ratio is 1 or less.
face. Extruded profile surfaces comprising arcs formed by two or more radii U When two legs are involved the one having the larger ratio determines
require the use of a separate contour gage for each portion of the surface the applicable column.
formed by an individual radius. I Not applicable to 2219 alloy extrusions. Most profiles in 2219 alloy will
R Tolerances for T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510 and T8510 tem- have die lines about twice the depth shown in the table; however, for each
pers shall be as agreed upon between the purchaser and vendor and at the profile the supplier should be contacted for the roughness value to apply.
time the contract or order is entered. O If unspecified, the radius shall be 1 mm maximum including tolerances.
P Tolerance for “O” temper material is four times the standard tolerances shown.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11-12 May, 2009

introduction/tube and pipe
12. Tube and Pipe
Introduction Extruded Coiled Tube
Section 12. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Table 12.16 - Outside Diameter
mechanical property limits and product dimensional toler- Table 12.17 - Wall Thickness
ance limits for aluminum alloy tube and pipe. These limits Table 12.18 - Coil Length
are statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be used
as the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable in any Drawn Tube
specific situation are those for the specific size of product Table 12.20 - Diameter - Drawn Round Tube
ordered. Table 12.21 - Width and Depth - Drawn Square,
Rectangular, Hexagonal, Octagonal Tube
Mechanical Property Limits For Aluminum Alloy Table 12.22 - Diameter - Drawn Oval, Elliptical and
Tube and Pipe Streamline Tube
The specified aluminum industry mechanical property Table 12.23 - Corner Radii - Drawn Tube
limits for aluminum alloy tube and pipe are provided in Table 12.24 - Wall Thickness - Drawn Round and
the following tables: Other-Than-Round Tube
Table 12.25 - Straightness - Drawn Tube
Table 12.26 - Twist - Drawn Tube
Table 12.1 - Mechanical Property Limits - Extruded Table 12.27 - Length - Drawn Tube
Tube Table 12.28 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Drawn Tube
Table 12.15 - Mechanical Property Limits - Extruded Table 12.29 - Squareness of Cut Ends - Drawn Tube
Coiled Tube Table 12.30 - Angularity - Drawn Tube
Table 12.19 - Mechanical Property Limits - Drawn Table 12.31 - Surface Roughness - Drawn Tube
Tube Table 12.32 - Dents - Drawn Tube
Table 12.33 - Mechanical Property Limits - Heat
Exchanger Tube Heat Exchanger Tube
Table 12.47 - Mechanical Property Limits - Pipe Table 12.33 - Mechanical Property Limits, Heat
Table 7.1 - Mechanical Property Limits - Sheet for Exchanger Tube
Welded Tube Table 12.34 - Outside Diameter Tolerances - Heat-
Note that the limits shown are statistically-based guaranteed Treatable Tube
limits, and are thus suitable for design. Table 12.35 - Outside Diameter Tolerances - Non-
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual Heat-Treatable Tube
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) Table 12.36 - Wall Thickness Tolerances
dimension. Table 12.37 - Length Tolerances
Table 12.38 - Straightness Tolerances
Table 12.39 - Squareness of Cut Ends
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for Aluminum

Alloy Tube and Pipe Welded Tube
Specific aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for Table 12.40 - Diameter Tolerances - Round Tube
aluminum alloy tube and pipe are shown in the following Table 12.41 - Width and Depth Tolerances - Square
tables: Tube
Table 12.42 - Wall Thickness Tolerances - Round
Extruded Tube and Square Tube
Table 12.2 - Diameter - Round Tube Table 12.43 - Length Tolerances
Table 12.3 - Width and Depth - Square, Rectangular, Table 12.44 - Straightness Tolerances
Hexagonal, Octagonal Tube Table 12.45 - Twist Tolerances
Table 12.4 - Wall Thickness - Round Extruded Tube Table 12.46 - Squareness of Cut Ends
Table 12.5 - Wall Thickness - Other-Than-Round
Extruded Tube Pipe
Table 12.6 - Length - Extruded Tube Table 12.49 - Outside Diameter
Table 12.7 - Length - Other-than-Round Extruded Table 12.50 - Wall Thickness
Tube Table 12.51 - Weight
Table 12.8 - Straightness - Tube in Straight Lengths Table 12.52 - Length
Table 12.9 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) Table 12.53 - Straightness
Table 12.10 - Squareness of Cut Ends Table 12.54 - Standard Welding Bevels
Table 12.11 - Corner and Fillet Radii Table 12.55 - Diameters, Wall Thickness, Weights
Table 12.14 - Dents
May, 2009 12-1

tube and pipe/introduction
Rigid Electrical Conduit References to Other Tube and Pipe Information
Table 12.56 - Designed Dimensions and Weights in Aluminum Standards and Data
Table 12.57 - Dimensions of Threads
Table 12.58 - Designed Dimensions and Weights of Alloy and Temper Designation
Couplings System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Pages, p. 1-3
Table 12.59 - Dimensions of 90-Degree Elbows and Specifications for Aluminum Alloy
Weights of Nipples per Hundred Tube and Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15
Table 12.60 - Standard Tolerances Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1
Table 12.61 - Identification
Some general comments on the applicability and methods Typical Heat Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.4, p. 3-12
for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17
p. 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For pipe, it is Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-1
appropriate to note that these published tolerance limits Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2
represent industry standards that are agreed to and capable Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2
of being met by all members of the industry. Thus they Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5
represent the maximum tolerances that can be provided Ultrasonic Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5
by any producer; in no case should tolerance ranges larger Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-7
than these values be provided. Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-10
In some cases, substantially tighter limits (i.e., smaller Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-11
ranges of thickness, width and/or length) may be obtained Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12
from individual producers upon special order. In this re- Certification Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12
gard, for example, it is broadly understood in the industry Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-16
that it may be possible to order product from many suppli-
ers to dimensional tolerances that are one-half those in the Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 5-1
limit tables.
Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
For additional information of specific tolerance ranges Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
available, contact producers directly. Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-2
Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1

Chemical Composition Limits
Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits . . . . . . . Table 6.3, p. 6-7

Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion
Resistant Tempers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.4, p. 6-7
Location for Electrical Conductivity
Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.5, p. 6-9
Corrosion resistance Test Criteria . . . Table 6.7, p. 6-10
12-2 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,

mechanical properties/extruded tube
TABLE 12.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Extruded Tube
WALL AREA ELONGATION W
ALLOY THICKNESS Q mm2 percent min
AND TEMPER mm ULTIMATE YIELD
over thru over thru min. max. min. max. 50 mm 5D (5.65 )

1060
1060-O All All 60 95 15 .. 25 22
1060-H112 All All 60 .. 15 .. 25 22
1100
1100-O All All 75 105 20 .. 25 22
1100-H112 All All 75 .. 20 .. 25 22
2014
2014-O All All .. 205 .. 125 12 10
2014-T4, T4510 R and All All 345 .. 240 .. 12 10
T4511 R
2014-T42 E T All All 345 .. 200 .. 12
.. 12.50 All 415 .. 365 .. 7 6
2014-T6, T6510 R and 12.50 18.00 All 440 .. 400 .. .. 6
T6511 R 18.00 .. .. 16 000 470 .. 415 .. .. 6
18.00 .. 16 000 20 000 470 .. 400 .. .. 5
.. 18.00 All 415 .. 365 .. 7 6
2014-T62 E T 18.00 .. .. 16 000 415 .. 365 .. .. 6
18.00 .. 16 000 20 000 415 .. 365 .. .. 5
2024
2024-O All All .. 240 .. 130 12 10
.. 6.30 All 395 .. 290 .. 10 ..
6.30 18.00 All 415 .. 305 .. 10 9
2024-T3, T3510 R and
18.00 35.00 All 450 .. 315 .. .. 9
T3511 R
35.00 .. .. 16 000 485 .. 330 .. .. 9
35.00 .. 16 000 20 000 470 .. 315 .. .. 7
.. 18.00 All 395 .. 260 .. 12 10
18.00 35.00 All 395 .. 260 .. .. 9
2024-T42 E T
35.00 .. .. 16 000 395 .. 260 .. .. 9
35.00 .. 16 000 20 000 395 .. 260 .. .. 7
2024-T81, T8510 R and 1.20 6.30 All 440 .. 385 .. 4 ..
T8511 R 6.30 35.00 All 455 .. 400 .. 5 4
35.00 .. .. 20 000 455 .. 400 .. .. 4
2219
2219-O All All .. 220 .. 125 12 10
2219-T31, T3510 R and .. 12.50 .. 16 000 290 .. 180 .. 14 12
T3511 R 12.50 80.00 .. 16 000 310 .. 185 .. .. 12
.. 25.00 .. 16 000 370 .. 250 .. 6 5
2219-T62 E T
25.00 .. .. 20 000 370 .. 250 .. .. 5
2219-T81, T8510 R, and .. 80.00 .. 16 000 400 .. 290 .. 6 5
T8511 R
3003
3003-O All All 95 130 35 .. 25 22
3003-H112 All All 95 .. 35 .. 25 22
ALCLAD 3003
ALCLAD 3003-O All All 90 125 30 .. 25 22
ALCLAD 3003-H112 All All 90 .. 30 .. 25 22
3004
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3004-O All All 160 200 60 .. ..
May, 2009 12-3

extruded tube/mechanical properties
TABLE 12.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Extruded Tube (continued)

5083
5083-O All .. 20 000 270 350 110 .. 14 12
5083-H111 All .. 20 000 275 .. 165 .. 12 10
5083-H112 All .. 20 000 270 .. 110 .. 12 10
5086
5086-O All .. 20 000 240 315 95 .. 14 12
5086-H111 All .. 20 000 250 .. 145 .. 12 10
5086-H112 All .. 20 000 240 .. 95 .. 12 10
5154
5154-O All All 205 285 75 .. .. ..
5154-H112 All All 205 .. 75 .. .. ..
5454
5454-O All .. 20 000 215 285 85 .. 14 12
5454-H111 All .. 20 000 230 .. 130 .. 12 10
5454-H112 All .. 20 000 215 .. 85 .. 12 10
6005
6005-T1 .. 12.50 All 170 .. 105 .. 16 14
.. 3.20 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
6005-T5 3.20 25.00 All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6005A
6005A-T1 .. 6.30 All 170 .. 100 .. 15 ..
6005A-T5 .. 6.30 All 260 .. 215 .. 7 ..
6.30 25.00 All 260 .. 215 .. 9 8
6005A-T61 .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
6.30 25.00 All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6061
6061-O All All .. 150 .. 110 16 14
6061-T1 .. 16.00 All 180 .. 95 .. 16 14
6061-T4, T4510 R and All All 180 .. 110 .. 16 14
T4511 R
6061-T42 E T All All 180 .. 85 .. 16 14
6061-T51 .. 16.00 All 240 .. 205 .. 8 7
6061-T6, T62 E T, .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
T6510 R and T6511 R 6.30 .. All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6063
6063-O All All .. 130 .. .. 18 16
.. 12.50 All 115 .. 60 .. 12 10
6063-T1
12.50 25.00 All 110 .. 55 .. .. 10
.. 12.50 All 130 .. 70 .. 14 12
6063-T4 and T42 E T
12.50 25.00 All 125 .. 60 .. .. 12
.. 12.50 All 150 .. 110 .. 8 7
6063-T5
12.50 25.00 All 145 .. 105 .. .. 7
6063-T52 U .. 25.00 All 150 205 110 170 8 7
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
.. 3.20 All 205 .. 170 .. 8 ..

6063-T6 and T62 E T
3.20 25.00 All 205 .. 170 .. 10 9
6066
6066-O All All .. 200 .. 125 16 14
6066-T4, T4510 R, and All All 275 .. 170 .. 14 12
T4511 R All All
6066-T42 E T 275 .. 165 .. 14 12
6066-T6, T6510 R and All All 345 .. 310 .. 8 7
T6511 R
6066-T62 E T All All 345 .. 290 .. 8 7
6070
6070-T6 and T62 E T .. 80.00 .. 20 000 330 .. 310 .. 6 5
12-4 May, 2009

mechanical properties/extruded tube
TABLE 12.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Extruded Tube (concluded)

6082
6082-T6 5.00. 25.00 All 310 .. 260 .. 8 10
6105
6105-T1 .. 12.50 All 170 .. 105 .. 16 14
6105-T5 .. 12.50 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 7
6162
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6162-T5, T5510 R and .. 25.00 All 255 .. 235 .. 7 6
T5511 R
6162-T6, T6510 R and .. 6.30 All 260 .. 240 .. 8 ..
T6511 R 6.30 12.50 All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
6262
6262-T6, T62 E T, All All 260 .. 240 .. 10 9
T6510 R and T6511 R
6351
6351-T4 .. 20.00 All 220 .. 130 .. 16 14
6351-T6 .. 3.20 All 290 .. 255 .. 8 ..
3.20 20.00 All 290 .. 255 .. 10 9
7075
7075-O All All .. 275 .. 165 10 9
.. 6.30 All 540 .. 485 .. 7 ..
7075-T6, T62 E T,
6.30 12.50 All 560 .. 505 .. 7 6
T6510 R and T6511 R
12.50 70.00 All 560 .. 495 .. .. 6
1.60 6.30 All 470 .. 400 .. 7 ..
7075-T73 Y, T73510 R Y
6.30 35.00 .. 16 000 485 .. 420 .. 8 7
and T73511 R Y
35.00 70.00 .. 16 000 475 .. 405 .. .. 7

Q The thickness of the cross-section from which the tension test specimen R For stress-relieved tempers the characteristics and properties other than
is taken determines the applicable mechanical properties. The data base those specified may differ somewhat from the corresponding characteristics
and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits are established and properties of material in the basic temper.
are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” T This temper is not available from the material producer.
Y Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
W Elongations in 50 mm apply to tube tested in full section and to sheet-type
specimens taken from tube having either a flat or a curved wall up through
75 percent of the specified minimum yield strength, will exhibit no evidence
12.50 mm thick. Elongation in 5D (5.65 ), where D and A are the diam-
of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress cor-
eter and cross-sectional area, respectively, apply to round test specimens
rosion is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample
machined from wall thicknesses over 6.30 mm. For further information see
pages 4-1 to 4-5.
E These properties can usually be obtained by the user when the material is 6-7 through 6-10.
U 6063-T52 is a producer temper and is an exception to ANSI H35.1/
properly solution heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated from
H35.1(M) paragraphs A2.2 Temper Designation for Purchaser/User Heat
the O (annealed) or F (as fabricated) temper. These properties also apply
-Treatment, A2.3 Temper Designations for Producer/Supplier Demonstra-
to samples of material in the O or F tempers that are solution heat treated
tion of Response to Temper Conversion and A2.4 Temper Designation for
and precipitation treated by the producer to determine that the material will
Purchaser/User Heat-Treatment.
respond to proper heat treatment. Properties attained by the user, however,
may be lower than those listed if the material has been formed or otherwise
cold or hot worked, particularly in the annealed temper, prior to solution
heat treatment.
May, 2009 12-5

extruded tube/standard tolerances
TABLE 12.2 Diameter—Round Tube
EXCEPT FOR T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510 AND T8510 TEMPERS U
TOLERANCE W—mm plus and minus

ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN DIAMETER E ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF DIAMETER AT ANY POINT
FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER (Size) FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER R
SPECIFIED
DIAMETER Q
mm
Difference between ½ (AA+BB)

and specified diameter Difference between AA or BB and specified diameter
Col. 1 Col. 2 Col. 3
5xxx4.0 5xxx4.0
over thru Other Alloys Other Alloys
nominal Mg r nominal Mg r
12.50 25.00 0.38 0.25 0.76 0.50
25.00 50.00 0.46 0.30 0.96 0.64
50.00 100.00 0.58 0.38 1.15 0.76
100.00 150.00 0.96 0.64 1.90 1.25
150.00 200.00 1.35 0.88 2.85 1.90
200.00 250.00 1.75 1.15 3.80 2.55
250.00 300.00 2.10 1.40 4.80 3.20
300.00 350.00 2.50 1.65 5.70 3.80
350.00 400.00 2.85 1.90 6.70 4.45
400.00 450.00 3.25 2.15 7.60 5.10
TABLE 12.3 Width and Depth—Square, Rectangular, Hexagonal and Octagonal Tube
EXCEPT FOR T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510 AND T8510 TEMPERS U

ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WIDTH OR DEPTH ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WIDTH OR DEPTH
AT CORNERS FROM SPECIFIED WIDTH OR NOT AT CORNERS FROM SPECIFIED WIDTH OR DEPTH R
DEPTH
SPECIFIED
WIDTH
OR
DEPTH
mm
Difference between AA and specified

Difference between AA and specified width or depth width, depth, or distance across flats
SQUARE
SQUARE, RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR
HEXAGONAL, OCTAGONAL
Col. 1 Col. 2 Col. 3 Col. 4
5xxx4.0 Other 5xxx4.0 Other All
over thru
nominal Mg r Alloys nominal Mg r Alloys Alloys
12.50 20.00 0.46 0.30 0.76 0.50
20.00 25.00 0.54 0.36 0.76 0.50 The tolerance for the width is the
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
25.00 50.00 0.68 0.46 0.96 0.64 value in the previous column for
50.00 100.00 0.96 0.64 1.35 0.88 a dimension equal to the depth,
100.00 130.00 1.35 0.88 1.75 1.15 and conversely, but in no case
is the tolerance less than at the
130.00 150.00 1.75 1.15 2.10 1.40
corners.
150.00 180.00 2.10 1.40 2.50 1.65
180.00 200.00 2.50 1.65 2.75 1.90
Example: The width tolerance of
200.00 230.00 2.85 1.90 3.10 2.15
a 25 75 mm alloy 6061 rectan-
230.00 250.00 3.25 2.15 3.65 2.40
gular tube is ±0.50 mm and the
250.00 280.00 3.65 2.40 4.00 2.65 depth tolerance ±0.88 mm.
280.00 330.00 4.00 2.65 4.40 2.90
12-6 May, 2009

standard tolerances/extruded tube
TABLE 12.4 Wall Thickness—Round Extruded Tube
TOLERANCE Q W—mm plus and minus
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN WALL THICKNESS T FROM ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF
SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS WALL THICKNESS AT ANY
POINT
FROM MEAN
SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS T
WALL (Eccentricity)
THICKNESS Y
mm
Difference between ½ (AA + BB) and specified wall thickness

OUTSIDE DIAMETER—mm Difference between
AA and mean
thru 30 over 30 thru 80 over 80 thru 130 over 130 wall thickness
Col. 1 Col. 2 Col. 3 Col. 4 Col. 5 Col. 6
5xxx 5xxx 5xxx 5xxx
4.0 Other 4.0 Other 4.0 Other 4.0 Other
over thru All Alloys
nominal Alloys nominal Alloys nominal Alloys nominal Alloys
Mg r Mg r Mg r Mg r
.. 1.20 0.23 0.15 .. .. .. .. .. ..
1.20 1.60 0.28 0.18 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.20 0.38 0.25 Plus and
1.60 2.00 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.20 0.36 0.23 0.46 0.35 minus
2.00 3.20 0.36 0.23 0.36 0.23 0.38 0.25 0.58 0.38 10% of
3.20 6.30 0.36 0.23 0.36 0.23 0.50 0.33 0.76 0.50 mean
6.30 10.00 0.43 0.28 0.43 0.28 0.60 0.41 0.96 0.64 wall
10.00 12.50 .. .. 0.58 0.38 0.80 0.54 1.35 0.88 thickness
12.50 20.00 .. .. 0.76 0.50 1.05 0.72 1.75 1.15
20.00 25.00 .. .. .. .. 1.35 0.88 2.10 1.40 max ±1.50
25.00 35.00 .. .. .. .. 1.75 1.15 2.50 1.65 min ±0.25
35.00 50.00 .. .. .. .. .. .. 2.85 1.90
50.00 60.00 .. .. .. .. .. .. 3.25 2.15
60.00 80.00 .. .. .. .. .. .. 3.65 2.40
±3.00
80.00 90.00 .. .. .. .. .. .. 4.00 2.65
90.00 100.00 .. .. .. .. .. .. 4.40 2.90
TABLE 12.5 Wall Thickness—Other–Than–Round Extruded Tube

ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN WALL ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WALL THICKNESS
THICKNESS T FROM SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS AT ANY POINT FROM MEAN WALL
THICKNESS T (Eccentricity)
SPECIFIED
WALL
THICKNESS Y
mm
Difference between ½ (AA + BB) and specified wall thickness Difference between AA and mean wall thickness
CIRCUMSCRIBING CIRCLE DIAMETER P—mm
thru 130 over 130 thru 130 over 130
Col. 1 Col. 2 Col. 3 Col. 4 Col. 5
5xxx4.0 Other 5xxx4.0 Other All All
over thru
nominal Mg r Alloys nominal Mg r Alloys Alloys Alloys
.. 1.20 0.20 0.13 0.30 0.20 0.13
1.20 1.60 0.23 0.15 0.36 0.23 0.18 Plus and
1.60 3.20 0.28 0.18 0.38 0.25 0.25 minus
3.20 6.30 0.30 0.20 0.58 0.38 0.38 10% of
6.30 10.00 0.43 0.28 0.76 0.50 0.64 mean
wall
10.00 12.50 0.52 0.36 1.15 0.76 0.76 thickness
12.50 20.00 0.96 0.64 1.50 1.00 1.00
20.00 25.00 1.35 0.90 1.90 1.25 1.25 max ±1.50
25.00 35.00 1.75 1.15 2.30 1.50 1.50 min ±0.25
35.00 50.00 .. .. 2.65 1.80 ..
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

12-7
extruded tube/standard tolerances
TABLE 12.6 Length—Extruded Tube
TOLERANCE—mm plus excepted as noted
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED LENGTH
SPECIFIED OUTSIDE
DIAMETER OR WIDTH STRAIGHT COILED
mm
Over Over Over Over
Up Up
5 000 10 000 Over 30 000 75 000 Over
thru thru
thru thru 15 000 thru thru 150 000
5 000 30 000
over thru 10 000 15 000 75 000 150 000
12.50 35.00 4 7 10 25 +5%, –0% ±10% ±15% ±20%
35.00 70.00 4 7 10 25 .. .. .. ..
70.00 200.00 6 9 11 25 .. .. .. ..
200.00 .. 7 10 13 25 .. .. .. ..
TABLE 12.7 Twist {—Other-than-Round Tube

TOLERANCE O—Degrees
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
WIDTH THICKNESS
TEMPER mm mm
Y (max.) in degrees
Allowable deviation from straight, y(max),

over thru over thru chord segment of the total length
All except O, 12.50 40.00 All 3°/m but not greater than 7°
TX510, TX511 I 40.00 80.00 All 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
80.00 .. All 1°/m but not greater than 3°
O, TX510 I 12.50 .. 2.5 .. U
TX511 I 12.50 40.00 2.5 .. 3°/m but not greater than 7°
40.00 80.00 2.5 .. 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
TABLE 12.8 Straightness—Extruded Tube in TABLE 12.9 Flatness (Flat Surfaces)—Extruded

Straight Lengths Tube
TOLERANCE O }—mm EXCEPT FOR O, T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510 AND T8510
TEMPERS U
TOLERANCE—in.
SPECIFIED mm
TEMPER
MINIMUM THICKNESS
OF METAL FORMING
Allowable deviation from straight, THE SURFACE
D(max), in total length or in any mm
300 mm or longer chord segment
over thru of the total length
Maximum Allowable Deviation Y
All except O, 12.50 150.00 1 mm/m WIDTH (W) UP THRU WIDTH (W)
TX510 U I 150.00 .. 2 mm/m 25 mm OR ANY OVER
O, TX510 I 12.50 .. U 25 mm INCREMENT 25 THRU
over thru OF WIDER SURFACES 120 mm
.. 5.00 0.15 0.006 ⋅ W (mm)
5.00 .. 0.10 0.004 ⋅ W (mm)
12-8 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
standard tolerances/extruded tube
TABLE 12.10 Squareness of Cut Ends— TABLE 12.13 Surface Roughness w t—
Extruded Tube Extruded Tube
Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree. Specified Specified
Outside Wall Allowable
Diameter Thickness Depth of
mm mm Conditions q
mm, max.
TABLE 12.11 Corner and Fillet Radii over thru over thru
TOLERANCE—mm .. 1.60 0.07

1.60 3.20 0.08
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION 3.20 5.00 0.09
FROM SPECIFIED .. 325.00
5.00 6.30 0.10
RADIUS 6.30 12.50 0.13
12.50 .. 0.20
.. 12.50 0.25
SPECIFIED RADIUS y 325.00 400.00
12.50 .. 0.30
mm
500.00 .. 12.50 0.30
400.00
12.50 .. 0.40
.. .. 12.50 0.40
500.00
12.50 .. 0.50
Difference between radius A

over thru and specified radius TABLE 12.14 Dents e—Extruded Tube
Sharp corners +0.5 Depth of dents shall not exceed twice the tolerances specified in Table 12.2
0.50 5.00 ±0.5 for diameter at any point from specified diameter, except for tube having a
5.00 .. ±10% wall thickness less than 2.5 percent of the outside diameter, in which case
the following multipliers apply:
2% to 2.5% exclusive—2.5 ⋅ tolerance (max.)

1.5% to 2% exclusive—3.0 ⋅ tolerance (max.)
TABLE 12.12 Angularity—Extruded Tube 1% to 1.5% exclusive—4.0 ⋅ tolerance (max.)
Allowable deviation from square: ±2 degrees.

Q When outside diameter, inside diameter, and wall thickness (or their any point along its length measuring the maximum distance between the bot-
equivalent dimensions in other than round tube) are all specified, standard tom surface of the section and the flat surface. From this measurement, the
tolerances are applicable to any two of these dimensions, but not to all three. actual deviation from straightness of the section at that point is subtracted.
When both outside and inside diameters or inside diameter and wall thick- The remainder is the twist. To convert the standard twist tolerance (degrees)
ness are specified, the tolerance applicable to the specified or calculated to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard tolerance is multiplied
O.D. dimension shall also apply to the I.D. dimension. by the width of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. The follow-
W When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral ing values are used to convert angular tolerance to linear deviation:
tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applied to the Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
tolerance for the dimension under consideration.
0.25 0.004
E Mean diameter is the average of two diameter measurements taken at
0.5 0.009
right angles to each other at any point along the length.
1 0.017
R Not applicable in the annealed (O) temper of if wall thickness is less than
1.5 0.026
2.5 percent of outside diameter of a circle having a circumference equal to
3 0.052
the perimeter of the tube.
5 0.087
T The mean wall thickness of round tube is the average of two measure-
7 0.122
ments taken opposite each other. The mean wall thickness of other-than-
9 0.156
round tube is the average of two measurements taken opposite each other
15 0.259
at approximate center line of tube and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
21 0.358
of the cross section.
Y When dimensions specified are outside and inside, rather than wall thick-
ness itself, allowable deviation at any point (eccentricity) applies to mean } Tolerances not applicable to TX510, or TX511 temper tube having a wall
wall thickness. thickness less than 2.5 mm.
U Tolerances for O, T3510, T4510, T6510, T73510, T76510 and T8510 q Conditions include die lines, mandrel lines and handling marks.
tempers shall be as agreed upon between purchaser and vendor at the time w For tube over 325 mm O.D. the 2000 and 7000 series alloys and 5000 series
the contract or order is entered. alloys with nominal magnesium content of 3 percent or more are excluded.
I TX510 and TX511 are general designations for the following stress- e Not applicable to O temper tube.
relieved tempers: T3510, T4510, T6510, T8510, T73510, T76510; and r Tolerances apply to 5xxx alloys with 4.0% Mg.
T3511, T4511, T6511, T8511, T73511, T76511, respectively. t Not applicable to 2219 alloy tube. Most tubes in 2219 alloy will have die
O When mass of piece on flat surface minimizes deviation. lines about twice the depth shown in the table; however, for each tube size
P The circumscribing circle diameter is the diameter of the smallest circle the supplier should be contacted for the roughness value to apply.
that will completely enclose the cross section of the extruded product. y If unspecified, the radius shall be 1 mm maximum including tolerances.
{ Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and at
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

12-9
extruded coiled tube/properties and tolerances
Application A blank determination is made on the measured
Extruded round coiled tube is produced by bridge or quantity of solvent, and the gain in mass for the blank
porthole die extrusion methods and is intended for is subtracted from the weight of the residue sample.
general purpose applications such as refrigeration The corrected mass is then calculated in grams of
units, oil lines and instrument lines. residue per internal area of tube.
Note: The quantity of solvent used for the blank run
is the same as that used for the actual examination of
Internal Cleanliness the tube sample. The sample is prepared so that there
The tube shall be capable of meeting an inside clean- is no inclusion of chips, dust, and so forth, resulting
liness requirement of no more residue than 0.02 g/m2 from the sample preparation.
of internal surface when tested in accordance with
the following paragraph. Tube ends are sealed by
crimping or by other suitable means to maintain Leak Test
cleanliness during shipping and storage. The tube is capable of withstanding an internal air
Test Method—A measured quantity of solvent (125 ml pressure of 1700 kPa with no evidence of leakage, or
minimum of inhibited 1,1,1 trichloroethane, trichloro- pressure loss.
ethylene or equal) is pumped or aspirated through a test
sample of tube into the flask. The test sample shall have
a minimum internal area of 0.240 m2 except that no
Formability
more than 15 m. of length shall be required. The solvent The tube ends are capable of being expanded by forcing
is then transferred to a preweighed container such as a steel pin having an included angle of 60 degrees into
a crucible, evaporating dish or beaker, and completely them until the outside diameter is increased 40 percent.
evaporated on a low temperature hot plate. After The expansion shall not cause cracks, ruptures or other
solvent evaporation the container is dried in a furnace defects visible to the unaided eye.
or over for at least 10 minutes at 100–110°C, cooled in
a desiccator, then weighed.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12-10 May, 2009

properties and tolerances/extruded coiled tube
TABLE 12.15 Mechanical Property Limits Q E—Extruded Coiled Tube
SPECIFIED ELONGATION
ALLOY WALL percent min. in 50 mm
AND TEMPER W THICKNESS ULTIMATE YIELD FULL-SECTION
mm min. max. min. SPECIMEN
1050–H112 0.80 thru 1.30 60 100 15 25
1100–H112 0.80 thru 1.30 75 115 20 25
1200–H112 0.80 thru 1.30 70 110 20 25
1235–H112 0.80 thru 1.30 60 105 20 25
3003–H112 0.80 thru 1.30 95 140 35 25
Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits E Processes such as flattening, leveling or straightening coiled products
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” subsequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical properties
W Also available in F (as extruded temper), for which no mechanical properties of the metal (refer to Certification Documentation, Section 4).
are specified or guaranteed.
TABLE 12.16 Outside Diameter—Extruded Coiled Tube

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE—mm plus and minus

OUTSIDE DIAMETER ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF DIAMETER
mm DIAMETER FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER AT ANY POINT FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER
6.00 thru 16.00 0.10 0.15
TABLE 12.17 Wall Thickness—Extruded Coiled Tube

SPECIFIED WALL
THICKNESS ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN WALL ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WALL THICKNESS
mm THICKNESS FROM SPECIFIED WALL AT ANY POINT FROM SPECIFIED WALL
THICKNESS THICKNESS
0.80 thru 1.30 0.08 0.10
TABLE 12.18 Coil Length Q—Extruded Coiled Tube

PERCENT OF COILS IN SHIPMENT RANGE OF LENGTH
70 min. 80 to 120 percent of nominal
30 max. 60 to 80 percent of nominal
Q Coil size shall be as agreed upon between supplier and purchaser.
May, 2009 12-11

drawn tube/mechanical properties
TABLE 12.19 Mechanical Property Limits Q U—Drawn Tube
SPECIFIED ELONGATION W
WALL percent minimum
ALLOY THICKNESS
AND TEMPER mm ULTIMATE YIELD CUT-OUT SPECIMEN R
FULL-SECTION
SPECIMEN E
over thru min. max. min. max. 50 mm 5D (5.65 )
1060 T
1060-O 0.25 12.50 60 95 15 .. .. .. ..
1060-H12 0.25 12.50 70 .. 30 .. .. .. ..
1060-H14 0.25 12.50 85 .. 70 .. .. .. ..
1060-H18 0.25 12.50 110 .. 90 .. .. .. ..
1060-H113 { 0.25 12.50 60 .. 15 .. .. .. ..
1100 T
1100-O 0.32 12.50 75 105 25 .. .. .. ..
1100-H12 0.32 12.50 95 .. 75 .. .. .. ..
1100-H14 0.32 12.50 110 .. 95 .. .. .. ..
1100-H16 0.32 12.50 130 .. 115 .. .. .. ..
1100-H18 0.32 12.50 150 .. 140 .. .. .. ..
1100-H113 { 0.32 12.50 75 .. 25 .. .. .. ..
2011
0.45 1.20 325 .. 275 .. .. .. ..
2011-T3
1.20 12.50 325 .. 275 .. 10 8 7
0.45 1.2. 305 .. 170 .. .. .. ..
2011-T4511 1.20 6.30 305 .. 170 .. 20 18 ..
6.30 12.50 305 .. 170 .. 20 20 18
2011-T8 0.45 12.50 400 .. 315 .. 10 8 7
2014
2014-O 0.45 12.50 .. 220 .. 110 .. .. ..
0.45 0.63 370 .. 205 .. 10 .. ..
0.63 1.20 370 .. 205 .. 12 10 ..
2014-T4 and T42 Y I
1.20 6.30 370 .. 205 .. 14 10 ..
6.30 12.50 370 .. 205 .. 16 12 10
0.45 0.63 450 .. 380 .. 7 .. ..
0.63 1.20 450 .. 380 .. 7 6 ..
2014-T6 and T62 Y I
1.20 6.30 450 .. 380 .. 8 7 ..
6.30 12.50 450 .. 380 .. 9 8 7
2024
2024-O 0.45 12.50 .. 220 .. 100 .. .. ..
0.45 0.63 440 .. 290 .. 10 .. ..
0.63 1.20 440 .. 290 .. 12 10 ..
2024-T3
1.20 6.30 440 .. 290 .. 14 10 ..
6.30 12.50 440 .. 290 .. 16 12 10
0.45 0.63 440 .. 275 .. 10 .. ..
0.63 1.20 440 .. 275 .. 12 10 ..
2024-T42 Y I
1.20 6.30 440 .. 275 .. 14 10 ..
6.30 12.50 440 .. 275 .. 16 12 10
3003 T
0.25 0.63 95 130 35 .. .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 95 130 35 .. 30 20 ..
3003-O
1.20 6.30 95 130 35 .. 35 25 ..
6.30 12.50 95 130 35 .. .. 30 27
3003-H12 0.25 12.50 120 .. 85 .. .. .. ..
0.25 0.63 140 .. 115 .. 3 .. ..
0.63 1.20 140 .. 115 .. 5 3 ..
3003-H14
1.20 6.30 140 .. 115 .. 8 4 ..
6.30 12.50 140 .. 115 .. .. .. ..
0.25 0.63 165 .. 145 .. .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 165 .. 145 .. 3 2 ..
3003-H16
1.20 6.30 165 .. 145 .. 5 4 ..
6.30 12.50 165 .. 145 .. .. .. ..
0.25 0.63 185 .. 165 .. 2 .. ..
0.63 1.20 185 .. 165 .. 3 2 ..
3003-H18
1.20 6.30 185 .. 165 .. 5 3 ..
6.30 12.50 185 .. 165 .. .. .. ..
3003-H113 { 0.25 12.50 95 .. 35 .. .. .. ..
12-12 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````

mechanical properties/drawn tube
TABLE 12.19 Mechanical Property Limits Q U—Drawn Tube (continued)
ALLOY THICKNESS
FULL-SECTION
SPECIMEN E
ALCLAD 3003 T
0.25 0.63 90 125 30 .. .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 90 125 30 .. 30 20 ..
Alclad 3003-O
1.20 6.30 90 125 30 .. 35 25 ..
6.30 12.50 90 125 30 .. .. 30 27
0.25 0.63 135 .. 110 .. .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 135 .. 110 .. 5 3 ..
Alclad 3003-H14
1.20 6.30 135 .. 110 .. 8 4 ..
6.30 12.50 135 .. 110 .. .. .. ..
Alclad 3003-H18 0.25 12.20 180 .. 160 .. .. .. ..
Alclad 3003-H113 { 0.25 12.50 90 .. 30 .. .. .. ..
3004 T
3004-O 0.45 11.50 160 200 60 .. .. .. ..
3004-H34 0.45 11.50 220 .. 170 .. .. .. ..
3004-H36 0.45 11.50 240 .. 190 .. .. .. ..
3004-H38 0.45 11.50 260 .. 205 .. .. .. ..
5050 T
5050-O 0.25 12.50 125 165 40 .. .. .. ..
5050-H32 0.25 12.50 150 .. 110 .. .. .. ..
5050-H34 0.25 12.50 170 .. 140 .. .. .. ..
5050-H36 0.25 12.50 185 .. 150 .. .. .. ..
5050-H38 0.25 12.50 200 .. 165 .. .. .. ..
5052 T
5052-O 0.25 11.50 170 240 70 U .. .. .. ..
5052-H2 0.25 11.50 215 .. 160 U .. .. .. ..
5052-H34 0.25 11.50 235 .. 180 U .. .. .. ..
5052-H36 0.25 11.50 255 .. 200 U .. .. .. ..
5052-H38 0.25 11.50 270 .. 215 U .. .. .. ..
5086 T
5086-O 0.25 11.50 240 315 95 .. .. .. ..
5086-H32 0.25 11.50 275 .. 195 .. .. .. ..
5086-H34 0.25 11.50 300 .. 235 .. .. .. ..
5086-H36 0.25 11.50 325 .. 260 .. .. .. ..
5154 T
5154-O 0.25 12.50 205 285 75 .. 10 10 9
5154-H34 0.25 12.50 270 .. 200 .. 5 5 4
5154-H38 0.25 6.30 310 .. 235 .. .. .. ..
6061
6061-O 0.45 12.50 .. 150 .. 95 15 15 13
0.63 1.20 205 .. 110 .. 16 14 ..
6061-T4 1.20 6.30 205 .. 110 .. 18 16 ..
6.30 12.50 205 .. 110 .. 20 18 16
0.63 1.20 205 .. 95 .. 16 14 ..
6061-T42 Y I 1.20 6.30 205 .. 95 .. 18 16 ..
6.30 12.50 205 .. 95 .. 20 18 16
0.63 1.20 290 .. 240 .. 10 8 ..
6061-T6 and T62 Y I 1.20 6.30 290 .. 240 .. 12 10 ..
6.30 12.50 290 .. 240 .. 14 12 10
6063
6063-O 0.45 12.50 .. 130 .. .. .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 150 .. 70 .. 16 14 ..
6063-T4 and T42 Y I 1.20 6.30 150 .. 70 .. 18 16 ..
6.30 12.50 150 .. 70 .. 20 18 16
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 12-13

drawn tube/mechanical properties
TABLE 12.19 Mechanical Property Limits Q U—Drawn Tube (concluded)
ALLOY THICKNESS
FULL-SECTION
SPECIMEN E
6063 (Continued)
0.63 1.20 230 .. 195 .. 12 8 ..
6063-T6 and T62 Y I 1.20 6.30 230 .. 195 .. 14 10 ..
6.30 12.50 230 .. 195 .. 16 12 10
6063-T83 0.63 6.30 230 .. 205 .. 5 .. ..
6063-T831 0.63 6.30 195 .. 170 .. 5 .. ..
0.63 1.20 285 .. 250 .. 8 5 ..
6063-T832
1.20 6.30 275 .. 240 .. 8 5 ..
6066
6066-O 0.45 12.50 .. 195 .. 125 16 16 14
6066-T4 and T42 Y I 0.63 12.50 275 .. 170 .. 14 12 10
0.63 1.20 345 .. 310 .. 8 8 ..
6066-T6 and T62 Y I
1.20 12.20 345 .. 310 .. 10 8 7
6262
0.63 1.20 290 .. 240 .. 10 8 ..
6262-T6 and T62 Y I 1.20 6.30 290 .. 240 .. 12 10 ..
6.30 12.50 290 .. 240 .. 14 12 10
6262-T9 0.63 10.00 330 .. 305 .. 5 4 3
7075
0.63 1.20 .. 275 .. 145 O 10 8 ..
7075-O
1.20 12.50 .. 275 .. 145 O 12 10 9
0.63 6.30 530 .. 455 .. 8 7 ..
7075-T6 and T62 Y I
6.30 12.50 530 .. 455 .. 9 8 7
0.63 6.30 455 .. 385 .. 10 8 ..
7075-T73 P
6.30 12.50 455 .. 385 .. 12 10 9

Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits treated or solution and precipitation treated by the producer to determine
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” that the material will respond to proper heat treatment. Properties attained
W Elongations in 50 mm apply to tube tested in full section and to sheet-type by the user, however, may be lower than those listed if the material has been
specimens taken from tube having either a flat or a curved wall up through formed or otherwise cold or hot worked, particularly in the annealed temper,
12.50 mm thick. Elongation in 5D (5.65 ), where D and A are the diam- prior to solution heat treatment.
eter and cross-sectional area, respectively, apply to round test specimens U Processes such as flattening, levelling or straightening coiled products
machined from wall thicknesses over 6.30 mm. For further information see subsequent to shipment by the producer may alter the mechanical proper-
pages 4-1 to 4-5. ties of the metal (refer to Certification Documentation, Section 4).
E Round tube through 50 mm in outside diameter and square tube through I This temper is not available from the material producer.
35 mm on a side are tested in full section unless the limitations of the testing O Applicable only to round tube. The maximum yield strength for other-than-
machine preclude the use of such a specimen. round tube shall be negotiated.
R For round tube over 50 mm in diameter, for square tube over 35 mm on a P Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
side, for all sizes of tube other than round or square, or in those cases when dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of
a full-section specimen cannot be used, a cut-out specimen is used. 75 percent of the specified minimum yield strength will exhibit no evidence
T In this alloy, tube other than round is produced only in the O, F and H113 of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress cor-
tempers. Properties for the F temper are not specified or guaranteed. rosion is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in
Y These properties can usually be obtained by the user when the material accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on page 6-7
is properly solution heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated to 6.10.
from the O (annealed) or F (as fabricated) temper. These properties also { This temper applies to other than round tube that is fabricated from the
apply to samples of material in the O or F tempers, which are solution heat annealed round tube.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12-14 May, 2009

standard tolerances/drawn tube
TABLE 12.20 Diameter—Drawn Round Tube
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN DIAMETER E ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF DIAMETER AT ANY POINT
FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER (Size) FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER R
SPECIFIED DIAMETER
mm
Difference between AA or BB and specified diameter

NON-ANNEALED AND
HEAT-TREATED ANNEALED
over thru Difference between ½ (AA + BB) NON-HEAT-TREATED
TUBE T TUBE
and specified diameter TUBE
Col. 1 Col. 2 Col. 3 Col. 4 Col. 5
.. 12.50 0.08 0.08 0.16 0.48
12.50 25.00 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.60
25.00 50.00 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.75
50.00 80.00 0.15 0.15 0.30 0.90
80.00 130.00 0.20 0.20 0.41 1.20
130.00 150.00 0.25 0.25 0.50 1.50
150.00 200.00 0.38 0.38 0.76 2.25
200.00 250.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 3.00
250.00 300.00 0.64 0.64 1.25 3.75
TABLE 12.21 Width and Depth—Drawn Square, Rectangular, Hexagonal and Octagonal Tube
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WIDTH OR DEPTH ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WIDTH OR DEPTH
AT CORNERS FROM SPECIFIED WIDTH OR NOT AT CORNERS
DEPTH FROM SPECIFIED WIDTH OR DEPTH R U
SPECIFIED
WIDTH
OR
DEPTH Q
mm
Difference between AA and specified Difference between AA and specified

width or depth width, depth, or distance across flats
SQUARE,
SQUARE, RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR
HEXAGONAL, OCTAGONAL
.. 12.50 0.08 0.16
12.50 25.00 0.10 0.20
25.00 50.00 0.13 0.25 The tolerance for the width is the
50.00 80.00 0.15 0.30 value in Col. 3 for the dimension
80.00 130.00 0.20 0.41 equal to the depth, and conversely,
130.00 150.00 0.25 0.50 but in no case is the tolerance less
150.00 200.00 0.38 0.76 than at the corners. Y
200.00 250.00 0.50 1.00
250.00 300.00 0.64 1.25
Footnotes for Tables 12.20 and 12.21

Q When outside diameter, inside diameter, and wall thickness (or their R Not applicable to coiled tube or tube having a wall thickness less than
equivalent dimensions in other than round tube) are all specified, standard 2.5 percent of the specified outside diameter. The tolerance for tube with wall
tolerances are applicable to any two of these dimensions, but not to all three. thickness less than 2.5 percent of the specified outside diameter is determined
When both outside and inside diameters or inside diameter and wall thick- by multiplying the applicable tolerance in columns 3 thru 5 as follows:
ness are specified, the tolerance applicable to the specified or calculated 2% to 2.5% exclusive—1.5 ⋅ tolerance
O.D. dimension shall also apply to the I.D. dimension. 1.5% to 2% exclusive—2.0 ⋅ tolerance
W When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral 1% to 1.5% exclusive—3.0 ⋅ tolerance
tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the 0.5% to 1% exclusive—4.0 ⋅ tolerance
mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the T For the T8 tempers of 6063 the tolerance in Column 3 apply.
tolerance of the dimension under consideration. Y Example: The width tolerance of 25 ⋅ 75 mm rectangular tube is plus and
E Mean diameter is the average of two diameter measurements taken at minus 0.20 mm, and the depth tolerance is plus and minus 0.30 mm.
right angles to each other at the same longitudinal location on the tube. U Not applicable to annealed (O temper) tube.
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12-15
drawn tube/standard tolerances
TABLE 12.22 Diameter—Drawn Oval, Eliptical TABLE 12.23 Corner Radii—Drawn Tube
and Streamline Tube TOLERANCE—mm
TOLERANCE Q W—mm ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM

SPECIFIED RADIUS
LENGTH OF LENGTH OF
MAJOR AXIS, mm MAJOR AXIS, mm
EQUIVALENT
ROUND SPECIFIED U
DIAMETER T RADIUS
mm
mm
Difference between Difference between

AA and AA and
over thru specified length specified length
Difference between radius A and
.. 70.00 +1.00 –0.64 +0.64 –0.38 over thru specified radius
70.00 110.00 +1.25 –0.90 +0.90 –0.64
110.00 150.00 +1.80 –1.25 +1.40 –1.00 Sharp Corners +0.5
150.00 200.00 +2.55 –2.15 +2.05 –1.60 0.50 5.00 ±0.5
200.00 250.00 +4.05 –3.55 +2.90 –2.15 5.00 .. ±10%
TABLE 12.24 Wall Thickness—Drawn Round and Other-Than-Round Tube

ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN WALL ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WALL THICKNESS
THICKNESS E FROM SPECIFIED AT ANY POINT FROM SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS
WALL THICKNESS (Eccentricity)
ROUND, NON-HEAT-TREAT- ROUND, HEAT-TREATABLE ALLOYS AND
SPECIFIED ABLE ALLOYS Y
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
OTHER THAN ROUND, ALL ALLOYS

THICKNESS R
mm
Difference between ½(AA+BB) and

over thru specified wall thickness
0.23 0.80 0.05 0.05
0.80 1.20 0.08 0.08
1.20 2.00 0.10 0.10
2.00 3.20 0.13 0.15 Plus and minus 10% of specified
3.20 5.00 0.15 0.20 wall thickness, min ±0.08
5.00 8.00 0.20 0.30
8.00 10.00 0.38 0.50
10.00 12.50 0.50 0.76
Footnotes for Tables 12.22 Through 12.24

Q When outside diameter, inside diameter, and wall thickness (or their E The mean wall thickness of round tube is the average of two measure-
equivalent dimensions in other-than-round tube) are all specified, standard ments taken opposite each other. The mean wall thickness of other-than-
tolerances are applicable to any two of these dimensions, but not to all three. round tube is the average of two measurements taken opposite each other
When both outside and inside diameters or inside diameter and wall thick- at approximate center line of tube and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
ness are specified, the tolerance applicable to the specified or calculated of the cross section.
O.D. dimension shall also apply to the I.D. dimension. R When dimensions specified are outside and inside, rather than wall thick-
W When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral ness itself, allowable deviation at any point (eccentricity) is plus and minus
tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the 10 percent of the mean wall thickness but not less than ±0.08 mm.
mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the T Equivalent round diameter is the diameter of the circle having a circumfer-
tolerance for the dimension under consideration. ence equal to the perimeter of the tube.
Y For coiled tube, values in Column 4 apply.
U If unspecified, the radius shall be 1 mm maximum including tolerances.
12-16 May, 2009

standard tolerances/drawn tube
TABLE 12.25 Straightness—Drawn Tube TABLE 12.26 Twist R—Drawn Tube
TOLERANCE Q W—mm TOLERANCE Q W—Degree
SPECIFIED
OUTSIDE
SPECIFIED
DIAMETER
WIDTH
OR WIDTH
mm
mm
D(max)
Allowable deviation from straight, D(max), Y (max) in degrees
in total length or in any 300 mm or longer Allowable deviation from straight, y(max),
over thru chord segment of total length in total length or in any 300 mm or longer
.. 9.50 42 mm/m over thru chord segment of total length.
9.50 150.00 1 mm/m .. 40.00 3°/m but not greater than 7°
150.00 .. 2 mm/m 40.00 80.00 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
TABLE 12.27 Length—Drawn Tube

TOLERANCE—mm plus excepted as noted
SPECIFIED OUTSIDE
DIAMETER OR WIDTH STRAIGHT COILED
mm
Over Over Over Over
Up Up
5 000 10 000 Over 30 000 75 000 Over
thru thru
thru thru 15 000 thru thru 150 000
over thru 5 000 30 000
10 000 15 000 75 000 150 000
.. 6.30 7 10 13 .. +5%, –0% ±10% ±15% ±20%
6.30 35.00 4 7 10 25 +5%, –0% ±10% ±15% ±20%
35.00 70.00 4 7 10 25 .. .. .. ..
70.00 200.00 6 9 11 25 .. .. .. ..
200.00 .. 7 10 13 25 .. .. .. ..
TABLE 12.28 Flatness (Flat Surfaces)— TABLE 12.29 Squareness of Cut Ends—
Other-Than-Round Drawn Tube Drawn Tube
TOLERANCE E—mm Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM FLAT
SPECIFIED
WIDTH OR DEPTH TABLE 12.30 Angularity—Drawn Tube
mm Allowable deviation from specified angle: ±2 degrees
over thru Maximum allowable distance Y

.. 12.50 0.08
12.50 25.00 0.10
25.00 50.00 0.13
50.00 80.00 0.15
80.00 130.00 0.20
130.00 150.00 0.25
150.00 200.00 0.38
200.00 250.00 0.50
250.00 300.00 0.64
Footnotes for Tables 12.25 Through 12.30 by the width of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. The follow-
Q Tolerance is applicable when mass of tube on flat surface minimizes ing values are used to convert angular tolerance to linear deviation:
Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
deviation.
W Not applicable to annealed (O temper) tube. Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
E Not applicable to annealed (O temper) tube, coiled tube, or tube having a 0.25 0.004
wall thickness less than 0.50 mm or less than 2½% of the equivalent round 0.5 0.009
diameter. Equivalent round diameter is the diameter of a circle having a 1 0.017
circumference equal to the perimeter of the tube. 1.5 0.026
R Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and at 3 0.052
any point along its length measuring the maximum distance between the bot- 5 0.087
tom surface of the section and the flat surface. From this measurement, the 7 0.122
actual deviation from straightness of the section at that point is subtracted. 9 0.156
The remainder is the twist. To convert the standard twist tolerance (degrees) 15 0.259
to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard tolerance is multiplied 21 0.358
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 12-17

heat-exchanger tube/properties and tolerances
TABLE 12.31 Surface Roughness— TABLE 12.32 Dents—Drawn Tube
Drawn Tube W SPECIFIED
TOLERANCES—mm
Depth of surface conditions shall not exceed 10% of the smaller (or nominal) DIAMETER NON-ANNEALED AND
HEAT-TREATED ANNEALED
NON-HEAT-TREATED
wall thickness or 0.13 mm, whichever is smaller. TUBE T TUBE
over thru TUBE
W Not applicable to annealed (O Temper) tube
.. 12.50 0.08 0.16 0.48
12.50 25.00 0.10 0.20 0.60
25.00 50.00 0.13 0.25 0.75
50.00 80.00 0.15 0.30 0.90
80.00 130.00 0.20 0.41 1.20
130.00 150.00 0.25 0.50 1.50
150.00 200.00 0.38 0.76 2.25
200.00 250.00 0.50 1.00 3.00
250.00 300.00 0.64 1.25 3.75
Depth of dents shall not exceed twice the tolerances specified in table 12.32
at any point from specified diameter with the following exception. For tube
having a wall thickness less than 2.5 percent of the outside diameter, the
following multipliers of the above tolerances apply.
Percent of Wall Thickness

T For the T8 tempers of 6063 the tolerances of Column 2 apply.
TABLE 12.33 Mechanical Property Limits Q—Heat-Exchanger Tube

SPECIFIED ELONGATION
ALLOY THICKNESS
AND TEMPER ULTIMATE YIELD FULL-SECTION
mm CUT-OUT
SPECIMEN E
SPECIMEN R
over thru min. max. min. max. 50 mm
1060
1060-H14 0.24 5.00 85 .. 70 .. .. ..
3003
3003-H14 0.24 0.63 140 .. 115 .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 140 .. 115 .. 5 3
1.20 5.00 140 .. 115 .. 8 4
3003-H25 0.24 5.00 150 .. 130 .. .. ..
ALCLAD 3003
Alclad 3003-H14 0.24 0.63 135 .. 110 .. .. ..
0.63 1.20 135 .. 110 .. 5 3
1.20 5.00 135 .. 110 .. 8 4
Alclad 3003-H25 0.24 5.00 135 .. 125 .. .. ..
5052
5052-H32 0.24 5.00 215 .. 160 .. .. ..
5052-H34 0.24 5.00 235 .. 180 .. .. ..
5454
5454-H32 0.24 1.20 250 .. 180 .. .. 5
1.20 5.00 250 .. 180 .. .. 8
5454-H34 0.24 1.20 270 .. 200 .. .. 4
1.20 5.00 270 .. 200 .. .. 6
6061
6061-T4 0.63 1.20 205 .. 110 .. 16 14
1.20 5.00 205 .. 110 .. 18 16
6061-T6 0.63 1.20 290 .. 240 .. 10 8
1.20 5.00 290 .. 240 .. 12 10
Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits R In those cases when a full-section specimen cannot be used, cut-out
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” specimen is used.
E Tube 50 mm or less in outside diameter is tested in full section unless the
limitations of the testing machine preclude the use of such specimen.
12-18 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````,,,``

properties and tolerances/heat-exchanger tube
TABLE 12.34 Outside Diameter Tolerances— TABLE 12.37 Length Tolerances—Heat
Heat-Treatable Heat Exchanger Exchanger Tube
Tube SPECIFIED LENGTH
TOLERANCE—mm plus
SPECIFIED OUTSIDE over thru
DIAMETER, mm TOLERANCE Q mm .. 5 000 2.5
plus and minus 5 000 10 000 5
over thru
10 000 20 000 7
.. 12.50 0.08
12.50 25.00 0.10
25.00 40.00 0.13
40.00 50.00 0.15
TABLE 12.38 Straightness Tolerances—Heat
TABLE 12.35 Outside Diameter Tolerances—Non- Exchanger Tube
Heat-Treatable Heat Exchanger TOLERANCE E—mm
Tube
SPECIFIED
SPECIFIED OUTSIDE
TOLERANCE Q mm OUTSIDE
DIAMETER, mm
plus and minus DIAMETER
over thru mm
.. 12.50 0.05 D(max)
12.50 20.00 0.06 Allowable deviation from straight, D(max),
20.00 25.00 0.08 in total length or in any 300 mm or longer
25.00 30.00 0.09 over thru chord segment of total length
30.00 50.00 0.10
9.00 50.00 1 mm/m
TABLE 12.36 Wall Thickness Tolerances—

Heat Exchanger Tube
TOLERANCE—mm plus
TABLE 12.39 Squareness of Cut Ends—Heat
ALLOWABLE
Exchanger Tube
SPECIFIED WALL ALLOWABLE
DEVIATION Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree
THICKNESS, mm DEVIATION OF
OF WALL THICKNESS
MEAN W
AT ANY POINT FROM
WALL THICKNESS
SPECIFIED WALL
FROM SPECIFIED
WALL THICKNESS
THICKNESS Footnotes for Tables 12.34 Through 12.39
over thru (Eccentricity)
Q As measured by use of “go” or “no go” ring gages.
.. 0.80 0.10 0.15 W Mean wall thickness is the average of two measurements taken opposite
0.80 1.20 0.15 0.22 each other.
1.20 1.60 0.20 0.30 E Tolerance is applicable when weight of tube on flat surface minimizes
1.60 2.00 0.25 0.38
deviation.
2.00 2.50 0.30 0.46
2.50 3.20 0.36 0.56
3.20 4.00 0.45 0.70
4.00 5.00 0.60 0.90
Formability Tube Ends

The tube ends are capable of being flared by the When specified, the tube ends are deburred by use of
driving of a conical (125 mm/m taper) steel pin into a suitable tool or device.
them until the inside diameter has been expanded
20 percent without evidence of metal rupture visible Identification Marking
to the unaided eye. Each tube is marked by use of a suitable marking fluid
at intervals along its length with the alloy, temper,
Leak Test manufacturer’s name or trademark, and the letters “HE.”
Each tube less than 40 mm in diameter and 2.00 mm
or less in wall thickness is subject to an eddy current
test in accordance with ASTM Recommended Practice
E 215. Tubes showing a discontinuity or discontinuities
equal to or greater than those from 2A holes of the
E 215 reference standard are rejected.
OR:
Each tube less than 40 mm in diameter and 5.00 mm
or less in wall thickness is subjected to 1700kPa air
pressure for a minimum of 5 seconds while immersed
in suitable liquid. Tubes showing evidence of leakage
are rejected.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,
May, 2009 12-19

welded tube/properties and tolerances
TABLE 12.40 Mechanical Property Limits—Welded Tube

See Table 7.1 on pages 7-3 through 7-11 for mechanical property limits for aluminum sheet from
which welded tube is produced.
TABLE 12.41 Diameter Tolerances—Welded Round Tube

TOLERANCE Q—mm plus and minus
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN DIAMETER W ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF DIAMETER AT ANY POINT
FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER (Size) FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER
SPECIFIED
DIAMETER Q
mm
Difference between ½ (AA+BB)

over thru and specified diameter Difference between AA or BB and specified diameter
12.50 25.00 0.10 0.20
25.00 50.00 0.13 0.25
TABLE 12.42 Width and Depth Tolerances— TABLE 12.43 Wall Thickness Tolerances—
Welded Square Tube Welded Round and Square Tube
TOLERANCE Q—mm plus and minus TOLERANCE E—mm plus
ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF WALL
DEVIATION OF DEVIATION OF THICKNESS AT ANY POINT FROM
WIDTH OR DEPTH WIDTH OR DEPTH SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS
AT CORNERS NOT AT CORNERS SPECIFIED
FROM SPECIFIED FROM SPECIFIED THICKNESS
WIDTH OR DEPTH WIDTH OR DEPTH mm
SPECIFIED
WIDTH OR
DEPTH mm
over thru
0.63 1.00 0.10
1.00 2.00 0.13
AA and specified AA and specified
over thru width or depth width or depth
12.50 25.00 0.13 0.20
25.00 50.00 0.15 0.25

Q When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral W Mean diameter is the average of two diameter measurements taken at
tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the right angle to each other at any point along the length.
mean of the maximum and minimum dimension permissible under the toler- E Not applicable to the weld area or to embossed tube.
ance for the dimension under consideration.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12-20 May, 2009

tolerances/welded tube, properties/pipe
TABLE 12.44 Length Tolerances—Welded Tube TABLE 12.46 Twist W Tolerances—Welded
TOLERANCE—mm Tube
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Q—Degrees
OUTSIDE SPECIFIED LENGTH—mm
DIAMETER Up Over 3 000 Over 6 000
OR WIDTH thru thru thru
mm 3 000 6 000 12 000 SPECIFIED
Plus Minus Plus Minus Plus Minus WIDTH
mm
Up thru 50.00 4 0 6 0 10 0
Y (max) in degrees
TABLE 12.45 Straightness Tolerances— Allowable deviation from straight, Y(max),
Welded Tube over thru chord segment of total length.
TOLERANCE Q—mm .. 40.00 3°/m but not greater than 7°
40.00 50.00 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
SPECIFIED
OUTSIDE
TABLE 12.47 Squareness of Cut Ends—
DIAMETER
OR WIDTH
Welded Tube
mm Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree
D(max)
Allowable deviation from straight, D(max),
over thru chord segment of total length.
12.50 25.00 2.5 mm/m
25.00 50.00 3.5 mm/m
Footnotes for Tables 12.44 Through 12.47 The following values are used to convert angular tolerance to linear deviation:
Q Tolerance is applicable when weight of tube on flat surface minimizes deviation. Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
W Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and at any point Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
along its length measuring the maximum distance between the bottom surface of the 0.25 0.004
section and the flat surface. From this measurement, the actual deviation from straight- 0.5 0.009
ness of the section at that point is subtracted. The remainder is the twist. To convert the 1 0.017
standard twist tolerance (degrees) to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard 1.5 0.026
tolerance is multiplied by the width of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. 3 0.052
5 0.087
7 0.122
9 0.156
15 0.259
21 0.358
TABLE 12.48 Mechanical Property Limits Q—Extruded Pipe or Extruded and Drawn Pipe
TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION W
ALLOY
PIPE SIZE MPa min. percent min.
AND
DESIGNATION
TEMPER E ULTIMATE YIELD 50 mm 5D (5.65 )
3003
3003-H18 Under 1 185 165 4 ..
3003-H112 1 and over 75 35 25 22
6061
6061-T6 (Extruded) Under 1 260 240 12 ..
1 and over 260 240 10 R 9
6061-T6 (Drawn) Under 1 290 240 8T ..
1 and over 260 240 10 9Y
6063
6063-T6 All 205 170 8 7
Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits R For wall thicknesses up thru 6.30 mm, the elongation is 8 percent
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” minimum.
W Elongations in 50 mm apply to pipe tested in full section and to sheet-type T For pipe wall thickness 1.25 thru 6.30 mm, the elongation is 10% min.
specimens taken from pipes having a wall up to 12.50 mm thick. Elongation Y For pipe wall thickness over 6.30 thru 12.50 mm, the elongation is
in 5D (5.65 ), where D and A are the diameter and cross-sectional area, 10% min.
respectively, apply to round test specimens machined from wall thicknesses
over 6.30 mm.
E Pipe in sizes listed in Table 12.55 in alloys and tempers other than those
included in this table is produced to the mechanical properties applicable
to extruded tube.
May, 2009
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12-21
extruded pipe or extruded and drawn pipe/standard tolerances
TABLE 12.49 Outside Diameter Tolerances— TABLE 12.52 Length Tolerances—Extruded Pipe
Extruded Pipe or Extruded and or Extruded and Drawn Pipe
Drawn Pipe SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
LENGTH mm plus
TOLERANCE—mm mm ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
Allowable deviation Allowable deviation over thru FROM SPECIFIED LENGTH
of mean W diameter of diameter at
from nominal any point from .. 6 000 6
diameter Q nominal diameter Q U 6 000 12 000 13
PIPE
SIZE TABLE 12.53 Straightness Tolerances—
mm Extruded Pipe or Extruded and
Drawn Pipe
½(AA+BB) and AA and nominal TOLERANCE R—mm
nominal diameter diameter
SCHEDULE 20
SCHEDULES 5 AND 10
AND GREATER
Under 2 +0.40, –0.80 +.40, –.80
2–4 +0.80, –0.80 +1%, –1% PIPE
5–7 +1.60, –0.80 +1%, –1% SIZE
8–12 +2.40, –0.80 +1%, –1%
D(max)
TABLE 12.50 Wall Thickness Tolerances— in total length or in any 300 mm or longer
chord segment of total length.
Extruded Pipe or Extruded and Under 6 1 mm/m
Drawn Pipe 6–12 2 mm/m
TOLERANCE
SCHEDULE ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF
NUMBER WALL THICKNESS AT ANY POINT TABLE 12.54 Standard Welding Bevels—
FROM NOMINAL Q WALL THICKNESS Extruded Pipe or Extruded and
5 and 10 ±12.5%, ±0.30 mm min.
20 and greater –12.5% E Drawn Pipe
DOUBLE LEVEL STRAIGHT BEVEL
For Wall Thickness For Wall Thickness
TABLE 12.51 Weight Tolerances—Extruded Pipe Over 20.00 mm up thru 20.00 mm
or Extruded and Drawn Pipe

TOLERANCE
SCHEDULE
NUMBER ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
FROM THEORETICAL WEIGHT
5 and 10 T
20 and greater +8% Y

Q Nominal diameter and wall thickness are those listed in Table 12.55. T For schedule 5 and 10, only diameter, wall thickness and length toler-
W Mean diameter is the average of any two diameter measurements taken ances apply.
at right angles to each other at any point along the length. Y Minimum weight is controlled by tolerances for outside diameter and wall
E Maximum wall thickness is controlled by mass tolerance. thickness.
R When mass of pipe on flat surface minimizes deviation. U The 1 percent tolerances are rounded to the nearest 0.1 mm before
applying the tolerance.
12-22 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

standard tolerances/pipe
TABLE 12.55 Diameters, Wall Thicknesses, Weights—Pipe
INSIDE
OUTSIDE DIAMETER WALL THICKNESS MASS PER METRE
PIPE SIZE Q SCHEDULE DIAMETER
mm mm g
DESIGNATION NUMBER mm
Nom. Q Min. W R Max. W R Nom. Nom. Q Min. W Max. W Nom. E Max. W E
¼ 40 10.30 9.50 10.70 6.84 1.73 1.51 .. 0.13 0.14
80 10.30 9.50 10.70 5.48 2.41 2.11 .. 0.16 0.17
¼ 40 13.70 12.90 14.10 9.22 2.24 1.96 .. 0.22 0.24
80 13.70 12.90 14.10 7.66 3.02 2.64 .. 0.27 0.29
E-i 40 17.10 16.30 17.50 12.48 2.31 2.02 .. 0.29 0.31
80 17.10 16.30 17.50 10.70 3.20 2.80 .. 0.38 0.41
½ 40 21.30 20.50 21.70 15.76 2.77 2.42 .. 0.44 0.48
80 21.30 20.50 21.70 13.84 3.73 3.26 .. 0.56 0.60
160 21.30 20.50 21.70 11.74 4.78 4.18 .. 0.67 0.72
¾ 40 26.70 25.90 27.10 20.96 2.87 2.51 .. 0.58 0.63
80 26.70 25.90 27.10 18.88 3.91 3.42 .. 0.76 0.82
160 26.70 25.90 27.10 15.58 5.56 4.86 .. 1.00 1.08
1 40 33.40 32.60 33.80 26.64 3.38 2.96 .. 0.86 0.93
80 33.40 32.60 33.80 24.30 4.55 3.98 .. 1.11 1.20
160 33.40 32.60 33.80 20.70 6.35 5.56 .. 1.46 1.58
1¼ 40 42.20 41.40 42.60 35.08 3.56 3.12 .. 1.17 1.26
80 42.20 41.40 42.60 32.50 4.85 4.24 .. 1.54 1.66
160 42.20 41.40 42.60 29.50 6.35 5.56 .. 1.93 2.08
1½ 40 48.30 47.50 48.70 40.94 3.68 3.22 .. 1.39 1.50
80 48.30 47.50 48.70 38.14 5.08 4.44 .. 1.86 2.01
160 48.30 47.50 48.70 34.02 7.14 6.25 .. 2.49 2.69
2 40 60.30 59.70 60.90 52.48 3.91 3.42 .. 1.87 2.02
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
80 60.30 59.70 60.90 49.22 5.54 4.85 .. 2.57 2.78
160 60.30 59.70 60.90 42.82 8.74 7.65 .. 3.82 4.13
2½ 40 73.00 72.30 73.70 62.68 5.16 4.52 .. 2.97 3.21
80 73.00 72.30 73.70 58.98 7.01 6.13 .. 3.92 4.23
160 73.00 72.30 73.70 53.94 9.53 8.34 .. 5.13 5.54
3 40 88.90 88.00 89.80 77.92 5.49 4.80 .. 3.88 4.19
80 88.90 88.00 89.80 73.66 7.62 6.67 .. 5.25 5.67
160 88.90 88.00 89.80 66.64 11.13 9.74 .. 7.34 7.93
3½ 40 101.60 100.60 102.60 90.12 5.74 5.02 .. 4.67 5.04
80 101.60 100.60 102.60 85.44 8.08 7.07 .. 6.41 6.92
For all number footnotes, see page 12-24.
May, 2009 12-23

pipe/standard tolerances
TABLE 12.55 Diameters, Wall Thicknesses, Weights—Pipe (concluded)
INSIDE
OUTSIDE DIAMETER WALL THICKNESS MASS PER METRE
PIPE SIZE Q SCHEDULE DIAMETER
mm mm g
DESIGNATION NUMBER mm
Nom. Q Min. W R Max. W R Nom. Nom. Q Min. W Max. W Nom. E Max. W E
4 40 114.30 113.20 115.40 102.26 6.02 5.27 .. 5.53 5.97
80 114.30 113.20 115.40 97.18 8.56 7.49 .. 7.68 8.29
120 114.30 113.20 115.40 92.04 11.13 9.74 .. 9.74 10.53
160 114.30 113.20 115.40 87.32 13.49 11.80 .. 11.54 12.45
5 40 141.30 139.90 142.70 128.20 6.55 5.73 .. 7.49 8.09
80 141.30 139.90 142.70 122.24 9.53 8.34 .. 10.65 11.50
120 141.30 139.90 142.70 115.90 12.70 11.11 .. 13.85 14.96
160 141.30 139.90 142.70 109.54 15.88 13.90 .. 16.89 18.24
6 40 168.30 166.60 170.00 154.08 7.11 6.22 .. 9.72 10.50
80 168.30 166.60 170.00 146.36 10.97 9.60 .. 14.64 15.81
120 168.30 166.60 170.00 139.76 14.27 12.49 .. 18.64 20.13
160 168.30 166.60 170.00 131.78 18.26 15.98 .. 23.24 25.10
8 20 219.10 216.90 221.30 206.40 6.35 5.56 .. 11.46 12.38
30 219.10 216.90 221.30 205.02 7.04 6.16 .. 12.66 13.67
40 219.10 216.90 221.30 202.74 8.18 7.16 .. 14.63 15.80
60 219.10 216.90 221.30 198.48 10.31 9.02 .. 18.26 19.72
80 219.10 216.90 221.30 193.70 12.70 11.11 .. 22.23 24.01
100 219.10 216.90 221.30 188.92 15.09 13.20 .. 26.11 28.21
120 219.10 216.90 221.30 182.58 18.26 15.98 .. 31.11 33.60
140 219.10 216.90 221.30 177.86 20.62 18.04 .. 34.72 37.50
160 219.10 216.90 221.30 173.08 23.01 20.13 .. 38.27 41.33
10 20 273.10 270.40 275.80 260.40 6.35 5.56 .. 14.37 15.52
30 273.10 270.40 275.80 257.50 7.80 6.82 .. 17.55 18.95
40 273.10 270.40 275.80 254.56 9.27 8.11 .. 20.75 22.41
60 273.10 270.40 275.80 247.70 12.70 11.11 .. 28.05 30.29
80 273.10 270.40 275.80 242.92 15.09 13.20 .. 33.02 35.66
100 273.10 270.40 275.80 236.58 18.26 15.98 .. 39.47 42.63
12 20 323.90 320.70 327.10 311.20 6.35 5.56 .. 17.10 18.47
30 323.90 320.70 327.10 307.14 8.38 7.33 .. 22.43 24.22
40 323.90 320.70 327.10 303.28 10.31 9.02 .. 27.42 28.61
60 323.90 320.70 327.10 295.36 14.27 12.49 .. 37.48 40.48
80 323.90 320.70 327.10 288.94 17.48 15.30 .. 45.43 49.06

Q In accordance with ANSI/ASME Standards B36.10M and B36.19M E Based on nominal dimensions, plain ends, and a density of 2700 kg/m3
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
W Based on standard tolerances for outside diameter, wall thickness and for alloy 6061. For alloy 6063 multiply by 0.99 and for alloy 3003 multiply
weight shown earlier in this section. by 1.011.
R For schedules 5 and 10 these values apply to mean outside diameters.
12-24 May, 2009

dimensions/rigid electrical conduit
TABLE 12.56 Designed Dimensions and Weights—Rigid Electrical Conduit
NOMINAL OR NOMINAL NOMINAL LENGTH Q MINIMUM WEIGHT OF
OUTSIDE
TRADE SIZE INSIDE WALL WITHOUT 10 UNIT LENGTHS WITH
DIAMETER
OF CONDUIT DIAMETER THICKNESS COUPLING COUPLINGS ATTACHED
mm
mm mm mm mm kg
6.35 9.25 13.72 2.24 3035.30 6.03
9.53 12.52 17.15 2.31 3035.30 8.07
12.70 15.80 21.34 2.77 3028.95 12.43
19.05 20.93 26.67 2.87 3028.95 16.51
25.40 26.64 33.40 3.38 3022.60 24.04
31.75 35.05 42.16 3.56 3022.60 31.57
38.10 40.89 48.26 3.68 3022.60 39.10
50.80 52.50 60.33 3.91 3022.60 52.48
63.50 62.71 73.03 5.16 3009.90 82.78
76.20 77.93 88.90 5.49 3009.90 108.36
88.90 90.12 101.60 5.74 3003.55 130.50
101.60 102.26 114.30 6.02 3003.55 154.22
127.00 128.19 141.30 6.55 2997.20 211.10
152.40 154.05 168.28 7.11 2997.20 277.83
TABLE 12.57 Dimensions of Threads—Rigid TABLE 12.59 Dimensions of 90-Degree

Electrical Conduit Elbows and Mass of Nipples
PITCH
Per Hundred For Conduit
NOMINAL LENGTH OF THREAD
DIAMETER ELBOWS NIPPLES W
OR mm
THREADS AT END OF
TRADE NOMINAL MINIMUM MINIMUM
PER THREAD E° B = WEIGHT
SIZE OF OR RADIUS STRAIGHT A = WEIGHT
100 mm mm LOST IN
CONDUIT TRADE SIZE
(taper 6.25 mm EFFECTIVE OVERALL TO LENGTH L0 OF NIPPLE
THREADING
mm L2 L4 OF CONDUIT CENTER OF AT EACH PER 25.4
per 100 mm) 100 NIPPLES
mm CONDUIT END mm kg
kg
6.35 7.09 12.13 10.16 14.99 mm mm
9.53 7.09 15.54 10.41 15.24 6.35 .. .. .. ..
12.70 5.51 19.26 13.46 19.81 9.53 .. .. .. ..
19.05 5.51 24.58 13.97 20.07 12.70 101.60 38.10 0.010 0.32
25.40 4.53 30.83 17.27 24.89 19.05 114.30 38.10 0.014 0.64
31.75 4.53 39.55 18.03 25.65 25.40 146.05 47.62 0.019 1.41
38.10 4.53 45.62 18.29 26.16 31.75 184.15 50.80 0.026 1.59
50.80 4.53 57.63 19.30 26.92 38.10 209.55 50.80 0.032 1.72
63.50 3.15 69.08 28.96 39.88 50.80 241.30 50.80 0.042 2.22
76.20 3.15 84.85 30.48 41.40
63.50 266.70 76.20 0.068 9.43
88.90 3.15 97.47 31.50 42.67 76.20 330.20 79.38 0.068 10.98
101.60 3.15 110.09 33.02 43.94 88.90 381.00 82.55 0.136 14.11
127.00 3.15 136.92 35.81 46.74
152.40 3.15 163.73 38.35 49.53 101.60 406.40 85.73 0.123 18.05
127.00 609.60 92.08 0.166 26.67
152.40 762.00 95.25 0.221 31.39
TABLE 12.58 Designed Dimensions and
Mass of Couplings For Conduit
NOMINAL OR
OUTSIDE MINIMUM NOMINAL
TABLE 12.60 Standard Tolerances—Rigid
TRADE SIZE
OF CONDUIT
DIAMETER LENGTH WEIGHT Electrical Conduit
mm mm gr
mm
Length: ±6.35mm (without coupling)
6.35 20.24 30.16 15.42 Outside Diameter: +0.40 mm or –0.79 mm for 38.10 mm and smaller sizes,
9.53 23.42 30.16 17.69 ±1 percent for 50.80 mm and larger sizes.
12.70 27.38 39.69 27.67 Thread Length, Overall: plus or minus one thread.
19.05 33.73 41.28 41.28 Pitch Diameter: plus or minus one turn is the maximum variation permitted
25.40 39.69 50.80 56.70 from the gauging face of the working thread gauges. This is equivalent to
31.75 49.61 52.39 85.73 plus or minus 1½ turns from basic dimensions, since a variation of plus or
38.10 56.36 52.39 105.69 minus ½ turn from basic dimensions is permitted in working gauges.
50.80 69.85 53.88 156.95 Outside Diameter—Couplings: –1 percent of diameter shown in Table
63.50 83.34 79.38 309.80 12.58 for sizes 31.75 mm and larger, –0.40 mm for smaller sizes.
76.20 96.84 82.55 414.58
88.90 112.71 85.72 489.88
101.60 127.00 88.90 644.11
TABLE 12.61 Identification—Rigid Electrical
Conduit
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
127.00 157.96 95.25 1097.69

152.40 185.74 101.60 1456.03
Each length of conduit, elbow, and nipple (except close-threaded nipples)
is identified with the manufacturer’s name or trademark.

Q Conduit is furnished in nominally 3048 mm lengths, threaded on each W Each lot of 100 nipples shall weigh not less than the number of kilograms
end, with one coupling attached. determined by the formula W = 100 LA – B, where W = weight of 100 nipples
in kilograms; L = length of one nipple in mm; A = weight of nipple per inch in
kilograms; B = weight, in kilograms, lost in threading 100 nipples.
May, 2009 12-25

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

introduction/structural profiles
13. Structural Profiles
Introduction In some cases, substantially tighter limits (i.e., smaller
Section 13. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the ranges of thickness, width and/or length) may be obtained
mechanical property limits and product dimensional toler- from individual producers upon special order. In this re-
ance limits for aluminum alloy structural profiles. These gard, for example, it is broadly understood in the industry
limits are statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be that it may be possible to order product from many suppli-
used as the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable ers to dimensional tolerances that are one-half those in the
in any specific situation are those for the specific size of limit tables.
product ordered. For additional information of specific tolerance ranges
Mechanical Property Limits for Aluminum Alloy Dimensions of Standard Structural Profiles
Structural Profiles The specific dimensions, areas, weights and section prop-
The specified aluminum industry mechanical property erties of standard aluminum alloy structural profiles are
limits for aluminum alloy structural profiles are provided provided in the following tables:
in Table 13.1. Note that the limits shown are statistically-
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
based guaranteed limits, and are thus suitable for design. Table 13.3 - Aluminum Association Standard
Channels - Dimensions, Areas, Weights and
Section Properties
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual Table 13.4 - Aluminum Association Standard
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) I-Beams - Dimensions, Areas, Weights and
dimension. Section Properties
Table 13.5 - American Standard Equal Angles -
Dimensions, Areas and Weights
Table 13.6 - American Standard Unequal Angles -
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for Aluminum Dimensions, Areas and Weights
Alloy Structural Profiles Table 13.7 - American Standard Channels -
Aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for alu- Dimensions, Areas and Weights
minum alloy structural profiles are identical with those Table 13.8 - American Standard Shipbuilding and
for other extruded profiles, as shown in Section 11.0, and Carbuilding Channels - Dimensions, Areas
specifically in the following tables: and Weights
Table 13.9 - American Standard H-Beams -
Table 11.2, 3 and 4 - Cross-Sectional Dimension Dimensions, Areas and Weights
Tolerances Table 13.10 - American Standard I-Beams -
Table 11.5 - Length Dimensions, Areas and Weights
Table 11.6 - Straightness Table 13.11 - American Standard Wide Flange
Table 11.7 - Twist Beams - Dimensions, Areas and Weights
Table 11.8 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Bar, Solid and Table 13.12 - American Standard Tees - Dimensions,
Semihollow Profiles Areas and Weights
Table 11.9 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Hollow Table 13.13 - American Standard Zees - Dimensions,
Profiles Areas and Weights
Table 11.11 - Contour (Curved Surfaces)
Table 11.12 - Squareness of Cut Ends
Table 11.13 - Corner and Fillet Radii
Some general comments on the applicability and methods

for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on
p. 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For structural
profiles, it is appropriate to note that these published toler-
ance limits represent industry standards that are agreed to
and capable of being met by all members of the industry.
Thus they represent the maximum tolerances that can be
provided by any producer; in no case should tolerance
ranges larger than these values be provided.
May, 2009 13-1

structural profiles/introduction
References to Other Structural Profile Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5-1

Information in Aluminum Standards and Data
Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Alloy and Temper Designation Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p. 1-3 Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Specifications for Aluminum Alloy Conformance Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Tube and Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15
Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1 Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Comparative Characteristics and Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Typical Heat Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.4, p. 3-12 Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits. . . . . . . Table 6.3, p. 6-7
Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17
Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion
Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1 Resistant Tempers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.4, p. 6-7
Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2 Location for Electrical Conductivity
Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2 Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.5, p. 6-9
Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5 Corrosion resistance Test Criteria . . Table 6.7, p. 6-10
Ultrasonic Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-7
Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-10
Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-11
Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-16
13-2
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
mechanical properties/structural profiles
TABLE 13.1 Mechanical Property Limits Q—Structural Profiles
SPECIFIED THICKNESS TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION W
mm MPa min. percent min.
ALLOY AND TEMPER
in 5D
over thru ULTIMATE YIELD in 50 mm
(5.65 )
6061
.. 6.30 260 240 8 ..
6061-T6
6.30 .. 260 240 10 9
Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits diameter and cross-sectional area of the specimen, respectively, apply to
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” machined round test specimens. For profiles up through 1.60 mm in thick-
W Elongations in 50 mm apply for profiles tested in full section and to ness the test for elongation is not required. For more details see pages
sheet-type specimens from material up through 12.50 mm thickness hav- 4-1 to 4-5.
ing parallel surfaces. Elongation in 5D (5.65 ), where D and A are the
Aluminum Association Channels and l-Beams

Several series of extruded aluminum channels and I-beams features simplify the making of connections between
have been developed by an Aluminum Association com- structural members.
mittee and approved as Aluminum Association Standard
The Aluminum Association channels cover a nominal size
Structural Profiles. By making more efficient use of the
range of 5 to 30.5 cm and include two profiles for each
metal than the older standard channels and I-beams, the
nominal size. With three exceptions, two profiles also are
new profiles should prove more economical to use.
listed for each of the nominal sizes of I-beams, which
When structural profiles were first produced in aluminum, cover a range of 7.6 to 30.5 mm. Only single profiles are
they were made by rolling. Cross-sectional dimensions and included for the 12.7-, 17.8-, and 22.9-cm I-beams.
configurations were patterned after steel structural profiles
All of the Aluminum Association profiles are somewhat
of the same sizes. With the development of the extrusion
lighter than the comparable old profiles and offer the
process, extruded structural profiles gradually replaced the
same or slightly better section properties. With their wider
rolled profiles, and today essentially all aluminum struc-
flanges, compared with the old profiles, all of the new pro-
tural profiles are extruded.
files have substantially higher properties in the Y-Y axis,
It has long been recognized that aluminum structural pro- thus giving them greater structural stability.
files patterned after steel profiles do not utilize the metal
In summary, the new profiles have the following advan-
most efficiently. With the extrusion process, however, it
tages over the old profiles:
is possible to produce profiles of any desired configura-
tion, so that aluminum structural profiles no longer need 1. They use the metal more efficiently.
to be limited to configurations produced in steel. The new 2. Fewer profiles do the same job.
profiles make better use of the metal in the cross sections, 3. Joining of structural members is improved.
taking full advantage of the extrusion process.
Tables 13.3 and 13.4 give data on cross-sectional dimen-
The Aluminum Association channels consist of 20 profiles, sions and areas and mass per metre for the new profiles.
including a new 5-cm size, which are intended to replace These tables include also the section properties needed for
38 old profiles. The new I-beams include 15 sections, design purposes.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
which the committee expects will replace between 28 and

Following the tabulations for the Aluminum Association
31 American Standard I-beams.
channels and I-beams are tables listing dimensions, areas
All Aluminum Association profiles feature parallel flanges. and weights for angles, tees, zees, H-beams and wide-
Flange thicknesses of the lighter channels are the same as flange beams, for which Aluminum Association designs
those of the lighter I-beams having the same depth. The have not been developed. Tables also are included for the
same is true of the heavier channels and I-beams. These old channels and I-beams.
May, 2009 13-3

structural profiles/dimensions, areas, weights
TABLE 13.3 Aluminum Association Standard Channels—

Dimensions, Areas, Weights and Section Properties R
Size Flange Web Fillet Section Properties E
Area Q Mass W Thick- Thick- Radius Axis X-X Axis Y-Y
Depth Width ness ness R
A B cm2 gr/m t1 t I S r I S r x
cm cm cm cm cm cm4 cm3 cm cm4 cm3 cm cm
5.080 2.540 3.168 77.01 0.33 0.33 0.25 11.99 4.72 1.95 1.87 1.05 0.77 0.76
5.080 3.175 5.877 148.07 0.66 0.43 0.38 22.73 8.95 1.97 5.79 2.92 0.99 1.20
7.620 3.810 6.226 156.92 0.51 0.33 0.64 58.69 15.40 3.07 9.16 3.61 1.19 1.24
7.620 4.445 8.761 220.79 0.66 0.43 0.64 82.00 21.47 3.05 17.48 6.06 1.40 1.57
10.160 5.080 9.535 240.29 0.58 0.38 0.64 162.75 31.95 4.14 24.97 7.37 1.63 1.65
10.160 5.715 12.787 322.27 0.74 0.48 0.64 216.86 42.61 4.11 42.46 11.31 1.83 1.98
12.700 5.715 12.135 305.82 0.66 0.38 0.76 327.99 51.62 5.21 40.79 10.49 1.83 1.85
12.700 6.985 16.948 427.07 0.81 0.48 0.76 463.68 72.92 5.23 85.33 18.68 2.24 2.41
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
15.240 6.350 15.548 391.81 0.74 0.43 0.76 597.29 78.33 6.20 63.68 14.75 2.03 2.01
15.240 8.255 22.110 557.17 0.89 0.53 0.76 875.75 114.87 6.30 156.50 28.84 2.67 2.84
17.780 6.985 17.581 443.11 0.74 0.43 0.76 919.46 103.40 7.24 87.41 18.03 2.24 2.13
17.780 8.890 25.864 651.87 0.97 0.53 0.76 1406.45 158.14 7.37 213.53 36.54 2.87 3.05
20.320 7.620 22.748 573.34 0.89 0.48 0.76 1556.71 153.22 8.28 135.28 25.73 2.44 2.36
20.320 9.525 31.761 800.36 1.04 0.64 0.89 2193.12 215.82 8.31 296.77 46.21 3.05 3.10
22.860 8.255 27.335 688.92 0.89 0.58 0.89 2264.72 198.12 9.09 183.14 30.97 2.59 2.36
22.860 10.160 38.239 963.64 1.12 0.74 0.89 3259.51 285.13 9.22 400.00 57.19 3.23 3.18
25.400 18.890 33.664 848.33 1.04 0.64 0.89 3463.88 272.68 10.13 263.47 41.95 2.79 2.59
25.400 10.795 45.864 1155.81 1.27 0.79 1.02 4834.53 380.67 10.26 541.93 73.25 3.43 3.40
30.480 10.160 45.393 1143.92 1.19 0.74 1.02 6649.71 436.39 12.12 459.10 63.25 3.18 2.90
30.480 12.700 64.858 1634.45 1.57 0.89 1.14 9976.65 654.66 12.40 1071.38 124.54 4.06 4.09
TABLE 13.4 Aluminum Association Standard I-Beams—

Dimensions, Areas, Weights and Section Properties R
Size Flange Web Fillet Section Properties E
Area Q Mass W Thick- Thick- Radius Axis X-X Axis Y-Y
Depth Width ness ness R
A B cm2 gr/m t1 t I S r I S r
cm cm cm cm cm cm4 cm3 cm cm4 cm3 cm
7.62 6.35 8.981 226.32 0.51 0.33 0.64 93.24 24.42 3.23 21.64 6.88 1.55
7.62 6.35 11.135 280.66 0.66 0.38 0.64 112.80 29.66 3.18 28.30 8.85 1.60
10.16 7.62 12.677 319.51 0.58 0.38 0.64 233.92 46.05 4.29 43.29 11.31 1.85
10.16 7.62 15.322 386.15 0.74 0.43 0.64 279.29 55.06 4.27 54.53 14.26 1.88
12.70 8.89 20.297 511.54 0.81 0.48 0.76 580.23 91.44 5.36 95.32 21.47 2.16
15.24 10.16 22.110 557.17 0.74 0.48 0.76 915.29 120.12 6.43 129.03 25.40 2.41
15.24 10.16 25.742 648.69 0.89 0.53 0.76 1061.39 139.29 6.43 155.67 30.64 2.46
17.78 11.43 31.819 801.88 0.97 0.58 0.76 1785.22 200.74 7.49 240.58 42.11 2.74
20.32 12.70 33.910 854.55 0.89 0.58 0.76 2484.49 244.49 8.56 303.85 47.85 3.00
20.32 12.70 38.529 970.96 1.04 0.64 0.76 2821.22 277.60 8.56 355.88 56.04 3.05
22.86 13.97 45.871 1155.95 1.12 0.69 0.76 4246.39 371.49 9.63 508.63 72.76 3.33
25.40 15.24 47.432 1195.35 1.04 0.64 1.02 5498.00 432.95 10.77 615.19 80.79 3.61
25.40 15.24 56.432 1422.09 1.27 0.74 1.02 6484.47 510.62 10.82 750.47 98.49 3.66
30.48 17.78 64.032 1613.71 1.19 0.74 1.02 10637.63 698.09 12.88 1119.66 126.02 4.19
30.48 17.78 78.406 1975.94 1.57 0.79 1.02 13208.27 866.71 12.98 1476.79 166.16 4.34
Footnotes for Tables 13.3 and 13.4

Q Areas listed are based on nominal dimensions. E I = moment of inertia; S = section modulus; r = radius of gyration.
W Weights per foot are based on nominal dimensions and a density of R Users are encouraged to ascertain current availability of particular struc-
2700 kg per cubic metre, which is the density of alloy 6061. tural profiles through inquiries to their suppliers.
13-4 May, 2009

dimensions, areas, weights/structural profiles
TABLE 13.5 American Standard Structural Profiles—Equal Angles E

A t R R1 AREA Q MASS PER METRE W
cm cm cm cm sq. cm gr
1.905 0.318 0.318 0.238 1.103 27.79
1.905 0.476 0.318 0.238 1.587 39.96
2.540 0.238 0.318 0.238 1.155 29.17
2.540 0.318 0.318 0.238 1.510 38.02
2.540 0.476 0.318 0.238 2.194 55.30
2.540 0.635 0.318 0.238 2.819 71.06
3.175 0.318 0.476 0.318 1.884 47.42
3.175 0.476 0.476 0.318 2.800 70.51
3.175 0.635 0.476 0.318 3.600 90.70
3.810 0.318 0.476 0.318 2.323 59.73
3.810 0.476 0.476 0.318 3.413 85.58
3.810 0.635 0.476 0.318 4.439 111.85
4.445 0.318 0.476 0.318 2.729 68.71
4.445 0.476 0.476 0.318 4.013 101.06
4.445 0.635 0.476 0.318 5.245 132.17
4.445 0.794 0.476 0.318 6.426 161.90
5.080 0.318 0.635 0.318 3.168 79.77
5.080 0.476 0.635 0.318 4.665 117.52
5.080 0.635 0.635 0.318 6.090 153.46
5.080 0.794 0.635 0.318 7.484 188.58
5.080 0.953 0.635 0.318 8.813 222.04
6.350 0.318 0.635 0.318 3.974 100.10
6.350 0.476 0.635 0.318 5.871 147.93
6.350 0.635 0.635 0.318 7.703 194.11
6.350 0.794 0.635 0.318 9.484 239.04
6.350 0.953 0.635 0.318 11.058 283.01
7.620 0.476 0.794 0.635 6.994 176.28
7.620 0.635 0.794 0.635 9.239 232.82
7.620 0.794 0.794 0.635 11.419 287.85
7.620 0.953 0.794 0.635 13.574 342.04
7.620 1.111 0.794 0.635 15.664 394.72
7.620 1.270 0.794 0.635 17.703 446.15
8.890 0.635 0.953 0.635 10.910 274.99
8.890 0.794 0.953 0.635 13.503 340.25
8.890 0.953 0.953 0.635 16.052 404.53
8.890 1.270 0.953 0.635 20.987 528.96
10.160 0.635 0.953 0.635 12.523 315.64
10.160 0.794 0.953 0.635 15.523 391.12
10.160 0.953 0.953 0.635 18.464 465.37
10.160 1.111 0.953 0.635 21.355 538.23
10.160 1.270 0.953 0.635 24.213 610.26
10.160 1.429 0.953 0.635 27.013 680.77
10.160 1.588 0.953 0.635 29.761 750.03
10.160 1.746 0.953 0.635 32.464 818.19
10.160 1.905 0.953 0.635 35.103 884.69
12.700 0.953 1.270 0.953 23.245 585.79
12.700 1.111 1.270 0.953 26.948 679.11
12.700 1.270 1.270 0.953 30.600 771.19
12.700 1.588 1.270 0.953 37.761 951.61
15.240 0.953 1.270 0.953 28.084 707.73
15.240 1.111 1.270 0.953 32.593 821.37
15.240 1.270 1.270 0.953 37.052 933.77
15.240 1.588 1.270 0.953 45.819 1154.70
20.320 1.270 1.588 0.953 50.148 1263.79
20.320 1.905 1.588 0.953 73.942 1863.40
20.320 2.540 1.588 0.953 96.922 2442.55
May, 2009 13-5

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TABLE 13.6 American Standard Structural Profiles—Unequal Angles E

A B t R R1 AREA Q MASS PER METRE W
cm cm cm cm cm sq. cm gr
3.18 1.91 0.24 0.24 0.12 1.16 29.31
3.18 2.54 0.32 0.32 0.16 1.72 43.41
3.81 1.91 0.32 0.32 0.16 1.72 43.41
3.81 1.91 0.48 0.32 0.24 2.49 62.77
3.81 2.54 0.40 0.40 0.20 2.37 59.86
3.81 2.54 0.64 0.48 0.32 3.63 91.53
3.81 3.18 0.32 0.48 0.32 2.12 53.50
3.81 3.18 0.48 0.48 0.32 3.10 78.25
3.81 3.18 0.64 0.48 0.32 4.03 101.48
4.45 3.18 0.32 0.48 0.32 2.31 58.21
4.45 3.18 0.48 0.48 0.32 3.41 85.86
4.45 3.18 0.64 0.48 0.32 4.44 111.85
5.08 3.81 0.32 0.48 0.32 2.72 68.57
5.08 3.81 0.48 0.48 0.32 4.01 101.06
5.08 3.81 0.64 0.48 0.32 5.25 132.17
5.08 3.81 0.95 0.48 0.32 7.56 190.52
6.35 3.81 0.48 0.64 0.32 4.66 117.52
6.35 3.81 0.64 0.64 0.32 6.09 153.46
6.35 3.81 0.79 0.48 0.32 7.43 187.34
6.35 5.08 0.32 0.64 0.32 3.57 90.14
6.35 5.08 0.48 0.64 0.32 5.27 132.86
6.35 5.08 0.64 0.64 0.32 6.90 173.79
6.35 5.08 0.79 0.64 0.32 8.48 213.60
6.35 5.08 0.95 0.64 0.32 10.03 252.73
7.62 5.08 0.48 0.79 0.48 5.88 148.07
7.62 5.08 0.64 0.79 0.48 7.70 193.97
7.62 5.08 0.79 0.79 0.48 9.49 239.18
7.62 5.08 0.95 0.79 0.48 11.23 282.87
7.62 5.08 1.11 0.79 0.48 12.91 325.31
7.62 6.35 0.64 0.79 0.64 8.43 212.50
7.62 6.35 0.79 0.79 0.64 10.41 236.41
7.62 6.35 0.95 0.79 0.64 12.36 311.49
8.89 6.35 0.64 0.79 0.64 9.24 232.82
8.89 6.35 0.79 0.79 0.64 11.42 287.85
8.89 6.35 0.95 0.79 0.64 13.57 342.04
8.89 6.35 1.27 0.79 0.64 17.70 446.15
8.89 7.62 0.64 0.95 0.64 10.10 254.67
8.89 7.62 0.79 0.95 0.64 12.50 314.94
8.89 7.62 0.95 0.95 0.64 14.84 373.98
8.89 7.62 1.27 0.95 0.64 19.37 488.32
10.16 7.62 0.64 0.95 0.64 10.91 274.85
10.16 7.62 0.79 0.95 0.64 13.49 339.97
10.16 7.62 0.95 0.95 0.64 16.05 404.53
10.16 7.62 1.11 0.95 0.64 18.54 467.30
10.16 7.62 1.27 0.95 0.64 20.99 528.96
10.16 7.62 1.59 0.95 0.64 25.73 648.43
10.16 8.89 0.95 0.95 0.79 17.16 432.46
10.16 8.89 1.27 0.95 0.79 22.50 567.12
12.70 7.62 0.95 0.95 0.79 18.37 463.01
12.70 7.62 1.27 0.95 0.79 24.12 607.77
12.70 8.89 0.79 1.11 0.79 16.50 415.87
12.70 8.89 0.95 1.11 0.79 19.65 495.23
12.70 8.89 1.11 1.11 0.79 22.75 573.48
12.70 8.89 1.27 1.11 0.79 25.81 650.35
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12.70 8.89 1.59 1.11 0.79 31.75 800.08

15.24 8.89 0.79 1.27 0.79 18.57 467.99
15.24 8.89 0.95 1.27 0.79 22.15 558.14
15.24 8.89 1.27 1.27 0.79 29.11 733.58
15.24 10.16 0.95 1.27 0.95 23.25 585.79
15.24 10.16 1.11 1.27 0.95 26.96 679.52
15.24 10.16 1.27 1.27 0.95 30.60 771.19
15.24 10.16 1.43 1.27 0.95 34.18 861.33
15.24 10.16 1.59 1.27 0.95 37.76 951.61
15.24 10.16 1.91 1.27 0.95 44.72 1126.92
20.32 15.24 1.59 1.27 0.79 54.01 1360.98
20.32 15.24 1.75 1.27 0.95 59.05 1488.04
20.32 15.24 1.91 1.27 0.95 64.07 1614.68
13-6 May, 2009

TABLE 13.7 Channels, American Standard E

A B C t t1 R R1 AREA Q MASS PER METRE W
cm cm cm cm cm cm cm sq. cm gr
7.62 3.58 4.44 0.43 0.43 0.69 0.25 7.77 195.91
7.62 3.80 4.44 0.66 0.43 0.69 0.25 9.48 239.04
7.62 4.05 4.44 0.90 0.43 0.69 0.25 11.38 286.74
10.16 4.01 6.98 0.46 0.46 0.71 0.28 10.13 255.22
10.16 4.18 6.98 0.63 0.46 0.71 0.28 11.86 298.77
10.16 4.37 6.98 0.81 0.46 0.71 0.28 13.74 346.19
12.70 4.44 9.52 0.48 0.48 0.74 0.28 12.70 320.20
12.70 4.79 9.52 0.83 0.48 0.74 0.28 17.05 429.70
12.70 5.16 9.52 1.20 0.48 0.74 0.28 21.81 549.56
15.24 4.88 11.43 0.51 0.51 0.76 0.30 15.50 390.71
15.24 4.94 11.43 0.57 0.51 0.76 0.30 16.47 415.04
15.24 5.17 11.43 0.80 0.51 0.76 0.30 19.92 502.00
15.24 5.48 11.43 1.11 0.51 0.76 0.30 24.68 621.87
17.78 5.36 13.97 0.58 0.53 0.79 0.33 19.43 489.56
17.78 5.57 13.97 0.80 0.53 0.79 0.33 23.22 585.09
17.78 5.84 13.97 1.06 0.53 0.79 0.33 27.96 704.69
20.32 5.82 15.88 0.64 0.56 0.81 0.33 23.33 587.86
20.32 5.95 15.88 0.77 0.56 0.81 0.33 26.06 656.85
20.32 6.18 15.88 1.00 0.56 0.81 0.33 30.81 776.58
20.32 6.42 15.88 1.24 0.56 0.81 0.33 35.57 896.45
22.86 6.17 18.42 0.58 0.58 0.84 0.36 25.26 636.53
22.86 6.73 18.42 1.14 0.58 0.84 0.36 37.92 955.48
25.40 6.60 20.96 0.61 0.61 0.86 0.36 28.95 729.71
25.40 7.33 20.96 1.34 0.61 0.86 0.36 47.41 1194.66
30.48 7.52 25.40 0.76 0.71 0.97 0.43 40.66 1024.61
30.48 7.74 25.40 0.98 0.71 0.97 0.43 47.39 1194.38
30.48 8.05 25.40 1.30 0.71 0.97 0.43 56.92 1434.26
38.10 8.64 30.43 1.02 1.02 1.27 0.61 64.23 1618.69
38.10 9.44 30.43 1.82 1.02 1.27 0.61 94.81 2389.32

Q Areas listed are based on nominal dimensions. E Users are encouraged to ascertain current availability of particular struc-
W Weights are based on nominal dimensions and a density of 2700 kg per tural profiles through inquiries to their suppliers.
cubic metre, which is the density of alloy 6061.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 13-7

TABLE 13.8 Channels, American Standard

Shipbuilding and Carbuilding
SLOPE
7.62 5.08 4.44 0.64 0.64 0.64 0 1:12.1 12.26 308.86
7.62 5.08 4.76 0.95 0.95 0.48 0.95 0 14.83 373.56
10.16 6.35 6.03 0.81 0.80 0.95 0.32 1:34.9 18.23 459.28
12.70 7.30 7.62 1.11 1.11 0.64 0.24 1:9.8 31.94 804.78
15.24 7.62 11.43 1.27 0.95 0.95 0.64 0 31.67 798.15
15.24 8.89 10.16 0.95 1.05 1.22 1.07 1:49.6 32.54 820.13
20.32 7.62 14.60 0.97 0.97 1.40 0.56 1:14.43 36.13 910.55
20.32 8.89 14.60 1.08 1.20 1.33 0.95 1:28.5 43.11 1086.41
25.40 8.89 19.05 0.95 0.95 1.59 0.48 1:9 47.08 1186.37
25.40 9.05 19.05 1.11 0.95 1.59 0.48 1:9 51.15 1288.95
25.40 9.21 19.05 1.27 0.95 1.59 0.48 1:9 55.15 1389.74
TABLE 13.9 H-Beams, American Standard

SLOPE
10.16 10.16 6.03 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.37 1:11.3 26.10 657.82
12.70 12.70 8.57 0.80 0.84 0.80 0.42 1:13.6 35.63 897.83
15.24 15.08 11.11 0.64 0.91 0.80 0.46 1:15.6 43.08 1085.72
20.32 20.16 15.88 0.80 0.91 0.80 0.45 1:18.9 61.64 1553.43
20.32 20.64 15.88 1.27 0.91 0.80 0.45 1:18.9 71.29 1796.62
TABLE 13.10 I-Beams, E American Standard

7.62 5.92 4.44 0.43 0.43 0.69 0.25 10.77 271.39
7.62 6.37 4.44 0.89 0.43 0.69 0.25 14.21 358.22
10.16 6.76 6.98 0.48 0.48 0.74 0.28 14.51 365.55
10.16 7.10 6.98 0.83 0.48 0.74 0.28 18.01 453.89
12.70 7.62 8.89 0.53 0.53 0.79 0.33 18.82 474.21
12.70 8.34 8.89 1.25 0.53 0.79 0.33 27.98 705.10
15.24 8.46 11.43 0.58 0.58 0.84 0.36 23.60 594.77
15.24 8.75 11.43 0.87 0.58 0.84 0.36 27.97 704.96
17.78 12.08 13.34 0.88 0.64 0.89 0.38 33.21 836.86
20.32 10.16 15.88 0.69 0.66 0.94 0.41 34.83 877.64
20.32 10.83 15.88 1.35 0.69 0.94 0.41 48.35 1218.44
25.40 11.84 20.32 0.79 0.79 1.04 0.48 48.08 1211.67
30.48 12.70 24.76 0.89 0.89 1.04 0.53 60.32 1519.97
13-8 July, 2006

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TABLE 13.11 Wide Flange Beams, E American Standard

A B t t1 R R1 AREA Q MASS PER METRE W
cm cm cm cm cm cm sq. cm gr
15.240 10.160 0.58 0.71 0.64 .. 22.83 575.28
15.240 15.240 0.61 0.68 0.64 .. 29.63 746.71
20.320 13.335 0.58 0.78 0.81 .. 32.39 816.26
20.320 16.510 0.62 1.01 1.02 .. 45.65 1150.42
20.320 20.320 0.73 1.10 1.02 .. 58.84 1482.78
24.765 20.229 0.74 1.10 1.27 .. 62.62 1578.04
25.146 14.605 0.61 0.86 0.79 0.08 40.03 1008.85
30.328 20.320 0.75 1.31 1.52 .. 75.95 1914.00
30.632 25.400 0.88 1.46 1.52 .. 100.60 2535.18
TABLE 13.12 Tees, E American Standard

A B C D t R AREA Q MASS PER METRE W
cm cm cm cm cm cm sq. cm gr
5.08 5.08 0.79 0.79 0.64 0.61 6.91 174.06
5.72 5.72 0.79 0.79 0.64 0.64 7.79 196.46
6.35 6.35 0.95 0.95 0.79 0.64 10.49 264.34
7.62 7.62 1.11 1.11 0.95 0.79 14.90 375.64
10.16 10.16 1.11 1.11 0.95 1.27 20.54 517.49
TABLE 13.13 Zees, E American Standard

A B t R R1 AREA Q MASS PER METRE
m cm cm cm cm sq. cm gr
7.62 6.83 0.64 0.79 0.64 12.80 322.55
7.62 6.83 0.95 0.79 0.64 18.55 467.44
10.16 7.78 0.64 0.79 0.64 15.63 393.75
10.32 7.94 0.79 0.79 0.64 19.61 494.26
10.80 8.10 0.95 0.79 0.64 23.69 596.98
12.70 8.26 1.27 0.79 0.64 33.97 856.07
12.86 8.41 0.95 0.79 0.64 26.41 665.42
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 13-9

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

introduction/forging stock
14. Forging Stock
Introduction References to Other Forging Stock Information in
Section 14. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Aluminum Standards and Data
mechanical property limits and product dimensional toler- Alloy and Temper Designation
ance limits for aluminum alloy forging stock. These limits System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p. 1-3
are statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be used Specifications for Aluminum Alloy
as the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable in any Tube and Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15
specific situation are those for the specific size of product Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1
ordered.
Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1
Mechanical Property Limits for Aluminum Alloy Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1
Ultrasonic Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Forging Stock Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-7
Aluminum alloy forging stock is produced and sold in the Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-10
as-fabricated (F temper) condition, for which mechanical Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-11
properties are not specified or determined. Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual Certification Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-16
dimension.
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5-1
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for Aluminum Alloy Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Forging Stock Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for alu- Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
minum alloy forging stock are shown in the following Conformance Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
tables:
Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Table 14.3 - Thickness and Width Chemical Composition Limits
Table 14.4 - Length, Specific and Multiple Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits. . . . . . . Table 6.3, p. 6-7
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 14-1

forging stock/properties and tolerances
TABLE 14.1 Diameter Q—Round Forging Stock
CLASS 1. FORGING STOCK CLASS 2. FORGING STOCK
SPECIFIED DIAMETER TOLERANCE SPECIFIED DIAMETER TOLERANCE
mm mm plus and minus mm mm plus and minus
ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE
CONDITIONING
over thru DEVIATION FROM over thru DEVIATION FROM
ALLOWANCE W
SPECIFIED DIAMETER SPECIFIED DIAMETER
10.00 12.50 0.38 –1 10.00 12.50 0.040
12.50 25.00 0.38 –1 12.50 25.00 0.050
25.00 40.00 0.38 –1 25.00 40.00 0.06
40.00 80.00 0.38 –1 40.00 80.00 0.20
80.00 130.00 0.78 –2 .. .. ..
100.00 200.00 1.60 –2 .. .. ..
TABLE 14.2 Distance Across Flats Q—Square Forging Stock

SPECIFIED DISTANCE TOLERANCE SPECIFIED DISTANCE TOLERANCE
ACROSS FLATS mm plus and minus ACROSS FLATS mm plus and minus
mm mm
ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE
DEVIATION FROM CONDITIONING DEVIATION FROM
SPECIFIED DISTANCE ALLOWANCE W SPECIFIED DISTANCE
ACROSS FLATS ACROSS FLATS
over thru over thru

10.00 12.50 0.25 –1 on face 10.00 12.50 0.050
12.50 25.00 0.38 –1 on face 12.50 25.00 0.06
25.00 50.00 0.46 –1 on face 25.00 40.00 0.08
50.00 80.00 0.50 –1 on face 40.00 100.00 0.13
80.00 100.00 0.80 –1 on face .. .. ..
TABLE 14.3 Thickness and Width Q—Rectangular Forging Stock

SPECIFIED SPECIFIED SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
THICKNESS WIDTH THICKNESS mm
mm plus and minus mm plus and minus
mm mm OR WIDTH plus and minus
mm
ALLOWABLE
ALLOWABLE ALLOWABLE
DEVIATION
DEVIATION DEVIATION
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CONDITIONING CONDITIONING FROM
FROM FROM
ALLOWANCE W ALLOWANCE W SPECIFIED
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED
THICKNESS
THICKNESS WIDTH
OR WIDTH
over thru over thru over thru
10.00 12.50 0.25 –1 on face .. 40.00 0.46 –2 on face 10.00 12.50 0.050
12.50 25.00 0.38 –1 on face 40.00 100.00 0.76 –2 on face 12.50 25.00 0.06
25.00 50.00 0.46 –1 on face 100.00 150.00 1.20 –2 on face 25.00 40.00 0.08
50.00 80.00 0.50 –1 on face 150.00 250.00 1.60 –2 on face 40.00 100.00 0.13
TABLE 14.4 Length Q—Specific and Footnotes for Tables 14.1 and 14.4
Q These tolerances are applicable for forging stock in rod and bar form.
Multiple—Forging Stock Standard tolerances for forging stock in sheet and plate form are as indi-
TOLERANCE—mm plus cated in the section on Sheet and Plate.
W Conditioning allowance is an additional tolerance at localized areas to
SPECIFIED DIAMETER, permit removal of possible surface defects.
SPECIFIED LENGTH
WIDTH OR DISTANCE
ACROSS FLATS SPECIFIED LENGTH—mm
mm Over Over
Thru 5 000 10 000 Over
5 000 thru thru 15 000
over thru 10 000 15 000
.. 70.00 4 7 10 25
70.00 200.00 6 9 11 25
200.00 .. 7 10 13 25
14-2 May, 2009

introduction/forgings
15. Forgings
Introduction References to Other Extruded Wire, Rod, Bar and
Section 15. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Profile Information in Aluminum Standards
mechanical property limits and product dimensional toler- and Data
ance limits for aluminum alloy forging stock. These limits
are statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be used Alloy and Temper Designation
as the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable in any System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue Pages, p. 1-3
specific situation are those for the specific size of product Specifications for Aluminum Alloy
ordered. Wire, Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15
Available Alloys and Tempers . . . . . . . . Table 3.1, p. 3-1
Mechanical Property Limits For Aluminum Comparative Characteristics and

Alloy Forgings Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.3, p. 3-8
Typical Heat Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.4, p. 3-12
Specified aluminum industry mechanical property limits
Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-12
for aluminum alloy forgings are shown in the following
tables:
Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-1
Table 15.1 - Mechanical Property Limits - Die Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
Forgings Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-2
Table 15.2 - Mechanical Property Limits - Hand Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Forgings Ultrasonic Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-5
Table 15.4 - Mechanical Property Limits - Rolled Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-7
Rings Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-10
Note that the limits shown are statistically-based guaran- Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-11
teed limits, and are thus suitable for design. Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-12
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual
Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4-16
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered)
dimension.
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5-1
Dimensional Tolerance Limits For Aluminum Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p . 6-1

Alloy Forgings Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
Specific aluminum industry guaranteed standard tolerance
Conformance Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-2
limits for aluminum alloy hand forgings are shown in
Table 15.3. Tolerances for other aluminum alloy forgings
Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6-1
shall be as agreed upon between purchaser and vendor at
the time the contract or order is entered.
Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Some general comments on the applicability of toler-
ances from these tables are given on p. 4-16 of Aluminum Ultrasonic Discontinuity Limits. . . . . . . Table 6.3, p. 6-7
Standards and Data. For forgings, it is appropriate to note
that these published tolerance limits represent industry Lot Acceptance Criteria for Corrosion Resistant
standards that are agreed to and capable of being met by Tempers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.4, p. 6-7
all members of the industry. Thus they represent the maxi- Location for Electrical Conductivity
mum tolerances that can be provided by any producer; in Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.5, p. 6-9
no case should tolerance ranges larger than these values Corrosion resistance Test Criteria . . Table 6.7, p. 6-10
be provided.
that it may be possible to order product from many suppli-
ers to dimensional tolerances that are one-half those in the
limit tables.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 15-1

forgings/introduction
TABLE 15.1 Mechanical Property Limits—Die Forgings Q
SPECIMEN AXIS PARALLEL TO DIRECTION SPECIMEN AXIS NOT PARALLEL TO
OF GRAIN FLOW DIRECTION OF GRAIN FLOW
SPECIFIED ELONGATION E ELONGATION E
ALLOY THICKNESS W percent min. percent min.
TENSILE TENSILE BRINELL
AND mm STRENGTH STRENGTH HARDNESS R
TEMPER in 5D
MPa min. MPa min. 50 mm
50 mm in 5D (5.65 )
(5.65 )
Over thru ULTIMATE YIELD FORGING COUPON FORGING ULTIMATE YIELD FORGING
1100-H112 T .. 100.00 75 30 18 22 16 .. .. .. .. 20
2014-T4 .. 100.00 380 205 11 14 9 .. .. .. .. 100
2014-T6 .. 25.00 450 385 6 7 5 440 380 3 2 125
25.00 50.00 450 385 .. Y 5 440 380 2 1 125
50.00 80.00 450 380 .. Y 5 435 370 2 1 125
80.00 100.00 435 380 .. Y 5 435 370 2 1 125
2018-T61 .. 100.00 380 275 7 9 6 .. .. .. .. 100
2025-T6 .. 100.00 360 230 11 14 9 .. .. .. .. 100
2218-T61 .. 100.00 380 275 7 9 6 .. .. .. .. 100
2218-T72 .. 100.00 260 200 5 7 4 .. .. .. .. 85
2219-T6 .. 100.00 400 260 8 9 7 385 250 4 3 100
2618-T61 .. 100.00 400 310 4 5 3 380 290 4 3 115
3003-H112 T .. 100.00 95 35 18 22 15 .. .. .. .. 25
4032-T6 .. 100.00 360 290 3 4 2 .. .. .. .. 115
5083-H111 T .. 100.00 290 150 14 .. 12 270 140 12 10 ..
5083-H112 T .. 100.00 275 125 16 .. 14 270 110 14 12 ..
5456-H112 T .. 100.00 305 140 16 .. 14 .. .. .. .. ..
6053-T6 .. 100.00 250 205 11 14 9 .. .. .. .. 75
6061-T6 .. 100.00 260 240 7 9 6 260 240 5 4 80
6066-T6 .. 100.00 345 310 8 10 7 .. .. .. .. 100
6151-T6 .. 100.00 305 255 10 12 9 305 255 6 5 90
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7049-T73 I .. 25.00 495 425 7 9 6 490 420 3 2 135
25.00 50.00 495 425 .. 9 6 485 415 3 2 135
50.00 80.00 490 420 .. 9 6 485 415 3 2 135
80.00 100.00 490 420 .. 9 6 485 415 2 1 135
100.00 130.00 485 415 .. 9 6 470 400 2 1 135
7050-T74 U O .. 50.00 495 425 7 .. 6 470 385 5 5 ..
50.00 100.00 490 420 .. .. 6 460 380 4 4 ..
100.00 130.00 485 415 .. .. 6 455 370 3 3 ..
130.00 150.00 485 405 .. .. 6 455 370 3 3 ..
7075-T6 .. 25.00 515 440 7 9 6 490 420 3 2 135
25.00 50.00 510 435 .. Y 6 490 420 3 2 135
50.00 80.00 510 435 .. Y 6 485 415 3 2 135
80.00 100.00 505 425 .. Y 6 485 415 2 1 135
7075-T73 I .. 80.00 455 385 7 .. 6 425 365 3 2 125
80.00 100.00 440 380 .. .. 6 420 360 2 1 125
7075-T7352 I .. 80.00 455 385 7 .. 6 425 350 3 2 125
80.00 100.00 440 365 .. .. 6 420 340 2 1 125
7175-T74 O P .. 80.00 525 455 7 .. 6 490 425 4 3 ..
7175-T7452 O P .. 80.00 505 435 7 .. 6 470 380 4 3 ..
7175-T7454 O P .. 80.00 515 450 7 .. 6 485 420 4 3 ..

Q The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits 240 MPa, will exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” of individual lots to resist exfoliation corrosion and stress corrosion crack-
W As-forged thickness. When forgings are machined prior to heat treating is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in
ment, the properties will also apply to the machined heat treat thickness, accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages
provided the machined thickness is not less than one-half the original 6-7 through 6-10.
(as-forged) thickness. I Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
E Elongations in 50 mm apply for thicknesses up through 12.50 mm and in dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of
5D (5.65 ) for thicknesses over 12.50 mm, where D and A are the diam- 75 percent of the specified minimum yield strength, will exhibit no evidence
eter and cross-sectional area of the specimen, respectively. of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress cor-
R For information only: The Brinell Hardness is usually measured on the rosion is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample
surface of a heat-treated forging using a 500 kg load and a 10 mm penetra- in accordance with the applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages
tor ball. 6-7 through 6-10.
T Properties of H111 and H112 temper forgings are dependent on the O T74 type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in
equivalent cold work in the forgings. The properties listed should be attain- the literature and in some specifications as T736 type tempers.
able in any forging within the prescribed thickness range and may be con- P Material over 20.00 mm in thickness when tested in accordance with
siderably exceeded in some cases. ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 240 MPa for
Y When separately forged coupons are used to verify acceptability of forg- thicknesses 75.00 mm or less, or at a stress level of 50% of the registered
ings in the indicated thicknesses, the properties shown for thicknesses “thru longitudinal yield strength for thicknesses greater than 75.00 mm, will exhibit
25 mm,” including the test coupon elongation, apply. no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist
U Material in this temper when tested at any plane in accordance with stress corrosion cracking is determined by testing the previously selected
ASTM G34 will exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure tensile strength test sample in accordance with the applicable lot acceptance
2 of ASTM G34. Also, material, 20 mm and thicker, when tested in accor- criteria outline on page 6-7 through 6-10.
15-2 May, 2009

mechanical properties/die forgings
TABLE 15.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Hand Forgings Q W T
SPECIFIED THICKNESS E TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION
ALLOY
mm AXIS OF MPa min percent min
AND
TEST SPECIMEN in 5D
TEMPER over thru ULTIMATE YIELD (5.65 )R
2014
Longitudinal* 450 385 7
.. 50.00
Long transverse 450 385 2
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 440 380 2
Short transverse 425 380 1
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 435 380 2
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 425 370 1
2014-T6
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 420 365 1
150.00 180.00 Long transverse 415 360 1
180.00 200.00 Long transverse 405 350 1
.. 50.00
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 440 380 2
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 435 380 2
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 425 370 1
2014-T652
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 420 365 1
150.00 180.00 Long transverse 415 360 1
180.00 200.00 Long transverse 405 350 1
2219
2219-T6 .. 100.00 Long transverse 380 255 3
Short transverse U 365 240 1
2219-T852 .. 100.00 Long transverse 425 340 3
2618
.. 50.00 Long transverse 380 290 4
2618-T61 50.00 80.00 Long transverse 380 290 4
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 365 275 4
5083
5083-H111 .. 100.00
5083-H112 .. 100.00
5456
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
.. 80.00 Longitudinal* 305 140 14

5456-H112
May, 2009 15-3

hand forgings/mechanical properties
TABLE 15.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Hand Forgings Q W T (continued)
ALLOY
AND
TEST SPECIMEN in 5D
6061
6061-T6
100.00 200.00 Long transverse 255 235 5
7049
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 490 405 3
7049-T73 Y 80.00 100.00 Long transverse 475 395 2
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 460 385 2
.. 50.00
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 490 395 3
7049-T352 Y Longitudinal* 475 395 7
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 475 370 2
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 460 365 2
7050
.. 50.00
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 485 415 4
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 485 405 4
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 475 400 3
7050-T7452 I O
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 470 385 3
150.00 180.00 Long transverse 460 385 3
180.00 200.00 Long transverse 455 360 3
7075
.. 50.00
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 490 405 3
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 485 400 2
7075-T6
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 470 385 2
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 455 380 2
15-4 May, 2009

mechanical properties/hand forgings
TABLE 15.2 Mechanical Property Limits—Hand Forgings Q W T (concluded)
ALLOY
AND
TEST SPECIMEN in 5D
7075 (Continued)
.. 50.00
50.00 80.00 Long transverse 490 405 3
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 485 400 2
7075-T652
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 470 385 2
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 455 380 2
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 435 365 2
7075-T73 Y
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 420 350 2
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 405 345 2
80.00 100.00 Long transverse 435 345 2
7075-T7352 Y
100.00 130.00 Long transverse 420 330 2
130.00 150.00 Long transverse 405 315 2
7175
Longitudinal 505 435 8
.. 50.00
50.00 75.00 Long transverse 490 415 4
75.00 100.00 Long transverse 485 400 4
7175-T74 I P
100.00 125.00 Long transverse 460 385 4
125.00 150.00 Long transverse 440 360 4
.. 50.00
50.00 75.00 Long transverse 475 400 4
75.00 100.00 Long transverse 460 380 4
7175-T7452 I P
100.00 125.00 Long transverse 440 360 4
125.00 150.00 Long transverse 420 340 4
May, 2009 15-5

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

hand forgings, rolled rings/mechanical properties
Footnotes for Table 15.2 6-7 through 6-10.
* Tensile tests are performed and properties are guaranteed only when U Short transverse properties not applicable to thicknesses 50 mm or less.
specifically required by purchase order or contract. I T74 type tempers, although not previously registered, have appeared in
Q Maximum cross-sectional area 160 000 mm2, except 2618-T61 is
the literature and in some specifications as T736 type tempers.
93 000 mm2. O Material in this temper when tested at any plane in accordance with
W These properties are not applicable to upset biscuit forgings or to rolled
ASTM G34 will exhibit exfoliation less than that shown in Photo EB, Figure 2 of
forged rings. ASTM G34. Also, material, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accordance
E As-forged thickness. When forgings are machined prior to heat treatment,
with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 240 MPa,
the properties will also apply to the machined heat treat thickness, provided will exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual
the original (as-forged) thickness does not exceed the maximum thickness lots to resist exfoliation corrosion and stress corrosion cracking is determined
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
for the alloy as listed. by testing the previously selected tensile test sample in accordance with the
R D and A represent diameter and cross-sectional area of the specimen,
applicable lot acceptance criteria outlined on pages 6-7 through 6-10.
respectively. P Material over 20.00 mm in thickness when tested in accordance with
T The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits
ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of 240 MPa for
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.” thicknesses 75.00 mm or less, or at a stress level of 50% of the registered
Y Material in this temper, 20.00 mm and thicker, when tested in accor-
long transverse yield strength for thicknesses greater than 75.00 mm, will
dance with ASTM G47 in the short transverse direction at a stress level of exhibit no evidence of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots
75 percent of the specified minimum yield strength, will exhibit no evidence to resist stress corrosion cracking is determined by testing the previously
of stress corrosion cracking. Capability of individual lots to resist stress cor- selected tensile strength test sample in accordance with the applicable lot
rosion is determined by testing the previously selected tensile test sample acceptance criteria outline on page 6-7 through 6-10.
TABLE 15.3 Standard Tolerances Q For Hand Forgings

ORDERED LENGTH DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
mm STRAIGHTNESS W
mm THICKNESS WIDTH E LENGTH
over thru mm, max. mm, max. mm, max.
.. 2000 6.50 6.50 10.00 25.00
2000 4000 10.00 6.50 12.00 25.00
4000 .. 12.00 10.00 20.00 25.00
Q Corner radii may vary from 0 to 12 mm.
W As measured with the hand forging resting on a flat surface.
E Measured exclusive of edge bulges typically present on compression cold work forgings.
TABLE 15.4 Mechanical Property Limits—Rolled Rings Q R

TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION
ALLOY SPECIFIED WALL THICKNESS AXIS OF TEST MPa min. percent min in 5D
AND TEMPER mm SPECIMEN
ULTIMATE YIELD (5.65 )E
Tangential 450 380 6
.. 60.00 Axial 425 380 2
Radial W 415 360 1
2014-T6 and T652
60.00 80.00 Axial 425 360 1
Radial W .. .. ..
2219-T6 .. 60.00 Axial 380 255 3
Radial W 365 240 1
2618-T61 .. 60.00 Axial 380 285 4
Radial W .. .. ..
.. 60.00 Axial 260 240 7
Radial W 255 230 4
6061-T6 and T652
60.00 90.00 Axial 260 240 5
Radial W 255 230 3
6151-T6 and T652 .. 60.00 Axial 305 240 3
Radial W 290 240 1
.. 50.00 Axial 495 420 2
Radial W 470 400 1
7075-T6
50.00 90.00 Axial 485 405 2
Radial W .. .. ..
Q Applicable only to rings having an O.D. to wall thickness ratio of 10/1 or E D and A represent diameter and cross-sectional area of the specimen,
greater. Those having a smaller ratio are subject to special negotiation. respectively.
W Radial properties are not guaranteed. For wall thicknesses over 50 mm R The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits
they will be determined when specifically requested for informational pur- are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.”
poses only.
15-6 May, 2009

introduction/electric conductors
16. Electrical Conductors
Introduction Extruded Electrical Conductor
Section 16. of Aluminum Standards and Data covers the Table 16.22 - Thickness, Width, Diameter - Extruded
mechanical property limits and product dimensional tol- Rod and Bar
erance limits for aluminum electrical conductors. These Table 16.23 - Length - Extruded Rod and Bar
limits are statistically based guaranteed limits, and may be Table 16.24 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Extruded Bar
used as the basis of design. Note that the limits applicable Table 16.25 - Twist - Extruded Bar
in any specific situation are those for the specific size of Table 16.26 - Straightness - Extruded Rod and Bar
product ordered. Table 16.27 - Angularity - Extruded Bar
Table 16.28 - Squareness of Cut Ends - Extruded
Property Limits for Aluminum Alloy Rod and Bar
Electrical Conductors Table 16.29 - Corner and Edge Radii - Extruded Bar
Specified aluminum industry property limits for aluminum Pipe
alloy electrical conductors are shown in the following Table 16.31 - Outside Diameter - Pipe
tables: Table 16.32 - Wall Thickness - Pipe
Table 16.33 - Straightness - Pipe
Table 16.1 - Property Limits - Drawing Stock Table 16.34 - Length - Pipe
Table 16.2 - Property Limits - Wire Table 16.35 - Weight - Pipe
Table 16.3 - Property Limits - Rod, Bar, Tube,
Pipe, Structural Profiles and Sheet Electrical Conductor Structural Profiles - Aluminum
Table 16.4 - Equivalent Resistivity Values industry guaranteed tolerance limits for aluminum alloy
Table 16.5 - Flatwise Bending Radii electrical conductor structural profiles are identical with
Table 16.6 - Edgewise Bending Radii -1350-H12, those for other extruded profiles, as shown in Section 11.0,
H111 and specifically in the following tables:
Note that the limits shown are statistically-based guaranteed Table 11.2 - Cross-Sectional Dimension Tolerances
Table 11.3 - Length
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
limits, and are thus suitable for design.
Table 11.4 - Straightness
Special Note: The applicable limits for any individual Table 11.5 - Twist
product are those that apply to the specified (ordered) Table 11.6 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Bar, Solid and
dimension. Semihollow Profiles
Table 11.7 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Hollow
Profiles
Dimensional Tolerance Limits for Aluminum Table 11.8 - Surface Roughness
Alloy Electrical Conductors Table 11.9 - Contour (Curved Surfaces)
Specific aluminum industry guaranteed tolerance limits for Table 11.10 - Squareness of Cut Ends
aluminum alloy electrical conductor are shown in Tables Table 11.11 - Corner and Fillet Radii
16.7 through 16.30, as listed below: Table 11.12 - Angularity
Table 16.7 - Diameter - Cold-Finished Wire Some general comments on the applicability and methods
Table 16.8 - Diameter - Drawing Stock for calculating tolerances from these tables are given on
Table 16.9 - Diameter - Magnet Wire p. 4-16 of Aluminum Standards and Data. For electrical
conductors, it is appropriate to note that these published
Rolled and Sawed-Plate Bar tolerance limits represent industry standards that are agreed
Table 16.10 - Thickness - Rolled Bar to and capable of being met by all members of the indus-
Table 16.11 - Width - Rolled Bar try. Thus they represent the maximum tolerances that can
Table 16.12 - Length - Rolled Bar and Sawed-Plate be provided by any producer; in no case should tolerance
Bar ranges larger than these values be provided.
Table 16.13 - Straightness - Rolled Bar and Sawed-
Plate Bar In some cases, substantially tighter limits (i.e., smaller
Table 16.14 - Flatness (Flat Surfaces) - Rolled Bar ranges of thickness, width and/or length) may be obtained
and Sawed-Plate Bar from individual producers upon special order. In this re-
Table 16.15 - Angularity - Rolled Bar gard, for example, it is broadly understood in the industry
Table 16.16 - Squareness of Sawcuts - Rolled Bar that it may be possible to order product from many suppli-
Table 16.17 - Corner and Edge Radii - Rolled Bar ers to dimensional tolerances that are one-half those in the
Table 16.18 - Thickness - Sawed-Plate Bar limit tables.
Table 16.19 - Twist - Rolled Bar and Sawed-Plate For additional information of specific tolerance ranges
Bar available, contact producers directly.
Table 16.20 - Width - Sawed-Plate Bar
Table 16.21 - Corners and Edges - Sawed-Plate Bar
May, 2009 16-1

electric conductors/introduction
References to Other Electrical Conductor Color Code for Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-10
Information in Aluminum Standards and Data Handling and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-11
Protective Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12
Alloy and Temper Designation Certification Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-12
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Pages, p. 1-3 Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-16
Specifications for Aluminum Alloy
Electrical Conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1.3, p. 1-15 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 5-1
Comparative Characteristics and Limits Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3.3, p. 3-8 Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Typical Annealing Treatments . . . . . . . Table 3.5, p. 3-17 Applicable Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-2
Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-1
Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2 Chemical Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 6-1
Mechanical Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-2 Chemical Composition Limits
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Visual Quality Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5 Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6.2, p. 6-5
Ultrasonic Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-5
Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p. 4-7
16-2 May, 2009

property limits/electric conductors
TABLE 16.1 Property Limits—Drawing TABLE 16.2 Property Limits—Wire R—Electric
Stock R—Electric Conductors Conductors (Up thru 10.00 mm
ULTIMATE ELECTRICAL Diameter)
ALLOY SPECIFIED STRENGTH CON-
AND DIAMETER MPa DUCTIVITY Q ULTIMATE ELECTRICAL
TEMPER mm min MS/m ALLOY STRENGTH CON-
min. max. at 20°C AND MPa DUCTIVITY Q
TEMPER min MS/m
1350 min. max. at 20°C
1350-O 9.50 thru 25.00 60 95 35.8 1350
1350-H12 and H22 9.50 thru 25.00 85 120 35.7
1350-H14 and H24 9.50 thru 25.00 100 135 35.6 1350-O 60 95 35.8
1350-H16 and H26 9.50 thru 25.00 115 150 35.6 1350-H12 and H22 85 120 35.4
1350-H14 and H24 100 135 35.4
5005 1350-H16 and H26 115 150 35.4
5005-O 9.50 95 140 31.5 8017
5005-H12 and H22 9.50 115 160 31.3
5005-H14 and H24 9.50 135 180 31.3 8017-H212 T 100 145 35.4
5005-H16 and H26 9.50 165 210 31.2 8030
8017 8030-H221 100 150 35.4
8017-H12 and H22 9.50 110 150 33.6 8176
8030 8176-H24 100 135 35.4
8030-H12 9.50 110 140 34.8 8177
8176 8177-H221 100 150 35.4
8176-H14 9.50 110 140 34.2
See continuation of Table 16.2 for other tempers and alloys of electric con-
8177 ductor wire.
8177-H13 and H23 9.50 110 150 33.6
TABLE 16.2 Property Limits—Wire—Electric Conductors (continued) R

SPECIFIED
ALLOY ULTIMATE STRENGTH ELONGATION ELECTRICAL
DIAMETER
AND MPa min. Percent min. in 250 mm CONDUCTIVITY Q
mm
TEMPER min MS/m at 20°C
over thru Individual W Average E Individual W Average E
1350
0.25 1.25 160 170 .. ..
1.25 1.50 185 200 1.2 1.4
1.50 1.75 185 195 1.3 1.5
1.75 2.00 185 195 1.4 1.6
2.00 2.25 180 190 1.5 1.6
2.25 2.50 175 185 1.5 1.6
1350-H19 2.50 2.75 170 180 1.5 1.6 35.4
2.75 3.00 165 175 1.6 1.7
3.00 3.50 160 170 1.7 1.8
3.50 3.75 160 170 1.8 1.9
3.75 4.50 160 165 1.9 2.0
4.50 5.25 160 165 2.0 2.1
5.25 6.50 155 160 2.2 2.3
5005
1.50 1.75 260 275 1.3 ..
1.75 2.00 260 270 1.4 ..
2.00 2.25 255 270 1.5 ..
2.25 2.50 250 265 1.5 ..
2.50 2.75 250 260 1.5 ..
5005-H19 2.75 3.00 245 260 1.6 .. 31.0
3.00 3.50 240 255 1.7 ..
3.50 3.75 240 250 1.8 ..
3.75 4.00 240 250 1.9 ..
4.00 5.25 225 235 2.0 ..
5.25 6.50 215 230 2.2 ..
6201
1.50 3.25 315 330 3.0 ..
6201-T81 30.4
3.25 4.75 305 315 3.0 ..
8176
8176-H24 1.25 5.20 105 115 10.0 .. 35.4
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 16-3

electric conductors/property limits
TABLE 16.3 Property Limits—Rod, Bar, Tube, Pipe, Structural Profiles and Sheet R—Electric Conductors
SPECIFIED
TENSILE STRENGTH
ALLOY THICKNESS ELECTRICAL
MPa
PRODUCT AND mm CONDUCTIVITY Q
TEMPER ULTIMATE YIELD min MS/m at 20°C
over thru
min. max. min. max.
1350-H111 All 60 .. 25 .. 35.4
6101-H111 6.30 50.00 85 .. 55 .. 34.2
6101-T6 3.20 12.50 200 .. 170 .. 31.9
Extruded rod, bar,
3.20 18.00 140 .. 105 .. 33.1
tube, pipe, and
6101-T61 18.00 35.00 125 .. 75 .. 33.1
structural
35.00 50.00 105 .. 55 .. 33.1
profiles
6101-T63 3.20 25.00 185 .. 150 .. 32.5
6101-T64 3.20 25.00 105 .. 55 .. 34.5
6101-T65 3.20 20.00 170 220 140 185 32.8
Rolled bar 1350-H12 3.20 25.00 85 .. 55 .. 35.4
3.20 12.50 75 .. 40 .. 35.4
Sawed-plate bar 1350-H112 12.50 25.00 70 .. 30 .. 35.4
25.00 40.00 60 .. 25 .. 35.4
Sheet 1350-O 0.15 0.30 55 95 .. .. 35.7
TABLE 16.4 Equivalent Resistivity Values Footnotes for Tables 16.1 Through 16.4
Q To convert conductivity to maximum resistivity use Table 16.4.
—Electric Conductors W Any test in a lot.
E Average of all tests in a lot.
EQUIVALENT RESISTIVITY AT
R The data base and criteria upon which these mechanical property limits
VOLUME CONDUCTIVITY 68°F Y
are established are outlined on page 6-1 under “Mechanical Properties.”
MS/m at 20°C VOLUME T Applicable up thru 6.30 mm.
ohm-mm2/metre Y Equivalent mass resistivity in ohm-gram/m2 at 20°C equals (1/N ⋅
30.4 0.032895 1.7241 ⋅ density) where N is the volume conductivity and density is the alloy
31.0 0.032258 density. (See Table 2.4).
31.2 0.032051
31.3 0.031949
31.5 0.031746
31.9 0.031348
32.5 0.030769
32.8 0.030488
33.0 0.030303
34.2 0.029240
34.4 0.028986
35.4 0.028249
35.6 0.028090
35.7 0.028011
35.8 0.027933
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
16-4 May, 2009

bend properties/electric conductors
Bend Properties of Bus Bar mandrels having radii shown in Table 16.6, without crack-
Extruded, rolled, and sawed-plate bus bars are capable of ing or excessive localized thinning.
being bent flatwise at room temperature through an angle Extruded 6101-H111 and T64 bars having a maximum
of 90 degrees to minimum inside radii as shown in Table thickness of 6.30 mm and a maximum width of 50 mm
16.5, without cracking, and with no evidence of slivers are capable of being bent edgewise at room temperature
or other imperfections. Extruded 1350-H111 and rolled through an angle of 90 degrees to an inside bend radius
1350-H12 bus bars whose width-to-thickness ratios do not equal to one-half the bar width without developing cracks
exceed 12 and whose widths do not exceed 100 mm, are or ruptures visible to the unaided eye.
capable of being bent cold edgewise 90 degrees around
TABLE 16.5 Flatwise Bending Radii—Bus Bar TABLE 16.6 Edgewise Bending Radii—Bus Bar
ALLOY AND
THICKNESS
RADIUS
1350-H12, H111
TYPE OF BAR mm
TEMPER min. Q WIDTH OF BAR mm MANDREL RADIUS
over thru
over thru mm
1350-H111 All 1 ⋅ thickness
.. 12.50 12.5
6101-H111 6.30 20.00 1 ⋅ thickness
12.50 25.00 25
20.00 25.00 2 ⋅ thickness
25.00 40.00 40
6101-T6 3.20 10.00 2 ⋅ thickness 40.00 50.00 50
10.00 12.50 2.5 ⋅ thickness
50.00 65.00 65
3.20 12.50 1 ⋅ thickness 65.00 75.00 75
6101-T61 12.50 20.00 2 ⋅ thickness 75.00 90.00 90
20.00 25.00 3 ⋅ thickness 90.00 100.00 100
Extruded
25.00 40.00 4 ⋅ thickness
3.20 10.00 1 ⋅ thickness
6101-T63 10.00 12.50 1.5 ⋅ thickness
12.50 25.00 2.5 ⋅ thickness
6101-T64 3.20 20.00 1 ⋅ thickness
20.00 25.00 2 ⋅ thickness
6101-T65 3.20 12.50 1 ⋅ thickness
12.50 20.00 2 ⋅ thickness
Rolled 1350-H12 All 1 ⋅ thickness
Sawed plate 1350-H112 All 1 ⋅ thickness
Q Applicable to widths up through 150 mm in the T6, T61, T63 and T65
tempers and to widths up through 300 mm for all other listed tempers. Bend
radii for greater widths are subject to inquiry.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

16-5
electric conductors/standard tolerances
TABLE 16.7 Diameter—Tolerances—Cold- TABLE 16.11 Width—Tolerances—Rolled Bar
Finished Wire—Electric Conductors —Electric Conductors
TOLERANCE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SPECIFIED mm plus and minus or percent WIDTH mm plus and minus
DIAMETER mm
mm ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
OF MEAN Q DIAMETER
over thru FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
0.25 1.00 .015 FROM SPECIFIED
1.00 2.50 .025 WIDTH
2.50 6.50 1%
over thru
12.50 40.00 0.40
40.00 100.00 0.80
TABLE 16.8 Diameter—Tolerances—Drawing 100.00 150.00 1.20
150.00 300.00 1.60
Stock—Electric Conductors
DIAMETER TABLE 16.12 Length—Tolerances—Rolled Bar
mm ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
over thru
FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER and Sawed-Plate Bar—Electric
9.50 12.50 0.50 Conductors
12.50 25.00 0.65
SPECIFIED WIDTH TOLERANCE—mm plus
over thru Up thru 5 000 Over 5 000
.. 90.00 3 6
TABLE 16.9 Diameter—Tolerances—Magnet 90.00 .. 6 6
Wire—Electric Conductors
DIAMETER
TABLE 16.13 Straightness—Tolerances—Rolled
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF MEAN Q
over thru DIAMETER FROM SPECIFIED DIAMETER Bar and Sawed-Plate Bar—Electric
..
0.25
0.25
0.50
0.003
0.005
Conductors
0.50 0.75 0.008 TOLERANCE W E—mm
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.75 1.00 0.010

1.00 1.25 0.013 Maximum Curvature (Depth of Arc)
1.25 1.50 0.015
1.50 2.00 0.020
2.00 3.75 0.025
3.75 6.50 0.038
TABLE 16.10 Thickness—Tolerances—Rolled D (max.) = 4 mm in any 1 m of chord length
Bar—Electric Conductors
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
THICKNESS mm plus and minus TABLE 16.14 Flatness (Flat Surfaces)—Toler-
mm
ances—Rolled Bar and Sawed-
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION Plate Bar—Electric Conductors
FROM SPECIFIED
TOLERANCE—mm
THICKNESS
over thru
3.20 12.50 0.15 SPECIFIED WIDTH
12.50 20.00 0.20 mm
20.00 25.00 0.30
25.00 50.00 0.50

Q Mean diameter is the average of two measurements taken at right angles
over thru Maximum Allowable Deviation D
to each other at any point along the length. At least three such measure-
.. 25 0.10
ments are made, one near each end and one near the middle of the coil.
25 .. .004 ⋅ W(mm)
W Straightness shall be measured by placing the bar on a level table so that
in any 25 mm of width 0.10
the arc or departure from straightness is horizontal. Measure the maximum
depth of arc to the market 0.8 mm using a steel scale and a straightedge.
E When mass of piece on flat surface minimizes deviation.
16-6 May, 2009

standard tolerances/electric conductors
TABLE 16.15 Angularity—Rolled Bar—Electric TABLE 16.16 Squareness of Saw Cuts—
Conductors Rolled Bar—Electric Conductors
Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree.
Allowable deviation from nominal angle: ±1 degree.
TABLE 16.17 Corner and Edge Radii—Tolerances with Rolled Bar—Electric Conductors
SPECIFIED BAR
THICKNESS mm NOMINAL RADIUS
SPECIFIED EDGE CONTOUR
RADIUS TOLERANCE
over thru
Square 3.20 25.00 .. +1 mm
Corners 25.00 .. .. +2 mm
Radius 3.20 5.00 1 mm ±0.5 mm
Round 5.00 25.00 2 mm ±0.5 mm
Corners 25.00 .. 4 mm ±0.5 mm
Radius
Rounded
3.20 .. 1.25 ⋅ Bar thickness ±0.25 ⋅ Bar thickness
Edge
Blended Corners
Full Radius
Rounded All 0.5 ⋅ Bar thickness +25%
Edge
TABLE 16.18 Thickness—Tolerances—Sawed- TABLE 16.19 Twist W—Tolerances—Rolled Bar

Plate Bar—Electric Conductors and Sawed-Plate Barr—Electric
SPECIFIED THICKNESS
TOLERANCE Conductors
mm plus and minus
mm TOLERANCE W-DEGREES
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION Allowable Deviation from Straight
over thru FROM SPECIFIED THICKNESS
6.30 8.00 0.32
8.00 10.00 0.44
10.00 16.00 0.60
16.00 25.00 0.80 SPECIFIED
WIDTH
25.00 40.00 1.00
40.00 60.00 1.30
60.00 80.00 1.80
Y (max.) in degrees
Footnotes for Tables 16.14 Through 16.19 Allowable deviation from straight, Y(max),
Q Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and at
any point along its length measuring the maximum distance between the bot- over thru chord segment of total length.
tom surface of the section and the flat surface. From this measurement, the
.. 40.00 3°/m but not greater than 7°
actual deviation from straightness of the section at that point is subtracted.
40.00 80.00 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
The remainder is the twist. To convert the standard twist tolerance (degrees) 80.00 .. 1°/m but not greater than 3°
to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard tolerance is multiplied
by the width of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. The follow-
ing values are used to convert angular tolerance to linear deviation:
Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
0.25 0.004
0.5 0.009
1 0.017
1.5 0.026
3 0.052
5 0.087
7 0.122
9 0.156
15 0.259
21 0.358
W When mass of bar on flat surface minimizes deviation.
May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 16-7

TABLE 16.20 Width—Tolerances—Sawed-Plate TABLE 16.21 Corners and Edges—Sawed Plate
Bar—Electric Conductors Bar—Electric Conductors
SPECIFIED WIDTH TOLERANCE Edge surfaces and rough, showing saw marks, and corners are substantially
mm mm plus and minus square, with a slight burr.
over thru
SPECIFIED WIDTH
50.00 150.00 2.40
150.00 350.00 3.20
TABLE 16.23 Length—Tolerances—Extruded
TABLE 16.22 Thickness, Width, Diameter—Toler- Rod and Bar—Electric Conductors
ances—Extruded Rod and Bar SPECIFIED DIAMETER
TOLERANCE—mm plus
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION
—Electric Conductors OR WIDTH
mm
FROM SPECIFIED LENGTH
SPECIFIED SPECIFIED LENGTH—mm
THICKNESS WIDTH, Up thru Over 5 000
TOLERANCE Q—mm plus and minus over thru
OR DIAMETER 5 000 thru 10 000
mm
.. 70.00 4 7
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM 70.00 200.00 6 9
over thru
SPECIFIED DIMENSION 200.00 .. 7 10
3.20 6.30 0.18
6.30 12.50 0.20
12.50 20.00 0.23
20.00 25.00 0.25
25.00 40.00 0.30
40.00 50.00 0.36
50.00 100.00 0.60
100.00 150.00 0.86
150.00 200.00 1.10
200.00 250.00 1.65
250.00 300.00 1.90

Q For some items of relatively thin wide bar greater thickness tolerances
are required as follows:
a. Specified bar thickness less than 12 mm; corner radii 1 mm or less;
width to thickness ratio 24 to 1 and greater.
Tolerance per Table 16.22 except for distance 12 mm from each edge
where plus tolerance of Table 16.22 applies and minus tolerance of
2 ⋅ Table 16.22 tolerance applies.
Example:
b. Specified bar thickness 12 mm and greater; corner radii 5 mm or less;

width to thickness ratio 10 to 1 and greater. Thickness tolerance per
Table 16.22 except for distance 12 mm from edge where plus tolerance
of Table 16.22 applies and minus tolerance 2 ⋅ Table 16.22 applies.
16-8 May, 2009

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

standard properties/electric conductors
TABLE 16.24 Flatness (Flat Surfaces)—Toler- TABLE 16.26 Straightness Q W—Tolerances—
ances—Extruded Bar—Electric Extruded Rod and Bar—Electric
Conductors Conductors
TOLERANCE—mm BAR ROD
TOLERANCE—mm TOLERANCE—mm
SPECIFIED WIDTH
mm
over thru
Maximum Allowable Deviation D
.. 25 0.10
Allowable deviation from straight,
25 150 .004 ⋅ w(mm)
D(max), in total length or in any
In any 25 mm of length 0.10
300 mm or longer chord segment
of total length.
D(max) Diameter mm D(max)
E—Tolerances—Extruded in any 3 m length over thru mm
TABLE 16.25 Twist
Flatwise Edgewise 10 150 1
Bar—Electric Conductors 6 mm 3 mm 150 .. 2
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TOLERANCE W–DEGREES
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM STRAIGHT TABLE 16.27 Angularity—Extruded Bar
—Electric Conductors
SPECIFIED
WIDTH
mm
Y (max.) in degrees
Allowable deviation from straight, Y(max),
in total length or in any 300 mm or longer Allowable deviation from nominal angle: ±1 degree.
over thru chord segment of total length.
..
40.00
3°/m but not greater than 7° TABLE 16.28 Squareness of Cut Ends—
40.00 1.5°/m but not greater than 5°
80.00
80.00 1°/m but not greater than 3° Extruded Rod and Bar—Electric
Conductors
Allowable deviation from square: 1 degree.
TABLE 16.29 Corner and Edge Radii—Tolerances—Extruded Bar—Electric Conductors

SPECIFIED BAR
THICKNESS mm NOMINAL RADIUS
SPECIFIED EDGE CONTOUR
RADIUS TOLERANCE
over thru
Square 3.20 25.00 .. +1 mm
Corners 25.00 .. .. +2 mm
Radius
3.20 5.00 1 mm ±0.5 mm
Round
5.00 25.00 2 mm ±0.5 mm
Corners
25.00 .. 4 mm ±0.5 mm
Radius
Rounded .. 4.00 1.25 ⋅ Bar thickness ±0.5 mm
Edge 4.00 .. 1.25 ⋅ Bar thickness ±10%
Blended Corners
Full Radius
.. 10.00 0.5 ⋅ Bar thickness ±0.5 mm
Rounded
10.00 .. 0.5 ⋅ Bar thickness ±10%
Edge
Footnotes for Tables 16.24 Through 16.29 The following values are used to convert angular tolerance to linear deviation:
Q Deviation from straightness shall be checked as follows: Place the bar or rod on a Tolerance Max. Allowable Linear
level surface so that the departure from straightness is horizontal. Measure the maximum Degrees Deviation mm/mm of Width
depth of arc to the nearest 0.8 mm using a steel scale and a 3-metre long straightedge.
0.25 0.004
W When mass of bar on flat surface minimizes deviation.
0.5 0.009
E Twist is normally measured by placing the product on a flat surface and at any point 1 0.017
along its length measuring the maximum distance between the bottom surface of the 1.5 0.026
3 0.052
section and the flat surface. From this measurement, the actual deviation from straight-
5 0.087
ness of the section at that point is subtracted. The remainder is the twist. To convert the 7 0.122
standard twist tolerance (degrees) to an equivalent linear value, the sine of the standard 9 0.156
tolerance is multiplied by the width of the surface of the section that is on the flat surface. 15 0.259
21 0.358
May, 2009 16-9

TABLE 16.30 Standard Tolerances for Structural Profile (see Section 11, Extrusions)
TABLE 16.31 Outside Diameter—Tolerances— TABLE 16.33 Straightness—Tolerances—Pipe

Pipe—Electric Conductors —Electric Conductors
TOLERANCE—mm TOLERANCE E—mm
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION OF DIAMETER AT ANY ALLOWABLE DEVIATION FROM STRAIGHT
POINT FROM NOMINAL DIAMETER Q W R
PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE

D (max.)
Difference between AA and nominal diameter in total length or in any 300 mm or longer
SCHEDULE 40 or 80 chord segment of total length.
Under 2 +0.40 –0.80 Under 6 1 mm/m
2–4 +1% –1% 6–12 2 mm/m
5–7 +1% –1%
8–12 +1% –1%
TABLE 16.34 Length—Tolerances—Pipe
—Electric Conductors
TABLE 16.32 Wall Thickness—Pipe Allowable deviation from specified length: plus 6 mm. Applies only in
—Electric Conductors lengths up through 6 000 mm.
Allowable deviation of wall thickness at any point from nominal wall

thickness Q: minus 12.5 percent. (Maximum wall thickness is controlled
by weight tolerance.) TABLE 16.35 Weight—Pipe—Electric Conductors
Allowable deviation from theoretical weight: plus 8 percent. (Minimum
Footnotes for Tables 16.31 Through 16.35 mass is controlled by tolerances for outside diameter and wall thickness.)
Q Nominal diameter and wall thickness are those listed in Table 12.55.
W Not applicable to annealed (O temper) pipe.
E When mass of piece on flat surface minimizes deviation.
R The one percent tolerances are rounded to the nearest 0.1 mm before
applying the tolerance.
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
16-10 May, 2009

index
17. Index
pages pages
AA Wrought Alloys and Similar Foreign Alloys . . . .1-13 Certification Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4,7,8
Alclad Aluminum Association Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Components of Clad Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 American Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7,8
Designations for Clad Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Shipbuilding and Carbuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8
Sheet, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Channels and I-Beams, Aluminum Association . . . . .13-3
Tube, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Characteristics and Applications, Comparative . . . . . .3-8
Wire, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Chemical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for Sampling for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Chemical Composition Limits of Wrought
Alloying Elements, Effect of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Aluminum Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5,6
Alloys Chemical Composition, Nominal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
AA Wrought Alloys and Similar Foreign Circle, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Clad Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Clad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13, 6-3,4 Clad Products, Components of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Experimental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Designations for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Heat-Treatable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Cold Heading Wire and Rod, Rivet and . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Non-Heat-Treatable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Color Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Products and Tempers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 to 6 Comparative Characteristics and Applications . . . . . . .3-8
American Standard, Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5 Components of Clad Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Analysis, Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 Composition Limits
Analysis, Sampling for Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5,6
Angles, Equal, Standard Structural Profiles . . . . . . . .13-5 Nominal Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
Angles, Unequal, Standard Structural Profiles . . . . . .13-6 Duct Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Annealing Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Conductivity, Electrical, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Annealing Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill Conductivity or Resistivity, Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Products, Typical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Conductors, Electric
Application, Extruded Coiled Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10 Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3,4
Application and Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 to 17 Drawing Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-3
Applications, Comparative Characteristics and . . . . . .3-8 Rod, Bar, Tube, Pipe, Structural Profiles . . . . . .16-4
Areas, Structural Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 to 9 Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-3
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-6 to 10
Bar, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 Conformance to Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Bus, Bend Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5 Conversion Factors, Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24
Electric Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-1 Corrugated Roof, Designed Dimensions and
Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-3 Weights for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Extruded Siding, Designed Dimensions and Weights for . . . .7-34
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 to 11 Density Calculation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Rolled or Cold-Finished Density Values of Aluminum and Aluminum
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 to 5 Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 to 9 Designation Systems for Aluminum
Weight Per Foot, Computation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 AA and Similar Foreign Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Beams Alloy and Temper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
H-Beams, Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8 Clad Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
I-Beams, Aluminum Association Design . . . . . . . .13-4 Designed Dimensions and Weights
I-Beams, Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8 Corrugated Roofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Wide Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9 Corrugated Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Bend Properties of Bus Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5 Ribbed Roofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Bend Radii for 90-degree Cold Bend, Ribbed Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Recommended. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-25 V-Beam Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Blank, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 Diameters, Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23
Brazing Sheet, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 Die Casting, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 Die Forgings
Brinell Hardness, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Bus Bar, Bend Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-2

Dimensional Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16, 6-2
May, 2009 17-1

index
pages pages
Dimension and Weight, Designed Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Corrugated Roofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Tension Testing of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Corrugated Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 to 4
Ribbed Roofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35 Forging Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1
Ribbed Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Rigid Electrical Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1
V-Beam Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Dimension and Weights of Couplings. . . . . . . . . . . .12-25 Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-1
Dimensions of Thread, Rigid Electrical Conduit . . .12-25 Definitions
Dimensions of 90-Degree Elbows and Weights of Die Forging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Nipples per Hundred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25 Forging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Dimensions, Rigid Electrical Conduit . . . . . . . . . . .12-25 Hand Forging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Structural Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 to 10 Rolled Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Disc, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Die Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-2
Documentation, Certification of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 Hand Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 to 6
Drawn Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12 to 17 Rolled Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Ultrasonic Standard for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 to 7
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12 to 14 Formability
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 to 17 Duct Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Duct Sheet, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Extruded Coiled Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10
Composition Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36 Heat-Exchanger Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Formability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36 Full-section Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Standard Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 to 23
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36 Hand Forgings
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Elasticity, Modulus of, Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 to 5
Electrical Conductivity, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Handling and Storing Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 to 13
or Resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Hardness, Brinell, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Electric Conductors
Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-3, 4
Heat-Exchanger Tube
Equivalent Resistivity Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Bend Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5
Formability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-6 to 10
Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Electrical Conduit, Rigid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Elements, Effect of Alloying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9,10
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Elongation, Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Tube Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Endurance Limit, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Heat-Treatable Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Equal Angles, Standard Structural Profiles . . . . . . . . .13-5
Heat Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill
Equivalent Resistivity Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4
Products, Typical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Experimental Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
H-Beams, Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8
Extruded Profiles
I-Beams
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 to 11
Aluminum Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Extruded Tube
American Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 to 9
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Identification, Rigid Electrical Conduit . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 to 9
Heat-Exchanger Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Extruded Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles
Rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Typical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 to 11
Inspection
Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1, 4-5 to 7
Factors, Weight Conversion, Sheet and Plate . . . . . . .7-24
Visual, Aluminum Mill Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Finishes for Roofing and Siding, Standard . . . . . . . . .7-34
Internal Cleanliness, Extruded Coiled Tube . . . . . . .12-10
Fin Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1 Leak Test, Extruded Coiled Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Heat-Exchanger Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
17-2 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009
index
pages pages
Limits Specialty Mill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Conformance to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Profile, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 Profiles, Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 to 11
Lot Acceptance Criteria, Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7 Structural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 to 9
Predominant Area and Test Specimens . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Machined Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Properties, Mechanical
Marking, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 to 11 Tensile. Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Master Alloy, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Typical Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
Measurement of Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Typical Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Mechanical Properties, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Typical Tensile at Various Temperatures . . . . . . . . .2-5
Typical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 to 9 Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See desired product
Mechanical Property Limits Protective Oil for Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Brazing Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
Die Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-2 Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 to 18
Duct Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Extruded Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles . . . . . . . . . . .11-2 Radii for 90-Degree Cold Bend, Recommended
Fin Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-25
Foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Edgewise Bending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5
Forging Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1 Flatwise Bending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5
Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 to 6 Refined Aluminum, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Hand Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-3 Resistivity, Electrical, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-21 Electrical Conductivity or Resistivity Testing. . . . . .4-1
Rolled Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6 Values, Equivalent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4
Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Ribbed Roofing, Designed Dimensions and
Sheet and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 to 22 Weights for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Structural Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Rigid Electrical Conduit
Tread Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Tube Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Extruded Coiled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10 Rivet and Cold Heading Wire and Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12 Mechanical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Heat-Exchanger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19 Rivet Identification Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Welded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-20 Rod, Bar, Tube, Pipe and Structural Profiles. . . 11-1 to 11
Wire, Rivet and Cold Heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 Rod, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Wire, Rod and Bar, Rolled or Extruded
Cold-Finished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 to 5 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 to 5
Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles, Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 to 10
Rivet and Cold Heading Wire and. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 to 5
Mechanical Tests, Sampling for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Rolled or Cold-Finished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1
Metallurgical Aspects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 to 5
Methods, Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 to 9
Modulus of Elasticity, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Weight Per Foot, Computation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Rolled Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1,6
Nominal Chemical Compositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1 Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Non-Heat-Treatable Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6
Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34,35
Oil for Aluminum, Protective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 Designed Dimension and Weights for V-Beam . . .7-34
Standard Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Physical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Roofing, Corrugated, Designed Dimensions and
Typical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Weights for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Pipe, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Rounding Off, Rules for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Diameters, Wall Thickness, Weight . . . . . . . . 12-22,23 Rules for Rounding Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Electric Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-21 Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-22 and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 to 4
Plate for Chemical Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Sheet and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 to 38 for Mechanical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Predominant Area in Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14 Shear Strength, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Products and Tempers, Wrought Alloy . . . . . . . . . 3-1 to 6 Sheet and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 to 38
Products, Components of Clad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 Sheet, Brazing, Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Designations for Clad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
May, 2009 17-3

index
pages pages
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 Tempers, Wrought Alloy Products and . . . . . . . . . 3-1 to 6
Painted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 to 33 Tensile Properties
Siding, Corrugated, Designed Dimensions and Typical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 to 4
Weights for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35 Typical at Various Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 to 9
Ribbed, Designed Dimensions and Weights Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See desired product
for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36 Tensile Strength, Ultimate or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Roofing and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34,35 Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Standard Finishes for Roofing and . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1, 2
V-Beam Roofing and, Designed Dimensions Test Specimens, in Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
and Weights for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Test Specimens, Sampling and Testing . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Specialty Mill Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Test Specimens, Foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Specifications Testing of Foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Mill Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 to 23 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Specimen Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 Test Methods
Specimen, Tension Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Foil, Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Full-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Leak
In Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14 Extruded Coiled Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10
Machined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Heat Exchanger Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19
Measurement of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Sampling
Standard Finishes for Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . .7-34 Chemical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Standard Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 Mechanical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Standard, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5 Specifications for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Standards Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 Specimens
Storing Aluminum, Handling and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11 Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Straightness Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2,3
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 to 7
Electrical Conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-6 Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Extruded Rod, Bar and Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-9 Testing Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Rolled and Cold-Finished Tests, Sampling for Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Tolerances
Screw Machine Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Dimensional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-8 Duct Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Strain, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Electric Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-6 to 10
Stress, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Fin Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Structural Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 to 9 Foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 to 4
Aluminum Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3,4 Forging Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3,4 Hand Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6
I-Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3,4 Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-22
Mechanical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Profiles, Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1
American Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 to 9 Rigid Electrical Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-7 Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Shipbuilding and Carbuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8 Sheet and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 to 36
Equal Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5 Tread Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
H-Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8 Tube, Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 to 17
I-Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8 Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 to 9
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9 Extruded Coiled Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-11
Unequal Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6 Heat-Exchanger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18,19
Wide Flange Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9 Welded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-20
Zees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9 Wire, Rod and Bar, Rolled or
Electric Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4 Cold-finished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 to 9
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Wire, Rod, Bar and Profiles—Extruded . . . . . 11-6 to 9
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1 Tread Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
Systems for Aluminum, Alloy and Temper Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 to 9 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
Weights per Square Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9 Tube, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Temper Designation Systems for Aluminum, Alclad, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Alloy and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 to 9 Drawn
Temperatures, Typical Tensile Properties at Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Various . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 to 9 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . 12-12 to 14
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17-4 May, 2009

index
pages pages
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 to 17 Wall Thickness, Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-24

Extruded Weight, Conversion Factors—Sheet and Plate . . . . . .7-24
Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Weight per Foot, Computation—Wire, Rod and
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 to 5 Bar, Rolled or Cold-Finished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 to 9 Weights, Commercial Roofing and Siding . . . . . . 7-34,35
Heat-Exchanger Designed Dimensions and—Rigid Electrical
Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-18 for Corrugated Roofing, Designed Dimensions
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-19 and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Welded for Corrugated Siding, Designed Dimensions
Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3, 12-1 for Ribbed Roofing Designed Dimensions and . . . .7-35
Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20,21 for Ribbed Siding, Designed Dimensions and . . . .7-35
Electric Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4 for V-Beam Roofing and Siding, Designed
Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-4 Dimensions and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Typical Annealing Treatments for Aluminum per Square Foot—Sheet and Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Alloy Mill Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 per Square Foot—Tread Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Heat Treatments for Aluminum Alloy Mill Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-24
Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 to 16 Welded Tube
Mechanical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Physical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Mechanical Property Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3, 12-1
Tensile Properties at Various Temperatures . . . . . . .2-5 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20,21
Wide Flange Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9
Ultimate or Tensile Strength, Definition of . . . . . . . . .5-15 Wire, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Ultimate or Tensile Strength, Sampling and Wire, Electric Conductor, Property Limits . . . . . . . 16-3,4
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Wire, Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 to 11
Ultrasonic Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 to 7 Wire, Rolled or Cold-finished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 to 9
Unequal Angles, Standard Structural Profiles. . . . . . .13-6
Yield Strength, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
V-Beam Roofing and Siding, Design (0.2 percent offset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3, 5-16
Dimensions and Weights for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Visual Inspection of Aluminum Mill Products . . . . . . .4-4 Zees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9
--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
May, 2009 17-5

--``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PP/5C/403/4-1

Aluminum Standard and Data 2009 Metric Si

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Aluminum Standard and Data 2009 Metric Si

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Aluminum

standards and data

© Copyright 2009, The Aluminum Association, Inc.

Copyright The Aluminum Association Inc.

May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Abbreviations Used in This Manual

Luminous Intensity candella cd

May, 2009 iii

iv --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

sion. Unless exposed to some substance or condition that

May, 2009 1-1

1-2 May, 2009

1. Scope Aluminum, 99.00 percent and greater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1xxx

Q Chemical composition limits and designations conforming to this stan-

May, 2009 1-3

Copyright The Aluminum Association Inc.

For all number footnotes, see page 1-3 and 1-4.

May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Designation Modifying F, O, or H. Applies to products that are thermally treated, with or

1-6 May, 2009

May, 2009 1-7

1-8 May, 2009

May, 2009 1-9

(b) “T4 to T62 Capability Demonstration for response to

A2.3.3 Temper Designation for Purchaser/User

A4 Designation of Unregistered Tempers

1-10 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

May, 2009 1-11

heat-treatable alloys they will pick up some of the alloying

1-12 May, 2009

PERCENT OF ALLOYING ELEMENTS—Aluminum and Normal Impurities Constitute Remainder

2117 .. 2.6 .. 0.35 .. .. .. ..

5154 .. .. .. 3.5 0.25 .. .. ..

5456 .. .. 0.8 5.1 0.12 .. .. ..

May, 2009 1-13

PERCENT OF ALLOYING ELEMENTS—Aluminum and Normal Impurities Constitute Remainder

6066 1.4 1.0 0.8 1.1 .. .. .. ..

6201 0.7 .. .. 0.8 .. .. .. ..

7075 .. 1.6 .. 2.5 0.23 .. 5.6 ..

1-14 May, 2009

TABLE 1.2 Foreign Alloy Designations and Similar AA Alloys

GM50P (CSA) W 5356 1E 1350

May, 2009 1-15

1-16 May, 2009

For all numbered footnotes, see page 1-21

May, 2009 1-17

1-18 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- May, 2009

Tube; welded B547/B547M .. .. .. .. ..

May, 2009 1-19

5154 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. .. SB-209 ..

1-20 May, 2009

Alclad 6061 Sheet and plate B209 .. .. 4021T SB-209 ..

May, 2009 --``,`,``,``````,,,``,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 1-21

SPECIFICATION ALLOYS AND PRODUCT SPECIFICATION ALLOYS AND PRODUCT

FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

For all numbered footnotes, see page 1-25.

May, 2009 1-23

For all numbered footnotes, see page 1-25.

1-24 May, 2009

Copyright The Aluminum Association Inc.

May, 2009 1-25

1-26 May, 2009

TABLE 2.1 Typical Mechanical Properties Q W

2018-T61 420 315 .. 10 120 270 115 74